Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 9, 2014

Registration No. 333-194713

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

 

P RESBIA PLC

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Ireland   3841   98-1162329

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

120/121 Baggot Street Lower

Dublin 2 Ireland

+353 (1) 659 9446

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Ralph Thurman

Chief Executive Officer

120/121 Baggot Street Lower

Dublin 2 Ireland

+353 (1) 659 9446

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

Peter H. Ehrenberg

David L. Goret

Lowenstein Sandler LLP

1251 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

(212) 262-6700

 

Donald J. Murray

Matthew T. Gehl

Covington & Burling LLP

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

(212) 841-1000

 

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:     ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information contained in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 9, 2014

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                     Shares

 

LOGO

Presbia PLC

Ordinary Shares

We are offering              of our ordinary shares. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our ordinary shares. We expect the initial public offering price to be between $             and $             per share.

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “LENS.” We are an “emerging growth company” as defined by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

Investing in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 11 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     PER SHARE      TOTAL  

Public Offering Price

   $                        $                    

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions (1)

     

Proceeds to Presbia PLC, before expenses

     

 

 

(1)     The underwriters will also be reimbursed for certain expenses incurred in this offering. See “Underwriting” for details.

Delivery of the ordinary shares is expected to be made on or about                     , 2014. We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to subscribe for an additional              ordinary shares. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be $        , and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $        .

Presbia Holdings, our controlling shareholder, has indicated an interest in purchasing up to 15% of the ordinary shares to be sold in this offering (excluding any shares to be sold pursuant to the underwriter’s 30-day option to purchase additional shares), up to a maximum investment of $10 million. However, because an indication of interest is not a binding agreement or commitment to purchase, this entity may determine to purchase fewer shares than it indicates an interest in purchasing or not to purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that this entity could purchase more of our ordinary shares than the number of shares so indicated. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to this entity than the entity indicates an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to this entity.

Jefferies

Prospectus dated                     , 2014.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

     PAGE  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     11   

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     43   

Use of Proceeds

     44   

Dividend Policy

     45   

Capitalization

     46   

Dilution

     47   

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

     49   

Combined Selected Financial Data

     50   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     51   

Business

     66   

Management

     90   

Executive and Director Compensation

     96   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     104   

Principal Shareholders

     107   

Description of Share Capital

     109   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     129   

Taxation

     132   

Underwriting

     141   

Notice to Investors

     145   

Legal Matters

     148   

Experts

     149   

Where You Can Find More Information

     150   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

 

-i-


Table of Contents

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to offer and sell our ordinary shares. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our ordinary shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. Neither we nor the underwriters are making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

Through and including                     , 2014 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade ordinary shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

For investors outside the United States: neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the ordinary shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

-ii-


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will complete a corporate reorganization described in “Prospectus Summary—Corporate History and Information,” which we refer to herein as the Reorganization Transactions. Unless we state otherwise, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Presbia” and the “company” refer to Presbia PLC and its consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions. Prior to the completion of the Reorganization Transactions, the foregoing terms refer to the entities that will become the consolidated subsidiaries of Presbia PLC upon consummation of the Reorganization Transactions. Unless we state otherwise, the information in this prospectus gives effect to the Reorganization Transactions.

This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying our ordinary shares. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 11 and our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares.

Our Business

We are an ophthalmic device company that has developed and is currently marketing a proprietary optical lens implant for treating presbyopia, the age-related loss of the ability to focus on near objects. Our lens, which we refer to as our microlens, is a miniature lens designed to be surgically implanted in a patient’s eye to improve that patient’s ability to see objects at close distances. Our current strategy is to continue to commercialize our microlens in certain strategic countries where we currently have marketing approval and to continue to seek to obtain marketing approval in other key markets, including the United States. Our goal is to become a leading provider of corneal inlay presbyopia-correcting treatment worldwide.

According to Market Scope’s 2013 Comprehensive Report on The Global Presbyopia Surgery Market, or the Market Scope Report, presbyopia is a common vision disorder that affects approximately 1.8 billion people worldwide. Presbyopia is associated with the inability of the eye’s natural lens to change shape, or accommodate, in order to see clearly objects in the near and middle distance ranges. According to the Market Scope Report, the worldwide presbyopic population is expected to grow to approximately 2.0 billion by 2018 and 2.1 billion by 2020. According to the Market Scope Report, spending on devices, equipment and procedure fees for presbyopia-correcting surgery is expected to increase from approximately $448 million in 2012 to approximately $1.2 billion in 2018 at the manufacturer level. We do not have marketing approval in many jurisdictions included in the foregoing global data, which jurisdictions collectively represent a majority of the worldwide presbyopic population. We have marketing approval in a number of strategic countries that we are targeting for commercialization and we are actively seeking marketing approval in certain other strategic countries that we are targeting for commercialization, including the United States.

While reading glasses and contact lenses have historically been, and remain, the most common solution for presbyopia, there are significant drawbacks associated with these approaches, as well as with alternative surgical approaches. We believe that our microlens provides an alternative solution to those presbyopic individuals who desire greater freedom from glasses and wish to avoid the daily maintenance and other complications of contact lenses. In addition, we believe that ophthalmologists are generally reluctant to recommend a laser in-situ keratomileusis, or LASIK, procedure or lens replacement procedure (whereby the natural lens is replaced with an intraocular lens, or IOL, implant) as a solution for plano presbyopes, or those individuals who suffer from presbyopia but do not have any other visual disorder, given the inherent risks and visual compromises of such procedures. Plano presbyopes represent approximately 38% of the presbyopic population, making plano presbyopes the largest sub-group of presbyopes. Because our solution does not involve the removal of the natural lens, the reshaping of the cornea or the removal of corneal tissue, we believe that ophthalmologists may be more likely to recommend our microlens as a solution for plano presbyopes than a LASIK or IOL procedure.

 


Table of Contents

In addition to being an effective standalone treatment for presbyopia, we believe that our solution can also be used in conjunction with other surgical approaches that are used to treat vision disorders other than presbyopia. For example, we believe that our microlens procedure can be combined with LASIK procedures in order to treat those presbyopes who also suffer from a refractive disorder commonly treated with a LASIK procedure, such as myopia, or the inability to focus on distant objects (nearsightedness), hyperopia, or the inability to focus on near objects (farsightedness), and astigmatism (an optical defect which causes blurred vision). We also believe that our microlens procedure can be combined with IOL procedures to treat those presbyopes who also have cataracts. In addition, we believe that our microlens can be used to treat presbyopia in certain post-LASIK and post-cataract surgery patients. We believe that, having undergone refractive eye surgery in the past, such patients are more likely than the general population to consider eye surgery to treat presbyopia. Moreover, as we believe that our solution can be performed at the same time that certain other forms of vision-correction treatments are performed, we believe that our solution provides an integrated treatment option for patients and an additional source of revenue for the patient’s ophthalmic surgeon. In this way, we believe that our solution complements existing surgical treatments for vision problems.

We believe that our solution also offers each of the following benefits:

 

  n   our solution is minimally invasive; our microlens can be implanted and removed in a simple, surgical procedure;

 

  n   we believe that our solution offers significant near vision improvement with little or no loss of binocular distance visual acuity (the ability to see distant objects with both eyes without prescription enhancement) and minimal risk of adverse side effects;

 

  n   our solution offers a wide range of corrective power, from +1.5 diopters to +3.5 diopters, in 0.25 diopter increments (a diopter is a unit of measurement of the optical power of a lens); and

 

  n   once implanted, our microlens is invisible to the naked eye.

In 2012, we completed a 12-month, multicenter, post-marketing evaluation in Italy and Greece of our microlens in presbyopic patients between the ages of 45 and 60. We designed, and oversaw the implementation of, the protocol for this evaluation, which was conducted at our request by a surgeon at the Vardinoyannion Eye Institute of the University of Crete in Crete, Greece and by a surgeon at Prato Hospital in Prato, Italy. The 12-month data for the 70 patients who completed the study generally demonstrated successful patient outcomes measured in terms of improvement in near-distance visual acuity (the ability to see close objects). The average uncorrected near visual acuity (the ability to see close objects without prescription enhancement), or UCVA-near, in the operated eye of the 70 patients who completed the study was 20/110 pre-surgery and 99% of those patients started the study with UCVA-near in the operated eye of 20/50 or worse. Following implantation with our microlens, such patients had an average UCVA-near of 20/27 12 months post-surgery, 99% of such patients completed the study with 20/40 or better UCVA-near in the operated eye and 70% of such patients completed the study with 20/25 or better UCVA-near in the operated eye. Although there was a slight loss in uncorrected distance visual acuity (the ability to see distant objects without prescription enhancement), or UCVA-distance, in the operated eye, there was no significant change in binocular UCVA-distance (UCVA-distance when using both eyes) from before treatment to after treatment in this study. Our microlens has also been the subject of certain third party studies. We did not commission these studies or design, review or oversee the implementation of their protocols, and we have limited information with respect to these studies.

Our microlens procedure is performed using a 150 kilohertz or greater frequency femtosecond laser, which is a laser that is currently used in certain LASIK surgeries, cataract surgeries and cornea replacement surgeries. In commercializing our solution, we intend to target those markets with a well-established presence of high-volume refractive laser centers equipped with femtosecond lasers. We believe that the existing infrastructure in most such laser centers is sufficient to make our solution an attractive opportunity for such laser centers and will also minimize our anticipated capital investment in equipment and training in connection with our commercialization efforts. Our commercialization strategy includes working closely with such laser centers to train and qualify ophthalmic surgeons on the use of our solution.

 

 

-2-


Table of Contents

Through our European Union CE Mark, we are generally authorized to market our microlens throughout the European Economic Area (27 of the 28 European Union member states plus Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway), or EEA, and Switzerland. We currently market our microlens in certain strategic EEA countries as well as certain strategic countries outside of the EEA in which we possess marketing approval. Through the filing date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, ophthalmic surgeons have implanted over 500 of our microlenses outside of the United States in commercial settings.

We are presently seeking marketing approval in other strategic countries, including the United States. In December 2013, we received approval to commence a staged pivotal clinical trial as part of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approval process. Beginning in May 2014, we enrolled a total of 75 subjects at six investigational sites in the United States. Beginning in June 2014, these subjects underwent insertion of our microlens in the non-dominant eye. After we have obtained six-month data on a minimum of 50 subjects, we will submit an interim safety report as a supplement to our investigational device exemption, or IDE, to the FDA. If the FDA finds no safety concerns, we anticipate the FDA will permit us to continue enrollment and to increase the study population size and the number of investigational sites conducting our clinical study. We are targeting enrollment of an additional 337 subjects, for a total of 412 subjects, at up to 10 investigational sites in the United States. This study is necessary in order to obtain clinical data to provide the primary support for a safety and effectiveness evaluation to support a pre-market approval, or PMA, for marketing clearance in the United States. Data on a minimum of 300 subjects with 24-month data will be submitted as part of the PMA, and all subjects will be followed for three years following implantation. We are targeting submission of the interim safety report on 50 subjects to the FDA in the first or second quarter of 2015 and, assuming that there are no safety issues, approval from the FDA to continue enrollment in our study in the first or second quarter of 2015. We are targeting submission of our final PMA to the FDA with 24-month data on 300 subjects in the second quarter of 2017. We are pursuing a modular PMA submission strategy whereby we intend to submit to the FDA information regarding preclinical testing, engineering, and manufacturing prior to the submission of our final PMA. We are targeting PMA approval of our microlens in the fourth quarter of 2017 or the first quarter of 2018. We are also targeting submission to the FDA of a final report with 36-month data on these 300 subjects in the second quarter of 2018. These milestones could be delayed by further interactions with the FDA or by a variety of other factors. In addition, no assurance can be given that the FDA will grant us PMA approval or, if granted, that it will be granted in accordance with our anticipated time schedule. Also, the FDA may require us to conduct post-approval studies as a condition of approval. We expect to use approximately $20 million of the net proceeds of this offering to advance our microlens and our microlens inserter through our U.S. staged pivotal clinical trial.

To achieve our goal of becoming a leading provider of corneal inlay presbyopia-correcting treatment worldwide, we are pursuing the following strategies:

 

  n   rapidly expand commercialization outside the United States in countries where our CE Mark is recognized as well as in other countries where our microlens is approved;

 

  n   continue to select medical centers already equipped with the necessary laser equipment as initial commercialization targets, thus limiting the capital investment required by our physician partners and providing us with an existing, potential customer base;

 

  n   advance our microlens through a staged pivotal U.S. clinical trial; and

 

  n   provide training and education to key opinion leaders, including respected ophthalmologists.

In addition, our microlens and the procedure to implant our microlens are not currently reimbursed through private or governmental third-party payors in any country, nor do we anticipate that they will be reimbursable in the foreseeable future. Although the commercialization of our microlens depends on a prospective patient’s ability to cover the costs of our microlens and the implantation procedure, we believe that a direct patient pay model enables medical providers to avoid pricing pressure from private or governmental third-party payors.

 

 

-3-


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Business

We are a development-stage ophthalmic device company with a limited operating history. We are not profitable and have incurred losses in each year since our formation. We anticipate that our available funds, including the expected net proceeds of this offering, will be sufficient to meet our cash needs for the reasonably foreseeable future. However, we expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We do not expect our controlling shareholder, Presbia Holdings, or its controlling shareholder will continue to fund our operations after the consummation of this offering.

The development of implantable medical devices, such as our microlens, is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. Our ability to implement our current business strategy is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

 

  n   our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals;

 

  n   our ability to maintain compliance with all applicable regulatory statutes and regulations;

 

  n   our dependence on the successful development of our products and processes;

 

  n   the success of our clinical trials and post-marketing evaluations;

 

  n   the ability of our competitors to access markets and offer products that respond to the same needs that we seek to address;

 

  n   our ability to raise capital to advance the development and commercialization of our products;

 

  n   the ability of our products to achieve significant market acceptance; and

 

  n   the extent to which our proprietary rights will protect our technologies and products.

We are not permitted to market our products in the United States until we receive a PMA from the FDA, and approval by applicable foreign regulatory authorities will be required to market our products in certain other countries that we target for commercialization. Regulatory approval of our products is not guaranteed, and the approval process is expensive and may take several years in the United States and elsewhere. In addition, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to maintain any approvals that we presently possess or that we may acquire in the future.

If concerns regarding side effects from presbyopia correction surgery generally, or our products specifically, develop, including as a result of third-party studies and publications, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be materially and adversely affected. Certain adverse events were noted in our 2012 post-marketing evaluation. In addition, our microlens has been the subject of certain third party studies that have reported certain adverse events relating to the safety and efficacy of our microlens and microlens inserter. One such adverse event noted in one third-party study is the presence of moderate foreign debris in a patient’s eye following implantation of our microlens. In addition, there have been other observations of foreign debris in patients’ eyes following implantation of our microlens. As a result of the foreign debris adverse event and other foreign debris observations, we opened an ongoing corrective action and preventative action investigation to assess possible sources of the foreign debris. At this juncture, we have not reached any definitive conclusions as to the source of the foreign debris noted in the third-party studies. We intend to conduct additional testing in order to attempt to reach a definitive conclusion regarding the cause and composition of the foreign debris noted in the third-party studies and regarding whether our microlens inserter causes the production of metal debris. If our microlens inserter or any other equipment supplied by us is determined to cause the deposit of metal debris in a patient’s eye, such determination could result in the suspension of our U.S. clinical trial, delay, make it more difficult and expensive for us to receive and/or prevent us from receiving, or prevent us from maintaining, regulatory approvals, including FDA approval or our CE mark, limit marketability of our products and subject us to lawsuits or claims. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—If concerns regarding side effects from presbyopia-correcting surgery generally, or our products specifically, develop, including as a result of third-party studies and publications, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be materially and adversely affected.”

 

 

-4-


Table of Contents

Although neither we nor any of our subsidiaries was a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, in 2013 or any prior taxable year, we believe that we may be a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the current taxable year and for foreseeable future taxable years. If we are a PFIC and you are a U.S. Holder and you do not make certain elections with the Internal Revenue Service, you will be subject to adverse tax consequences. In addition, we believe that one or more of our subsidiaries may be PFICs; also, we may form or acquire a subsidiary that is a PFIC in the future. In such event, U.S. Holders will also need to make an election with respect to each such subsidiary in order to avoid the adverse tax consequences referenced above. If we or any of our subsidiaries are a PFIC with respect to any tax year, we will provide to all electing shareholders all information needed to comply with the election. Although a determination as to our PFIC status will be made annually, an initial determination that we are a PFIC will generally apply for subsequent years to a U.S. Holder who held ordinary shares while we were a PFIC, whether or not we meet the test for PFIC status in those years. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and the Ownership of Ordinary Shares—We believe that we may be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which could subject U.S. Holders to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.” and “—If the IRS determines that we are not a PFIC, and you previously paid taxes pursuant to a QEF election or a mark-to-market election, you may pay more taxes than you legally owe.” and “Taxation—Material United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders—Passive foreign investment company status and related tax consequences.”

Implications of Being a Controlled Company

After the closing of this offering, Presbia Holdings, our controlling shareholder, will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our issued ordinary shares. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of NASDAQ. Under these rules, a controlled company may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and the Ownership of Ordinary Shares—We will be a ‘controlled company’ under the NASDAQ listing rules, and as such we are entitled to exemption from certain NASDAQ corporate governance standards, and you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.”

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the U.S. Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

  n   being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

 

  n   reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

  n   exemption from the requirement of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements; and

 

  n   exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until the earliest of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1 billion or more; (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; (iii) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC; or (iv) December 31, 2019. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions.

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

 

 

-5-


Table of Contents

We have irrevocably elected to “opt out” of the exemption for the delayed adoption of certain accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Corporate History and Information

Our controlling shareholder, Presbia Holdings, was organized in the Cayman Islands in 2007 as an exempted company with limited liability. In 2009, Presbia Holdings acquired Visitome, Inc., a California corporation and the developer of our corneal inlay technology.

In October 2013, we completed a restructuring which involved the establishment of our interim holding company, Presbia Ireland, Limited, that directly or indirectly owns 100% of our business, assets and subsidiaries. Presbia Ireland, Limited is organized under the laws of Ireland as a private limited company. At the time of the restructuring, Presbia Ireland, Limited was wholly-owned by Presbia Holdings and certain intercompany debt was owed to Presbia Holdings by certain of its other subsidiaries. As part of the restructuring, approximately $12.2 million of such outstanding intercompany debt owed to Presbia Holdings was converted to equity of such subsidiaries. We refer to this transaction as the 2013 Restructuring.

Prior to the completion of this offering, Presbia Holdings will contribute all the share capital in issue in Presbia Ireland, Limited to Presbia PLC, an Irish incorporated public limited company formed in February 2014 for the purpose of consummating this offering, in exchange for 12,000,000 ordinary shares of Presbia PLC that will remain in issue at the time of this offering. Presbia PLC previously issued 40,000 ordinary shares to Presbia Holdings upon its formation, in order to satisfy statutory requirements for the incorporation of all Irish public limited companies, that will remain in issue at the time of this offering but will be re-designated as deferred shares. In addition, prior to the completion of this offering, Presbia Holdings will convert all the remaining indebtedness owed to Presbia Holdings by certain subsidiaries of Presbia Ireland, Limited to equity. We refer to the conversion of the remaining intercompany debt to equity and the contribution of shares of Presbia Ireland, Limited in exchange for 12,000,000 ordinary shares, together, as the 2014 Capital Contribution. As of June 30, 2014, the indebtedness owed by certain subsidiaries of Presbia Ireland, Limited to Presbia Holdings was $17.8 million and excludes $12.2 million of indebtedness, including principal and interest, that was converted into equity in the 2013 Restructuring. Interest accrues on the outstanding debt at the rate of 15% per annum, compounding daily.

We completed the 2013 Restructuring in order to establish Presbia Ireland, Limited so that we could expand our operations in Ireland. We effected the 2013 Restructuring because: we believe that having a greater presence in Ireland will further our goal of rapidly expanding commercialization of our microlens in the EEA; Ireland is one of the EEA countries that we are specifically targeting for commercialization; we have a commercialization commitment from a laser center in Ireland; and Ireland offers competitive tax rates for corporations. Consistent with certain Irish statutory capitalization requirements, we formed Presbia PLC as a public limited company and will effect the 2014 Capital Contribution for the purpose of consummating this offering and conducting our operations going forward. We refer to the 2013 Restructuring, the formation and initial capitalization of Presbia PLC, and the 2014 Capital Contribution, collectively, as the Reorganization Transactions.

 

 

-6-


Table of Contents

Our corporate structure, giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and this offering, is set forth below.

 

LOGO

Our principal executive offices are located at 120/121 Baggot Street Lower, Dublin 2 Ireland, and our telephone number is +353 (1) 659 9446. Our website address is http://www.presbia.com. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

We own or have rights to trademarks or trade names that we use in conjunction with the operation of our business. In addition, our name, logo and website name and address are our service marks or trademarks. Each trademark, trade name or service mark by any other company appearing in this prospectus belongs to its holder. Our principal trademark or trade name that we use is Presbia TM .

 

 

-7-


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Ordinary shares offered by us in this offering

             shares

 

Ordinary shares to be in issue after this offering

             shares

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to subscribe for additional ordinary shares in full, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We currently expect to use approximately $20 million of the net proceeds from this offering to advance our microlens and microlens inserter through our U.S. clinical trial, approximately $             to $             to fund our efforts to expand the number of high-volume refractive laser centers with which we do business, approximately $             to $             to fund research and development, approximately $             to $             to pursue regulatory approvals that we require in the United States and other countries, and any remaining proceeds for working capital and for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Proposed ticker symbol on The NASDAQ Global Market

“LENS”

Presbia Holdings, our controlling shareholder, has indicated an interest in purchasing up to 15% of the ordinary shares to be sold in this offering (excluding any shares to be sold pursuant to the underwriter’s 30-day option to purchase additional shares), up to a maximum investment of $10 million. However, because an indication of interest is not a binding agreement or commitment to purchase, this entity may determine to purchase fewer shares than it indicates an interest in purchasing or not to purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that this entity could purchase more of our ordinary shares than the number of shares so indicated. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to this entity than the entity indicates an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to this entity.

The number of ordinary shares to be in issue after this offering includes 12,000,000 ordinary shares that will be issued upon the consummation of the 2014 Capital Contribution and excludes the following:

 

  n                   ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our equity incentive plan, which we refer to as the Presbia Incentive Plan, in connection with this offering at an exercise price equal to the price paid by the public in this offering; and

 

  n                   ordinary shares reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under the Presbia Incentive Plan.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus:

 

  n   assumes that all aspects of the Reorganization Transactions have been completed; and

 

  n   assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their option to subscribe for additional ordinary shares.

 

 

-8-


Table of Contents

SUMMARY COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

The following summary combined financial data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 are derived from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary combined financial data for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, for the period from June 29, 2007 (date of inception) to June 30, 2014 and as of June 30, 2014 are derived from our unaudited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The interim 2014 data is not indicative of results to be expected for the full year. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly our financial position as of June 30, 2014 and our results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 and for the period from June 29, 2007 (date of inception) to June 30, 2014. You should read this data together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions "Combined Selected Financial Data" and "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 

 

 

     SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30,
   

 

 

YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,

    PERIOD FROM
JUNE 29, 2007
(DATE OF
INCEPTION)

TO JUNE 30,
2014
 
(in thousands)    2014     2013     2013     2012    

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:

          

Revenues

   $ 87      $ 43      $ 98      $ 95      $ 540   

Cost of goods sold

     39        37        111        71        297   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     48        6        (13     24        243   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     2,407        954        2,136        1,024        6,215   

Sales and marketing

     643        542        1,044        632        3,414   

General and administrative

     5,648        1,012        4,088        1,957        15,849   

Goodwill impairment

                                 15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     8,698        2,508        7,268        3,613        25,493   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (8,650     (2,502     (7,281     (3,589     (25,250

Interest expense

     1,017        1,110        2,161        1,458        6,249   

Interest income

                                 (144

Other expense (income)

     (6                          8   

Income tax provision

     5               20               25   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (9,666   $ (3,612   $ (9,462   $ (5,047   $ (31,388
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-9-


Table of Contents

The table below presents our balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014:

 

  n   on an actual basis;

 

  n   on a pro forma basis to give effect to the 2014 Capital Contribution; and

 

  n   on a pro forma basis, as adjusted to give effect to the issue of              ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

 

     AS OF JUNE 30, 2014  
(in thousands)    ACTUAL     PRO FORMA  (1)     PRO FORMA
AS ADJUSTED  (2)(3)
 
           (unaudited)        

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

      

Cash

   $ 363      $ 363     

Total assets

     1,662        1,662     

Payable due to Presbia Holdings

     17,825                 

Shareholders’ capital

     13,088        30,913     

Accumulated deficit

     (31,388     (31,388     (31,388

Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity

     (18,300     (475  

 

 

(1)     Gives effect to the 2014 Capital Contribution as if it occurred on June 30, 2014.
(2)     Gives effect to this offering.
(3)     Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, total assets and total shareholders’ (deficit) equity by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and commissions.

 

 

-10-


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. Before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares, you should carefully consider each of the following risk factors and all other information set forth in this prospectus and any related free writing prospectus. The following risks and the risks described elsewhere in this prospectus, including in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” could materially harm our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flows and prospects. If that occurs, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future and, if we are unable to achieve and sustain profitability, the market value of our ordinary shares will likely decline.

We are a development stage ophthalmic device company with a limited operating history. We do not possess the regulatory approvals necessary to market our products in the United States, and we continue to incur significant research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses related to our operations. We are not profitable and have incurred losses in each year since our formation. Our net losses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 were $5.0 million and $9.5 million, respectively, and our net losses for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 were $3.6 million and $9.7 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $31.4 million.

We expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. We expect that these losses and our cash needs will increase in the near term as we continue to conduct our staged pivotal clinical trial in the United States, seek marketing approval in other countries, and commercialize our products in those non-U.S. markets where we are permitted to sell our microlens and microlens inserter.

We may not be able to continue as a going concern.

In its report accompanying our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph stating that our recurring net losses, negative cash flows from operating activities and shareholders’ deficit raise substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern. Uncertainty about our ability to continue as a going concern could impair our ability to finance our operations through the sale of debt or equity securities or commercial bank loans. Our ability to continue as a going concern will depend, in large part, on our ability to generate positive cash flow from operations and/or obtain additional financing, neither of which is certain. If we are unable to achieve these goals, our business would be jeopardized and we may not be able to continue operations, may have to liquidate our assets and may receive less than the value at which those assets are carried on our financial statements, and it is likely that investors will lose all or a substantial part of their investment.

We expect to incur substantial expenses in our pursuit of regulatory approval in the United States and can provide no assurances that we will obtain the necessary approvals from the FDA to market our products in the United States.

The United States is a key market for commercialization of our microlens. Before we can market our products in the United States, we must conduct and successfully complete extensive clinical trials and then receive premarketing approval, or PMA, from the FDA. The earliest we can reasonably expect to receive a PMA for our microlens and microlens inserter is in the fourth quarter of 2017 or the first quarter of 2018, and it is possible that none of our existing products or any products we may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain a PMA, despite our anticipated application of $20 million of the net proceeds of this offering to advance our microlens and microlens inserter through our U.S. staged pivotal clinical trial. Furthermore, even if we were to obtain a PMA, neither approval by the FDA nor our existing CE Mark ensures approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions that we are targeting for commercialization of our microlens and microlens inserter, and approval by one regulatory authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or by the FDA.

The time required to obtain approval by the FDA and comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities is unpredictable and depends upon numerous factors, including the substantial discretion of such regulatory authorities. In addition, approval policies, regulations or the type and amount of preclinical and clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product’s development and may vary among jurisdictions. We will be required to

 

-11-


Table of Contents

undertake and complete certain studies to generate data required to support submissions to the FDA and certain other regulatory authorities, which studies may require additional capital and time. If we do not receive or maintain regulatory approvals for our products in the United States and other jurisdictions that we target for commercialization of our products, we will not be able to successfully commercialize our products, which would substantially impair our ability to generate revenues and materially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our microlens and microlens inserter are currently our sole products and we are highly dependent on the successful marketing and sales of these products. There is no assurance that we will be able to develop any additional products.

Our microlens and microlens inserter are currently our sole products. We may fail to successfully commercialize our products. Successfully commercializing medical devices such as our microlens is a complex and uncertain process, dependent on the efforts of management, distributors, outside consultants and general economic conditions, among other factors. Any factors that adversely impact the commercialization of our microlens including, but not limited to, the delay or denial of regulatory approvals that we seek, competition or acceptance in the marketplace, will have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in developing or commercializing any potential enhancements to our microlens or any other products. Our inability to successfully commercialize our current products and/or successfully develop and commercialize additional products or any enhancements to our products which we may develop would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our planned clinical trials may be delayed, suspended or terminated, which could delay or prohibit us from obtaining regulatory approvals or make obtaining such regulatory approvals more costly.

If we receive approval from the FDA to continue enrollment in our staged pivotal U.S. clinical trial, we estimate it will take approximately an additional six months to select, qualify and arrange for the implantation of our microlens for all the additional patients for the clinical trial we plan to undertake in connection with our PMA submission for our microlens. Delays in the commencement or completion of clinical testing could significantly affect our product development costs. We do not know whether planned clinical trials will begin on time or be completed on schedule, if at all. The commencement and completion of clinical trials can be delayed for a number of reasons, including delays related to:

 

  n   obtaining regulatory authorization to commence a clinical trial or complying with conditions imposed by a regulatory authority regarding the scope or design of a clinical trial;

 

  n   reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective clinical research organizations, or CROs, and trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

  n   manufacturing, including manufacturing sufficient quantities of a product or other materials for use in clinical trials;

 

  n   recruiting and enrolling patients to participate in clinical trials for a variety of reasons, including the size of the patient population, the complexity of clinical trial protocols, changed standards of care during the conduct of the trial, and competition from other clinical trial programs for similar indications;

 

  n   unexpected adverse effects experienced by patients in a clinical trial; and

 

  n   retaining patients who have initiated a clinical trial, but may withdraw due to treatment protocol, adverse effects from the therapy, lack of efficacy from the treatment, personal issues or who are lost during follow-up.

Clinical trials may also be delayed, suspended or terminated as a result of ambiguous or negative interim results, or results that are inconsistent with earlier results. In addition, a clinical trial may be suspended or terminated by us, the FDA or other regulatory authorities due to a number of factors, including:

 

  n   failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols;

 

  n   inspection of the clinical trial operations, trial sites or manufacturing sites by the FDA or other regulatory authorities, resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold;

 

  n   unforeseen safety issues or any determination that a clinical trial presents unacceptable health risks; and

 

  n   lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial, including the incurrence of unforeseen costs due to enrollment delays, requirements to conduct additional clinical trials or increased expenses associated with the services of our CROs and other third parties.

 

-12-


Table of Contents

Our product development costs will increase if we experience delays in testing or if we need to perform more or larger clinical trials than planned. Additionally, changes in regulatory requirements and policies may occur in any jurisdiction and we may need to amend clinical trial protocols to reflect these changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit our clinical trial protocols to independent ethical committees, known as institutional review boards, or IRBs, for reexamination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical trial. In addition, IRBs or other regulatory authorities may order the temporary discontinuation or termination of our clinical trials at any time if they believe that the clinical trials are not being conducted in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements, including if they present an unacceptable safety risk to patients. If we experience delays in completion of, or if we, the FDA or other regulatory authorities, an IRB or other reviewing entities, or any of our clinical trial sites suspend or terminate any of, our clinical trials, the commercial prospects for our products may be harmed and our ability to generate revenues will be delayed. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, termination or suspension of, or a delay in the commencement or completion of, clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of a product. Also, if one or more clinical trials are delayed, our competitors may be able to bring products to market before we do or further entrench their products in the market, and the commercial viability of our product candidates could be significantly reduced.

If concerns regarding side effects from presbyopia correction surgery generally, or our products specifically, develop, including as a result of third-party studies and publications, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be materially and adversely affected.

Concerns about potential side effects and long-term results may negatively impact market acceptance of presbyopia correction surgery generally or our products specifically, result in potential liability for us and prevent us from growing our business. Any undesirable side effects that may be discovered in our clinical trials or evaluations or in any third party studies or evaluations could delay or prevent regulatory approval, including FDA approval, could prevent us from maintaining our existing regulatory approvals, including our CE mark, or limit marketability of our products.

In early 2012, we completed a 12-month multicenter, post-market evaluation in Italy and Greece of our microlens in presbyopic patients between the ages of 45 and 60. The 12-month data for 70 patients indicated certain post-operative adverse events, including: one removal of the microlens, as a result of a patient’s complaints of significant halos and glare when driving at night; one case of transient light sensitivity syndrome (an abnormal occurrence of photosensitivity associated with the femtosecond laser); one case of epithelial ingrowth (an abnormal growth of corneal epithelium in an area where it does not belong, associated with the femtosecond laser); and four cases of transient stromal haze (the activation of inflammatory cells in connection with surgery). In addition, certain patients experienced a slight loss in uncorrected visual acuity-distance, or UCVA-distance, which is distance vision in the operated eye without prescription enhancement. For further information regarding this post-market evaluation, see “Business—Our Solution—Evaluation Conducted Outside of the United States.”

In addition, our microlens has been the subject of certain third party studies that have been conducted to assess the efficacy and safety of our microlens. We did not commission these studies or design, review or oversee the implementation of their protocols, and we have limited information with respect to these studies. These studies have reported certain adverse effects relating to the safety and efficacy of our microlens and microlens inserter. With respect to the below referenced third-party study conducted in Japan, we paid the annual fees of the institutional review board which reviews the study’s protocol.

One ongoing third-party study being conducted in Italy from 2011 to present by a group of ophthalmic surgeons evaluated the efficacy and safety of our microlens in 81 patients. Of the 81 patients evaluated, six patients underwent removal of our microlens within 12 months of implantation due to patient-reported reduction in distance vision and the presence of halos and glare. Findings that our microlens compromises distance vision could result in the suspension of our U.S. clinical trial, delay, make it more difficult and expensive for us to receive and/or prevent us from receiving, or prevent us from maintaining, regulatory approvals, including FDA approval or our CE mark, or limit marketability of our microlens and microlens inserter.

Another third-party study conducted in Japan from 2012 to April 2014 by one ophthalmic surgeon evaluated the efficacy and safety of our microlens in 38 patients. Such study reports a number of adverse events, including: three cases of inlay defect (a mark or defect seen on the edge of the microlens that is made by the microlens inserter due to improper microlens loading prior to insertion); two cases of epithelial ingrowth (an abnormal growth of corneal epithelium in an

 

-13-


Table of Contents

area where it does not belong associated with the femtosecond laser); two cases of microlens removal (related to halos and glare); one case of meibomianitis (inflammation of the meibomian glands, a group of oil-secreting glands in the eyelids); one case of moderate foreign debris (the presence of material in the pocket after using a laser and inserting the microlens); one case of severe keratic precipitates (an accumulation of white blood cells on the corneal endothelium which arises as a result of inflammatory reactions); one case of superficial punctate keratisis (a non-inflammatory condition of the cornea with discrete opacities of the cornea, without ulceration); and one case of vertical gas bubbles (escape of gas bubbles from the dissection plane into the trabecular meshwork then to the anterior chamber during laser-assisted flap or tunnel creation). Such study also documented 17 observations of “foreign debris” of unknown composition and origin under high magnification slit lamp examination (three of such 17 patients also experienced one of the other adverse events noted above, including the moderate case of foreign debris noted above which was reported as an adverse event). The ophthalmic surgeon performing the testing initially reported such foreign debris to be metallic.

As a result of the foreign debris adverse event noted in this study and the foreign debris observations noted in this study and in the study in Russia discussed below, as well as anecdotal comments made by certain other surgeons regarding observations of foreign debris, we opened a corrective action and preventive action investigation to assess possible sources of the foreign debris. We developed a matrix of all possible sources of the foreign debris, including our microlens inserter, and conducted analysis and performed a literature review to determine the source of the foreign debris. As part of this analysis, we collected nine sterilized (but not cleaned) microlens inserters used in the Japan study (as well as an additional microlens inserter that had not been opened or used in the Japan study) and arranged for a third party to analyze such microlens inserters for the presence of foreign debris. Of the 10 microlens inserters that were tested, one microlens inserter was found to have two particles present and two microlens inserters were found to have one particle present. These particles were determined to be series 300 stainless steel. The quantity and shape of these particles did not appear to be consistent with the characteristics of the foreign particles noted in the study conducted by the ophthalmic surgeon in Japan.

Based on the outcome of this initial analysis, additional testing was conducted to evaluate all possible sources that could lead to the observation of foreign debris as reported in the study conducted by the ophthalmic surgeon in Japan. Actuation tests were performed on 12 of our microlens inserters by a third party. The microlens inserters were not cleaned or sterilized between actuation ranges. Five of the 12 microlens inserters included in this testing came directly from the manufacturer and had never undergone cleaning or sterilization. Of the 12 microlens inserters tested, five microlens inserters did not produce particles in any of the actuation ranges. One microlens inserter that had not been cleaned or sterilized produced particles in the one to 10 actuation range, four of the 12 microlens inserters produced particles in the 11 to 25 actuation range, two of the 12 microlens inserters produced particles in the 26 to 50 range, and six of the 12 microlens inserters produced particles in the 51 to 100 range. Certain of the particles were determined to be series 300 stainless steel and others were determined to be titanium.

Following the actuation tests, additional testing was conducted to evaluate the cause of the foreign debris noted in third-party studies. As part of our ongoing corrective action and preventative action plan, we arranged for an analysis of the microlens of a patient (who was one of the two patients noted above in the Japanese study who had their microlens removed due to halos and glare) who was noted to have foreign debris present following implantation. This patient’s microlens was removed following implantation for reasons unrelated to the presence of the foreign debris (the patient’s microlens was removed due to repeated decentering of the microlens post-implantation). The removed microlens was found to have five foreign particles present. Initial testing concluded that the foreign particles were likely composed of stainless steel, which suggested that one or more metal instruments present in the surgical environment was likely the source of the foreign particles. Initial testing also concluded that galling, or chafing, may be occurring between the plunger and head assembly components of our microlens inserter, which could be the cause of the production of metal debris. As a result of these initial findings, additional testing was conducted by a third-party metallurgist at our request to determine whether the composition of the foreign particles in the removed microlens is consistent with the elements and concentrations thereof found in our microlens inserter. Such additional testing confirmed that the foreign particles in the explanted lens were of stainless steel composition, but also determined that the composition of the foreign particles was not consistent with the composition of our microlens inserter.

At this juncture, we have not reached any definitive conclusions as to the source of the foreign debris noted in the third-party studies. We intend to conduct additional testing in order to attempt to reach a definitive conclusion

 

-14-


Table of Contents

regarding the cause and composition of the foreign debris noted in the third-party studies and regarding whether our microlens inserter causes the production of metal debris. A common source of non-metallic debris is the general surgical environment. Several articles written over the last 10 years report that interface debris is a relatively common finding in patients who have undergone LASIK surgery or phacoemulsification (cataract surgery in which the eye’s internal lens is emulsified with an ultrasonic hand piece and aspired from the eye). Other than the one case of moderate foreign debris reported as an adverse event in the third party study conducted in Japan, at this time, we are not aware of any additional adverse events reported with respect to the foreign debris observations noted in the third party studies. As part of our ongoing risk mitigation efforts, we are continuing to develop a disposable microlens inserter for our microlens and a pre-loaded disposable microlens inserter. With respect to our staged pivotal clinical trial that we are conducting in the United States, each microlens inserter is only being used one time in order to mitigate the potential risk associated with galling of the components of the microlens inserter during insertion of our microlens. If our microlens inserter or any other equipment supplied by us is determined to cause the deposit of metal debris in a patient’s eye, such determination could result in the suspension of our U.S. clinical trial, delay, make it more difficult and expensive for us to receive and/or prevent us from receiving, or prevent us from maintaining, regulatory approvals, including FDA approval or our CE mark, limit marketability of our products and subject us to lawsuits or claims.

Three additional third-party studies conducted at three locations in Brazil beginning in 2012 evaluated the efficacy and safety of our microlens. The first ongoing study reported that four of 22 patients lost three or more lines of UCVA-distance at one year postoperative compared to an average UCVA-distance of 20/20 before the study. No additional adverse events were reported in that study. The second study reported that two of 10 patients lost two lines of UCVA-distance vision at three months postoperative compared to an average UCVA-distance of 20/20 before the study. No additional adverse events were reported in the study. The third ongoing study did not provide visual acuity data and no adverse events were reported.

One additional third-party study of the efficacy and safety of our microlens was conducted in 2012 in Russia. This study reported that two of 10 patients experienced a decrease in UCVA-distance and BCVA-distance at three months postoperative due to night glare compared to before the study (preoperative visual acuity was not provided). One of these patients underwent removal of our microlens, and no additional adverse events were reported for the patient after lens removal. This study also noted minimal debris inclusion in two cases. No additional postoperative adverse events were reported in this study.

We are aware of one additional case of a patient undergoing microlens removal in a commercial setting in the Czech Republic and three additional cases of a patient undergoing microlens removal in commercial settings in Brazil. In addition, in March 2014, we became aware of a request for removal of a microlens from a patient who was implanted in Brazil. We have been informed that after treatment with a topical steroid, the patient’s inflammation issues have resolved and the patient does not wish to have the microlens removed.

In connection with the 75-patient implants as part of the first stage of our staged pivotal clinical trial in the United States, we had three adverse events: one case of minor corneal abrasion occurring prior to surgery, which resolved one day later without treatment; one case of elevated intraocular pressure due to a postoperative medication tapering regimen that included a steroid, which resolved six days later at the second interim postoperative visit (the subject was determined to be a steroid responder, and was prescribed an intraocular pressure-lowering medication until the intraocular pressure was back to baseline); and one case of dry eye symptoms, which is being treated with artificial tears. No unanticipated adverse device effects have been reported in this study to date.

If our microlens or microlens inserter are ultimately determined to produce undesirable side effects, including causing the deposit of foreign particles in a patient’s eye, such determination could result in the suspension of our U.S. staged pivotal clinical trial, delay, make it more difficult and expensive for us to receive and/or prevent us from receiving, or prevent us from maintaining, regulatory approvals, including FDA approval or our CE mark, limit marketability of our products and subject us to lawsuits or claims.

 

-15-


Table of Contents

Adverse findings in post-marketing vigilance or regulatory audits could subject us to suspension or withdrawal of our certificates of conformity, mandatory product recalls and significant legal liability, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In February 2010, we received a certificate of conformity from our notified body (a third-party organization designated by competent authorities of the European Economic Area (27 of the 28 European Union member states plus Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway), or EEA, to conduct regulatory oversight on medical devices) for our microlens allowing the CE Mark to be affixed to our microlens, permitting our microlens to be placed on the market within any state in the EEA and Switzerland (subject to certain localized registration and language requirements). Manufacturers of medical devices in the EEA are required to implement post-marketing vigilance procedures with respect to their CE Marked medical devices. Such post-marketing vigilance procedures include surveillance of patient and user complaints and alleged adverse events associated with the use of CE Marked medical devices. Serious incidents associated with the use of a medical device must be reported to the competent authority in whose territory the incident occurred. Incidents that must be reported include any malfunction or deterioration in the characteristics and/or performance of a device, as well as any inadequacy in the labeling or the instructions for use which, directly or indirectly, might lead to or might have led to the death of a patient, user or other person, or to a serious deterioration in their state of health. Incidents must be reported as soon as possible, and in some cases immediately, after the manufacturer becomes aware of the incident. In addition to reporting the incident, the manufacturer must investigate the incident and take any corrective action required. The required corrective action depends on the seriousness of the incident, and varies from the issuance of advisory notices to the implementation of product recalls. Minor incidents not requiring notification to the competent authorities must be documented, reviewed, investigated and analyzed on a regular basis by the manufacturer to determine whether trending conclusions can be made concerning the safety or performance of the medical device and whether actions must be taken in relation to the continued marketing of medical devices currently on the market. We expect to incur ongoing costs to comply with these post-market vigilance obligations in EEA markets for so long as we continue to market and sell products in those markets. Moreover, any patient or user complaints and/or adverse events discovered during such post-market vigilance could subject us to suspension or withdrawal of our certificates of conformity, mandatory product recalls and significant legal liability, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operation and financial condition. In addition, a notified body or other competent authority in an EEA country may perform post-marketing audits on our products and premises from time to time. Failure to comply with such requests in a timely manner, and any adverse findings in any such audit, could subject us to suspension or withdrawal of our certificates of conformity, mandatory product recalls and significant legal liability, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We were previously subject to certain legal proceedings relating to the ownership of certain assets, including intellectual property. As demonstrated by such proceedings, future claims regarding intellectual property may be costly and time consuming to defend and future claims may delay or prevent the development and commercialization of our products or place our patent portfolio and other proprietary rights at risk.

In June 2008, Biovision AG, a Swiss company, was liquidated in bankruptcy in Switzerland. Vladimir Feingold, our Chief Technology Officer and one of our directors, was a minority owner of Biovision AG and served as its President and Chief Executive Officer. During the bankruptcy auction in Switzerland, Thomke Invest AG, or Thomke, purchased certain assets of Biovision AG with the stated intention of transferring those assets to Biovision Technology AG, which is now Neoptics AG, a competitor developing an alternative corneal inlay surgical lens to treat presbyopia. Disputes arose as to the scope of the purchased assets, the propriety of the Swiss auction, and what persons or entities had superior rights with respect to certain property, data, know-how, processes, and technology relating to a specialized surgically implanted lens to treat presbyopia, which we refer to collectively as the Disputed Assets.

Two competing lawsuits were filed in July 2008. The first lawsuit, which we refer to as the Thomke Action, was filed in the Superior Court of the State of California, County of Orange, by Thomke against Mr. Feingold, Biovision AG, our Visitome, Inc. subsidiary, Zohar Loshitzer, our President and one of our directors, Orchard Capital Corporation, which is owned by Richard Ressler (one of our directors and the controlling shareholder of Presbia Holdings, our controlling shareholder), and Swiss Investment Corporation. In its complaint, Thomke alleged, among other things, wrongful possession of personal property and conversion of the Disputed Assets. The second lawsuit, which we refer to as the Visitome Action, was filed on the same day in the same court by our Visitome, Inc. subsidiary seeking a declaration of rights with respect to the Disputed Assets. In November 2012, Swiss Investment Corporation and Mr. Feingold

 

-16-


Table of Contents

filed a lawsuit in Switzerland to invalidate certain orders issued by the Swiss Insolvency Office with respect to the Disputed Assets.

The Thomke Action and the Visitome Action were eventually consolidated. On December 12, 2012, the parties to the various lawsuits and certain of their affiliates entered into a settlement agreement to settle the three lawsuits. The parties to the settlement agreement included certain of our affiliates, including Mr. Feingold, Mr. Loshitzer, Visitome, Inc., PresbiBio, LLC, Presbia Holdings and Orchard Capital Corporation. The resulting settlement agreement included, among other things, (i) dismissals (with prejudice) of the three lawsuits, (ii) mutual releases of all matters arising prior to the date of the settlement agreement, including, without limitation, claims regarding the Disputed Assets, (iii) mutual waivers of all known or unknown matters subject to the mutual releases, (iv) mutual covenants not to sue in connection with matters released under the settlement agreement, and (v) acknowledgements and agreements to the terms of the settlement agreement by certain of our other affiliates not party thereto.

We cannot guarantee that we will not be subject to future claims regarding intellectual property. If successful, any such claims could place our patent portfolio and other proprietary rights at risk, which would have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Even if such claims are not successful, they could be costly and time consuming to defend and they could delay or prevent the development and commercialization of our products.

We have a limited operating history and may face difficulties encountered by early stage companies in new and rapidly evolving markets.

Our controlling shareholder, Presbia Holdings, was formed in 2007 and acquired our Visitome, Inc. subsidiary in 2009. Accordingly, we have a limited operating history upon which to base an evaluation of our business and prospects. In assessing our prospects, you should consider the risks and difficulties frequently encountered by early stage companies in new and rapidly evolving markets, particularly companies engaged in the development and sales of medical devices. These risks include our ability to:

 

  n   manage expectations during the lengthy process of obtaining PMA approval from the FDA;

 

  n   establish and increase awareness of our brand and strengthen customer loyalty;

 

  n   grow our business in targeted markets outside of the United States while awaiting FDA approval;

 

  n   implement and successfully execute our commercialization strategy;

 

  n   respond effectively to competitive pressures and developments;

 

  n   continue to develop and enhance our products in development;

 

  n   obtain regulatory approval to commercialize our products and, when and if approved, enhance those products;

 

  n   maintain compliance with all applicable regulatory statutes and regulations;

 

  n   expand our global presence;

 

  n   perform clinical research and trials on our existing products and future product candidates;

 

  n   attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel; and

 

  n   raise additional capital, if additional capital is needed, on favorable or acceptable terms.

As a result of these or other risks, our business strategy might not be successful.

We are engaged in an intensely competitive business with competitors that may enjoy significant competitive advantages over us and if we are unable to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, our sales and operating results may be negatively affected and we may not grow.

The market for surgical presbyopia correction is intensely competitive, both in and outside of the United States, and competition may increase. In addition to our company, there are at least four companies currently developing competing corneal inlay surgical solutions—AcuFocus, Inc., Revision Optics, Inc., Neoptics AG and LensGen, Inc. Other non-corneal inlay procedures also offer solutions to presbyopia, including: monovision approaches (whereby one eye, typically the dominant eye, is corrected for distance vision and the other eye is corrected for near vision using glasses, contact lenses or surgical procedures); multifocal approaches (whereby both a distance focus and a near focus are provided at the same time in each eye using glasses, contact lenses, surgically implanted artificial lenses or laser surgery); and accommodating approaches (whereby surgically implanted artificial lenses are designed

 

-17-


Table of Contents

to mimic the movement of the natural crystalline lens of the eye or techniques are used to attempt to restore the function of the eye’s own accommodative system). Certain companies enjoy competitive advantages over us, including: significantly greater name recognition; established relations with healthcare professionals and customers; established distribution networks; additional lines of products; greater experience in conducting research and development, manufacturing, clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approval for products, and marketing approved products; greater financial and human resources for product development, sales and marketing, and patent litigation; and earlier commencement of U.S. pivotal clinical trials. To compete in this market requires an ongoing, extensive search for technological innovation and the ability to respond to rapid technological change. It also requires, among other things, the ability to effectively discover, develop, test and obtain regulatory approvals for products, as well as the ability to effectively commercialize, market and promote approved products, including communicating the effectiveness, safety and value of products to actual and prospective patients and medical professionals. A better-financed or lower-cost provider of corneal inlay surgical solutions or a competing vision treatment could take market share away from us or force us to lower product prices, causing our revenues and results of operations to decline materially.

If we do not convince ophthalmic surgeons that our products are attractive alternatives to our competitors’ products as well as a complementary solution to other existing vision correction procedures, we will not be commercially successful.

Ophthalmic surgeons play a significant role in determining the course of treatment and, ultimately, the type of products that will be used to treat a patient for presybyopia. As a result, it will be important for us to effectively market our products to them. Acceptance of our products depends on educating ophthalmic surgeons as to the distinctive characteristics, perceived clinical benefits, safety and cost effectiveness of our products as compared to our competitors’ products as well as the utility of our microlens to be used as a complementary procedure to existing surgical treatments for visual problems. It also depends on training ophthalmic surgeons in the proper application of our products. If we are not successful in convincing ophthalmic surgeons of the merits of our products or educating them on the use of our products, they may not use our products and we will be unable to fully commercialize our products or reach profitability. Ophthalmic surgeons may be hesitant to change their medical treatment practices for the following reasons, among others:

 

  n   lack of experience with our products;

 

  n   existing relationships with competitors and distributors that sell their products;

 

  n   lack or perceived lack of evidence supporting additional patient benefits;

 

  n   perceived liability risks generally associated with the use of new products and procedures; and

 

  n   the time commitment that may be required for training.

In addition, we believe recommendations and support of our products by influential ophthalmic surgeons are important for market acceptance and adoption. If we do not receive support from such ophthalmic surgeons or long term data does not show the benefits of using our products, ophthalmic surgeons may not use our products. In such circumstances, we may not be able to grow our revenues or achieve profitability.

If we are unable to train ophthalmic surgeons and their clinical staff on the safe and appropriate use of our products, we may be unable to achieve revenue growth or profitability.

An important part of our sales process includes the ability to train ophthalmic surgeons and their clinical staff on the safe and appropriate use of our products. We have very limited experience in training and retaining qualified independent ophthalmic surgeons to perform presbyopia correction surgery using our products. If we are unable to attract ophthalmic surgeons to our training programs, we may be unable to achieve growth or profitability.

There is a learning process involved in ophthalmic surgeons and their clinical staff becoming proficient in the use of our products. It is critical to the success of our commercialization efforts to train a sufficient number of ophthalmic surgeons and to provide them with adequate instruction in the use of our microlens and microlens inserter. This training process may take longer than expected and may therefore affect our ability to increase sales. Following completion of training, we expect to rely on the trained ophthalmic surgeons to advocate the benefits of our products in the broader marketplace. Convincing ophthalmic surgeons to dedicate the time and energy necessary for adequate training is challenging, and we cannot assure you we will be successful in these efforts. If ophthalmic surgeons and their clinical staff are not properly trained, they may misuse or ineffectively use our products. Such uses may result

 

-18-


Table of Contents

in unsatisfactory patient outcomes, patient injury, negative publicity or lawsuits against us, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our reliance on a single third-party supplier for sales of our microlens outside of the United States and our reliance on a limited number of third-party suppliers for our microlens inserter could harm our ability to meet demand for our products in a timely and cost effective manner.

We rely on a single supplier located in Israel (Hanita Lenses) to manufacture and supply our microlens that we sell outside of the United States. This supplier has committed to a guaranteed minimum production level that we believe is adequate to meet our current needs. The agreement with this supplier is set to expire in January 2017. We have manufacturing capacity in Irvine, California, but items manufactured in that facility to date have been used solely for pre-IDE testing in the United States. Our U.S. facility has received regulatory approval from the State of California to manufacture our microlens for our U.S. staged pivotal trial. Also, our U.S. facility recently received regulatory approval to manufacture our microlens for sale in the EEA. We expect to continue to utilize our existing Israeli supplier for products sold outside of the United States, including in the EEA, unless and until we determine that it is more efficient for our company to manufacture our microlens for sale outside the United States and we obtain any additional regulatory approvals that may be required. Given the location of our Israeli supplier, the supply of our microlens could be disrupted if events were to occur in the Middle East that resulted in social, political, economic or military instability. Given our reliance on this supplier and our limited experience manufacturing our microlens at our California facility, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain sufficient quantities of our microlens in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our microlens inserter is manufactured by a third-party original equipment manufacturer in the United States (Total Titanium, Inc.). We do not have a guaranteed supply commitment from this supplier. Although we believe that this supplier will be able to meet our foreseeable needs, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain sufficient quantities of our microlens inserter in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

For us to be successful, our suppliers must be able to provide us with products in desired quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements, in accordance with agreed-upon detailed specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis. Reliance on third party suppliers entails risks to which we would not be subject if we manufactured all of our products ourselves, including reliance on the third parties for regulatory compliance and quality assurance, the possibility that products will not be delivered on a timely basis, the possibility of increases in pricing for our products, the possibility of breach of the applicable manufacturing agreement by third parties and the possibility of termination or non-renewal of the agreement by third parties. If any of these risks materialize, it could significantly increase our costs and impact our ability to meet demand for our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. If we are unable to satisfy commercial demand for our products in a timely manner, our ability to generate revenue would be impaired, market acceptance of our products could be adversely affected and customers may instead purchase or use our competitors’ products. Securing a replacement supplier could be difficult, time-consuming and expensive.

There are a limited number of suppliers and third-party manufacturers that operate under the FDA’s current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, maintain certifications of the International Standards Organization, or ISO, that are recognized as harmonized standards in the EEA, and have the necessary expertise and capacity to manufacture our products. As a result, if it were necessary to terminate our relationship with our existing suppliers, it may be difficult for us to locate another supplier that could promptly fulfill our anticipated future needs. If we are unable to arrange for third-party manufacturing of our products, or are unable to do so on commercially reasonable terms, our sales may be materially and adversely affected.

We rely on a single third-party supplier to supply the raw material used to manufacture our microlens.

The hydrophilic acrylic material used to manufacture our microlens is supplied to us by a single supplier located in the United Kingdom. We do not have a guaranteed supply commitment from this supplier. Although we believe that such supplier will be able to sufficiently meet our currently anticipated supply needs, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain sufficient quantities of the hydrophilic acrylic material in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, we would be required to obtain approval from the FDA in the event that we wished to use different material or similar material from a different supplier with respect to any products to be offered and sold in the United States.

 

-19-


Table of Contents

The global nature of our business may result in fluctuations and declines in our sales and profits.

Our products are currently available in several countries outside of the United States. Because we have received a CE Mark for our microlens, we have the ability presently to market that product within the EEA and in Switzerland. For the foreseeable future, pending receipt of the necessary FDA approvals to market our products in the United States, we expect that sales outside of the United States will represent 100% of our revenues. We may be exposed to transaction risk because some of our sales and expenses will be incurred in a different currency than the local currency. To date, we have not attempted to offset our exposure to this risk by investing in derivatives or engaging in other hedging transactions.

Economic, social and political conditions, laws, practices and local customs vary widely among the countries in which we sell our products. Our operations outside of the United States face a number of risks and potential costs, enjoy less stringent protection of intellectual property and face economic, political and social uncertainty in some countries, especially in emerging markets. We have limited experience developing and manufacturing our products to comply with the commercial and legal requirements of markets outside of the United States. Our success in markets outside of the United States will depend, in part, on our ability to manufacture products that meet applicable regulatory and commercial requirements, our ability to enforce contractual commitments and our ability to develop and implement policies and strategies that are effective in anticipating and managing these and other risks in the countries where we do business. Such risks may have a material adverse effect on our operations in any particular country and on our business as a whole. Inflation in emerging markets also may make our products more expensive there and increase the credit risks to which we will be exposed.

If we do not successfully implement our commercialization strategy, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected.

We have developed our commercialization strategy based on assumptions about the presbyopia market that might prove to be wrong. We believe that various demographics and industry-specific trends, including adults noticing the onset of presbyopia as they reach their forties, the demands upon our eyes resulting from the increased use of electronic devices and increasing acceptance of eye surgeries as alternatives to reading glasses and contact lenses, will help drive growth in our market and our business, but these demographics and trends are uncertain. Actual demand for our products could differ materially from projected demand if our assumptions regarding these factors prove to be incorrect or do not materialize, or if alternative treatments to those offered by our products gain widespread acceptance.

We may not be able to successfully implement our commercialization strategy. To implement our commercialization strategy of initially dealing directly with high volume laser centers, we must, among other things, educate the decision-makers within these organizations regarding the advantages of our products and processes, train professionals working in those centers on how to use our products, enter into commercially reasonable agreements with those centers and engage in careful follow-up to capture relevant experience and demonstrate our goal to partner with our laser center customers. Our strategy of focusing exclusively on the presbyopia market may limit our ability to grow. Moreover, even if we successfully implement our commercialization strategy, our operating results may not improve or may decline. We may decide to alter or discontinue aspects of our commercialization strategy and may adopt different strategies due to business or competitive factors not currently foreseen, such as new medical technologies that would make our products obsolete. Any failure to implement our business strategy may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If the market does not accept and endorse presbyopia correction surgery, we will not be able to successfully execute our business plan.

We believe that our profitability and our ability to expand depend to a large extent on the acceptance of vision correction surgeries in general, as well as presbyopia correction surgery specifically, as a safe and effective treatment option. Even if we obtain FDA and other required regulatory approvals, if presbyopia correction surgery does not gain broad market acceptance, our opportunity to achieve profitability and sustained growth will be severely limited. We cannot assure you that presbyopia correction surgery will be accepted widely, if at all, by ophthalmic surgeons, ophthalmologists, optometrists or the general population as an alternative to existing or future methods of treating presbyopia or other refractive vision disorders. Market acceptance depends on a number of factors, including:

 

  n   the efficacy and safety of our products as demonstrated in clinical trials, as well as by actual usage in jurisdictions where our products are authorized for marketing and sale;

 

-20-


Table of Contents
  n   the clinical indications for which our products are approved if and when approvals are granted;

 

  n   acceptance by ophthalmic surgeons, ophthalmologists, optometrists and ophthalmic centers;

 

  n   third-party publications reporting findings with respect to the efficacy and safety of our products;

 

  n   the potential and demonstrable advantages of our products and of competitive products and processes;

 

  n   relative convenience and ease of administration;

 

  n   the tolerance of our products by patients, including prevalence and severity of side effects; and

 

  n   the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts.

Any factor that adversely impacts market acceptance of presbyopia correction surgery will have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We do not anticipate that our microlens and the procedure to implant our microlens will be reimbursable through private or governmental third-party payors, which could limit market acceptance.

Our microlens and the procedure to implant our microlens are not currently reimbursable through private or governmental third-party payors in any country. In addition, we do not anticipate that our microlens and the procedure to implant our microlens will be reimbursable through private or governmental third-party payors in the foreseeable future. The commercialization of our microlens depends on prospective patients’ ability to cover the costs of our microlens and the implantation procedure. A general regional or worldwide economic downturn could negatively impact demand for our microlens. In the event that medically eligible patients deem the costs of our procedure to be prohibitively high or consider alternative treatment options to be more affordable, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be negatively impacted.

Our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to use net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

Our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to utilize United States federal net operating loss carryforwards and federal tax credits may be limited under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. The limitations apply if an “ownership change,” as defined by Section 382, occurs. Generally, an ownership change occurs if the percentage of the value of the stock that is owned by one or more direct or indirect “five percent shareholders” increases by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage at any time during the applicable testing period (typically three years). The ownership change of a parent entity may result in the ownership change of a subsidiary. If we or any of our subsidiaries have experienced an “ownership change” at any time since formation, that corporation may already be subject to limitations on the ability to utilize existing net operating losses and other tax attributes to offset taxable income. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, which may be outside of our control, may trigger an “ownership change” and, consequently, Section 382 and 383 limitations. As a result, if we or our subsidiaries earn net taxable income, the ability to use pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes to offset United States federal taxable income may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us or our subsidiaries.

We may not be able to achieve a competitive worldwide effective corporate tax rate.

We cannot give any assurance as to what our effective tax rate will be, because of, among other things, uncertainty regarding the geographic mix of any income we generate and the tax policies of the jurisdictions where we operate. Our actual effective tax rate may vary from our expectation and that variance may be material. Additionally, the tax laws of Ireland and other jurisdictions could change in the future, and such changes could cause a material change in our effective tax rate, which may negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Presbia PLC and Presbia Ireland, Limited are incorporated in and resident for tax purposes in Ireland. Accordingly, they are subject to Irish corporation tax on their worldwide income and gains. The current rates of Irish corporation tax are 12.5% for certain trading income, 25% for all other income, and 33% for capital gains. It is anticipated that we will be subject to the lower rate of Irish corporation tax applicable to our trading income (currently 12.5%) on the basis that we will be carrying on a trade in Ireland for Irish tax purposes. However, we cannot guarantee that our activities in Ireland will be sufficient to qualify for trading status in respect of all or any portion of our income. There is no comprehensive definition of what constitutes “trading” for Irish tax purposes, and whether or not a company is carrying on a trade in Ireland for Irish tax purposes is determined on the facts of each individual case. Consequently, we cannot assure you that the Irish Revenue (Tax) authorities would accept our trading status for Irish tax purposes

 

-21-


Table of Contents

in respect of all or any portion of our income. If it is determined that we are not in fact carrying on a trade in Ireland for Irish tax purposes, our income in Ireland could be subject to a 25% tax rate, including future royalty income from the U.S. market.

Our status as a foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes could be affected by changes in applicable laws.

We believe that, under current law, we are treated as a foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, changes to the inversion rules in Section 7874 of the Code or the U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder or other U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, or U.S. Treasury Department guidance could adversely affect our status as a foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and any such changes could have prospective or retroactive application to us and/or our respective shareholders and affiliates. Most recently, the U.S. Treasury Department issued Notice 2014-52, which applies stricter “anti-inversion” rules to inversion transactions occurring on or after September 22, 2014. Although the Notice in its current form would not affect our status as a foreign corporation, the U.S. Congress may enact legislation in the future to change the inversion rules, possibly retroactively. In addition, recent legislative proposals have aimed to expand the scope of U.S. corporate tax residence, and such legislation, if passed, could have a material and adverse effect on us.

We depend on key employees, the loss of which could substantially damage our business and our ability to compete.

We depend on the continued service of our chief technology officer, Vladimir Feingold, and other key employees. The loss of a key employee could hurt our business substantially. Mr. Feingold is an employee at will and is not subject to a non-compete obligation. We could be particularly damaged if he or any other key employee or employees went to work for our competitors. Our future success depends on our ability to identify, attract, train, motivate and retain other highly skilled personnel. Failure to do so may adversely affect our results. Other than with respect to Mr. Feingold, we do not maintain insurance policies to cover the cost of replacing the services of any of our key employees who may unexpectedly die or become disabled.

We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions of or investments in new or complementary businesses, products or technologies, and the failure to manage any acquisitions or investments, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could have a material adverse effect on us.

From time to time, we expect to consider opportunities to acquire or make investments in other technologies, products and businesses that may enhance our capabilities, complement our current products or expand the breadth of our markets or customer base. Potential and completed acquisitions and strategic investments involve numerous risks, including:

 

  n   problems assimilating the purchased technologies, products or business operations;

 

  n   maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies;

 

  n   unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions;

 

  n   diversion of management’s attention from our core business;

 

  n   adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers;

 

  n   risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;

 

  n   potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses; and

 

  n   increased legal and accounting compliance costs.

We have no current commitments or intentions with respect to any acquisition or investment. We do not know if we will be able to identify suitable acquisitions, complete any such acquisitions on favorable terms or at all, successfully integrate any acquired business, product or technology into our business or retain any key personnel, suppliers or distributors. Our ability to grow through acquisitions successfully depends upon our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate suitable target businesses and to obtain any necessary financing. These efforts could be expensive and time-consuming, and may disrupt our ongoing business and prevent management from focusing on our operations. If we are unable to integrate any acquired businesses, products or technologies effectively, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

We may need to increase the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing growth.

As of September 30, 2014, we had 33 full-time employees. Whether or not we grow by acquisition or internal growth, we expect that it will be necessary to expand our managerial, operational, financial and other resources in

 

-22-


Table of Contents

order to manage our operations and clinical trials, continue our development activities and fully commercialize our products. Our systems currently in place may not be adequate to support this future growth. Our need to effectively execute our business strategy requires that we:

 

  n   manage our clinical trials effectively;

 

  n   provide substantial support to ophthalmic centers at the time that we enter into contractual relationships with them and provide ongoing support even after the centers are fully trained;

 

  n   manage our internal development efforts effectively;

 

  n   continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures; and

 

  n   identify, recruit, maintain, motivate and integrate additional employees.

If we are unable to expand our managerial, operational, financial and other resources to the extent required to manage our development and commercialization activities, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

We may be subject to costly product liability claims related to our clinical trials and products and, if we are unable to obtain adequate insurance or are required to pay for liabilities resulting from a claim excluded from, or beyond the limits of, our insurance coverage, a material liability claim could adversely affect our financial condition.

We face the risk that the use of our products may result in adverse side effects to patients in our clinical trials. We face even greater risks in connection with the commercialization of our products, including our current sales outside of the United States. Although we maintain product liability insurance and request that laser centers and hospitals offering our products, and the physicians at such facilities, maintain product liability insurance, any such insurance coverage may be insufficient to reimburse us for any expenses or losses we may suffer, and we may be required to increase our product liability insurance coverage for trials that we initiate in the future. We do not know whether we will be able to continue to obtain product liability coverage and obtain expanded coverage if we require it, on acceptable terms, or at all. We may not have sufficient resources to pay for any liabilities resulting from a claim excluded from, or beyond the limits of, our insurance coverage. To the extent that we provide indemnities in favor of third parties under our agreements with them, there is also a risk that these third parties could incur liability and bring a claim under such indemnities. An individual may bring a product liability claim against us alleging that one of our products caused an injury or is found to be unsuitable for consumer use. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in:

 

  n   withdrawal of clinical trial volunteers, investigators, patients or trial sites;

 

  n   difficulties in commercializing our products;

 

  n   decreased demand for our products;

 

  n   regulatory investigations that could require costly recalls or product modifications;

 

  n   loss of revenues;

 

  n   substantial costs of litigation;

 

  n   liabilities that substantially exceed our product liability insurance, which we would then be required to pay ourselves;

 

  n   an increase in our product liability insurance rates or the inability to maintain insurance coverage in the future on acceptable terms, if at all;

 

  n   the diversion of management’s attention from our business; and

 

  n   damage to our reputation and the reputation of our products.

Product liability claims may subject us to the foregoing and other risks, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we use biological and hazardous materials in a manner that causes injury or violates applicable laws or regulations, we could be liable for damages.

Our activities currently require the controlled use of potentially harmful biological materials and hazardous materials and chemicals. We cannot eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury to employees or third parties from

 

-23-


Table of Contents

the use, storage, handling or disposal of these materials. In the event of contamination or injury, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources or any applicable insurance coverage we may have. Additionally, we are subject to, on an ongoing basis, a variety of federal, state and non-U.S. environmental and pollution control laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. The cost of compliance with these laws and regulations may become increasingly significant and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In the event of an accident or if we otherwise fail to comply with applicable regulations, we could lose our permits or approvals or be held liable for damages or penalized with fines.

Our employees may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other misconduct. Misconduct by employees could include intentional failures to comply with FDA or other governmental regulations, to provide accurate information to the FDA or other governmental authorities, to comply with manufacturing standards we have established or to report financial information or data accurately. Employee misconduct could involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

Our sales volumes and our operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which may make our performance more difficult to understand and may make our future performance more difficult to predict.

We may experience meaningful variability in our sales and operating expenses among quarters, as well as within each quarter, as a result of a number of factors, including, among other things:

 

  n   the timing of or failure to obtain regulatory approvals or clearances for products;

 

  n   the number of products sold in the quarter;

 

  n   the demand for, and pricing of, our products and the products of our competitors;

 

  n   costs, benefits and timing of new product introductions;

 

  n   increased competition;

 

  n   the availability and cost of components and materials;

 

  n   the number of selling days in the quarter; and

 

  n   impairment and other special charges.

Such quarterly fluctuations may make it difficult to understand our performance and predict our future performance.

If we experience material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls in the future, we may not be able to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our ordinary shares.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be required, under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to establish adequate internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures and to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2015. This assessment must include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency or combination of deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual and interim financial statements will not be detected or prevented on a timely basis.

We are analyzing the computer systems processes and related documentation necessary to perform the evaluations needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material

 

-24-


Table of Contents

weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. The effectiveness of our controls and procedures may be limited by a variety of factors, including:

 

  n   faulty human judgment and simple errors, omissions or mistakes;

 

  n   fraudulent action of an individual or collusion of two or more people;

 

  n   inappropriate management override of procedures; and

 

  n   the possibility that any enhancements to controls and procedures may still not be adequate to assure timely and accurate financial control.

If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would likely cause the price of our ordinary shares to decline.

When we cease to be an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws, our auditors will be required to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls. If we are unable to confirm that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could cause the price of our ordinary shares to decline.

We expect to incur significant costs as a result of being a public company, which may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We expect to incur costs associated with corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, the SEC, and the NASDAQ listing rules. These rules and regulations are expected to increase our accounting, legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements and we expect those costs to increase in the future. We also expect these rules and regulations to make it more expensive for us to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, or our Board, committees of our Board, or as executive officers. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

If we experience significant disruptions in our information technology systems, our business may be adversely affected.

We will depend on our information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business, including accounting, data storage, compliance, purchasing and inventory management. While we will attempt to mitigate interruptions, we may experience difficulties in implementing certain upgrades, which would impact our business operations, or experience difficulties in operating our business during the upgrade, either of which could disrupt our operations, including our ability to timely ship and track product orders, project inventory requirements, manage our supply chain and otherwise adequately service our customers. In the event we experience significant disruptions as a result of the implementation of our information technology systems, we may not be able to repair our systems in an efficient and timely manner. Accordingly, such events may disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our entire operation and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

Fluctuations in insurance cost and availability could adversely affect our profitability or our risk management profile.

We hold a number of insurance policies, including product liability insurance, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, general liability insurance, property insurance and workers’ compensation insurance. If the costs of maintaining adequate insurance coverage increase significantly in the future, our operating results could be materially and adversely affected. Likewise, if any of our current providers should no longer be able to provide coverage to us, we may not be able to find another provider that provides comparable coverage for comparable costs, which could impact our coverage and materially and adversely affect our operating results.

 

-25-


Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Regulatory Requirements

Our products are subject to extensive governmental regulation both in the United States and in other countries, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our business to suffer .

Our products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and various other federal, state and non-U.S. governmental authorities, such as the competent authorities of the countries of the EEA and other countries in which we currently have marketing approval and/or conduct operations. Government regulation of medical devices is meant to assure their safety and effectiveness, and includes regulation of, among other things:

 

  n   design, development and manufacturing;

 

  n   testing, labeling, content and language of instructions for use and storage;

 

  n   clinical trials;

 

  n   product safety;

 

  n   marketing, sales and distribution;

 

  n   regulatory approvals and clearances, including premarket approval and clearance;

 

  n   conformity assessment procedures;

 

  n   product traceability and record keeping procedures;

 

  n   advertising and promotion;

 

  n   product complaints, complaint reporting, recalls and field safety corrective actions;

 

  n   post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury;

 

  n   post-market studies; and

 

  n   product import and export.

Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and result in enforcement actions such as:

 

  n   delays in the introduction of products into the market;

 

  n   warning letters;

 

  n   injunctions;

 

  n   fines and other civil penalties;

 

  n   termination of distribution;

 

  n   recalls or seizures of products;

 

  n   total or partial suspension of production;

 

  n   refusal of the FDA or other regulators to grant necessary approvals or clearances;

 

  n   withdrawals or suspensions of then current approvals or clearances, resulting in prohibitions on sales of our products;

 

  n   withdrawal of the CE Certificates of Conformity granted by the notified body or delay in obtaining these certificates; and/or

 

  n   in the most serious cases, criminal penalties.

Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales and have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to complex regulations which have tended to become more stringent over time. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales.

Our current products are Class III devices under the U.S. Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and thus subject to more stringent regulatory controls than other medical devices. Before we can market or sell our microlens and our microlens inserter in the United States, we must obtain approval of a PMA application from the FDA. Our Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, enables us to use our microlens and our microlens inserter in clinical studies in order to begin to collect safety and effectiveness data for the PMA application. In the PMA approval

 

-26-


Table of Contents

process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is safe and effective for its intended use based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, pre-clinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as implantable devices, as well as life-sustaining and life-supporting devices. The process of obtaining a PMA generally takes from one to four years, or even longer, from the time the application is submitted to the FDA until an approval is obtained. We do not expect to receive our PMA any earlier than in the fourth quarter of 2017 or the first quarter of 2018.

Future products that we may develop, as well as material modifications to our existing products, will require a new PMA. If the FDA requires us to go through a lengthier, more rigorous examination for future products or modifications to existing products than we had expected, our product introductions or modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to decline. Outcomes under the PMA process are difficult to predict, as are the time and expense associated with that process. Further, even if any of our future products do not require a PMA, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain clearances under Section 510(k) of the FDCA, or 510(k) clearances, which is a less onerous approval process than the PMA process, with respect to those products.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval or clearance of a device for many reasons, including:

 

  n   our inability to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that our products are safe and effective for their intended uses;

 

  n   the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where required; and

 

  n   the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements.

Significant delays in receiving approval or clearance, or the failure to receive approval or clearance for our products, would adversely affect our ability to generate revenues and negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, the FDA may change its approval and clearance policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions that may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our products under development or impact our ability to modify any products that may be approved or cleared. For example, in 2011, the FDA announced a Plan of Action to modernize and improve the FDA’s premarket review of medical devices, and has implemented, and continues to implement, reforms intended to streamline the premarket review process. In addition, as part of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act of 2012, or FDASIA, the U.S. Congress enacted several reforms entitled “Medical Device Regulatory Improvements” and additional miscellaneous provisions which will further affect medical device regulation both pre- and post-approval. Any change in the laws or regulations that govern the approval and clearance processes relating to our current and future products could make it more difficult and costly to obtain approval or clearance for new products, or to produce, market and distribute existing products.

Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, approval or clearance for our products under development could prevent us from generating revenue in the United States from these products or achieving profitability. Additionally, the FDA and other regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers. Regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could dissuade some ophthalmic surgeons from using our products and adversely affect our reputation and the perceived safety and efficacy of our products.

In addition, even if we obtain the proper regulatory approval or clearance to market a product, the FDA has the power to require us to conduct post-market surveillance systems, which are designed to identify adverse events, device malfunctions or complaints from patients implanted with the device during a specified period after the commencement of commercial use in the United States. The FDA may also require us to conduct post-marketing studies to further monitor the safety and/or efficacy of our products. Failure to conduct required surveillance systems or studies in a timely manner could result in the revocation of the PMA approval or 510(k) clearance for the product that is subject to such a requirement and could also result in the recall or withdrawal of the product, which would prevent us from generating sales from that product in the United States.

In order to be placed on the market within the EEA, medical devices must meet the essential requirements set out in the relevant medical device legislation. The principal legislation regulating general medical devices in the EEA is

 

-27-


Table of Contents

Directive 93/42/EEC, referred to herein as the EU Medical Devices Directive. In the case of low risk (Class I) medical devices, such as our microlens inserter, the manufacturer may self-certify conformity with the EU Medical Devices Directive by issuing a declaration of conformity. In the case of medium to high risk (Class IIa, IIb and III) medical devices, including our microlens which is a Class IIb medical device, the certificate of conformity issues from a notified body. Where a medical device meets the essential requirements set out in the EU Medical Devices Directive and complies with the appropriate conformity assessment procedure, based on the classification of the medical device, a declaration or certificate of conformity will issue and a CE Mark may then be affixed to the product. Once a CE Mark has been affixed to the medical device, it may then be placed on the market in any country within the EEA and Switzerland (subject to certain localized registration and language requirements).

In February 2010, we received a certificate of conformity from our notified body for our microlens allowing the CE Mark to be affixed to our microlens. In May 2013, we issued a declaration of conformity for our microlens inserter allowing the CE Mark to be affixed to our microlens inserter. We have also obtained an ISO 13485 quality system certification, which confirms that our medical device manufacturing quality management system is compliant with globally recognized standards set forth by the International Organization for Standardization. We are required to keep up-to-date and remain compliant with the most recently issued standards. In order to maintain our certificate of conformity and CE Mark, we must continue to comply with the EU Medical Devices Directive and pass annual facilities audit inspections by an inspection agency of the EEA to ISO 13485 standards. In addition, a notified body or other competent authority in an EEA country may perform post-marketing audits on our products and premises from time to time. Failure to comply with such requests in a timely manner, and any adverse findings in any such audit, could result in the withdrawal of our certificate of conformity and our CE Mark, and the recall or withdrawal of our products from the EEA market. Each certificate of conformity may be valid for a maximum of five years but would typically be valid for three years. Our existing certificate of conformity for our microlens is valid until November 2014. At the end of each period of validity, we are required to apply to the notified body for a renewal of our certificate of conformity. There may be delays in the renewal of our certificate of conformity and the notified body may require modifications to our products or to the related technical files before it agrees to issue a new certificate of conformity.

On September 26, 2012, the European Commission adopted a package of legislative proposals designed to replace the existing regulatory framework for medical devices in the EEA. The European Commission’s proposals may undergo significant amendments as they are reviewed by the European Council and European Parliament as part of the EEA legislative process. If and when adopted, the proposed new legislation may prevent or delay the EEA approval or clearance of any future products we may develop or impact our ability to modify currently EEA approved or cleared products on a timely basis.

The United States, in which we are seeking marketing approval, those countries which recognize our CE mark, and those other countries in which we have marketing approval, collectively, only represent a portion of the worldwide presbyopic population. To market and sell our products in other countries, including those countries that may represent a substantial portion of the worldwide presbyopic population, we must seek and obtain regulatory approvals, certifications and/or registrations and comply with the laws and regulations of those countries. These laws and regulations, including the requirements for approvals, certifications and/or registrations and the time required for regulatory review, vary from country to country. Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approvals, certifications and/or registrations are expensive, and we cannot be certain that we will receive regulatory approvals, certifications and/or registrations in any country for which we have yet to receive such approvals, certifications and/or registrations or that we will be able to maintain any regulatory approvals, certifications and/or registrations that we currently possess. If we fail to obtain or maintain regulatory approvals, certifications and/or registrations in any country in which we plan to market our products, our ability to generate revenue will be harmed.

Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and result in a variety of enforcement actions, all of which would negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Modifications to our products may require new premarket approvals or may require us to cease marketing or recall the modified products until approvals are obtained.

Any modification to a PMA-approved device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, including significant design and manufacturing changes, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, may require approval of a new PMA. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this determination

 

-28-


Table of Contents

in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new approvals are necessary. If the FDA disagrees with any determination that we may make in the future and requires us to seek new PMA approvals for modifications to any previously approved or cleared products for which we have concluded that new approvals are unnecessary, we may be required to cease marketing or distribution of our products or to recall the modified product until we obtain approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. We have commenced the development of a disposable microlens inserter and a pre-loaded disposable microlens inserter which may require an additional PMA.

In the EEA, we are required to inform the notified body that carried out the conformity assessment of the medical devices we market or sell in the EEA of any planned changes to our quality system or changes to our devices which could affect compliance with the essential requirements set forth in EU Medical Devices Directive or the devices’ intended purpose. The notified body will then assess the changes and verify whether they affect the products’ conformity with the essential requirements set forth in the EU Medical Devices Directive or the conditions for the use of the device. If the assessment is favorable, the notified body will issue a new CE Certificate of Conformity or an addendum to the existing CE Certificate of Conformity attesting compliance with the essential requirements set forth in the EU Medical Devices Directive. If it is not, we may not be able to continue to market and sell the product in the EEA.

We may fail to obtain or maintain regulatory approvals to market our products in countries outside of the United States.

We have commenced the marketing of our products in certain countries outside of the United States and intend to expand our non-U.S. marketing. Each jurisdiction that we target for commercialization of our products requires regulatory approvals and compliance with numerous and sometimes varying regulatory requirements. In addition to the countries in which we currently have marketing approval, we are seeking regulatory approval or clearance to market our products in Mexico, India, China, Russia, South Korea and other key markets. The approval procedures vary among countries and may involve requirements for additional testing, and the time required to obtain approval may differ from country to country and from that required to obtain clearance or approval in the United States and the necessary CE Certificates of Conformity in the EEA countries.

Approval or clearance in the United States and/or a CE Certificate of Conformity in the EEA countries does not ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval or certification by one regulatory authority does not ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities in other countries or by the FDA. Any non-U.S. regulatory approval or certification process may include similar risks associated with obtaining FDA clearance or approval. In addition, some countries only approve or certify a product for a certain period of time, in which case we will be required to re-approve or re-certify our products in a timely manner prior to the expiration of our prior approval or certification. We may not obtain regulatory approvals that we seek on a timely basis, if at all. We may not be able to file for regulatory approvals or certifications and may not receive or maintain necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market. If we fail to receive or maintain necessary approvals or certifications to commercialize our products in any non-U.S. jurisdiction on a timely basis, or at all, or if we fail to have our products re-approved or re-certified, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

If we or our suppliers fail to comply with ongoing EEA and FDA or other regulatory authority requirements, or if we experience unanticipated problems with our products, these products could be subject to restrictions or withdrawal from the market.

Any product for which we obtain approval or clearance, and the manufacturing processes, reporting requirements, post-approval clinical data and promotional activities for such product, will be subject to continued regulatory review, oversight and periodic inspections by the FDA and other U.S. and non-U.S. regulatory authorities. In particular, we and our third-party suppliers will be required to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR. In EEA countries, compliance with harmonized standards is also recommended as this is often interpreted as a presumption of conformity with the relevant essential requirements set forth in Annex I to the EU Medical Devices Directive. These FDA regulations and EU standards cover the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of our products. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements is subject to continual review and is monitored rigorously through periodic inspections by the FDA. Compliance with harmonized standards in the EEA is also subject to regular review through the conduct of inspections by notified bodies or other certification bodies. If we, or our suppliers, fail to adhere to QSR requirements

 

-29-


Table of Contents

in the United States or other harmonized standards in the EEA, this could delay production of our products and lead to fines, difficulties in obtaining regulatory clearances and CE Certificates of Conformity, recalls, enforcement actions, including injunctive relief or consent decrees, or other consequences, which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

In addition, the FDA audits compliance with the QSR through periodic announced and unannounced inspections of manufacturing and other facilities. The failure by our company or any of our suppliers to comply with applicable statutes and regulations administered by the FDA, or the failure to timely and adequately respond to any adverse inspectional observations or product safety issues, could result in any of the following enforcement actions:

 

  n   untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

 

  n   unanticipated expenditures to address or defend such actions;

 

  n   customer notifications or repair, replacement, refunds, recalls, detention or seizure of our products;

 

  n   operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

  n   refusal of or delaying our requests for PMA approval of new products or modified products;

 

  n   withdrawing PMA approvals that have already been granted;

 

  n   refusal to grant export approval for our products; and

 

  n   criminal prosecution.

Any of these sanctions could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, our key component suppliers may not currently be or may not continue to be in compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements, which could result in our failure to produce our products on a timely basis and in the required quantities, if at all.

Outside the EEA and the United States, our products and operations are required to comply with standards set by the applicable regulatory authorities in each jurisdiction that we target for commercialization of our products, and those standards, types of evaluation and scope of review differ among such regulatory authorities. We intend to comply with the standards enforced by such regulatory authorities as needed to commercialize our products. If we fail to comply with any of these standards adequately, a regulatory authority may take adverse actions similar to those within the power of a notified body or competent authority or the FDA. Any such action may harm our reputation and business, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If our products, or the malfunction of our products, cause or contribute to a serious injury or a death, we will be subject to medical device reporting regulations, which can result in voluntary corrective actions or agency enforcement actions.

Under the FDA medical device reporting regulations, medical device manufacturers are required to report to the FDA information that a device has or may have caused or contributed to a serious injury or death or has malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to serious injury or death if the malfunction of the device or a similar device were to recur. All manufacturers placing medical devices in the market in the EEA are legally bound to report any serious or potentially serious incidents involving devices they produce or sell to the competent authority in whose jurisdiction the incident occurred. Were this to happen to us, the relevant competent authority would file an initial report, and there would then be a further inspection or assessment if there were particular issues. This would be carried out either by the competent authority or it could require that the notified body carry out the inspection or assessment.

Any such adverse event involving our products could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or agency action, such as inspection or enforcement action. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, will require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business and may harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In the EEA, we must comply with the EU Medical Device Vigilance System. Under this system, incidents must be reported to the relevant authorities of the EEA countries, and manufacturers are required to take Field Safety Corrective Actions, or FSCAs, to reduce a risk of death or serious deterioration in the state of health associated with

 

-30-


Table of Contents

the use of a medical device that is already placed on the market. An incident is defined as any malfunction or deterioration in the characteristics and/or performance of a device, as well as any inadequacy in the labeling or the instructions for use which, directly or indirectly, might lead to or might have led to the death of a patient or user or of other persons or to a serious deterioration in their state of health. An FSCA may include the recall, modification, exchange, destruction or retrofitting of the device. FSCAs must be communicated by the manufacturer or its European Authorized Representative to its customers and/or to the end users of the device through Field Safety Notices.

Our products may in the future be subject to product recalls. A recall of our products, either voluntarily or at the direction of governmental authorities, or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products, could have a significant adverse impact on us.

Governmental authorities, including the FDA, have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture. In the case of the FDA, the authority to require a recall must be based on an FDA finding that there is reasonable probability that the device would cause serious injury or death. In addition, non-U.S. governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of our products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture. Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, product failures, malfunctions, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. Recalls of any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources and would have an adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations and financial condition, which could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet our customers’ demands. We may also be subject to liability claims, be required to bear other costs, or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our future sales and our ability to reach profitability.

We rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials and assist us with pre-clinical development. If these third parties do not perform as contractually required or expected, we may not be able to obtain regulatory clearance or approval for, or commercialize, our products.

We rely on third parties, such as contract research organizations, medical institutions, clinical investigators and contract laboratories, to conduct our clinical trials and to assist in the preparation of our PMA submissions. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or regulatory obligations or meet expected deadlines, if these third parties need to be replaced, or if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our pre-clinical development activities or clinical trials may be extended, delayed, suspended or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory clearance or approval for, or successfully commercialize, our products on a timely basis, if at all, and our business, operating results and prospects may be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, our third-party clinical trial investigators may be delayed in conducting our clinical trials for reasons outside of their control.

The results of our clinical trials may not support our product claims or may result in the discovery of adverse side effects.

Our ongoing research and development, pre-clinical testing, clinical trial and post-market evaluation activities will be subject to extensive regulation and review by numerous governmental authorities, both in and outside of the United States. We are currently conducting a pivotal clinical trial under our IDE for our microlens and microlens inserter, to gather information about these products’ safety, efficacy or optimal use. In the future we may conduct clinical trials to support approval of new products. All such clinical studies must be conducted in compliance with applicable regulations or the applicable regulatory authorities may take enforcement action. The data collected from these clinical studies may ultimately be used to support market clearance for these products. Even if our clinical trials are completed as planned, we cannot be certain that their results will support our product claims or that the applicable regulatory authorities and notified bodies will agree with our conclusions regarding them. Success in pre-clinical studies and early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will be successful, and we cannot be sure that later trials will replicate the results of prior trials and pre-clinical studies. The clinical trial process may fail to demonstrate that our products are safe and effective for the proposed indicated uses, which could cause us to abandon a product and may delay development of others. Any delay or termination of our clinical trials will delay the filing of our product submissions and, ultimately, our ability to commercialize our products and generate revenues. It is also possible that patients enrolled in clinical trials will experience adverse side effects that are not currently part of the product’s profile.

 

-31-


Table of Contents

We may be subject to enforcement action if we engage in improper marketing or promotion of our products.

The marketing and promotion of our products is subject to EEA Member States laws implementing the EU Medical Devices Directive, Directive 2006/114/EC concerning misleading and comparative advertising, and Directive 2005/29/EC on unfair commercial practices, as well as other EEA Member State legislation governing the advertising and promotion of medical devices. In addition, we are subject to EU and national Codes of Conduct. These laws and Codes of Conduct may limit or restrict the advertising and promotion of our products to the general public and may impose limitations on our promotional activities with healthcare professionals.

Further, once our products are approved, our promotional materials and training methods must comply with FDA and other applicable laws and regulations, including the prohibition of the promotion of unapproved, or off-label, use. If the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitutes promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or non-U.S. enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our promotional or training materials to constitute promotion of an off-label use. In that event, our reputation could be damaged and adoption of the products could be impaired. In addition, the off-label use of our products may increase the risk of product liability claims, which are expensive to defend and could divert our management’s attention, result in substantial damage awards against us, and harm our reputation.

Regulatory healthcare reforms may make it more difficult and costly for us to obtain regulatory approval or clearance of our products and to produce, market and distribute our products after approval or clearance is obtained.

FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Any new regulations or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose additional costs or lengthen review times of our products. Delays in receipt of, or failure to receive, regulatory approvals or clearances for our products would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We may become subject to third parties’ claims alleging infringement of their patents and proprietary rights or seeking to invalidate our patents or proprietary rights, or we may need to become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patent portfolio, which could be costly, time consuming, delay or prevent the development and commercialization of our products, or put our patent portfolio and other proprietary rights at risk .

Litigation relating to infringement or misappropriation of patent and other intellectual property rights in the medical device industry is common. For example, we were previously a party to legal proceedings relating to the ownership of certain assets, including intellectual property. See “Risks Related to Our Business—We were previously subject to certain legal proceedings relating to the ownership of certain assets, including intellectual property. As demonstrated by such proceedings, future claims regarding intellectual property may be costly and time consuming to defend and future claims may delay or prevent the development and commercialization of our products or place our patent portfolio and other proprietary rights at risk.” We may be subject to third-party claims in the future that would cause us to incur substantial expenses and which, if successful, could cause us to pay substantial damages. These damages potentially include increased damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have infringed such rights willfully. Further, if a patent infringement suit is brought against us, our research, development, manufacturing or sales activities relating to the product that is the subject of the suit may be delayed or terminated. As a result of patent infringement claims, or in order to avoid potential infringement claims, we may choose to seek, or be required to seek, a license from the claimant, which would be likely to include a requirement to pay license fees or royalties or both. These licenses may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if a license can be obtained on acceptable terms, the rights may be nonexclusive, which would give our competitors access to the same intellectual property rights. If we are unable to enter into a license on acceptable terms, we could be prevented from commercializing one or more of our products, or forced to modify such products, or to cease some aspect of our business operations, which could harm our business significantly.

U.S. and non-U.S. issued patents and pending patent applications controlled by third parties may relate to areas in which we are developing products. In such an instance, because all issued patents are entitled to a presumption of validity in many countries, including the United States and many European countries, issued patents held by others

 

-32-


Table of Contents

that claim our products or technology may limit our freedom to operate unless and until those patents expire or are declared invalid or unenforceable in a court of applicable jurisdiction, if we do not obtain a license or other right to practice the claimed inventions. Pending patent applications controlled by third parties may result in additional issued patents claiming our products and technology. In addition, the publication of patent applications occurs with a certain delay after the date of filing, so we may not be aware of all relevant patent applications of third parties at a given point in time. Further, publication of discoveries in the scientific or patent literature often lags behind actual discoveries, so we may not be able to determine whether inventions claimed in patent applications of third parties have been made before or after the date on which inventions claimed in our patent applications and patents have been made. If third parties prepare and file patent applications in the United States that also claim technology or therapeutics claimed by our patent applications or patents, we may have to participate in interference proceedings in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, to determine the priority of invention. An unfavorable outcome could require us to attempt to license rights from the prevailing party, or to cease using the related technology or developing or commercializing the related product candidate. We may also become involved in opposition proceedings in the European Patent Office regarding our intellectual property rights with respect to our products and technology.

Competitors may infringe our patent rights, or misappropriate or violate our other intellectual property rights. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may find it necessary to file infringement or other claims to protect our intellectual property rights. In addition, in any infringement proceeding brought by us against a third party to enforce our rights, a court may decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the basis that our patent does not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any such litigation proceeding could put our patent protections at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, which could open us up to additional competition and have a material adverse effect on our business.

The cost to us of any patent litigation or other proceedings, such as interference proceedings, which are meant to determine who first invented any of the claims covered by the patent, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce our resources available for development activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than us because of their substantially greater financial resources. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and, if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, there could be a substantial adverse effect on the price of our ordinary shares. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace. Patent litigation and other proceedings may also require significant time and attention of management and technical staff, which may materially and adversely impact our financial position and results of operations. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with most intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation.

Our proprietary rights may not adequately protect our technologies and product candidates. If we are unable to protect our product candidates and our intellectual property rights, our position in the market may be materially and adversely affected.

Our commercial success may depend on our ability to obtain patents and maintain adequate protection for our technologies, intellectual property and product candidates in the United States and other countries. As of September 30, 2014, our patent portfolio consisted solely of one issued U.S. patent, seven pending U.S. patent applications and additional pending patent applications in other countries, which, as a whole, include claims relating to our microlens and microlens inserter. There is no guarantee that any of our patent applications will result in issued patents, or that any patents, if issued, will include claims that are sufficiently broad to cover our existing products or products in development, or to provide meaningful protection from our competitors. We will be able to protect our proprietary rights from unauthorized use by third parties only to the extent that our proprietary technologies and future products are covered by valid and enforceable patents or are effectively maintained as trade secrets within our organization. If third parties disclose or misappropriate our proprietary rights, it may materially and adversely impact our position in the market.

We have applied for patents covering both our technologies and the products we are developing. We may fail to apply for patents on important technologies or products in development in a timely fashion, or at all. Our existing patent

 

-33-


Table of Contents

and any future patents we obtain may not be sufficiently broad to prevent others from using our technologies or from developing competing products and technologies. Moreover, the patent positions of many medical device companies are highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. As a result, the validity and enforceability of our patent portfolio cannot be predicted with certainty. In addition, we cannot guarantee you that:

 

  n   we were the first to make the inventions covered by our issued patent and our pending patent applications;

 

  n   we were the first to file patent applications for these inventions;

 

  n   others will not independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies by inventing around our claims;

 

  n   a third party will not challenge our proprietary rights, and, if challenged, that a court will hold that our existing or future patents are valid and enforceable;

 

  n   any patents issued to us will cover our products as ultimately developed, or provide us with any competitive advantages;

 

  n   we will develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable; or

 

  n   the patents of others will not have a material adverse effect on our business.

In addition, there are numerous recent changes to the patent laws and proposed changes to the rules of the USPTO which may have a significant impact on our ability to protect our technology and enforce our intellectual property rights. For example, on September 16, 2011, United States President Obama signed the America Invents Act which codifies several significant changes to the U.S. patent laws, including, among other things, changing from a “first to invent’ to a “first inventor to file” system, limiting where a patentee may file a patent suit, requiring the apportionment of patent damages, eventually eliminating interference proceedings while maintaining derivation actions, and creating a post-grant opposition process to challenge patents after they have issued. The effects of these changes are currently uncertain as the USPTO must still implement various regulations, and the courts have yet to address any of these provisions in the context of a dispute. Further, we have not assessed the applicability of that Act and new regulations on the specific patent and patent applications discussed herein.

Restrictions on our patent rights relating to our products may limit our ability to prevent third parties from competing against us.

Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection for our products, preserve our trade secrets, prevent third parties from infringing upon our proprietary rights and operate without infringing upon the proprietary rights of others. We cannot be certain that the claims in our patent applications to inventions covering our current or future products will be considered patentable by the USPTO and courts in the United States or by the patent offices and courts in countries outside of the United States.

We have filed a method-of-use patent application and may file additional method-of-use patent applications in the future. This type of patent protects the use of the product only for the specified method and does not prevent a competitor from making and marketing a product that is identical to our product for an indication that is outside the scope of the patented method. Moreover, even if these competitors do not actively promote their product for our targeted indication, ophthalmic surgeons and ophthalmologists may use these products “off-label.” Although off-label use may infringe or contribute to the infringement of method-of-use patents, the practice is difficult to prevent or prosecute.

Patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time until they are published, and publication of discoveries in scientific or patent literature typically lags actual discoveries by several months or more. As a result, we cannot be certain that we and the inventors of the issued patents and applications that we may in-license were the first to conceive of the inventions covered by such patents and pending patent applications or that we and those inventors were the first to file patent applications covering such inventions. Also, patent protection may lapse before we manage to obtain commercial value from patents that we may obtain, which might result in increased competition and materially and adversely affect our position in the market.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our products and technologies throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent

 

-34-


Table of Contents

protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but where enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our future products in jurisdictions where we do not have any issued patents and our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from so competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in jurisdictions outside of the United States. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of any patent issued to us or the marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in jurisdictions outside of the United States could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.

Obtaining and maintaining our patents depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

The USPTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent process. There are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, competitors may be able to enter the market earlier than would otherwise have been the case.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names, which we need to build name recognition by potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be materially and adversely affected.

We may be subject to claims that we or our employees or consultants have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our employees’ or consultants’ former employers or their clients. These claims may be costly to defend and, if we do not successfully do so, we may be required to pay monetary damages and may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel.

Although no claims against us are currently pending, we may be subject to claims that our employees or our company have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of the former employers of our employees. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key research personnel or their work product could hamper our ability to commercialize, or prevent us from commercializing, our products, which could severely harm our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a significant distraction to management.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to seeking patents for some of our technology and products, we will also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, contract manufacturers, consultants and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants that obligate them to assign their inventions to us. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them from using

 

-35-


Table of Contents

that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position would be harmed.

Risks Related to this Offering and the Ownership of Ordinary Shares

We believe that we may be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which could subject U.S. Holders to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

Although neither we nor any of our subsidiaries was a PFIC in 2013 or any prior taxable year, we believe that we may be a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the current taxable year and for foreseeable future taxable years. A PFIC generally is a foreign corporation if either at least (i) 75% of its gross income is “passive income” (the “PFIC Income Test”) or (ii) 50% of the gross value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income (the “PFIC Asset Test”). The proceeds from this offering would be a passive asset under these rules, and if substantial enough, may cause us to meet the PFIC Asset Test for the taxable year that includes this offering (and in later years if we are not deploying the cash at a rate that would allow us to avoid meeting the PFIC Asset Test in such later years). If we are a PFIC in any taxable year in which you hold shares and you are a U.S. Holder, we always will be a PFIC with respect to your stock ownership (subject to the QEF election discussed immediately below) unless you make an election to “purge” PFIC status as of the beginning of the first taxable year that we are not a PFIC (a year in which we do not meet the PFIC Income Test or the PFIC Asset Test) or the first taxable year that you make a QEF election, if such election is made after the first year in which you held our shares and in which we are a PFIC, all as discussed further below. If we are a PFIC and you are a U.S. Holder and do not make a Qualified Electing Fund election, or QEF election, with respect to us or a mark-to-market election with respect to our ordinary shares, you will be subject to adverse tax consequences, including deferred tax and interest charges with respect to certain distributions on our ordinary shares, any gain realized on a disposition of our ordinary shares and certain other events. The effect of these adverse tax consequences could be materially adverse to you. If you are a U.S. Holder and make a valid, timely QEF election for us, you will not be subject to those adverse tax consequences, but could recognize taxable income in a taxable year with respect to our ordinary shares in excess of any distributions that we make to you in that year, thus giving rise to so-called “phantom income” and to a potential out-of-pocket tax liability. If we are a PFIC with respect to any tax year, we will provide information to all electing shareholders needed to comply with the QEF election in time for each electing shareholder to make and maintain a timely QEF election, taking into account available extensions. If you are a U.S. Holder and make a valid, timely mark-to-market election with respect to our ordinary shares, you will recognize as ordinary income or loss in each year that we are a PFIC an amount equal to the difference between your basis in our ordinary shares and the fair market value of the ordinary shares, thus also possibly giving rise to phantom income and a potential out-of-pocket tax liability. Ordinary loss generally is recognized only to the extent of net mark-to-market gains previously included in income. We believe that one or more of our subsidiaries may be PFICs in the current taxable year and for foreseeable future taxable years based on their current and projected assets and income; also, we may form or acquire a subsidiary that is a PFIC in the future. In such event, U.S. Holders will also need to make the QEF election with respect to each such subsidiary in order to avoid the adverse tax consequences described above. We intend to provide on a timely basis all information necessary for U.S. Holders to make the QEF election with respect to any of our subsidiaries that may be classified as a PFIC in any tax year. U.S. Holders should also be aware that the mark-to-market election generally will not be available with respect to any of our subsidiaries that is a PFIC, rendering such election less beneficial to U.S. Holders than the QEF election. See “Tax Matters—Material United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders—Passive foreign investment company status and related tax consequences.” We will determine on an annual basis whether we will be a PFIC with respect to any taxable year. As noted above, if we are a PFIC in any taxable year in which you own shares and you are a U.S. holder, we will remain a PFIC with respect to your stock ownership unless you make a “purging election.” The resulting liability from such an election could be substantial.

If the IRS determines that we are not a PFIC, and you previously paid taxes pursuant to a QEF election or a mark-to-market election, you may pay more taxes than you legally owe.

If the IRS makes a determination that we are not a PFIC and you previously paid taxes pursuant to a QEF election or mark-to-market election, then you may have paid more taxes than you legally owed due to such election. If you do not, or are not able to, file a refund claim before the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, you will not be able to claim a refund for those taxes.

 

-36-


Table of Contents

An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our ordinary shares may not develop and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. Although we have applied to list our ordinary shares on The NASDAQ Global Market, an active, liquid, and orderly trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price of our ordinary shares was determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. The initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market price for our ordinary shares after this offering. Investors may not be able to sell their ordinary shares at or above the initial public offering price or at the time that they would like to sell.

Our share price may be volatile and the market price of our ordinary shares after this offering may drop below the price you pay in this offering.

The market price for our ordinary shares could be subject to significant fluctuations after this offering and it may decline below the initial public offering price. Market prices for securities of early stage companies have historically been particularly volatile in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your ordinary shares at or above the initial public offering price. Some of the factors that may cause the market price for our ordinary shares to fluctuate include:

 

  n   announcements regarding the initiation, timing, progress or results of our clinical trials, post-market evaluation studies, research and development programs and commercialization efforts;

 

  n   fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;

 

  n   actual or anticipated fluctuations in our key operating metrics, financial condition and operating results;

 

  n   third-party publications reporting findings with respect to the efficacy and safety of our products;

 

  n   difficulties in establishing relationships with high-volume refractive laser centers;

 

  n   actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate;

 

  n   announcements of technological innovations or new offerings by us or our competitors;

 

  n   our announcement of actual results for a fiscal period that are worse than projected or expected or our announcement of revenue or earnings guidance that is lower than expected;

 

  n   changes in estimates of our financial results or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

  n   failure of any of our products to achieve or maintain market acceptance;

 

  n   changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

  n   success of competitive products or services;

 

  n   changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of debt;

 

  n   announcements by us or our competitors of significant products or services, contracts, acquisitions or strategic alliances;

 

  n   regulatory developments in the United States or other countries;

 

  n   actual or threatened litigation involving us or our industry;

 

  n   additions or departures of key personnel;

 

  n   share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

 

  n   further issuances of ordinary shares by us;

 

  n   sales of ordinary shares by our shareholders;

 

  n   repurchases or redemptions of ordinary shares; and

 

  n   changes in general economic, industry and market conditions.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for medical device companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our shares shortly following this offering. If the market price of our ordinary shares after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and you may lose some or all of your investment. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of

 

-37-


Table of Contents

volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. Any such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in very substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources, and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

A significant portion of our total issued shares may be sold into the public market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

If our controlling shareholder sells, or indicates an intention to sell, or if our controlling shareholder distributes our shares to its equity holders and those equity holders sell or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market after the lock-up and legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline. The perception in the market that these sales may occur could also cause the trading price of our ordinary shares to decline. Based on our issuing an aggregate of 12,000,000 ordinary shares to Presbia Holdings upon the consummation of the 2014 Capital Contribution and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to subscribe for additional ordinary shares, we will have issued an aggregate of approximately                     ordinary shares upon consummation of this offering. Of these shares, only the ordinary shares issued by us in this offering, plus any shares issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to subscribe for additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction, unless held by our affiliates (including Presbia Holdings), in the public market immediately following this offering. The underwriters may, however, in their sole discretion, permit the controlling shareholder to sell shares prior to the expiration of its lock-up agreement.

We expect that the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus. After the lock-up agreements expire, up to an additional 12,000,000 ordinary shares will be eligible for sale in the public market, subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, with respect to shares held by our controlling shareholder. In addition, ordinary shares that are either subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under our employee benefit plans will become eligible for issue in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 under the Securities Act and, in any event, we plan to file a registration statement permitting ordinary shares issued on exercise of options to be freely sold in the public market. If these additional ordinary shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline.

Presbia Holdings, our controlling shareholder, and its permitted transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of its shares (including any shares that it acquires in this offering) under the Securities Act, subject to the lock-up agreement described above with respect to the 12 million shares to be acquired upon the consummation of the 2014 Capital Contribution. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates. In addition, after the lock-up agreements described above expire, our controlling shareholder, our directors and our executive officers may establish programmed selling plans under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act, for the purpose of effecting sales of our ordinary shares. Any sales of ordinary shares by these shareholders, or the perception that those sales may occur, including the entry into such programmed selling plans, could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our ordinary shares.

Acquirers of ordinary shares in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of their investment .

The initial public offering price of our ordinary shares will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our issued ordinary shares immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you acquire our ordinary shares in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution of $             in net tangible book value per share from the price you paid, assuming we offer our shares at $            , the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. In addition, following this offering, acquirers of ordinary shares in this offering will have contributed     % of the total consideration paid by our shareholders to acquire our ordinary shares, but only own approximately     % of our outstanding ordinary shares. Moreover, we intend to issue options covering an aggregate of                      ordinary shares to certain persons with an exercise price equal to the price to the public of our ordinary shares sold in this offering. To the extent that these outstanding options are ultimately exercised, you will incur further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

 

-38-


Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our shares adversely, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our ordinary shares will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on us. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, our share price and trading volume would likely be negatively impacted. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our shares adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our share price would likely decline. If any of the analysts who may cover us were to cease coverage or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion in the use of our net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply these proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment. We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to advance our microlens and our microlens inserter through our U.S. staged pivotal clinical trial, to fund our efforts to expand the number of high-volume refractive laser centers with which we do business, to fund research and development, to pursue regulatory approvals that we require in the United States and in other countries, for working capital and for general corporate purposes. However, due to the uncertainties inherent in the clinical trial and regulatory approval process, it is difficult to estimate with certainty the exact amounts of the net proceeds from this offering that may be used for the above purposes. The amounts and timing of our expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the success of our clinical trials, the timing of regulatory submissions and the amount of cash generated by our sales outside of the United States. Until we use the net proceeds to us from this offering, we plan to invest them, and these investments may not yield a favorable rate of return. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance shareholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how we use our net proceeds from this offering.

Our controlling shareholder will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and will beneficially own                      of our issued ordinary shares, representing a majority of our issued ordinary shares, which could delay or prevent a change in corporate control.

After this offering, Presbia Holdings, a Cayman Islands corporation which is controlled, directly and/or indirectly, by Richard Ressler, one of our directors, will hold                      of our ordinary shares, representing a majority of our issued ordinary shares. In addition to the 12 million ordinary shares to be issued to Presbia Holdings upon the consummation of the 2014 Capital Contribution, Presbia Holdings has indicated an interest in purchasing up to 15% of the ordinary shares to be sold in this offering (excluding any shares to be sold pursuant to the underwriter’s 30-day option to purchase additional shares), up to a maximum investment of $10 million. As a result, our controlling shareholder will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our shareholders for approval, including the election of directors and any sale, merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, our controlling shareholder will have the ability to control or influence our management and our affairs. Our controlling shareholder subscribed for a portion of its shares for substantially less than the price of the shares being acquired in this offering and may have interests, with respect to its shares, that are different from those of investors in this offering. Furthermore, the concentration of voting power in our controlling shareholder may have an adverse effect on our share price.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our ordinary shares less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act for an extended period of time, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no

 

-39-


Table of Contents

longer an “emerging growth company.” We will remain an “emerging growth company” until December 31, 2019, although if the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time and in certain other circumstances, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of the following December 31. We cannot predict if investors will find our ordinary shares less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our ordinary shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our ordinary shares.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we have elected to not take advantage of such extended transition period, and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to not take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

We will be a “controlled company” under the NASDAQ listing rules, and as such we are entitled to exemption from certain NASDAQ corporate governance standards, and you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.

After the closing of this offering, our controlling shareholder and its affiliates will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our issued ordinary shares. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of NASDAQ. Under these rules, a controlled company may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including: the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; the requirement that we have a nominating/corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and the requirement that a majority of the members of our Board be independent directors. In addition, we will rely on the phase-in rules of the SEC and NASDAQ with respect to the independence of our audit committee. These rules permit us to have an audit committee that has one member that is independent by the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, which we refer to as the effective date, a majority of members that are independent within 90 days of the effective date, and all members that are independent within one year of the effective date. Following this offering, we intend to utilize some or all of those exemptions. Accordingly, you will not be similarly situated to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of NASDAQ. Our status as a controlled company could make our ordinary shares less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our ordinary shares and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our ordinary shares.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares and do not intend to do so for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support the operation of, and to finance the growth and development of, our business. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our Board, subject to compliance with applicable laws (including the Irish Companies Acts, which require Irish companies to have “profits available for distribution” before they can pay dividends) and covenants under credit facilities, which may restrict or limit our ability to pay dividends and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our Board may deem relevant. As a result, a return on your investment may only occur if our share price appreciates.

Provisions contained in our articles of association, as well as provisions of Irish law, could impair a takeover attempt.

Our articles of association that will come into effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering and certain provisions of the Irish Companies Acts contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our Board.

There are a number of approaches for acquiring an Irish public limited company, including a court-approved scheme of arrangement under the Irish Companies Acts, through a tender offer by a third party under the Irish Takeover Panel Act 1977 (as amended) and the Irish Takeover Rules 2007 (as amended) made thereunder, which we refer to herein as the Irish Takeover Rules, and by way of a merger with a company incorporated in the EEA under the European Communities (Cross-Border Mergers) Regulations 2008 (as amended). Each method requires shareholder approval or acceptance and different thresholds apply.

 

-40-


Table of Contents

The Irish Takeover Rules will govern a takeover or attempted takeover of our company by means of a court-approved scheme of arrangement or a tender offer. These Rules contain detailed provisions for takeovers including as to disclosure, dealing and timetable. The Irish Takeover Rules could discourage an investor from acquiring 30% or more of the outstanding ordinary shares of our company unless such investor were prepared to make a bid to acquire all outstanding ordinary shares. See “Description of Share Capital—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Irish Takeover Rules and Substantial Acquisition Rules—Mandatory bid.”

Our Board may be limited by the Irish Takeover Rules in its ability to defend an unsolicited takeover attempt.

Under the Irish Takeover Rules, we will not be permitted to take certain actions that might “frustrate” an offer for our ordinary shares once our Board has received an offer, or has reason to believe an offer is or may be imminent, without the approval of more than 50% of shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting of our shareholders and/or the consent of the Irish Takeover Panel. This could limit the ability of our Board to take defensive actions even if it believes that such defensive actions would be in the best interests of our company and shareholders. See “Description of Share Capital—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Irish Takeover Rules and Substantial Acquisition Rules—Frustrating Action.”

Irish law differs from the laws in effect in the U.S. and may afford less protection to holders of our securities.

It may not be possible to enforce court judgments obtained in the U.S. against us in Ireland based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal or state securities laws. In addition, there is some uncertainty as to whether the courts of Ireland would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers based on the civil liabilities provisions of the U.S. federal or state securities laws or hear actions against us or those persons based on those laws. We have been advised that the United States currently does not have a treaty with Ireland providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any U.S. federal or state court based on civil liability, whether or not based solely on U.S. federal or state securities laws, would not automatically be enforceable in Ireland.

As an Irish company, we are governed by the Irish Companies Acts, which differ in some material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and shareholders, including, among others, differences relating to interested director and officer transactions and shareholder lawsuits. Likewise, the duties of directors and officers of an Irish company generally are owed to the company only. Shareholders of Irish companies generally do not have a personal right of action against directors or other officers of the company and may exercise such rights of action on behalf of the company only in limited circumstances. Accordingly, holders of Presbia PLC ordinary shares may have more difficulty protecting their interests than would holders of shares of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction of the United States.

The rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights typically offered to shareholders of a U.S. corporation and these differences may make our ordinary shares less attractive to investors.

We are incorporated under Irish law and, therefore, certain of the rights of holders of our shares are governed by Irish law, including the provisions of the Irish Companies Acts, and by our articles of association. These rights differ in certain respects from the rights of shareholders in typical U.S. corporations and these differences may make our ordinary shares less attractive to investors. The principal differences include the following:

 

  n   under Irish law, dividends may only be declared if we have, on an individual entity basis, profits available for distribution, within the meaning of the Irish Companies Acts;

 

  n   under Irish law, each shareholder generally has preemptive rights to subscribe on a proportionate basis to any issuance of shares. Under U.S. law, shareholders generally do not have preemptive rights unless specifically granted in the certificate of incorporation or otherwise. Pre-emption rights may be disapplied under Irish law for renewable five-year periods by Irish companies by way of a provision in their articles of association or special resolution of their shareholders, which is an option we expect to avail ourselves of prior to the consummation of this offering;

 

  n   under Irish law, certain matters require the approval of holders of 75% of the votes cast at a general meeting of our shareholders, including amendments to our articles of association. This may make it more difficult for us to complete certain types of corporate transactions deemed advisable by our Board. Under U.S. law, generally only majority shareholder approval is required to amend the certificate of incorporation or to approve other significant transactions;

 

-41-


Table of Contents
  n   under Irish law, a bidder seeking to acquire us would need, on a tender offer, to receive shareholder acceptance in respect of 80% of our outstanding shares. If this 80% threshold is not achieved in the offer, under Irish law, the bidder cannot complete a “second step merger” to obtain 100% control of us. Accordingly, tender of 80% of our outstanding shares will likely be a condition in a tender offer to acquire us, not 50% as is more common in tender offers for corporations organized under U.S. law; and

 

  n   under Irish law, shareholders may be required to disclose information regarding their equity interests upon our request, and the failure to provide the required information could result in the loss or restriction of rights attaching to the shares, including prohibitions on the transfer of the shares, as well as restrictions on voting, dividends and other payments. Comparable provisions generally do not exist under U.S. law.

A future transfer of your ordinary shares, other than one effected by means of the transfer of book entry interests in DTC, may be subject to Irish stamp duty.

Transfers of ordinary shares effected by means of the transfer of book entry interests in the Depository Trust Company, or DTC, should not be subject to Irish stamp duty. It is anticipated that the majority of ordinary shares will be traded through DTC through brokers who hold such ordinary shares on behalf of customers through DTC. This exemption should be available because our ordinary shares will be traded on a recognized stock exchange in the United States. However, if you hold your ordinary shares as of record rather than beneficially through DTC or through a broker that holds your ordinary shares through DTC, any transfer of your ordinary shares could be subject to Irish stamp duty (currently at the rate of 1% of the higher of the price paid or the market value of the ordinary shares acquired). Payment of Irish stamp duty is generally a legal obligation of the transferee. The potential for stamp duty to arise could adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares.

 

-42-


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. All statements contained in this prospectus, other than statements of historical facts, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “could,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “intend,” “predict,” “seek,” “contemplate,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

  n   the initiation, timing, progress and results of our clinical trials, our regulatory submissions and our research and development programs;

 

  n   our ability to advance our products into, and successfully complete, clinical trials;

 

  n   our ability to obtain pre-market approvals;

 

  n   the commercialization of our products;

 

  n   the implementation of our business model, strategic plans for our business, products and technology;

 

  n   the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our products and technology;

 

  n   estimates of our expenses, future revenues, capital requirements and our needs for additional financing;

 

  n   the timing or likelihood of regulatory filings and approvals;

 

  n   our use of proceeds from this offering;

 

  n   our financial performance; and

 

  n   developments relating to our competitors and our industry.

These statements relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Any forward-looking statement in this prospectus reflects our current views with respect to future events and is subject to these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, results of operations, industry and future growth. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available in the future.

This prospectus also contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business and our markets, including data regarding the estimated size of those markets. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances reflected in this information. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market and other data from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by third parties, industry, medical and general publications, and similar sources.

 

-43-


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the issue of                 ordinary shares in this offering will be approximately $         million at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the estimated range shown on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to subscribe for additional ordinary shares in full, we estimate that the net proceeds will be approximately $         million after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         would increase or decrease, respectively, our net proceeds by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

 

  n   approximately $20 million to advance our microlens and our microlens inserter through our U.S. staged pivotal clinical trial;

 

  n   approximately                  to                  to fund our efforts to expand the number of high-volume refractive laser centers with which we do business;

 

  n   approximately                  to                  to fund research and development;

 

  n   approximately                  to                  to pursue regulatory approvals that we require in the United States and internationally; and

 

  n   any remaining proceeds for working capital and for general corporate purposes.

Due to the uncertainties inherent in the clinical trial and regulatory approval process, it is difficult to estimate with certainty the exact amounts of the net proceeds from this offering that may be used for the above purposes. Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering. The amounts and timing of our expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the success of our clinical trials, the timing of regulatory submissions and the amount of cash generated by our international sales.

Pending the use of the proceeds from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing investment-grade securities or government securities.

 

-44-


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our share capital. We intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board.

 

-45-


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2014:

 

  n   on an actual basis;

 

  n   on a pro forma basis to give effect to the 2014 Capital Contribution as if it occurred on June 30, 2014; and

 

  n   on a pro forma basis, as adjusted to give effect to the issue of ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this information together with our combined financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Combined Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

 

 

     AS OF JUNE 30, 2014  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)    ACTUAL     PRO
FORMA (1)
    PRO FORMA
AS
ADJUSTED  (2)(3)
 

Payable to Presbia Holdings

   $ 17,825      $      $   

Euro ordinary shares, one euro par value, 40,000 shares authorized and issued actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     54        54        54   

Preferred shares, $.001 par value, no shares authorized or issued, actual;                  shares authorized, no shares issued, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                     

Ordinary shares, $.001 par value, no shares authorized or issued, actual;                  shares authorized, 12,000,000 shares issued pro forma and                  shares issued pro forma as adjusted

            12          

Additional paid-in-capital

     13,034        30,847     

Accumulated deficit

     (31,388     (31,388     (31,388
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity

     (18,300     (475  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ (475   $ (475   $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)     Gives effect to the 2014 Capital Contribution as if it occurred on June 30, 2014.
(2)     Gives effect to this offering.
(3)     Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of capital, total shareholder’s (deficit) equity and total capitalization by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and commissions.

The number of ordinary shares issued and outstanding actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted in the table above excludes the following shares as of June 30, 2014:

 

  n                    ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under the Presbia Incentive Plan in connection with this offering at an exercise price equal to the price paid by the public in this offering; and

 

  n                    ordinary shares reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under the Presbia Incentive Plan.

 

-46-


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our ordinary shares in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share and the net tangible book value per ordinary share adjusted to give effect to the 2014 Capital Contribution and as further adjusted to give effect to this offering.

Net tangible book value per ordinary share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of ordinary shares in issue. Our historical net tangible book value as of June 30, 2014 was $(18.3) million, or $(457.53) per share. On a pro forma basis to give effect to the issuance of ordinary shares to our controlling shareholder and to the conversion of outstanding indebtedness to equity by our controlling shareholder pursuant to the 2014 Capital Contribution as if it occurred on June 30, 2014, our net tangible book as of June 30, 2014 was $(0.5) million, or $(0.04) per share, based on the total number of ordinary shares deemed to be issued as of June 30, 2014. We refer to these amounts as our “pro forma net tangible book value per share.”

Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by subscribers of ordinary shares in this offering, including the              ordinary shares expected to be purchased by Presbia Holdings, and the pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after completion of this offering. After giving effect to the issue of ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2014 would have been $        , or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $         per share to subscribers of ordinary shares in this offering, as illustrated in the following table:

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)             

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2014 (1)

   $ (0.04  

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

   $                  
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering (2)

     $                
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to investors participating in this offering

     $     
    

 

 

 

 

 

(1)     Gives effect to the 2014 Capital Contribution as if it occurred on June 30, 2014.
(2)     Further adjusted to give effect to this offering.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value by $         million, or $         per share, and the dilution per share to investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters’ option to subscribe for additional ordinary shares from us is exercised in full at the assumed public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $         per share, the increase in pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing shareholders would be $         per share and the dilution to new investors subscribing for ordinary shares in this offering would be $         per share.

 

-47-


Table of Contents

The following table presents, on a pro forma as-adjusted basis (to give effect to the 2014 Capital Contribution and this offering) as of June 30, 2014, the differences between the existing shareholders and the subscribers of ordinary shares in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid (assuming that such subscribers paid $             per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), which includes net proceeds received from the issuance of capital stock and the value of any stock issued for services, and the average price paid per share:

 

 

 

     SHARES PURCHASED     TOTAL CONSIDERATION     AVERAGE
PRICE
PER

SHARE
 
     NUMBER      PERCENT     AMOUNT      PERCENT    

Existing shareholders

     12,040,000                $                          $                

New investors (1)

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Totals

        100   $                      100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

(1)     Includes the              ordinary shares expected to be purchased in this offering by Presbia Holdings.

The foregoing calculations exclude the following shares as of June 30, 2014:

 

  n                    ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under the Presbia Incentive Plan in connection with this offering at an exercise price equal to the price paid by the public in this offering; and

 

  n                    ordinary shares reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under the Presbia Incentive Plan.

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to subscribe for additional ordinary shares, our existing shareholder would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of issued ordinary shares upon completion of this offering. The total consideration paid by our existing shareholder would be approximately $         million, or     %, and the total consideration paid by our new subscribers (assuming that such subscribers paid $            , based on the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would be $             million, or     %.

 

-48-


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Prior to the completion of this offering, Presbia Holdings will contribute all the share capital in issue in Presbia Ireland, Limited to Presbia PLC, an Irish incorporated public limited company formed in February 2014 for the purpose of consummating this offering, in exchange for 12,000,000 ordinary shares of Presbia PLC that will remain in issue at the time of this offering. In addition, prior to this offering, Presbia Holdings will convert all the remaining indebtedness owed to Presbia Holdings by certain subsidiaries of Presbia Ireland, Limited to equity. Also, Presbia PLC issued 40,000 ordinary shares upon its formation, in order to satisfy statutory requirements for the incorporation of all Irish public limited companies, that will remain in issue at the time of this offering but will be re-designated as deferred shares. We refer to the conversion of the remaining intercompany debt to equity and the contribution of shares of Presbia Ireland, Limited in exchange for ordinary shares, collectively, as the 2014 Capital Contribution. As of June 30, 2014, the indebtedness owed by certain subsidiaries of Presbia Ireland, Limited to Presbia Holdings was $17.8 million. Interest accrues on the outstanding debt at the rate of 15% per annum, compounding daily.

As of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to the 2014 Capital Contribution on Presbia PLC’s combined balance sheet, specifically the conversion of the intercompany debt to equity as of December 31, 2013, the payable to Presbia Holdings of $9.4 million on an actual basis decreases to zero on an unaudited pro forma basis, and shareholders’ capital increases from $12.8 million on an actual basis to $22.3 million on an unaudited pro forma basis. Furthermore, for the year ended December 31, 2013, after giving effect to the 2014 Capital Contribution, specifically assuming the conversion of the intercompany debt to equity occurred as of January 1, 2013, interest expense of $2.2 million on an actual basis decreases to zero on an unaudited pro forma basis, net loss of $(9.5) million on an actual basis decreases to a net loss of $(7.3) million on an unaudited pro forma basis, and basic and diluted net loss per share on an actual basis of $(0.79) decreases to basic and diluted net loss per share of $(0.61) on an unaudited pro forma basis.

As of June 30, 2014, after giving effect to the 2014 Capital Contribution on Presbia PLC’s combined balance sheet, specifically the conversion of the intercompany debt to equity as of June 30, 2014, the payable to Presbia Holdings of $17.8 million on an actual basis decreases to zero on an unaudited pro forma basis, and shareholders’ capital increases from $13.1 million on an actual basis to $30.9 million on an unaudited pro forma basis. Furthermore, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, after giving effect to the 2014 Capital Contribution, specifically assuming the conversion of the intercompany debt to equity occurred as of January 1, 2014, interest expense of $1.0 million on an actual basis decreases to zero on an unaudited pro forma basis, net loss of $(9.7) million on an actual basis decreases to a net loss of $(8.7) million on an unaudited pro forma basis, and basic and diluted net loss per share on an actual basis of $(0.80) decreases to basic and diluted net loss per share of $(0.72) on an unaudited pro forma basis.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information reflects pro forma adjustments that are based on available information and certain assumptions we believe are reasonable, but are subject to change. We have made, in our opinion, all adjustments that are necessary to present fairly the pro forma financial information. The unaudited pro forma financial information should not be considered indicative of actual results of operations that would have been achieved had the 2014 Capital Contribution been consummated on the dates indicated, and do not purport to be indicative of statements of financial condition or results of operations as of any future date or any future period.

 

-49-


Table of Contents

COMBINED SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 and for the period from June 29, 2007 (date of inception) to June 30, 2014 and the selected balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 have been derived from our unaudited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim financial information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly our financial position as of June 30, 2014 and the results of operations for the interim periods presented.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and interim results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year. You should read the selected historical financial data below in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

 

     SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30,
   

 

 

YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,

    PERIOD FROM
JUNE 29, 2007
(DATE OF
INCEPTION)

TO JUNE 30,
2014
 
(in thousands)    2014     2013     2013     2012    

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:

          

Revenues

   $ 87      $ 43      $ 98      $ 95      $ 540   

Cost of goods sold

     39        37        111        71        297   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     48        6        (13     24        243   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     2,407        954        2,136        1,024        6,215   

Sales and marketing

     643        542        1,044        632        3,414   

General and administrative

     5,648        1,012        4,088        1,957        15,849   

Goodwill impairment

                                 15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     8,698        2,508        7,268        3,613        25,493   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (8,650     (2,502     (7,281     (3,589     (25,250

Interest expense

     1,017        1,110        2,161        1,458        6,249   

Interest income

                                 (144

Other expense (income)

     (6                          8   

Income tax provision

     5               20               25   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (9,666   $ (3,612   $ (9,462   $ (5,047   $ (31,388
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     JUNE 30,
2014
    DECEMBER 31,  
       2013     2012  

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

      

Cash

   $ 363      $ 584      $ 176   

Total assets

     1,662        3,765        1,371   

Payable due to Presbia Holdings

     17,825        9,425        13,043   

Deficit accumulated during development stage

     (31,388     (21,722     (12,260

Total shareholders’ deficit

     (18,300     (8,882     (12,122

 

 

 

 

-50-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section entitled “Combined Selected Financial Data” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are an ophthalmic device company which has developed and is currently marketing a proprietary optical lens implant for treating presbyopia, the age-related loss of the ability to focus on near objects. Our microlens is a miniature lens designed to be surgically implanted in a patient’s eye to improve that patient’s ability to see objects at close distances. Our current strategy is to continue to commercialize our microlens in certain strategic countries where we currently have marketing approval and to continue to seek to obtain marketing approval in other key markets, including the United States. Our goal is to become a leading provider of corneal inlay presbyopia-correcting treatment worldwide.

While reading glasses and contact lenses have historically been, and remain, the most common solution for presbyopia, there are significant drawbacks associated with these approaches, as well as with alternative surgical approaches. We believe that our microlens provides an alternative solution to those presbyopic individuals who desire greater freedom from glasses and wish to avoid the daily maintenance and other complications of contact lenses. We believe that our microlens can be both an effective standalone solution for presbyopia and an effective complementary solution that can be used in conjunction with certain other surgical approaches that are used to treat vision disorders other than presbyopia.

Through our European Union CE Mark, we are generally authorized to market our microlens throughout the European Economic Area (27 of the 28 European Union member states plus Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway), or EEA, and Switzerland. We currently market our microlens in certain strategic EEA countries as well as certain strategic countries outside of the EEA in which we possess marketing approval. Through the filing date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, ophthalmic surgeons have implanted over 500 of our microlenses outside of the United States in commercial settings.

We are presently seeking marketing approval in other strategic countries, including the United States. In December 2013, we received approval to commence a staged pivotal clinical trial as part of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approval process. Beginning in May 2014, we enrolled a total of 75 subjects at six investigational sites in the United States and each subject underwent insertion of our microlens in the non-dominant eye. After we have obtained six-month data on a minimum of 50 subjects, we will submit an interim safety report as a supplement to our investigational device exemption, or IDE, to the FDA. If the FDA finds no safety concerns, we anticipate the FDA will permit us to continue enrollment and to increase the study population size and the number of investigational sites conducting our clinical trials. We are targeting enrollment of an additional 337 subjects, for a total of 412 subjects, at up to 10 investigational sites in the United States. This study is necessary in order to obtain clinical data to provide the primary support for a safety and effectiveness evaluation to support a pre-market approval, or PMA, for marketing clearance in the United States. Data on a minimum of 300 subjects with 24-month data will be submitted as part of the PMA, and all subjects will be followed for three years following implantation. We are targeting submission of the interim safety report on 50 subjects to the FDA in the first or second quarter of 2015 and, assuming that there are no safety issues, approval from the FDA to continue enrollment in our study in the first or second quarter of 2015. We are targeting submission of our final PMA to the FDA with 24-month data on 300 subjects in the second quarter of 2017. We are pursuing a modular PMA submission strategy whereby we intend to submit to the FDA information regarding preclinical testing, engineering, and manufacturing prior to the submission of our final PMA. We are targeting PMA approval of our microlens in the fourth quarter of 2017 or the

 

-51-


Table of Contents

first quarter of 2018. We are also targeting submission to the FDA of a final report with 36-month data on these 300 subjects in the second quarter of 2018. These milestones could be delayed by further interactions with the FDA or by a variety of other factors. In addition, no assurance can be given that the FDA will grant us PMA approval or, if granted, that it will be granted in accordance with our anticipated time schedule. Also, the FDA may require us to conduct post-approval studies as a condition of approval. We expect to use approximately $20 million of the net proceeds of this offering to advance our microlens and our microlens inserter through our U.S. staged pivotal clinical trial.

We are a development stage ophthalmic device company with a limited operating history. We are not profitable and have incurred losses in each year since our formation. We have reported recurring net losses and negative cash flow from operating activities since inception and, as of June 30, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $31.4 million. We expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. These and other factors raise substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern. Our ability to continue as a going concern will depend, in large part, on our ability to generate positive cash flow from operations and obtain additional financing, neither of which is certain.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, permits an “emerging growth company” such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have chosen to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

Factors Affecting our Industry

The medical device industry in general, and the ophthalmic medical device market in particular, are highly competitive. In order for us to succeed in this market as a development stage company, we must:

 

  n   incur substantial expenditures to obtain regulatory approvals necessary to commence marketing our products in particular jurisdictions;

 

  n   develop a commercialization strategy that is responsive both to the needs of laser centers and ophthalmic surgeons and to our own requirements and limitations;

 

  n   invest in our future by continuing to advance our technology and improve our microlens, our microlens inserter and other auxiliary products;

 

  n   focus on, and respond to, the feedback we receive in post-operative situations and comply with various post-marketing reporting obligations; and

 

  n   invest in our infrastructure, to assure that if we are successful in gaining necessary regulatory approvals, commercializing our products and advancing our technology, we will be able to grow our business accordingly.

We expect to compete against companies that develop corneal inlay surgical solutions for presbyopia, companies that offer alternative surgical methodologies for the treatment of presbyopia, including monovision, multifocal and accommodating approaches, and companies that promote reading glasses and/or contact lenses as approaches for treating presbyopia. At any time, our known competitors and other potential market entrants, many of which have greater resources and experience in the ophthalmic medical device market than we have, may develop new devices or treatment alternatives that may compete directly with our products. In addition, they may gain a market advantage by developing and patenting competitive products or processes earlier than we can or by obtaining regulatory approvals/clearances or market registrations more rapidly than we can.

The competitive nature of the market, the high degree of government regulation, the importance of technological innovation and the significance that most people place on near vision combine to elevate the risks facing any development stage company seeking to enter our market.

 

-52-


Table of Contents

Factors Affecting our Revenues

We believe that the principal factors affecting our revenues will include:

 

  n   our ability to obtain pre-market approval for our microlens and microlens inserter in the United States and, if we are able to obtain that approval, the time that it will take us to obtain that approval and the associated expenses;

 

  n   our ability to obtain necessary regulatory approvals in other jurisdictions that we target to commercialize our products, and, if we are able to obtain those approvals, the time that it will take us to obtain those approvals and the associated expenses;

 

  n   the growth in the worldwide presbyopic population and the increasing needs of significant elements of that population to view small print on a variety of electronic devices;

 

  n   our ability to maintain the regulatory approvals that we currently possess and may acquire in the future and the associated expense;

 

  n   our ability to obtain commercialization commitments from high volume laser centers in the jurisdictions in which we are authorized to market our products;

 

  n   our ability to gain acceptance by ophthalmic surgeons, to train those ophthalmic surgeons and to cause those ophthalmic surgeons to train other ophthalmic surgeons; and

 

  n   the effects that our competitors will have on us, in terms of our ability to meet price competition, to respond to product announcements and developments by others and to respond to other developments in the market.

Factors Affecting Our Expenses

Our expenses are principally driven by the following factors:

 

  n   Cost of goods sold . At present, our cost of goods sold relates principally to amounts that we pay to our microlens supplier in Israel and our OEM microlens inserter supplier in the United States. Although we have developed manufacturing capacity in our California facility, all output from that facility will be used for evaluation purposes and for clinical trials unless and until we receive the necessary governmental approvals to sell products that we manufacture in the United States. Until we receive those approvals, the direct manufacturing costs that we incur in producing products in the United States will be included within research and development expenses. When and if we receive those approvals and manufacture products in the United States for sale in the United States, our cost of goods sold will also include raw material costs, labor expenses and other expenses that we incur to manufacture our products. We do not expect to ramp up production at our California facility beyond what would be required for the clinical trials unless and until we receive approval of our PMA application from the FDA. Our costs of goods sold are directly impacted by the terms of our supply agreements, which may obligate us to pay additional costs if we do not reach our suppliers’ production expectations, and by shipping and handling expenses. When and if we ourselves manufacture products for sale, our costs of goods sold will also be directly impacted by:

 

  n   the number of employees that will be engaged in manufacturing and the wages and benefits, including stock-based compensation, that we will pay to those employees;

 

  n   to the extent we invest in fixed assets associated with manufacturing activities, the depreciation expenses associated with those fixed assets;

 

  n   the costs we incur to purchase raw materials;

 

  n   inventory write-downs for excess or obsolete inventory;

 

  n   the costs of non-production materials; and

 

  n   lease expenses associated with our production facilities.

 

  n  

Research and development. Our research and development expenses consist of the expenses we incur to develop our products, to pursue patent and trademark protection, to respond to technological challenges, to conduct clinical trials and post-market evaluation studies and to pursue governmental approvals. We expect to continue to expense all research and development costs as they are incurred with the exception of capital expenditures that would have alternative uses. Our research and development expenses consist of employee

 

-53-


Table of Contents
 

salaries and related benefits, including stock-based compensation, third-party contract costs relating to research, manufacturing, preclinical studies, clinical trial activities and post-market evaluation studies, and allocated facility costs. We expect that our research and development expenses will increase substantially as we continue our staged pivotal clinical trial necessary for us to obtain PMA approval in the United States. Such expenses will also increase as we advance products and projects into further development and continue our early stage research. The process of conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time consuming. We may not succeed in achieving certain marketing approvals that we seek for our products. The probability of success of each product may be affected by numerous factors, including preclinical data, clinical data, post-market and third-party evaluation studies, competition, manufacturing capability and commercial viability.

As of September 30, 2014, we had seven employees directly engaged in research and development for at least a portion of their responsibilities. We also engage outside advisors and counsel to assist in development projects and in prosecuting patent and trademark applications. Our research and development expenses will be directly impacted by:

 

  n   the number of employees that will be engaged in research and development and the wages and benefits, including stock-based compensation, that we will pay to those employees;

 

  n   the extent to which we will rely on outside sources to provide research and development assistance and the fees charged to us for those services;

 

  n   the extent to which we pursue clinical trials, our ability to sign-up patients for those trials and retain patients in those trials, the outcomes arising from those trials and the regulatory responses to those trials;

 

  n   the extent to which we pursue post-market evaluation studies, our ability to sign-up patients for those studies and retain patients in those studies, the outcomes arising from those studies and the regulatory responses to those studies;

 

  n   the results of third-party evaluation studies;

 

  n   the size and geographical scope of the patent and trademark portfolio and the maintenance fees required to maintain that portfolio; and

 

  n   to the extent that we invest in fixed assets associated with our clinical trials, the depreciation expenses associated with those fixed assets.

 

  n   Sales and marketing. Our sales and marketing expenses consist of costs associated with our sales efforts. Our commercialization strategy involves engaging high volume laser centers to ultimately sponsor our products after gaining confidence in our products and processes. Except in countries that require the use of distributors or sales representatives, we do not expect to bear the costs associated with a large sales organization. Instead, we will train the staff of these centers in practice integration and patient recruitment, surgical performance, patient management and post-operative reporting, enabling the centers to perform a substantial portion of the commercialization process on their own. If we are successful in implementing this strategy, our principal expenses will be in furnishing training teams to laser centers and then arranging for a smaller Presbia team to remain available to the center once the center is able to perform the necessary skills on its own. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, expenses in connection with conferences, seminars and trade shows that we attend and/or sponsor. We may also enter into marketing campaigns with participating laser centers, which will add to our sales and marketing expenses. Our sales and marketing expenses will be directly impacted by:

 

  n   the volume of our revenues;

 

  n   the number of countries in which we obtain authorization to market our products and the associated regulations;

 

  n   the number of high volume laser centers that will be willing to partner with us;

 

  n   the extent to which we are successful in training ophthalmic surgeons to train other ophthalmic surgeons;

 

  n   the extent to which we will be required to develop a distributorship network in countries that mandate that approach;

 

  n   the number of employees that will be engaged in sales and marketing and the wages and benefits that we will pay to those employees;

 

-54-


Table of Contents
  n   the extent to which we identify advertising opportunities that we believe are likely to produce revenue growth; and

 

  n   the extent to which we continue to participate in conferences, seminars and similar opportunities.

 

  n   General and administrative expenses . Our general and administrative expenses consist of finance, human resources, purchasing and information technology services, other administrative services, foreign exchange costs and expenses associated with planning for and implementing the Reorganization Transactions. To date, our general and administrative expenses have been our largest single cost element, reflecting our approach of concentrating our own efforts on research and development and contracting with third-parties, principally affiliated entities and outside professionals, to provide administrative services to us. Over time, we expect to build our own infrastructure and perform more of these services in-house, in which case our general and administrative expenses will relate more to our own payroll than to the amount that we pay to third-parties. Furthermore, we expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including costs to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on The NASDAQ Global Market and costs related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. In addition, as a public company, we expect to incur increased expenses related to additional insurance, investor relations and other increases related to needs for additional human resources and professional services. Our general and administrative expenses will be directly impacted by:

 

  n   the extent to which we purchase services from third-parties;

 

  n   the costs we incur to build an infrastructure capable of performing services in-house;

 

  n   the number of employees that will be engaged in general and administrative functions and the wages and benefits, including stock-based compensation, that we will pay to those employees;

 

  n   the geographical breadth of our company; and

 

  n   the extent to which costs associated with being a public company increase over time.

 

  n   Interest expense . To date, our interest expense reflects the interest charges that we have incurred through borrowings from Presbia Holdings and, prior to 2009, Orchard Investments, LLC (which is wholly-owned by our director, Richard Ressler, and trusts established for his immediate family). To date, Presbia Holdings and Orchard Investments, LLC have funded the cash that we have required to operate our business, at an interest expense of 15% per annum, compounding daily. All debt remaining, including accrued interest, will be converted to our equity prior to the consummation of this offering. The amount of interest expense that we incur in the future will be directly impacted by:

 

  n   our need for external debt financing;

 

  n   the terms we will be able to attract when and if we require external debt financing; and

 

  n   our ability, which cannot be assured, to attract equity financing as an alternative to debt financing.

Critical Accounting Polices and Estimates

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We have based and will base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. In many instances, we could have reasonably used different accounting estimates, and in other instances changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists with our customers, selling prices are fixed or determinable, title or risk of loss has passed, and collection is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognized upon shipment and payments are either received in advance, or net 45 days for lenses or net 14 days for accessories. From June 29, 2007 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012, all revenues recognized were from

 

-55-


Table of Contents

distributor arrangements. The distributor arrangements include certain perfunctory acceptance provisions and a one-year warranty, from the date of shipment, that products are free from defects in material workmanship. Under such provisions customers may reject shipments via written notifications ranging from 14-45 days or exchange defective product under warranty for the same non-defective product. We have not had any significant rejected shipments or warranty claims. We do not grant price concessions to our distributors.

In 2012, we changed our commercialization strategy from exclusively using distributors to also targeting high-volume refractive laser centers equipped with femtosecond lasers, except in countries that require the use of distributors or sales representatives. We did not recognize any revenues from laser centers during the period from June 29, 2007 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012 and revenues from laser centers during the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 were not material. We recognize revenue from laser centers based upon an analysis of the terms of each customer arrangement and upon determination that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, selling prices are fixed or determinable, title or risk of loss has passed, and collection is reasonably assured.

Stock-Based Compensation

To date, our stock-based compensation has been derived from option grants and stock awards made by Presbia Holdings, our controlling shareholder, and those expenses have been allocated to our company and reflected in our research and development, general and administrative and sales and marketing expenses.

In the future, our option grants and stock awards will be granted by Presbia PLC. We record compensation costs related to stock options and restricted shares granted to employees based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant, net of estimated forfeitures. The grant date fair value of the stock-based awards will generally be recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective awards. Stock-based compensation related to stock options granted to non-employees is recognized as the stock options are earned. The fair value of non-employee stock options are calculated at each reporting date, until the award vests or there is a substantial disincentive for the non-employee not to perform the required services. We estimate the fair value of stock options, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective and complex assumptions that determine the fair value of stock-based awards, including the expected term and the price volatility of the underlying stock. These assumptions include the estimated fair value of our ordinary shares and the following additional inputs:

 

  n   Expected term—the expected term represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. For options granted to employees, we use the simplified method to determine the expected term. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options. For options granted to non-employees, we use the contractual term of 10 years as the expected term.

 

  n   Expected volatility—the expected volatility will be derived from historical volatilities of unrelated publicly listed peer companies over a period approximately equal to the expected term of the award. We will look to other companies because we have limited information on the volatility of our ordinary shares due to our lack of trading history. When making the selections of our industry peer companies to be used in the volatility calculation, we will consider the size, stage in the life cycle, and financial leverage of peer companies in comparison to our company.

 

  n   Risk-free interest rate—the risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the expected term of the awards.

 

  n   Expected dividend—the expected dividend is assumed to be zero as we have no current plans to pay any dividends on our ordinary shares.

We are required to estimate the fair value of the ordinary shares underlying our stock-based awards when performing the fair value calculations with the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of the ordinary shares

 

-56-


Table of Contents

underlying our stock-based awards will be determined on each grant date by our Board or our Board’s compensation committee, with input from management. Until there is an active public trading market for our ordinary shares, our Board or our Board’s compensation committee will consider numerous objective and subjective factors, such as third party valuation studies, to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our ordinary shares.

The fair value of each stock option is based upon estimates of the fair value of the shares underlying each option as described further below. The assumptions noted in the following table provide the basis for determining the fair value of the non-employee options as of June 30, 2014 and 2013 and as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

 

 

     SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
           2014                  2013               2013             2012      

Stock price per share

   $ 0.90       $ 0.08      $ 0.54      $ 0.07   

Risk-free interest rate

     2.53      1.93     2.6     1.2

Expected dividend yield

                           

Expected term (in years)

     9.3 yrs.         6.6-7.3 yrs.        9.8 yrs.        7.1-7.8 yrs.   

Expected volatility

     73      70     69     70

 

 

We are also required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from our estimates. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. To the extent that actual forfeitures differ from our estimates, the difference is recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period the estimates are revised. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements is based on awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Through June 30, 2014, actual forfeitures have not been material.

Stock-based compensation expense associated with stock options granted to employees and non-employees was $0.2 million and $31,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $0.5 million and $47,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we had $0.4 million and $0.5 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to service-based option awards, respectively, which we expect to recognize over a weighted-average remaining vesting period of approximately 1.9 and 2.7 years, respectively. In addition, as of June 30, 2014 and as of December 31, 2013, we had unrecognized compensation expense related to the issuance of restricted stock awards of $0.1 million, which we expect to recognize over the remaining vesting period of 4.3 and 4.8 years, respectively. Our stock-based compensation expense is expected to increase as a result of recognizing our existing unrecognized stock-based compensation for awards that will vest and as we issue additional stock-based awards to attract and retain our employees.

For the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we allocated stock-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands of dollars):

 

 

 

     SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,      YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
     PERIOD FROM
JUNE 29,
2007 (DATE OF
INCEPTION) TO
JUNE 30,
2014
 
     2014      2013      2013      2012     

Research and development

   $ 135       $ 21       $ 112       $ 33       $ 307   

General and administrative

     49         10         373        14        450  

Sales and marketing

     10                 4               14  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 194       $ 31       $ 489       $ 47       $ 771   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

-57-


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Presbia Holdings Ordinary Shares

We are required to estimate the fair value of our ordinary shares underlying our stock-based awards when performing the fair value calculations using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of the ordinary shares of Presbia Holdings underlying its stock-based awards was determined by its board of directors, with input from management. In the absence of an active public trading market for our ordinary shares, on each grant date, we will estimate the fair value of our ordinary shares in order to determine an exercise price for our option grants. Presbia Holdings considered various objective and subjective factors, along with input from management and contemporaneous and retrospective valuations, to determine the fair value of its ordinary shares, including:

 

  n   external market conditions affecting the ophthalmic and medical device industries;

 

  n   our results of operations and financial position;

 

  n   the status of our commercial and sales development efforts;

 

  n   the status of our research and development efforts;

 

  n   the status and timing of our FDA clinical trials and regulatory affairs;

 

  n   the lack of an active public market for our capital stock; and

 

  n   the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering, or sale of our company in light of prevailing market conditions.

In determining the fair values of the options granted in 2010 and 2013, the board of directors of Presbia Holdings also considered third-party valuation reports prepared as of June 30, 2014, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2013 and retrospectively for fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and at February 1, 2010. These third-party valuations were also the basis for re-measuring the value of unvested shares of non-employee awards during the periods such awards have been outstanding.

Valuation at June 30, 2014 . The valuation method at June 30, 2014 utilized probability-weighted income and market approaches, in which a 60% weight was assigned to the market approach and a 40% weight was assigned to the income approach, as compared to a valuation prepared at December 31, 2013 in which an 80% weight was assigned to the income approach and a 20% weight to a market approach. The change in the relative weights at June 30, 2014 as compared to December 31, 2013, as described in the following section, between the two methodologies was attributed to the availability at March 31, 2014 of underwriters’ valuations, recent initial public offering values at June 30, 2014 and the then anticipated closer proximity to an initial public offering date. The market approach at June 30, 2014 relied on valuations provided by recently concluded initial public offerings. The range of enterprise values using the market approach in the June 30, 2014 valuation was $111 million to $538 million. The optimistic range of the initial public offering values was discounted and the enterprise value using the market approach was in the range of $260 to $320 million. The income approach consisted of discounted cash flow (DCF) analyses based on a weighted average of three scenarios: a base case with a 70% probability in which entry into the U.S. market would occur in the first quarter of 2018 following FDA approval of our microlens, a delayed case with a 25% probability in which entry into the U.S. market would not occur until a year later in 2019 and a pessimistic case with a 5% probability in which we would not successfully conclude the FDA trials and we would not be able to enter the U.S. market at all. For the income approach, the weighted average outcome was a range of values from $234 million to $383 million using an average discount rate of 25%. After assigning 40% weight to the income approach and 60% weight to the market approach, a weighted average value per ordinary share of $0.90 of Presbia Holdings was derived by applying a discount of 29% due to the lack of marketability to the weighted average midpoint values.

Valuation at December 31, 2013 . The valuation method at December 31, 2013 utilized probability—weighted income and market approaches, in which it assigned an 80% weight to the outcome of the income approach of $0.54 per share and 20% weight to the outcome of the market approach of $0.55 per share to reach a concluded value of $0.54 per share of the ordinary shares of Presbia Holdings. The income approach considers future cash flows on a discounted basis (DCF) as one indicator of current value while the market approach considers recent transactions in recent initial public offerings of similar equities, such as for those enterprises in early stages of development and in the biopharmaceutical or medical device industries.

The income approach consisted of a base case scenario, which was assigned a 65% probability of success, in which the U.S. FDA clinical trials are concluded in 2018 and revenues commenced in the United States in March 2019.

 

-58-


Table of Contents

The income approach also assigned additional probabilities of 25%, 5% and 5% to a delayed case where entry into the U.S. market is delayed by one year to March 2020, a pessimistic case where FDA approval is not achieved and there is no entry into the U.S. market and an optimistic case where FDA approvals are received sooner than expected with entry into the U.S. market by December 31, 2018, respectively. In each scenario, the DCF was discounted by applying a 30% discount rate to free cash flows generated in each of a ten-year projection period and a terminal value that represents future cash flows past 2023, the last year in the ten year projection. The weighted-average enterprise value was further discounted by 29% to account for the lack of marketability of Presbia Holdings’ ordinary shares to arrive at a concluded value of $0.54 per share. The discount rate of 30% applied in the DCF model is based on our stage of development. The lack of marketability discount of 29% was determined by applying a protective put option analysis reflecting the expected timing of a liquidity event of Presbia Holdings’ ordinary shares.

The market approach considers recent initial public offerings in ophthalmology and general biotech markets. The initial public offering analysis develops values of a company through the analysis of pre-money values of comparable public companies as of their respective initial public offering dates. This method provides a range of equity values as of an initial public offering date. The range of enterprise values, which when attributed to the ordinary shares of Presbia Holdings, indicated an average of $0.78 per share. The same lack of marketability discount of 29% was applied to indicate a value per ordinary share of $0.55.

Valuation at September 1, 2013 and Prior. The valuation method used at September 1, 2013, each of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and February 1, 2010, the date Presbia Holdings first granted share options, was a historical cost method. For these valuations, consideration was given to three generally recognized valuation approaches—the income, market and cost valuation approaches. The cost approach was ultimately used to value the ordinary shares. Since our operations were in such an early stage, as evidenced by the recognition of insignificant revenues, and because we and Presbia Holdings lacked arm’s length third party financings, use of the cost approach was determined to be the best technique. Under this approach, the estimated fair value of the ordinary shares was derived by applying a rate of return consistent with a development stage entity to the historical expenses associated with our development stage activities. The estimated fair value of the enterprise was then allocated to the ordinary shares after consideration of all classes of capital stock and debt, if any, and then reduced by a discount for lack of marketability. The significant assumptions under this approach reflected in these valuations include a rate of return of 50%, which was determined based upon the early development stage, and a 27% discount for lack of marketability based upon quantitative analysis using a protective put analysis reflecting the expected timing of a liquidity event on the valuation dates. For each of the valuations, a study of peer group public companies in the medical device industry was performed to estimate the volatility of Presbia Holdings’ ordinary shares, which was estimated to be in the range of 70% for the periods covered by the valuations. These valuations resulted in estimated fair values of Presbia Holdings’ ordinary shares ranging from $0.01 per share in 2010 to $0.08 per share in September 2013.

A combination of income and market approaches was utilized in the valuation of Presbia Holdings’ ordinary shares as of December 31, 2013 rather than the cost method previously used primarily due to significant developments in its business that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2013, including FDA approval to commence immediately a pivotal trial in the United States using a staged enrollment and the hiring of key executives in marketing, engineering, operations and finance.

Compensation Cost of 2013 Awards . During 2010, Presbia Holdings granted options to employees and non-employees to purchase 4,490,000 of its ordinary shares at exercise prices ranging from $0.01 to $0.049 per share. In October 2013, the 4,180,000 options granted in 2010 that remained outstanding were canceled and replaced with an equivalent number of share options with an exercise price of $0.08 per share. Also, in October 2013, Presbia Holdings granted options to employees and non-employees to purchase 900,000 of its ordinary shares at an exercise price of $0.30 per share and an aggregate 1,500,000 shares of its restricted ordinary shares to our President and two board members. For purposes of recognizing stock-based compensation, the grant-date fair value of all of October 2013 option awards, the determination that there was no incremental fair value for the modification of original 2010 awards replaced by the 4,108,000 awards in 2013, both of which were measured using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and the estimated fair value of the restricted stock awards granted in October 2013, used an estimated fair value of $0.30 per share. As of December 31, 2013, when we re-measured the fair value of our non-employee awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we used an estimated fair value of $0.54 per share based on the valuation at December 31, 2013.

 

-59-


Table of Contents

Research and Development Expenses

We recognize research and development expenses as they are incurred. With respect to capital expenditures for property and equipment used in conducting research and development activities, these costs are generally capitalized on the balance sheet as part of property and equipment and depreciated over their useful lives to research and development expense provided these assets have future alternative uses.

During the first quarter of 2014, we began incurring costs in connection with the FDA staged-enrollment pivotal clinical trial, which is expected to continue into 2018. During this trial, we will incur costs for patient recruiting, acquisition of clinical test equipment to be used in the trial, outside experts to read and interpret the results of the studies, third party costs to monitor the investigational sites and perform data collection activities and surgeon and patient fees in connection with surgical procedures and follow-up visits. Our policy with respect to the recognition of these expenses is to record such expenses as research and development expense in the period in which the services are provided. We will evaluate the purchases of clinical test equipment, on a case by case basis, to determine if there exists an alternative use for the equipment following the clinical trial. In the event we determine that there is no alternative use for the test equipment, then that cost will be expensed as part of research and development expense in the period in which we take title to the equipment from the supplier.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We review the recoverability of long-lived and finite-lived intangible assets when circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets might not be recoverable. This evaluation compares the carrying value of the long-lived asset to the undiscounted cash flow projections associated with an asset or group of assets. In the event undiscounted cash flow projections indicate impairment, we would record an impairment loss on the statements of operations in the period in which the impairment occurred and adjust the carrying value of the asset or group of assets to its fair value.

Use of Estimates

We prepare financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. This requires that we make estimates and assumptions that are included in the combined financial statements and accompanying notes. The actual results may differ from those estimates.

Segment Information

In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, we identify operating segments as components or elements of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. To date, the Company has viewed its operations and manages its business as one segment.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    DOLLAR
CHANGE
 
(in thousands)    2013     2012    

Revenues

   $ 98      $ 95      $ 3   

Cost of goods sold

     111        71        40   

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     2,136        1,024        1,112   

Sales and marketing

     1,044        632        412   

General and administrative

     4,088        1,957        2,131   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (7,281     (3,589     (3,692

Interest expense

     2,161        1,458        703   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax provision

     (9,442     (5,047     (4,395
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax provision

     20               20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (9,462   $ (5,047   $ (4,415
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

-60-


Table of Contents

Revenue

Revenue in 2013 was $98,000, representing an increase of $3,000, or 3.2%, when compared to 2012. During 2013, we transitioned our sales and marketing plan from an exclusive distributor-based strategy to a selling strategy that focuses on sales to high-volume refractive laser centers in those countries outside the United States where our microlens is approved. Approximately $75,000 of our sales in 2013 were to the high-volume laser centers and $23,000 of our sales in 2013 represented sales to distributors. In certain countries outside the United States, a local distributor is the only way to market our product into those countries. In 2012, all of our sales were distributor-based revenues. Also, in 2012, we terminated our arrangement with a distributor and repurchased all of our products held by the distributor on the termination date for $30,000, an amount equal to the sales price we recognized in 2011 upon the original sale to the distributor. As a result of the repurchase, revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 were reduced by $30,000.

Cost of Goods Sold

Our cost of goods sold, which increased by $40,000, or 56%, was also insignificant in each of the past two fiscal years. Although our cost of goods sold will increase as revenues increase, we do not expect cost of goods sold to be a principal expense driver for us until such time as our revenues become substantial. Cost of goods sold includes the purchased cost of the units that were shipped to our customers and inventory write-downs reflecting excess quantities on hand. In 2012 and 2013, we recorded write-downs of $22,000 and $56,000, respectively, based on the age of the lens inventory and refractive mix of the inventory.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses increased significantly, by $1,112,000, or 109%, from the year ended December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2013, reflecting higher costs related to stock-based compensation costs of approximately $0.1 million, the startup costs and related operating expenses of our U.S. manufacturing facility that support the 2014 launch of our FDA clinical trials of approximately $0.4 million and $0.5 million for evaluation studies and new product development.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing expenses increased by $412,000, or 65%, from the year ended December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in sales and marketing expenses reflected additional expenses incurred in developing a high-volume refractive laser center commercial strategy.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses increased by $2,131,000, or 109%, between the year ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2013, as a result of organizational costs of $0.5 million incurred to complete the 2013 Restructuring which resulted in the formation of Presbia Ireland, Limited, stock-based compensation expense increase of approximately $0.4 million, audit fees related to fiscal year 2012 and prior years of approximately $0.3 million and higher costs of $0.9 million related to increased costs of additional staff and related costs associated with the development of our company.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased by approximately $703,000, or 48%, from the year ended December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2013 due to additional funding from our controlling shareholder of $5.4 million offset partially by the 2013 Restructuring that converted approximately $12.2 million of debt due to Presbia Holdings to equity.

Net Loss

Our net loss increased from $5.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2012 to $9.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, reflecting the increase in research and development expenses associated with the increase in clinical trial expenses during 2013 and the increase in general and administrative expenses discussed above. We expect that our losses will continue to increase as we focus our efforts on obtaining PMA approval in the United States, a process which, even if successful, is not likely to be completed before the first quarter of 2018.

 

-61-


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013

 

 

 

     SIX-MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30,
    DOLLAR
CHANGE
 
(in thousands)    2014     2013    

Revenues

   $ 87      $ 43      $ 44   

Cost of goods sold

     39        37        2   

Operating expense:

      

Research and development

     2,407        954        1,453   

Sales and marketing

     643        542        101   

General and administrative

     5,648        1,012        4,636   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (8,650     (2,502     (6,148

Interest expense and other income

     1,011        1,110        (99 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax provision

     (9,661     (3,612     (6,049

income tax provision

     5               5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (9,666   $ (3,612   $ (6,054
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

Revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2014 was $87,000 as compared to $43,000 in the same period in 2013. Revenues were insignificant in both periods due to the transitioning of the sales strategy to high-volume refractive laser centers that began in 2012. Until we receive FDA approval to sell and market our microlens within the United States, we are focusing our limited sales and marketing resources to sell our microlens to high-volume refractive laser centers outside the United States. Sales in the first six months of 2014 were to existing international customers representing high-volume refractive laser centers.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold was $39,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2014 as compared to $37,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Research and Development

Research and development expense increased by $1.5 million, or 152%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014 as compared to the same six-month period in 2013 due to increased expenditures in principally three areas: (i) a $197,000 increase in expenses related to our pilot manufacturing facility, which was being established in the first six months of 2013; (ii) a $1.0 million cost increase related to our U.S. staged pivotal clinical trial that commenced in 2014, and consisting of costs incurred to establish and monitor the six investigational sites, costs related to the recruitment of the 75 subjects enrolled in the trial and purchases of equipment used to monitor patient outcomes; and (iii) product development costs, which were higher by $215,000 due to additional personnel costs of $95,000 and increased professional fees of $118,000 related to intellectual property filings. With the launch of the pivotal clinical trial in the second quarter of 2014, we anticipate significantly higher expenditures for test equipment and third party expenses to occur in 2014.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense increased by $101,000, or 18%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. We are not authorized to sell our microlens in the United States until we receive FDA approval to do so; therefore, our sales and marketing activities are limited to developing the markets outside the United States. During the six months ended June 30, 2014, we incurred higher costs than for the same six-month period in 2013 for sales and marketing personnel of $108,000, an increase of 42%, and higher travel expenses related to supporting clients outside the United States of $79,000, an increase of 149%, offset partially by reduced general marketing costs of $86,000. We expect sales and marketing costs to increase throughout 2014 and into 2015 as we continue to develop the outside United States (OUS) market.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses increased by $4.7 million, or 458%, in the six-month period ended June 30, 2014 as compared to the six-month period ended June 30, 2013 due primarily to a recognition as general and

 

-62-


Table of Contents

administrative expense of $3.4 million of deferred offering costs related to our initial public offering incurred over the past twelve months, and previously classified on the balance sheet at December 31, 2013 as part of other assets. This expense consists primarily of legal and audit professional fees and printing costs in connection with our initial public offering that was delayed during the second quarter of 2014 for a period that exceeded 90 days. As such, the accumulated costs recognized prior to June 30, 2014 were reclassified as an expense for the six-month period ended June 30, 2014. We also incurred (i) higher personnel related costs of $0.3 million, or 42%, in finance, information technology, operations and administration, (ii) higher professional fees of $0.7 million for legal and tax planning professional fees in connection with the formation of Presbia PLC and for the fiscal 2013 audit and (iii) $0.3 million in other operating expenses such as telephone, Internet and travel and supplies.

Interest Expense

Interest expense in the six months ended June 30, 2014 declined by $0.1 million, or 9%, as compared to interest expense recorded in the six months ended June 30, 2013 due primarily to the October 2013 contribution of $12.2 million of indebtedness from Presbia Holdings to Presbia PLC as part of the 2013 Restructuring, which resulted in less principal due to Presbia Holdings and less accrued interest in the six months ended June 30, 2014. This is also partially offset by additional borrowings of approximately $6.6 million from Presbia Holdings in the six-months ended June 30, 2014. Interest accrues on principal due to Presbia Holdings at an annual rate of 15% compounded daily.

Net Loss

Our net loss of $9.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 was $6.1 million higher than the corresponding period of 2013 of $3.6 million, due primarily to increased operating expenses of $2.8 million, the write off of the deferred offering costs of $3.4 million, offset partially by lower interest costs of $0.1 million. We expect that losses will continue for the balance of fiscal 2014 due in part to anticipated costs related to our U.S. staged pivotal clinical trial and ongoing costs required to develop the market outside of the United States for our microlens.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

From inception in 2007 through June 30, 2014, we have generated an accumulated deficit of $31.4 million. We have funded operations by means of borrowings from Presbia Holdings and, prior to 2009, Orchard Investments, LLC, at an interest cost of 15% per annum, compounding daily. The amount payable to Presbia Holdings, including accrued interest, aggregated $17.8 million as of June 30, 2014. As of June 30, 2014, we had $363,000 of cash; we have not maintained significant cash reserves, as our operations have been funded by Presbia Holdings and, prior to 2009, Orchard Investments, LLC. As of June 30, 2014, we had no committed sources of capital or financing, including from Presbia Holdings or its controlling shareholder. We plan to continue to rely on Presbia Holdings and its controlling shareholder to fund operations until this offering is completed or until such time as we are able to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or debt securities or the establishment of other funding facilities. However, we cannot assure you that such additional capital will be available, whether through the sale of equity or debt securities or the establishment of other funding facilities. These and other factors raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if we are unable to continue as a going concern. We do not expect that Presbia Holdings or its controlling shareholder will continue to fund our operations after the consummation of this offering.

Our primary uses of cash are to fund operating expenses, primarily general and administrative expenditures and research and development expenditures. Cash used to fund operating expenses is impacted by the timing of when we pay these expenses, as reflected in the change in our outstanding accounts payable and accrued expenses.

Our future capital requirements are difficult to forecast and will depend on many factors, including:

 

  n   the initiation, progress, timing and completion of clinical trials for our products;

 

  n   the number and characteristics of products that we pursue;

 

  n   the progress, costs and results of our clinical trials;

 

  n   the outcome, timing and cost of regulatory approvals; and

 

  n   delays that may be caused by changing regulatory requirements.

 

-63-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

 

 

     SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30,
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
 
     2014     2013     2013     2012  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (5,237   $ (2,491   $ (4,821   $ (3,044

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (120   $ (73   $ (147   $ (694

Net cash provided by financing activities

   $ 5,136      $ 2,498      $ 5,376      $ 3,760   

 

 

To date, Presbia Holdings (and, prior to 2009, Orchard Investments, LLC) has funded our operations. As a result, net cash provided by Presbia Holdings (and, prior to 2009, Orchard Investments, LLC) has approximated the net cash that we have used in our operating and investing activities.

Our net cash used in operating activities principally reflects the net losses that we have incurred, offset in part by amounts due, but not paid, to Presbia Holdings. Our net cash used in investing activities reflects our purchases of property and equipment.

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands).

 

 

 

     PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD  

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS:

   LESS
THAN
1 YEAR
    1 TO 3
YEARS
    3 TO 5
YEARS
    MORE
THAN
5 YEARS
    TOTAL  

Facility leases

   $ 124      $ 235      $ 50      $      $ 409   

Payable due to Presbia Holdings

     (1)       (1)       (1)       (1)     $ 9,425 (1)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 124      $ 235      $ 50      $      $ 9,834   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)     This debt had no fixed maturity. This debt will be converted to equity upon the consummation of the 2014 Capital Contribution.

There were no material changes in our contractual obligations during the six months ended June 30, 2014 other than an increase in the payable due to Presbia Holdings which increased from $9.4 million at December 31, 2013 to $17.8 million as of June 30, 2014 and the obligations under our sublease, entered into in May 2014, for additional office space in our Irvine, California facility, which sublease provides for monthly rental payments of $6,600 and extends through July 2016.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements and do not have any holdings in variable interest entities.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate and foreign exchange sensitivities as follows:

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash of $176,000, $584,000 and $363,000 as of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, respectively, which consists of checking account deposits. Historically, we have maintained minimal cash balances. Subsequent to this offering, we will experience fluctuations in interest income based on market rates and application of the net proceeds of this offering.

We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. We have not been exposed nor do we anticipate being exposed to material risks due to changes in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our financial statements.

 

-64-


Table of Contents

To date, we have incurred interest expense at a fixed rate of 15% per annum, compounding daily, on amounts advanced by our controlling shareholder.

Transaction Risk

We may be exposed to transaction risk because some of our sales and expenses will be incurred in a different currency than the local currency. To date, we have not attempted to offset our exposure to this risk by investing in derivatives or engaging in other hedging transactions.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2013, guidance that requires an entity to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation is fixed at the reporting date as the amount the reporting entity agreed to pay plus additional amounts the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors was issued. The guidance further provides for disclosure of the nature and amount of the obligation. We adopted the amendment beginning in the six months ended June 30, 2014. There was no material effect of adoption on our combined financial statements.

In July 2013, guidance was issued that requires, with some exceptions, an entity to present its unrecognized tax benefits as it relates to its net operating loss carryforwards, similar tax losses, or tax credit carryforwards, as a reduction of deferred tax assets when settlement in this regard is available under the tax law of the applicable taxing jurisdiction as of the balance sheet reporting date. It is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. Retrospective application is permitted. We adopted the amendment beginning in the six months ended June 30, 2014. There was no material effect of adoption on our combined financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standard Board (“IASB”) jointly issued a new revenue recognition standard that will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The revenue recognition standard will allow for the recognition of revenue when a company transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard is effective for public entities for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted under GAAP. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this guidance will have on our combined financial statements.

On June 10, 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-10 (ASU 2014-10), which eliminates the definition of a development stage entity, eliminates the development stage presentation and disclosure requirements under ASC 915, and amends provisions of existing variable interest entity guidance under ASC 810. As a result of the changes, the financial statements of entities which meet the former definition of a development stage entity will no longer include the following:

 

  n   Inception-to-date income, cash flow and equity information

 

  n   Label indicating that the financial statements are those of a development stage entity

 

  n   Disclosures of the nature of the entity’s development stage activities as well as the first year in which the entity is no longer considered a development stage entity

Additionally, ASU 2014-10 clarified that the lack of commencement of principal operations represents a risk and uncertainty under ASC 275 and, accordingly, the financial statements should reflect appropriate disclosures.

Finally, variable interest entity rules no longer contain an exception for development stage entities and, as a result, development stage entities will have to be evaluated for consolidation in the same manner as non-development stage entities.

Public entities are no longer required to apply the presentation and disclosure provisions of ASC 915 during annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and the revisions to the consolidation standards are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted.

Nonpublic entities are no longer required to apply the presentation and disclosure provisions of ASC 915 during annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and the revisions to the consolidation standards are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this guidance will have on its combined financial statements.

 

-65-


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are an ophthalmic device company which has developed and is currently marketing a proprietary optical lens implant for treating presbyopia, the age-related loss of the ability to focus on near objects. Our lens, which we refer to as our microlens, is a miniature lens designed to be surgically implanted in a patient’s eye to improve that patient’s ability to see objects at close distances. Our current strategy is to continue to commercialize our microlens in certain strategic countries where we currently have marketing approval and to continue to seek to obtain marketing approval in other key markets, including the United States. Our goal is to become a leading provider of corneal inlay presbyopia-correcting treatment worldwide.

According to Market Scope’s 2013 Comprehensive Report on The Global Presbyopia Surgery Market, or the Market Scope Report, presbyopia is a common vision disorder that affects approximately 1.8 billion people worldwide. Presbyopia is associated with the inability of the eye’s natural lens to change shape, or accommodate, in order to see clearly objects in the near and middle distance ranges. According to the Market Scope Report, the worldwide presbyopic population is expected to grow to approximately 2.0 billion by 2018 and 2.1 billion by 2020. According to the Market Scope Report, spending on devices, equipment and procedure fees for presbyopia-correcting surgery is expected to increase from approximately $448 million in 2012 to approximately $1.2 billion in 2018 at the manufacturer level. We do not currently have marketing approval in many jurisdictions included in the foregoing global data, which jurisdictions collectively represent a majority of the worldwide presbyopic population. We have marketing approval in a number of strategic countries that we are targeting for commercialization and we are actively seeking marketing approval in certain other strategic countries that we are targeting for commercialization, including the United States.

We believe that our solution offers each of the following benefits:

 

  n   our solution is effective as a standalone solution for plano presbyopes, or those individuals who suffer from presbyopia but do not have any other visual disorder, and may also be used in conjunction with laser procedures or lens replacement procedures for those individuals who in addition to being presbyopic suffer from other visual disorders.

 

  n   our solution is minimally invasive; our microlens can be implanted and removed in simple, surgical procedures.

 

  n   we believe that our solution offers significant near vision improvement with little or no loss of binocular distance visual acuity (the ability to see distant objects with both eyes without prescription enhancement) and minimal risk of adverse side effects.

 

  n   our solution offers a wide range of corrective power, from +1.5 diopters to +3.5 diopters, in 0.25 diopter increments (a diopter is a unit of measurement of the optical power of a lens).

 

  n   once implanted, our microlens is invisible to the naked eye.

In 2012, we completed a 12-month, multicenter, post-marketing evaluation of our microlens in Italy and Greece in presbyopic patients between the ages of 45 and 60. We designed, and oversaw the implementation of, the protocol for this evaluation, which was conducted at our request by a surgeon at the Vardinoyannion Eye Institute at the University of Crete in Crete, Greece and by a surgeon at Prato Hospital in Prato, Italy. The average uncorrected near visual acuity (the ability to see close objects without prescription enhancement), or UCVA-near, in the operated eye of the 70 patients who completed the study was 20/110. Following implantation with our microlens, such patients had an average UCVA-near of 20/27 12 months post-surgery. Although there was a small loss in uncorrected distance vision in the operated eye, there was no significant change in binocular distance visual acuity after 12 months post-surgery. Our microlens has also been the subject of certain third party studies. We did not commission these studies or design, review or oversee the implementation of their protocols, and we have limited information with respect to these studies.

In addition to being an effective standalone treatment for presbyopia, we believe that our solution can also be used in conjunction with other surgical approaches that are used to treat vision disorders other than presbyopia. For

 

-66-


Table of Contents

example, we believe that our microlens procedure can be combined with laser in-situ keratomileusis, or LASIK, procedures, which are used to treat certain near distance and far distance visual disorders, as well as lens replacement procedures used to treat cataracts (whereby the natural lens is replaced with an intraocular lens, or IOL, implant). We also believe that our microlens can be used to treat presbyopia in certain post-LASIK and post-cataract surgery patients. We believe that, having undergone eye surgery in the past, certain patients are more likely than the general population to consider eye surgery to treat presbyopia. Moreover, as we believe that our solution can be performed at the same time that certain other forms of vision-correction treatments are being administered, we believe that our solution provides an integrated treatment option for patients and an additional source of revenue for the patient’s ophthalmic surgeon. In this way, we believe that our solution complements existing surgical treatments for vision problems.

Our microlens procedure is performed using a 150 kilohertz or greater frequency femtosecond laser, which is a laser that is currently used in certain LASIK surgeries, cataract surgeries and cornea replacement surgeries. In commercializing our solution, we intend to target those markets with a well-established presence of high-volume refractive laser centers equipped with femtosecond lasers. We believe that the existing infrastructure in most such laser centers is sufficient to make our solution an attractive opportunity for such laser centers and will also minimize our anticipated capital investment in equipment and training in connection with our commercialization efforts. Our commercialization strategy includes working closely with such laser centers to train and qualify ophthalmic surgeons on the use of our solution.

Through our European Union CE Mark, we are generally authorized to market our microlens throughout the European Economic Area (27 of the 28 European Union member states plus Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway), or EEA, and Switzerland. We currently market our microlens in certain strategic EEA countries as well as certain strategic countries outside of the EEA in which we possess marketing approval. Through the filing date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, ophthalmic surgeons have implanted over 500 of our microlenses outside of the United States in commercial settings.

We are presently seeking marketing approval in other strategic countries, including the United States. In order to commercialize our microlens and our proprietary insertion tool, which we refer to as our microlens inserter, in the United States, we must first obtain a pre-market approval, or PMA, from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA. We received approval of our investigational device exemption, or IDE, to commence a staged pivotal clinical trial in order to obtain clinical data necessary to obtain FDA approval to market our microlens and microlens inserter in the United States. We began enrollment for this study in May 2014 and began treating patients in June 2014. To date, 75 subjects underwent insertion of our microlens in the first stage of this study. We do not expect to receive approval from the FDA and commence commercial activity in the United States before the fourth quarter of 2017 or the first quarter of 2018.

 

-67-


Table of Contents

The Eye and Vision Problems

The human eye is a specialized sensory organ capable of receiving visual images and transmitting them to the visual center in the brain. Among the main parts of the eye are the cornea, the iris, the lens and the retina. The cornea is the clear window in the front of the eye through which light first passes. The interior surface of the cornea is lined with a single layer of flat, tile-like endothelial cells, whose function is to maintain the transparency of the cornea. The iris is a pigmented muscular curtain located behind the cornea that opens and closes to regulate the amount of light entering the eye through the pupil, an opening at the center of the iris. The lens, known in medical terminology as the “crystalline lens,” is a clear structure located behind the cornea that changes shape, or accommodates, to focus light on the back of the eye. The retina is a layer of nerve tissue in the back of the eye that senses the light image and transmits it to the brain via the optic nerve. The figure below illustrates certain elements of the basic anatomy of the human eye.

 

LOGO

The eye may be affected by common visual disorders, disease or trauma. A normal, well-functioning eye receives images of objects at varying distances and focuses the images on the retina. Refractive errors (including myopia, hyperopia, presbyopia and astigmatism, each described below) occur when the eye cannot properly focus an image on the retina. In addition to presbyopia, common vision problems include:

 

  n   myopia, or nearsightedness, which occurs when the eye’s lens focuses images in front of the retina;

 

  n   hyperopia, or farsightedness, which occurs when the eye’s lens focuses images behind the plane of the retina;

 

  n   astigmatism, an optical defect in which vision is blurred due to an oval-shaped cornea or, in some cases, an oval-shaped natural lens, producing a distorted image on the retina. Astigmatism may accompany myopia or hyperopia; and

 

  n   cataracts, a clouding of the lens, which worsens with time and gradually occludes incoming light images.

Cataracts are age-related, while myopia, hyperopia and astigmatism are not age-related. The most common surgical treatment for myopia, hyperopia and astigmatism is LASIK surgery, in which the surface of the cornea is carefully mapped and then a computerized optical laser uses this mapping to reshape the surface of the cornea by ablation to permit proper focusing. Cataracts are most often treated by surgically removing the affected lens and replacing it with a monofocal (that is, a single focus) artificial lens, or IOL.

Presbyopia is an age-related refractive disorder that generally begins to develop when a person reaches the age of 35. The disorder may go unnoticed for several years after its initial onset and can worsen with age. The first symptoms of presbyopia are typically experienced when a person begins to have difficulty reading fine print.

 

-68-


Table of Contents

Presbyopia is associated with a loss of lens “elasticity,” the ability of the lens to change shape in order to focus incoming light on the retina from objects in near and middle distance ranges. Elasticity is slowly lost as people age, resulting in a slow decrease in the ability of the eye to focus on nearby objects. Presbyopia is a natural part of aging and affects substantially all people at some point in their adult lives.

Presbyopia Market

According to the Market Scope Report, presbyopia currently affects approximately 1.8 billion people worldwide, or approximately 25% of the global population. According to the Market Scope Report, the worldwide presbyopic population is expected to grow to approximately 2.0 billion in 2018 and 2.1 billion people by the end of 2020. The global market opportunity for surgical treatment of presbyopia is large and growing due to the aging of the population. Globally, the median age is projected to increase from 29 years in 2011 to 38 years by 2050. Consistent with the expected growth in the worldwide presbyopic population, according to the Market Scope Report, the annual number of presbyopia-correcting surgeries performed globally is expected to increase from approximately 680,000 procedures in 2012 to approximately 1.7 million procedures by 2018. According to the Market Scope Report, corneal inlays are projected to be the fastest growing segment of this market and are expected to grow from approximately 22,000 procedures in 2012 to approximately 424,000 procedures in 2018. In addition, according to the Market Scope Report, spending on devices, equipment and procedure fees for presbyopia-correcting surgery is expected to increase from approximately $448 million in 2012 to approximately $1.2 billion in 2018 at the manufacturer level. We do not have marketing approval in many jurisdictions included in the foregoing global data, which jurisdictions collectively represent a majority of the worldwide presbyopic population. We have marketing approval in a number of strategic countries that we are targeting for commercialization and we are actively seeking marketing approval in certain other strategic countries that we are targeting for commercialization, including the United States.

Approaches for Treating Presbyopia

While reading glasses and contact lenses have historically been, and remain, the most common solution for presbyopia, there are significant drawbacks associated with these non-surgical approaches. Eyeglasses can easily be lost, misplaced, broken or scratched and require frequent cleaning. Also, many people wish to avoid the inconvenience of keeping reading glasses close at hand. Contact lenses require daily insertion, removal and maintenance, which can be problematic for an increasingly mobile population and for people living and working in dusty environments or in unsanitary conditions.

There are presently four surgical correction categories for treating presbyopia:

Monovision . Monovision treatments correct one eye, typically the dominant eye, for distance vision and correct the other, non-dominant eye for near vision. While monovision may be accomplished through the use of glasses with two difference lenses with varying thickness, that approach can cause bothersome symptoms when a person looks through the edges of the glasses. A more typical approach to monovision is the use of two different contact lenses. A more permanent monovision approach is to undergo laser or IOL-based refractive surgeries adapted for presbyopia correction. A significant drawback of monovision surgical treatments is the complexity of achieving additional correction, if vision further deteriorates. Additional drawbacks include occasional patient adaptation issues, whereby patients have difficulty adjusting to the monovision arrangement and suffer from blurring of vision, difficulty driving at night and loss of stereopsis, or the ability to focus upon an object with both eyes and create a single stereoscopic image.

Multifocal . Multifocal approaches are designed to provide both distance and near focus at the same time in each eye. Generally, both depth perception, or the ability to judge the distance of an object, and contrast sensitivity, or the ability to detect detail having subtle color gradations, are generally improved when two eyes can focus on an object. In addition, these approaches are intended to be improvements over constantly taking glasses off and putting them back on (possibly by wearing glasses around the neck) or by using bifocal or varifocal glasses or contact lenses, in which the eye is trained to look through the top part for distance vision and the bottom part for near vision. Multifocal effects can be achieved by lens replacement, including multifocal IOLs (IOLs with different zones of varying power), or through the creation of a multifocal cornea using laser refractive surgery (to create two or more refractive zones on the central cornea) or intrastromal ablation (laser used to make small changes in the thickness of the cornea). As with monovision, a significant drawback of these multifocal

 

-69-


Table of Contents

approaches is the complexity of achieving additional correction, if vision further deteriorates. In addition, some patients may experience halos, or rings around lights, at night, and it may also take time for multifocal patients to adapt to the different focal areas.

Restoring Accommodation . Accommodating approaches generally attempt to replace the natural lens with an accommodating IOL, which is an artificial lens that is designed to mimic the movement of the natural crystalline lens of the eye. All IOL-based surgeries are susceptible to opacification, or clouding, of the lens capsule, which is the part of the natural lens covering that remains after surgery, decreasing vision and requiring a laser procedure to cut a hole in the clouded back lining of the lens capsule to allow light to pass through the membrane to the retina. Accommodating IOLs are also subject to certain other complications pertaining to the shrinkage, closure or clouding of the capsule that can reduce the mode of action of the accommodating IOLs, rendering them less effective. Other less common accommodating techniques include lens softening and scleral relaxation techniques, which are designed to improve near vision by restoring the function of the eye’s own accommodative system. Lens-softening techniques use pharmaceuticals or lasers to soften or change the structure of the natural crystalline lens, allowing it to flex better to increase accommodation. Scleral relaxation techniques use implants in the sclera of the eye to increase the eye’s ability to focus at near distances. To date, these procedures have had little documented success.

Corneal Inlays . Corneal inlays include miniature surgically implanted lenses (such as our microlens), optical devices inserted into the cornea to reshape the front surface of the eye, and small implants to reduce the size of the opening into the eye to reset the angle of the light rays entering the eye and reduce both the number of rays and the light scatter, each of which is designed to improve near vision.

Our Solution

We have designed our microlens to address certain limitations of other surgical approaches to treat presbyopia. The critical aspects of our solution include:

 

  n   Effective Treatment Option for Plano Presbyopes . The largest sub-group of the presbyopic population is plano presbyopes, or those individuals without significant refractive error who suffer from presbyopia. Plano presbyopes account for approximately 38% of the total presbyopic population. We believe that ophthalmologists are generally reluctant to recommend a LASIK or IOL procedure as a solution for a plano presbyope given the inherent risks and visual compromises of such procedures. Because our procedure does not involve the removal of the natural lens, the reshaping of the cornea or the removal of corneal tissue, we believe that ophthalmologists will be more likely to recommend our microlens as a solution for plano presbyopes than a LASIK or IOL procedure.

 

  n   Complementary Solution . In addition to being a treatment option for plano presbyopes, we believe that our solution can be used in conjunction with other surgical procedures that treat vision disorders other than presbyopia, including LASIK procedures for near and/or distance vision correction and the implantation of traditional monofocal IOLs used to treat cataracts. In addition, we believe that our microlens can be used to treat presbyopia in certain post-LASIK and post-cataract surgery patients.

 

  n   Minimally Invasive . Our microlens is implanted in a pocket in the cornea created with a femtosecond laser. The pocket seals itself within a few days, holding the lens in place. The procedure does not require the reshaping of the cornea and no corneal tissue is removed. Moreover, the nature of our solution permits normal nutrient flow to the cornea, enabling corneal metabolism. As a result, there is less potential for dry-eye symptoms and less damage to the collagen fibers that support corneal shape and structure.

 

  n  

Removable . We have designed our microlens and procedure to be easily removable. We believe that designing a lens that is removable gives patients the ease of mind of knowing that if they are uncomfortable with the results, or if technological advances produce different solutions in the future, they have not taken a step that prevents them from being able to undergo future procedures. The design of our microlens will also permit removal in the event that a patient’s presbyopia significantly progresses with age and the patient wishes to have a lens with additional diopter power implanted. We believe that by designing our microlens and procedure in a manner that allows our microlens to easily be replaced, ophthalmic surgeons will be able to choose the lens most appropriate for a given patient as the patient ages and the patient’s presbyopia progresses. In the United States, our IDE does not permit replacement of a microlens in the event that a

 

-70-


Table of Contents
 

patient’s microlens is removed after implantation. Also, in the United States, our IDE requires any removal of the microlens to be reported as an adverse event.

 

  n   Correction Options . The range of optical power corrections available in our microlens allows the ophthalmic surgeon to choose the correction most appropriate for the patient’s specific near vision requirements, as opposed to a unilateral “one size fits all” approach.

 

  n   Invisible . The clear nature of our microlens renders it invisible to the naked eye which we believe will make it appealing to patients.

 

  n   Does Not Hinder Certain Other Procedures . Our microlens does not hinder examination of the retina and other structures in the eye necessary to diagnose other ocular health disorders.

 

  n   Minimal Side Effects . In limited procedures performed to date outside of the United States, healing and adaptation to the microlens generally begin immediately after the surgery, with the immediate common side effects of such a procedure generally being mild eye dryness and irritation, transient light sensitivity (an abnormal occurrence of photosensitivity associated with the femtosecond laser) and certain visual symptoms, such as halos or glare.

We believe that surgical treatment for presbyopia represents a large new market opportunity for ophthalmic surgeons. The market for traditional surgical ophthalmic treatments, such as LASIK for myopia, hyperopia and astigmatism, and traditional monofocal IOLs for cataracts, is highly mature. Our procedure utilizes the femtosecond laser currently used for certain LASIK surgeries, cataract surgeries and cornea replacement surgeries. We believe that many refractive laser centers equipped with such lasers are not operating at full capacity, and we hope to utilize such untapped capacity. Our procedure would allow these laser centers and ophthalmic surgeons to introduce a new treatment modality using their existing laser equipment, adding incremental revenue without the need for significant new capital commitments.

We believe that patient demand for our microlens may be driven in part by the large and growing number of individuals who have become comfortable with and undergone LASIK procedures, which we believe have lost their “experimental” reputation. We expect that these individuals are more likely to be early adopters of our microlens solution to the extent they require additional vision correction in connection with the onset of presbyopia. We believe demand is likely to be fueled further by the ever-evolving, near-vision needs resulting from the increasing reliance on smart phones, tablets and other technological advances requiring good near vision.

 

-71-


Table of Contents

Our Technology

Our microlens is a disc shaped lens that has a refractive zone in the periphery designed to improve near vision problems associated with presbyopia and a central zone that is designed to maintain distance vision. The two figures below illustrate the design of our microlens.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Our microlens is 3.2 millimeters (mm) in diameter, has an edge thickness of 0.015 mm and has a center thickness that ranges from approximately 0.03 mm to 0.05 mm (depending on the lens power). Once implanted, it is invisible to the naked eye. Our microlens is made of a hydrophilic acrylic material, similar to the kind that has been used to make IOLs for over 20 years. Our microlens is designed to be removable. In addition, our microlens is designed to reduce the risk of permanent corneal tissue loss and is designed to be biocompatible with the cornea, allowing for corneal metabolism, which is essential to the health and normal functioning of the cornea.

Ocular dominance is the tendency to prefer visual input from one eye to the other. Our microlens is implanted in a patient’s non-dominant eye to minimize impact to binocular uncorrected distance vision. Through implantation in the patient’s non-dominant eye, our solution seeks to exploit the brain’s ability to perceptually suppress central vision in one eye when the two eyes are receiving disparate stimuli and focus on the clearer images while ignoring the blurrier images. Prior to implantation, we require patients to wear a contact lens for near vision correction in their non-dominant eye for a minimum of three to five days before insertion of our microlens in order to assess whether or not the patient is able to adapt to the change in the visual system. Not all prospective patients are able to adapt to the change in the visual system. Based on feedback that we have received from surgeons to date, we believe that approximately 40% of prospective patients who underwent monofocal contact lens correction in their non-dominant eye were unable to adapt to the change in the visual system and approximately 25% of prospective patients who underwent multifocal contact lens correction in their non-dominant eye were unable to adapt to the change in the visual system.

 

-72-


Table of Contents

To improve near vision, as shown below, the refractive peripheral portion of our microlens is designed to help focus light from near objects (darker shaded light) onto the retina.

Near Vision with Microlens

 

LOGO

To maintain maximum distance vision, the central portion of our microlens is designed to permit light from distant objects to pass through the cornea and lens and focus on the retina (lighter shaded light shown below). The refractive peripheral portion of the lens causes some distant light rays to focus in front of the retina, instead of on it (darker shaded light shown below). However, when the brain receives dual visual stimulus from the corrected non-dominant eye, as well as the uncorrected dominant eye, it is able to correctly combine the information into an image for the patient.

Distance Vision with Microlens

 

LOGO

Insertion of our Microlens

Our microlens is surgically implanted, using our proprietary microlens inserter, in an outpatient setting. The procedure, requiring only topical anesthesia, typically takes a trained ophthalmic surgeon approximately 10 minutes. The procedure and equipment needed to create a corneal pocket to insert the microlens are similar to those currently used in LASIK procedures. We believe that the existing infrastructure in most high-volume refractive laser centers equipped with femtosecond lasers is sufficient for our procedure.

 

-73-


Table of Contents

The figures below illustrate our microlens inserter and the insertion of our microlens.

 

Illustration of our

Proprietary Insertion Tool

 

LOGO

  

Illustration of Insertion of

Our Microlens

 

LOGO

The ophthalmic surgeon starts the procedure by making a mark on the cornea at the center of the visual axes in order to determine the most appropriate location of the corneal pocket as well as the microlens placement and alignment once in place. Then, using a 150 kilohertz or greater frequency femtosecond laser, the ophthalmic surgeon creates a pocket, approximately four to 5.5 mm in diameter, in the cornea of the patient’s non-dominant eye. Using our microlens inserter, the ophthalmic surgeon then inserts our microlens into the corneal pocket. Finally, the ophthalmic surgeon centers and checks the position of the implanted microlens before completing the surgery. The corneal pocket automatically seals itself within a few days, holding the microlens in place at the center of the eye’s visual axis.

We have designed our microlens and procedure to be removable in a minimally invasive manner in the event that a patient wishes to have a stronger prescription microlens implanted. This may occur if a patient’s presbyopia significantly progresses over time or in the event that a patient wishes to have the microlens removed for any other reason, including if the patient is uncomfortable with the results, if neural adaptation is not achieved, or if technological advances produce alternative solutions in the future. In the United States, our IDE does not permit replacement of a microlens in the event that a patient’s microlens is removed after implantation. Also, in the United States, our IDE requires any removal of the microlens to be reported as an adverse event.

The procedure to remove our microlens may take place in an outpatient setting, using only topical anesthesia. The removal procedure consists of opening the corneal pocket entry point and, using a fluid to lubricate the pocket of the lens, sliding the lens from the corneal pocket. This procedure typically takes a trained ophthalmic surgeon approximately 10 minutes. A new microlens can be immediately inserted into a patient’s existing corneal pocket.

Through the filing date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, ophthalmic surgeons have implanted over 500 of our microlenses outside of the United States in commercial settings.

Clinical Studies

We have completed a multicenter clinical study outside the United States. In addition, several third parties have conducted limited studies of our microlens. These studies are summarized below.

Evaluation Conducted Outside of the United States

In early 2012, we completed a 12-month multicenter, post-market evaluation in Italy and Greece of our microlens in presbyopic patients between the ages of 45 and 60 to evaluate the safety and effectiveness of our microlens. We designed, and oversaw the implementation of, the protocol for this evaluation, which was conducted at our request by a surgeon at the Vardinoyannion Eye Institute at the University of Crete in Crete, Greece and by a surgeon at Prato Hospital in Prato, Italy. The 12-month data for the 70 patients who completed the study demonstrated successful patient outcomes and a low rate of post-operative adverse events. The average UCVA-near in the operated eye pre-surgery for those 70 patients was 20/110 and 99% of those patients started the study with UCVA-near in the operated eye of 20/50 or worse. Key effectiveness findings from this evaluation included the following:

 

  n   the average UCVA-near in the operated eye for such patients post-surgery was 20/27, 99% of such patients completed the study with 20/40 or better UCVA-near in the operated eye and 70% of such patients completed the study with 20/25 or better UCVA-near in the operated eye (see Figure 1 below);

 

-74-


Table of Contents
  n   although there was a slight loss in uncorrected distance visual acuity (the ability to see distant objects without prescription enhancement), or UCVA-distance, in the operated eye (see Figure 4 below), there was no significant change in binocular UCVA-distance (UCVA-distance when using both eyes) from before treatment to after treatment in this study (see Figure 2 below); and

 

  n   there was no significant change in best corrected distance visual acuity (distance vision using prescription enhancement), or BCVA-distance, in the operated eye after 12 months (see Figure 3 below).

A Snellen chart is an eye chart used by eye care professionals and others to measure visual acuity. It usually consists of letters printed in lines of decreasing size which a person is asked to read at a fixed distance. 20/20 is a term used to define normal visual acuity, which relates to the Snellen chart. The first number denotes a certain distance, and the second number denotes the distance at which a person with normal visual acuity could read clearly those letters that the subject of the assessment can read clearly at the distance denoted in the first number. The standard distance for testing distance visual acuity is 20 feet. Thus, with respect to distance vision, if an individual has 20/100 vision, it means that a person with normal distance vision can read at 100 feet what the patient can only read at 20 feet (poor distance vision). 20/10 vision, on the other hand, would mean the individual has better than normal distance vision, being able to read at 20 feet what a person with normal distance vision could only read at 10 feet. With respect to near vision, the 20/20 nomenclature is used with the distances in the first number and the second number scaled to the distance used in the study. Thus, an individual with 20/20 near vision means the patient can read clearly those letters at the distance tested (usually 40 centimeters (cm) in the United States and 33 cm outside of the United States) that a person with normal near visual acuity could read clearly at that distance. In our post-market evaluation, we tested visual acuity using an Early Treatment Diabetic Retinopathy Chart, or ETDRS, Snellen chart; the distance used to test distance visual acuity was 20 feet and the distance used to test near visual acuity was 33 cm.

An important measurement is the number of patients who reach better visual acuity levels, or visual correction, after treatment. Before surgery, the 70 patients who completed the study had an average UCVA-near in the eye to be operated on of 20/110 and 99% of such patients started the study with UCVA-near measurements of 20/50 or worse in that eye. After treatment with our microlens, such patients had an average UCVA-near in the operated eye of 20/27 and 99% of such patients achieved UCVA-near measurements of 20/40 or better in the operated eye and 70% of such patients achieved UCVA-near measurements of 20/25 or better in the operated eye. The following chart summarizes the positive UCVA-near results in this post-market evaluation:

Figure 1

Uncorrected Near Visual Acuity Operated Eye (33 cm chart)

(N=70 at Month 12)

 

LOGO

 

-75-


Table of Contents

Another important measurement is the number of patients who maintain binocular UCVA-distance levels post-treatment. There was no significant change in binocular UCVA-distance from before treatment to after treatment in this study. This stability in binocular vision is important because it indicates that patients in the study did not experience a significant compromise in binocular UCVA-distance as a result of the insertion of our microlens, meaning that their normal binocular far vision was not compromised. The following chart summarizes the binocular UCVA-distance findings in this post-market evaluation:

Figure 2

Uncorrected Binocular Distance Visual Acuity

(N=70 at Month 12)

 

LOGO

In addition, patients in this study experienced no significant change in BCVA-distance in the operated eye at 12 months post-implantation, which indicates that there was no compromise in the operated eye’s optical system at 12 months. The following chart summarizes BCVA-distance findings with respect to the patient’s operated eye in this post-market evaluation:

Figure 3

Best Corrected Distance Vision Acuity Operated Eye

(N=70 at Month 12)

 

LOGO

 

-76-


Table of Contents

There was a slight loss of UCVA-distance in the operated eye in the study population. Before surgery, 83% of patients achieved UCVA-distance in the operated eye of 20/16 to 20/25 and 17% achieved UCVA-distance in the operated eye of 20/30 to 20/40. After treatment with our microlens, 17% of patients achieved UCVA-distance in the operated eye of 20/16 to 20/25, 53% achieved UCVA-distance in the operated eye of 20/30 to 20/40, and 30% achieved UCVA-distance in the operated eye of 20/50 or worse. Although, as mentioned above, there was no significant change in binocular UCVA-distance from before treatment to after treatment in this study, far distance vision in the operated eye is also important, particularly as it relates to overall patient satisfaction. In the study population, 78% of patients who responded reported that they perceived their UCVA-distance in the operated eye as “excellent” to “good.” This generally correlates to the data at month 12, where 70% of patients achieved 20/40 vision or better in the operated eye. The remaining 30% of patients achieved UCVA-distance in the operated eye of 20/50 or worse, and consistent with such results, 20% of patients who responded reported that they perceived their UCVA-distance in the operated eye as “fair.” One patient who responded considered his outcome with respect to UCVA-distance in the operated eye as “poor.” The following chart summarizes UCVA-distance findings with respect to the patient’s operated eye in this post-market evaluation:

Figure 4

Uncorrected Distance Visual Acuity Operated Eye

(N=70 at Month 12)

 

LOGO

There are several possible explanations for the loss of distance visual acuity in the operated eye, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

  n   the time required for neural adaptation, or the time it takes the brain to adapt to the change in the visual system;

 

  n   improper patient selection, or the selection of patients who are intolerant of monovision, impatient or not willing to wait for the neural adaptation time period; and

 

  n   improper lens power selection, meaning the patient is difficult to refract.

A subset of 39 patients enrolled in this evaluation underwent a monovision simulation, whereby pre-surgery UCVA-distance in the eye to be operated on with near vision contact lens correction in place was compared to UCVA-distance in the operated eye following implantation of our microlens. The purpose of this simulation was to evaluate whether UCVA-distance in the operated eye following implantation of our microlens is better than pre-surgery UCVA-distance in such eye with the use of a near vision correction contact lens. These patients were found to have an average UCVA-distance in the operated eye of 20/43 12 months post-surgery, while the same patients pre-surgery had an average UCVA-distance in the eye with near vision contact lens correction of 20/139. We believe that this

 

-77-


Table of Contents

result is due to the nature of the design of our microlens which is intended to maintain distance vision in the operated eye to the greatest extent possible. The central portion of our microlens is designed to allow for light from distant objects to enter the eye and focus on the retina, and the retina ultimately transmits that image to the brain. Figure 5 below illustrates the findings in this evaluation with respect to post-surgery UCVA-distance in the operated eye compared to pre-surgery UCVA-distance in the eye to be operated upon with near vision contact lens correction in place:

Figure 5

 

LOGO

Overall, patient satisfaction with the procedure was generally high. 97% of patients who responded reported “excellent” or “good” perception of UCVA-near, and 97% of patients who responded reported “excellent” or “good” perception of binocular UCVA-distance. 75% of patients who responded reported no use of glasses for near tasks while the remaining 25% reported use of glasses less than 50% of the time. 78% of patients who responded indicated that they used glasses for near tasks more than 50% of the time prior to implantation.

Key safety findings from the evaluation over a 12-month period included the following:

 

  n   low rate of post-operative adverse events;

 

  n   one patient complained one week after implantation of significant halos and glare when driving at night and requested removal of the microlens (the lens was removed one month post-surgery);

 

  n   one case of transient light sensitivity syndrome was reported: this represents an abnormal occurrence of photosensitivity associated with the femtosecond laser, which resolved after application of a topical steroid regimen;

 

  n   one case of epithelial ingrowth was reported: this represents an abnormal growth of corneal epithelium in an area where it does not belong, associated with the femtosecond laser, which resolved after the ingrowth was surgically cleared; and

 

  n   four cases of transient stromal haze were reported: these cases involved the activation of inflammatory cells in connection with surgery, which resolved after application of a topical steroid regimen.

There was no significant change in:

 

  n   intraocular pressure, or the fluid pressure in the eye;

 

  n   endothelial cell density, or the tissue layer undersurface of the cornea and which regulates corneal water content;

 

-78-


Table of Contents
  n   pachymetry, or the measure of corneal thickness; or

 

  n   binocular contrast sensitivity.

We continue to evaluate our microlens through clinical studies and marketing and post-marketing evaluations in connection with regulatory requirements and our commercialization efforts. In addition, through the filing date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, ophthalmic surgeons have implanted over 500 of our microlenses outside of the United States in commercial settings.

Third Party Studies

Our microlens has been the subject of certain third party studies that have been conducted to assess the efficacy and safety of our microlens. We did not commission these studies or design, review or oversee the implementation of their protocols (although we pay the annual fees of the institutional review board reviewing one such ongoing study in Japan), and we have limited information with respect to these studies. These studies have reported certain adverse effects relating to the safety and efficacy of our microlens and microlens inserter. In connection with the findings in certain of such studies and observations of other surgeons regarding our procedure, we have undertaken certain investigative actions as part of our ongoing risk mitigation efforts. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—If concerns regarding side effects from presbyopia-correcting surgery generally, or our products specifically, develop, including as a result of third-party studies and publications, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be materially and adversely affected.”

U.S. Staged Pivotal Clinical Trial

In May 2014, we began a stated pivotal clinical trial in the United States. See “Clinical Development and Commercialization Targets” below for a description of this study. For a description of adverse events to date in this study, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—If concerns regarding side effects from presbyopia-correcting surgery generally, or our products specifically, develop, including as a result of third-party studies and publications, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be materially and adversely affected.”

Clinical Development and Commercialization Targets

In December 2013, we received approval from the FDA to commence a staged pivotal clinical trial of our microlens in the United States. This clinical trial is a prospective, non-randomized, unmasked, multicenter clinical investigation. Beginning in May 2014, we enrolled a total of 75 subjects at six investigational sites in the United States. Beginning in June 2014, each of these subjects underwent insertion of our microlens in the subject’s non-dominant eye. After we have obtained six-month data on a minimum of 50 subjects, we will submit an interim safety report as a supplement to our IDE to the FDA. If the FDA finds no safety concerns, we anticipate the FDA will permit us to continue enrollment and to increase the study population size and number of investigational sites conducting our study. We currently anticipate that in order to file our PMA we will need 24-month post-surgery data on each of at least 300 patients. All subjects will be followed for three years following implantation. Subjects from outside the United States will not be enrolled in this study. The primary endpoint will be UCVA-near at 24 months post-implantation, together with safety objectives such as a low rate of ocular adverse events, endothelial cell loss over time in the operated eye, and an assessment of BCVA-distance and contrast sensitivity in the operated eye (the visual ability, with distance vision correction in place, to see objects that may not be outlined clearly or that do not stand out from their background). Although our microlens is designed to be removable, our IDE requires any removal to be reported as an adverse event. We are targeting submission of the interim safety report on 50 subjects to the FDA in the first or second quarter of 2015 and, assuming that there are no safety issues, approval from the FDA to continue enrollment in our study in the first or second quarter of 2015. We are targeting submission of our final PMA to the FDA with 24-month data on 300 subjects in the second quarter of 2017. We are pursuing a modular PMA submission strategy whereby we intend to submit to the FDA information regarding preclinical testing, engineering, and manufacturing prior to the submission of our final PMA. We are targeting PMA approval of our microlens in the fourth quarter of 2017 or the first quarter of 2018. We are also targeting submission to the FDA of a final report with 36-month data on these 300 subjects in the second quarter of 2018. These milestones could be delayed by further interactions with the FDA or by a variety of other factors, including the final design of the study that is approved by the FDA, and are subject to the risks and uncertainties set forth under “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business” and “—Risks Related to our Regulatory Requirements.” There can be no assurance that the FDA will grant our PMA approval or, if granted, that it will be granted in accordance with our anticipated time schedule. In addition, the FDA may require us to conduct post-approval studies as a condition of approval.

 

-79-


Table of Contents

We plan to continue to work closely with high-volume refractive laser centers and hospitals in order to secure commercialization commitments in those countries in which we currently have marketing approval that we are targeting for commercialization. In addition, we plan to continue to seek marketing approval in additional countries that we determine present appropriate opportunities to commercialize our microlens and microlens inserter.

Strategy

Our goal is to become the leading provider of corneal lens implants for patients with presbyopia. We are currently commercializing our microlens internationally in select countries. In December 2013, we gained approval to begin a staged pivotal clinical trial in order to seek marketing approval for our microlens in the United States. We completed the first stage of this study in July 2014, and we are targeting submission of the interim safety report on 50 subjects to the FDA by the first or second quarter of 2015.

We believe that most presbyopic individuals are not aware of procedures intended to decrease their dependence on reading glasses, the traditional solution for presbyopia, and therefore do not seek treatment from an ophthalmic professional.

We believe that refractive surgery center operators, impacted by sharp declines in LASIK procedure volumes, are searching for new technologies that can be used in elective (patient-pay) procedures to grow revenues. We believe that these centers have existing infrastructure (femtosecond lasers) and databases of patients who may be eligible for these presbyopia procedures. We believe that a significant opportunity rests in the population of presbyopic individuals who are unaware of these new treatment options. Our entry strategy is to identify high volume refractive laser surgery centers and partner with them through our comprehensive commercialization strategy to attempt to create patient awareness of and demand for our microlens.

Once a commercialization agreement is signed with a clinic, we intend to become an active partner and assign a commercialization team to the clinic. The process begins with comprehensive training of all surgeons and staff, and identification of potential patients, which is intended to drive demand to the clinic for our microlens procedure.

The surgeon goes through a comprehensive training and certification program, which includes didactic sessions, wet-lab training, and surgery performed with members of our surgical training team present during the certification process. Thereafter, patients are seen at regular intervals, and individual patient results are collected. These data are then analyzed by our clinical services team to ensure proper patient selection was achieved, that patient expectations were managed appropriately, and that patients achieve optimal visual outcomes. Once the surgeon is certified, our goal is for the practice to continue to grow its business, using the tools and methods provided by our commercialization team. In addition, we will train one surgeon to become a peer trainer to train additional surgeons in the practice, thereby increasing capacity at the practice. We have utilized this model in certain jurisdictions, including Ireland and Brazil, which resulted in adoption of our technology into the practice. Implementation of the process is designed to yield the best possible patient selection, which in turn is designed to lead to the highest possible patient satisfaction.

We currently have an arrangement with laser centers in Ireland, Australia and Brazil (and Canada as permitted under Canada’s Special Access Program) whereby the laser center has committed to help promote our microlens in the applicable jurisdiction and to target a set number of procedures per annum in each such jurisdiction. In addition, we have ongoing interactions with other laser centers, including laser centers in the EEA, Asia and South America, whereby we are seeking commercialization commitments from certain laser centers to adopt our unique process and the integration of our technology in their respective centers.

U.S. Staged Pivotal Clinical Trial

Gaining approval to market our products in the United States is a critical element in our strategy. In order to obtain such approval, we must obtain a PMA from the FDA. We cannot assure you when or whether we will obtain such an approval, or what expenditures we will incur whether or not we obtain such approval, given the many significant risks associated with seeking such an approval from the FDA. See “Clinical Development and Commercialization Targets” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business” and “—Risks Related to our Regulatory Requirements.”

 

-80-


Table of Contents

International Commercialization

Through our European Union CE Mark, we are generally authorized to market our microlens throughout the EEA and Switzerland (certain EEA countries also require additional in-country registration). We currently market our microlens in certain strategic EEA countries, as well as certain strategic non-EEA countries in which we currently possess marketing approval. We will continue to seek marketing approval in other strategic countries that we believe are appropriate to further our commercialization strategy.

Sales & Marketing

Sales and marketing for our microlens is led by our chief commercial officer and dedicated business development directors in Australia and Brazil, and our clinical services director in Ireland, who currently focus on high volume refractive laser centers that we have identified in selected target markets. They are supported in the process by a surgical trainer and our commercialization team.

We believe the existing infrastructure in most high volume refractive laser centers equipped with a 150 kilohertz or greater femtosecond laser is sufficient to support our commercialization efforts, minimizing the need to establish a significant sales representative structure at this juncture in our development. We intend to utilize a distributor / agent structure only in those countries that will require us to do so.

We also intend to sponsor ophthalmic surgeons to speak and present data at numerous conferences throughout Europe, Latin America, Asia and the United States. We believe this marketing strategy will help promote our microlens and increase demand from both clinicians and patients worldwide.

Our microlens and the procedure to implant our microlens are not currently reimbursed through private or governmental third-party payors in any country, nor do we anticipate that our microlens and the procedure to implant our microlens will be reimbursable through private or governmental third-party payors in the foreseeable future. Although the commercialization of our microlens depends on a prospective patient’s ability to cover the costs of our microlens and the implantation procedure, we believe that a direct patient-pay model enables medical providers to avoid pricing pressure from private or governmental third-party payors. We do not have control over the prices that medical providers charge patients for our microlens and the implantation procedure.

Research and Development

We believe that it is essential for us to remain focused on advancing our technology and continuing to improve our microlens, as well as our microlens inserter and other auxiliary Presbia products. We maintain an active internal research and development process, which also includes clinical activities and regulatory affairs. In order to achieve our business objectives, we will continue our investment in research and development. Our research and development team, consisting of seven persons as of September 30, 2014, communicates with ophthalmic surgeons who are currently utilizing the Presbia system, enabling us to make design changes as we receive feedback. Over the last three years, we have made a number of modifications to our microlens inserter to enable ophthalmic surgeons to more quickly and efficiently remove our microlens from its sealed container and prepare it for insertion into the laser-cut corneal pocket.

Over the next 12 months, our goal is to continue our focus on research and development, particularly with respect to developing a disposable microlens inserter and a pre-loaded disposable microlens inserter for our microlens and evaluating the development of a single microlens that includes both presbyopic and hyperopic correction. Additionally, as we regard our microlens to be an optical platform, we will continue to explore new approaches to correct vision problems, including evaluating the development of a corneal inlay for the treatment of macular degeneration, a chronic eye disease that causes vision loss in the center of a patient’s field of vision.

We expended $2.1 million, $1.0 million and $2.4 million for research and development during the year ended December 31, 2013, the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2014, respectively.

 

-81-


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

Our commercial success depends, in part, on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our products, technologies and other know-how, to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others and to prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights. We strive to protect our investment in the research, development, manufacturing and marketing of our products through the use of patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets, as well as customary confidentiality and other contractual protections. We own, or have rights to, a patent, several patent applications, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property directly related and important to our business. However, the extent to which our intellectual property will provide us with protection and enable us to commercialize our proprietary technology without interference from others is subject to numerous risks. See “Risk Factors—Risk Relating to Our Intellectual Property.”

Patents

We currently own one U.S. patent and seven pending U.S. patent applications that we consider material to our business. Our existing patent relates to our microlens inserter; that patent expires on September 6, 2030. Our pending patent applications relate to the method and apparatus to inject our microlens, the method and apparatus to package our microlens, the method for laser cutting a corneal pocket to insert our microlens, the apparatus and method to use a preloaded inserter to insert our microlens, and our proprietary data collection software. Also, we have filed foreign patent applications in Australia, Canada, China, Europe, Israel, Japan and Korea for our microlens inserter and our microlens holding apparatus invention.

Our patent and patent applications may allow us to exclude others from practicing our proprietary inventions and may provide us with an opportunity to obtain royalties or cross-licenses of intellectual property from other manufacturers. Because we have limited knowledge of the research and development efforts and strategic plans of our competitors, we can only estimate the value of our patent and patent applications. Competitors may be able to design products and/or processes that avoid infringing our patent portfolio as it may exist from time to time.

Trademarks

Worldwide, we have several registered trademarks and pending trademark applications that we consider to be important to our business. The scope and duration of trademark protection varies widely throughout the world. In some countries, trademark protection continues only as long as the mark is used. Other countries require registration of trademarks and the payment of registration fees. Trademark registrations are generally for fixed but renewable terms.

Confidentiality Agreements

We protect our proprietary technology, in part, through confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements with employees, consultants and other parties. Our confidentiality agreements with employees and consultants generally contain standard provisions requiring those individuals to assign to Presbia, without additional consideration, inventions conceived or reduced to practice by them while employed or retained by Presbia, subject to customary exceptions.

Competition

The medical device industry in general, and the ophthalmic medical device market in particular, are highly competitive, subject to rapid technological change and significantly affected by new product introductions and market activities of other participants. Our currently marketed products are, and any future products we commercialize will be, subject to intense competition.

We expect to compete against companies that are developing corneal inlay surgical solutions for presbyopia, including AcuFocus, Inc., ReVision Optics, Inc., Neoptics AG and LensGen, Inc. AcuFocus, Inc.’s corneal inlay approach attempts to use small aperture optics to reduce distortion by eliminating peripheral light rays and limiting the width of diverging light rays. ReVision Optics, Inc.’s corneal inlay approach attempts to produce a smooth variation in focal power across the pupil by microscopically altering the surface shape of the cornea. Neoptics AG’s corneal inlay approach consists of a bifocal lens with a peripheral add zone designed to improve near vision and a central zone for distance vision. LensGen, Inc. is a newer company with little publicly available information regarding its intraocular lens which is being designed to harness fluidics and displacement to manipulate curvature to better capture light. Both AcuFocus, Inc. and ReVision Optics, Inc. have been conducting clinical trials in the United States for years and have more experience than Presbia in conducting such trials. AcuFocus, Inc. has completed a

 

-82-


Table of Contents

pivotal clinical trial in the United States and is thus further along in the FDA approval process than Presbia. Also, both AcuFocus, Inc. and ReVision Optics, Inc., like Presbia, have marketing approval in certain jurisdictions outside the United States, including the EEA, and can be expected to compete with Presbia in such jurisdictions. We believe that AcuFocus, Inc. may have more commercial activities to date than Presbia in certain jurisdictions, including Japan. We do not believe that Neoptics AG has approval in the U.S. to conduct clinical trials or marketing approval in any jurisdiction. In addition to being an effective treatment option for presbyopia, we believe that our microlens is less invasive than ReVision’s Optics, Inc.’s corneal inlay, offers a range of optical power corrections not offered by ReVision’s Optics, Inc.’s corneal inlay or AcuFocus, Inc.’s corneal inlay, is less conspicuous than AcuFocus, Inc.’s corneal inlay and is more easily removable than ReVision Optics, Inc.’s corneal inlay.

In addition, we expect to compete against companies that offer alternative surgical treatment methodologies, including monovision, multifocal and accommodating approaches, and companies that promote reading glasses and/or contact lenses as approaches for responding to presbyopia. At any time, our known competitors and other potential market entrants may develop new devices or treatment alternatives that may compete directly with our products. In addition, they may gain a market advantage by developing and patenting competitive products or processes earlier than we can or by obtaining regulatory approvals/clearances or market registrations more rapidly than we can.

Certain of our current and potential competitors may have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do and may be able to devote greater resources to the development, regulatory approval, promotion, sale and support of their products. Our competitors may also have more extensive customer bases and broader customer relationships than we do, including relationships with our potential customers. In addition, many of these companies have longer operating histories and greater brand recognition than we do. Because of the size of the presbyopia market and the high growth profile of that market, we anticipate that companies will dedicate significant resources to developing competing products. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our market include:

 

  n   improved outcomes for patients and other product quality issues;

 

  n   product innovation;

 

  n   acceptance by ophthalmic surgeons;

 

  n   ease of use and reliability;

 

  n   regulatory status and speed to market;

 

  n   product price and procedure price; and

 

  n   reputation for technical leadership.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete effectively against our competitors in regard to any one or all of these factors.

Manufacturing

Our microlens is manufactured using hydrophilic acrylic material that has been utilized in the lens manufacturing market for the last 20 years. This material is well known and has an established safety profile. High precision lathing machines are used to generate sub-micro level accuracy of convex/concave radii. Like other traditional IOL manufacturing processes, the manufacturing of the microlens is divided into a dry and a wet process.

At present, our microlens is manufactured by a third-party original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, in Israel. This supplier has committed to a guaranteed minimum production level that we believe is adequate to meet our current needs. The agreement with this supplier is set to expire in January 2017. We expect that our Israeli OEM, or another supplier located overseas, will be utilized to satisfy all international demand for our microlens for the foreseeable future. We have also constructed a manufacturing facility in Irvine, California. We plan to use our Irvine, California manufacturing plant to supply the microlens for our U.S. clinical study and believe that that facility is scalable to meet future U.S. demand once it has received all applicable regulatory registrations, approvals and certifications. Our U.S. facility has received regulatory approval from the State of California to manufacture our microlens for our U.S. staged pivotal trial. In addition, we have received the necessary regulatory approval to use such facility to

 

-83-


Table of Contents

provide backup manufacturing capacity for sales in the EEA, should such capacity be needed in the future. Our microlens inserter is manufactured by a third-party OEM in the United States, according to our specifications. Although we do not have a guaranteed supply commitment from this supplier, we believe that this supplier will be able to meet our foreseeable needs.

We believe that our current manufacturing arrangements are sufficient to support our foreseeable manufacturing needs. The manufacturing by the Israeli OEM includes in-house sterilization, packaging, and inventory. Inventory of our microlens is ultimately stored at our facility in the Netherlands.

Sources and Availability of Raw Materials

We use a wide range of raw materials in the production of our products. We purchase most of the raw materials and components from external suppliers. The hydrophilic acrylic material used to manufacture our microlens is supplied to us by a single supplier located in the United Kingdom . We would be required to obtain approval from the FDA in the event that we wished to use different material or similar material from a different supplier with respect to any products to be offered and sold in the United States. Although we do not have a guaranteed supply commitment from our sole supplier of such hydrophilic acrylic material, we believe that such supplier will be able to sufficiently meet our currently anticipated supply needs. Although we do not currently have any long-term agreements in place for the supply of any other raw materials that we use, such materials are currently readily available from a number of suppliers, both in the United States and abroad.

Government Regulation

Our medical device products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and various other federal, state and non-U.S. governmental authorities, such as the competent authorities of the countries of the EEA. Government regulation of medical devices is meant to assure their safety and effectiveness, and includes regulation of, among other things:

 

  n   design, development and manufacturing;

 

  n   testing, labeling, content and language of instructions for use and storage;

 

  n   clinical trials;

 

  n   product safety;

 

  n   marketing, sales and distribution;

 

  n   regulatory clearances and approvals, including premarket clearance and approval;

 

  n   conformity assessment procedures;

 

  n   product traceability and record keeping procedures;

 

  n   advertising and promotion;

 

  n   product complaints, complaint reporting, recalls and field safety corrective actions;

 

  n   post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury;

 

  n   post-market studies; and

 

  n   product import and export.

To market and sell our products in any country, we must first seek and obtain regulatory approvals, certifications or registrations and comply with the laws and regulations of that country. These laws and regulations, including the requirements for approvals, certifications or registrations and the time required for regulatory review, vary from country to country. Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approvals, certifications and/or registrations are expensive, and we cannot be certain that we will receive regulatory approvals, certifications and/or registrations in any country for which we have yet to receive such approvals, certifications and/ or registrations or that we will be able to maintain any regulatory approvals, certifications or registrations that we currently possess in any country. If we fail to obtain or maintain regulatory approvals, certifications or registrations in any country in which we currently market or plan to market our products or if we fail to comply with all applicable regulatory laws, rules and regulations, our ability to sell our products could be jeopardized and we could be subject to enforcement actions. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Regulatory Requirements” for a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that apply to Presbia in connection with government regulation of its products.

 

-84-


Table of Contents

Regulatory Requirements in the United States

Under the U.S. Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or the FD&C Act, manufacturers of medical devices must comply with extensive regulation relating to the issues described above, including regulations governing the design, testing, manufacturing, packaging, quality, servicing and marketing of medical products. Our immediate focus is upon the steps that we must take before our products can be marketed and sold in the United States.

FDA’s Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device that is distributed commercially in the United States requires either prior 510(k) clearance or prior approval of a PMA application from the FDA. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Devices deemed to pose low to moderate risk are placed in either Class I or II, which, absent an exemption, requires the manufacturer to submit to the FDA a premarket notification requesting permission for commercial distribution. This process is known as 510(k) clearance. Some low risk devices are exempt from this requirement. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device, are placed in Class III, requiring approval of a PMA application. Our current products are Class III devices requiring prior approval of a PMA application from the FDA. Both premarket clearance and PMA applications are subject to the payment of user fees, paid at the time of submission for FDA review. The FDA can also impose restrictions on the sale, distribution or use of devices at the time of their clearance or approval, or subsequent to marketing.

Premarket Approval

A PMA application must be submitted if, as is the case with the microlens and our microlens inserter, the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. The PMA application process is generally more costly and time consuming than the 510(k) process and requires proof of the safety and effectiveness of the device to the FDA’s satisfaction. Accordingly, a PMA application must be supported by extensive data including, but not limited to, technical information regarding device design and development, pre-clinical and clinical trials, data and labeling to support the FDA’s determination that the device is safe and effective for its intended use. After a PMA application is complete, the FDA will accept the application and begin an in-depth review of the submitted information. By statute, the FDA has 180 days to review the “accepted application,” although, generally, review of the application takes between one and three years, and may take significantly longer. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information and/or clarification of information already provided. Also, during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. In addition, the FDA will conduct a preapproval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with its Quality System Regulations, or QSRs, which impose elaborate design development, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures in the design and manufacturing process. The FDA may approve a PMA application with post-approval conditions intended to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device, including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and distribution and collection of long-term follow-up data from patients in the clinical study that supported approval. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval can result in materially adverse enforcement actions, including the loss or withdrawal of the approval. New PMA applications or PMA application supplements are required for significant modifications to the manufacturing process, as well as for modifications that affect the safety or effectiveness of the device, including, for example, certain types of modifications to the device’s indication for use, manufacturing process, labeling and design. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as a PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the original PMA application, and may not require as extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel.

Our microlens, as an implanted device, and our microlens inserter, as an instrument directly associated with the implantation process, cannot be marketed and sold in the United States without PMA approval. We anticipate that other products that we may develop in the future, as well as modifications to our existing products, will also be associated with the implantation process and thus in all likelihood will be subject to PMA approval rather than 510(k) clearance.

 

-85-


Table of Contents

IDE Applications

A clinical trial is almost always required to support a PMA application. In the United States, absent certain limited exceptions, human clinical trials intended to support product clearance or approval require an IDE application. Some types of studies deemed to present “non-significant risk” are deemed to have an approved IDE once certain requirements are addressed and institutional review board, or IRB, approval is obtained. If the device presents a “significant risk” to human health, as defined by the FDA, the sponsor must submit an IDE application to the FDA and obtain IDE approval prior to commencing the human clinical trials. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to evaluate the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of subjects, unless the product is deemed a non-significant risk device and eligible for more abbreviated IDE requirements.

In December 2013, we received approval of our IDE from the FDA to begin a staged pivotal clinical trial of our microlens in the United States.

Clinical Trials

Clinical trials for a Class III device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the responsible IRBs at the clinical trial sites. There can be no assurance that submission of an IDE will result in the ability to commence clinical trials. Additionally, after a trial begins, the FDA may place it on hold or terminate it if, among other reasons, it concludes that the clinical subjects are exposed to unacceptable health risks that outweigh the benefits of participation in the study. During a study, sponsors are required to comply with the FDA’s IDE requirements for investigator selection, trial monitoring, reporting and record-keeping and with prohibitions on promoting investigational devices or making safety or efficacy claims for them. Sponsors are also responsible for the appropriate labeling and distribution of investigational devices.

We began enrollment for our U.S. staged pivotal clinical trial in May 2014 and began treating patients in June 2014. To date, a total of 75 subjects in this study underwent insertion of our microlens in the non-dominant eye. After we have obtained six-month data on a minimum of 50 subjects, we will submit an interim safety report as a supplement to our IDE to the FDA. If the FDA finds no safety concerns, we anticipate the FDA will permit us to continue enrollment in our clinical trial in the first quarter of 2015. The clinical trial that we have commenced for our microlens and our microlens inserter is expected to extend at least through 2017 or the first quarter of 2018. Even if we do receive PMA approval, we do not anticipate receiving that approval for our microlens and our microlens inserter before the fourth quarter of 2017 or the first quarter of 2018.

Our clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with FDA regulations and federal and state regulations concerning human subject protection, including informed consent and healthcare privacy. The investigators must also obtain patient informed consents, rigorously follow the investigational plan and study protocol, control the disposition of investigational devices and comply with all reporting and record-keeping requirements.

Even if the FDA permits us to proceed with our clinical testing, the FDA’s grant of permission to proceed with clinical testing does not constitute a binding commitment that the FDA will consider our study design adequate to support PMA approval. In addition, there can be no assurance that the data that we generate during a clinical study will meet chosen safety and effectiveness endpoints or otherwise produce results that will lead the FDA to grant marketing approval.

Pervasive and Continuing FDA Regulation

After a device is placed on the market, regardless of its classification or premarket pathway, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include, but are not limited to:

 

  n   establishment registration and device listings with the FDA, which helps facilitate FDA inspections and other regulatory action;

 

  n   QSRs, which requires manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, process control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the development and manufacturing process;

 

-86-


Table of Contents
  n   labeling control and advertising regulations, which prohibit the promotion of products for uncleared or unapproved, or off-label, uses or indications, and impose other restrictions on labeling;

 

  n   approval or clearance of product modifications that could significantly affect safety or efficacy or that would constitute a major change in intended use;

 

  n   medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur;

 

  n   corrections and removal reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health. In addition, the FDA may order a mandatory recall if there is a reasonable probability that the device would cause serious adverse health consequences or death; and

 

  n   post-approval restrictions or conditions, including requirements to conduct post-market surveillance studies to establish continued safety data.

The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We will be required to register with the FDA as a medical device manufacturer. As such, our manufacturing facilities will be subject to FDA inspections for compliance with QSRs. These regulations will require that we manufacture our products and maintain our documents in a prescribed manner with respect to design, manufacturing, testing and quality control activities. As a medical device manufacturer, we will also be required to comply with FDA requirements regarding the reporting of adverse events associated with the use of our medical devices, as well as product malfunctions that would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur. FDA regulations also govern product labeling and prohibit a manufacturer from marketing a medical device for unapproved applications. The FDA may conduct unannounced inspections to determine compliance with the QSR and other regulations, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of subcontractors. Failure by us or our suppliers to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement actions by the FDA or other regulatory authorities, which may result in sanctions and related consequences including, but not limited to:

 

  n   untitled letters or warning letters;

 

  n   fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

 

  n   recall, detention or seizure of our products;

 

  n   operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

  n   refusal of or delay in granting our requests for premarket approval or clearances of new products or modified products;

 

  n   once we have received premarket approvals or clearances, withdrawing those approvals or clearances that are already granted;

 

  n   refusal to grant export approval for our products;

 

  n   criminal prosecution; and

 

  n   unanticipated expenditures to address or defend such actions.

Regulatory Requirements Outside of the United States

Sales of medical devices outside the United States are subject to non-U.S. regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. These laws and regulations range from simple product registration requirements in some countries to complex clearance and production controls in others. As a result, the processes and time periods required to obtain foreign marketing approval may be longer or shorter than those necessary to obtain FDA market approval. These differences may affect the efficiency and timeliness of international market introduction of our products.

In order to be placed on the market within the EEA, medical devices must meet the essential requirements set out in the relevant medical device legislation. The principal legislation regulating general medical devices in the EEA is Directive 93/42/EEC, referred to herein as the EU Medical Devices Directive. In the case of low risk (Class I) medical devices, such as our microlens inserter, the manufacturer may self-certify conformity with the EU Medical Devices Directive by issuing a declaration of conformity. In the case of medium to high risk (Class IIa, IIb and III) medical

 

-87-


Table of Contents

devices, including our microlens which is a Class IIb medical device, the certificate of conformity issues from a notified body. Where a medical device meets the essential requirements set out in the EU Medical Devices Directive and complies with the appropriate conformity assessment procedure, based on the classification of the medical device, a declaration or certificate of conformity will issue and a CE Mark may then be affixed to the product. Once a CE Mark has been affixed to the medical device, it may then be placed on the market in any country within the EEA and Switzerland (subject to certain localized registration and language requirements).

In February 2010, we received a certificate of conformity from our notified body for our microlens allowing the CE mark to be affixed to our microlens. In May 2013, we issued a declaration of conformity for our microlens inserter allowing the CE Mark to be affixed to our microlens inserter. We have also obtained an ISO 13485 quality system certification, which confirms that our medical device manufacturing quality management system is compliant with globally recognized standards set forth by the International Organization for Standardization. We are required to keep up-to-date and remain compliant with the most recently issued standards. In order to maintain our certificate of conformity and CE Mark, we must continue to comply with the EU Medical Devices Directive and pass annual facilities audit inspections by an inspection agency of the EEA to ISO 13485 standards. In addition, a notified body or other competent authority in an EEA country may perform post-marketing audits on our products and premises from time to time. Failure to comply with such requests in a timely manner, and any adverse findings in any such audit, could result in the withdrawal of our certificate of conformity and our CE Mark, and the recall or withdrawal of our products from the EEA market. Each certificate of conformity may be valid for a maximum of five years but would typically be valid for three years. Our existing certificate of conformity for our microlens is valid until November 2014. At the end of each period of validity, we are required to apply to the notified body for a renewal of our certificate of conformity. There may be delays in the renewal of our certificate of conformity and the notified body may require modifications to our products or to the related technical files before it agrees to issue a new certificate of conformity.

On September 26, 2012, the European Commission adopted a package of legislative proposals designed to replace the existing regulatory framework for medical devices in the EEA. The European Commission’s proposals may undergo significant amendments as they are reviewed by the European Council and European Parliament as part of the EEA legislative process. If and when adopted, the proposed new legislation may prevent or delay the EEA approval or clearance of any future products we may develop or impact our ability to modify currently EEA approved or cleared products on a timely basis.

In addition, we have obtained marketing authorization for our microlens and microlens inserter in certain countries outside of the EEA, including certain countries in which our microlens is currently commercially available. We are subject to the regulatory laws and regulations of each such country in order to maintain our marketing authorization. In addition, we will be subject to the regulatory laws and regulations of any additional country in which we obtain marketing approval to maintain such approval. These regulatory laws are complex and vary from country to country. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and result in a variety of enforcement actions, all of which would negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Corruption Laws

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar foreign anti-corruption laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments or providing anything of value to improperly influence foreign government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, or obtaining an unfair advantage. In recent years, there has been a substantial increase in the global enforcement of anti-corruption laws. Our ongoing non-U.S. operations and our expansion into additional countries outside the United States, including in developing countries, could increase the risk of such violations. Violations of these laws may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, could disrupt our business, and could adversely affect our reputation, business and results of operations or financial condition.

Environmental Matters

Our activities currently require the controlled use of potentially harmful biological materials and hazardous materials and chemicals. We are subject to U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. environmental and pollution control

 

-88-


Table of Contents

laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. We believe that our operations comply in all material respects with applicable environmental laws and regulations in each country where we conduct business or have operations. We do not expect compliance with these laws to affect materially our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position. We have no plans to invest in material capital expenditures for environmental control facilities for the remainder of our current fiscal year or for the next fiscal year. We are not aware of any pending actions, litigation or significant financial obligations arising from current or past environmental practices that are likely to have a material adverse impact on our financial position. However, environmental problems relating to our properties could develop in the future, and such problems could require significant expenditures. In addition, we cannot predict changes in environmental legislation or regulations that may be adopted or enacted in the future and that may adversely affect us.

Employees

As of September 30, 2014, we had 33 employees, one of whom holds a Bachelor of Optometry degree, and five of whom hold other advanced degrees. Of our total workforce, seven employees are engaged in research and development, and 23 employees are engaged in business development, manufacturing, finance, legal, human resources, facilities, information technology administration and general management. We have no collective bargaining agreements with our employees and we have not experienced any work stoppages. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Facilities

Our operations are currently conducted at three leased facilities. We lease approximately 14,800 square feet of office, laboratory and manufacturing space in Irvine, California, we lease approximately 300 square feet of office and storage space in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and we lease approximately 305 square feet of office and warehouse space in Dublin, Ireland. Our corporate headquarters are currently located at our Dublin location.

We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs. When our leases expire, we may seek to renew our leases or look for additional or alternate space for our operations. We believe that suitable additional or alternative space will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms.

Legal Proceedings

We are not aware of any pending or threatened legal proceeding against us that could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition. However, the medical device industry is characterized by frequent claims and litigation, including claims regarding patent and other intellectual property rights as well as improper hiring practices. As a result, we may be involved in various legal proceedings from time to time.

 

-89-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors to be serving upon the completion of the 2014 Capital Contribution:

 

 

 

NAME

   AGE  

POSITION(S)

Ralph “Randy” Thurman

   65   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Zohar Loshitzer

   57   President and Director

Vladimir Feingold

   65   Chief Technology Officer, Executive Vice President and Director

John Jacob (“Jake”) Vander Zanden

   53   Chief Commercial Officer

Richard Fogarty

   63   Chief Accounting Officer, Vice President, Finance and Secretary

Mark S. Blumenkranz

   63   Director

Richard Ressler

   56   Director

 

 

Ralph “Randy” Thurman has served as a director of Presbia Holdings since October 2013 and has served as its Executive Chairman since January 2014. Since October 2014, Mr. Thurman has been the Chief Executive Officer of Presbia PLC, and he will serve as the Chairman of Presbia PLC. Mr. Thurman has served as a consulting advisor in private equity since 2008. Mr. Thurman served as an Operating Executive at AEA Investments LP (“AEA Investments”), a private equity firm, from October 2012 through November 2013, and during that period, was the Executive Chairman of Cogent HMG, a portfolio company of AEA Investments engaged in healthcare technology. Before joining AEA Investments, Mr. Thurman was a Senior Advisor at New Mountain Capital, LLC, a private and public equity investment firm, since May 2008. From July 2008 to October 2011, Mr. Thurman served as a director of CardioNet, Inc., a publicly-traded global medical technology company focused on diagnosing and monitoring cardiac arrhythmias, where he also served as Executive Chairman from July 2008 to January 2009, as President and Chief Executive Officer from February 2009 to June 2010, and as Chairman from June 2009 until his resignation from the board of directors in October 2011. From 2001 to 2007, he was a Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of VIASYS Healthcare Inc., a privately-held healthcare technology company. Mr. Thurman served as a director of Enzon, Inc., a biotechnology company, from 1993 to 2001 and served as Chairman from 1996 to 2001. From 1997 to 2001, Mr. Thurman served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Strategic Reserves LLC, a privately-held company providing funding and strategic direction to healthcare technology companies. Prior to that, he served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Corning Life Sciences, Inc., a manufacturer of laboratory products for life sciences research (1993 to 1997), and held various positions at Rhone-Poulenc Rorer Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a global pharmaceutical company (1984 to 1993). Mr. Thurman currently serves on the board of directors of each of the following publicly-traded companies: Arno Therapeutics, Inc. and Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc. From November 2013 to February 2014, Mr. Thurman served as a director of Orthofix International N.V. Mr. Thurman received a B.S. in economics from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and an M.A. in management from Webster University.

Mr. Thurman has been chosen to serve on our Board due to his experience and expertise as an investor in medical device and healthcare companies.

Zohar Loshitzer has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of Presbia Holdings since May 2007 and has served as the President and a director of Presbia PLC since February 2014. Since January 2005, Mr. Loshitzer has served as a principal at Orchard Capital, where he supports the portfolio companies of Orchard Capital by designing operational efficiencies and cost reductions, and he has served since August 2000 as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Universal Telecom Services, Inc., a provider of telecommunications services and solutions to emerging markets. He has served as Executive Vice President of Corporate Strategy of j2 Global since June 2001 and from July 1997 through June 2001 he served as the Chief Information Officer at j2 Global. Mr. Loshitzer was the founder and President of MTP Consulting, Inc., a business consulting firm, from January 2011 to August 2013, and he was the founder and President of Imali, Inc., another business consulting firm, from January 2007 to December 2010. Since 1995, he has been a Managing Director at Orchard Telecom, a provider of telecommunications products. He previously served as a consultant to MAI Systems Corporation, a provider of

 

-90-


Table of Contents

information technology solutions, and as a General Manager and Managing Director at Life Alert Emergency Response, Inc., a provider of security services for the elderly, which Mr. Loshitzer co-founded. He has been a director of the publicly-traded Advanced Cell Technology Inc. since December 2011 and publicly-traded Environmental Solutions Worldwide, Inc. since January 2011. He graduated from Tel Aviv University with a degree in Electronics Engineering.

Mr. Loshitzer has been chosen to serve on our Board as a result of his finance and business management knowledge and experience and his investment experience in start-ups and early stage financings.

Vladimir Feingold has served as the Chief Technology Officer and as a director of Presbia Holdings since September 2009 and has served as the Chief Technology Officer of Presbia PLC since February 2014, and as an Executive Vice President of Presbia PLC since June 2014 and will serve as a director of Presbia PLC. He has more than 30 years’ experience as an executive in the medical technology field and in research and development. Beginning in September 2001, he was the Chief Executive Officer of Visitome, Inc. and Biovision AG until Biovision AG was liquidated in bankruptcy in Switzerland in 2008 and the operations of Visitome were merged into Presbia in 2009. Previously, Mr. Feingold served as President and Chairman of Staar Surgical AG, Switzerland (1994-1999) and held positions of increasing responsibility with its parent, Staar Surgical Co., a U.S. public company (1991-1999). From 1995 to 2000, Mr. Feingold was also a director of Canon-Staar, Japan, and from 1984 to 2001, Mr. Feingold was managing director and chairman of the board of Bionica Pty Ltd., Australia, a company which produced and distributed an ambulatory medication delivery system, and marketed ophthalmic products. From 1975 to 1984, Mr. Feingold held various research, engineering and manufacturing executive positions at Telectronics Pty. Ltd., Australia. At that time, Telectronics manufactured miniature advance cardiac pacemakers. Mr. Feingold received his B.E. (Mechanical) and B.Sc. (Computer Science and Mathematics) from the University of Sydney, Australia.

Mr. Feingold has been chosen to serve on our Board as a result of his scientific background, his familiarity with presbyopia and his understanding of our industry.

John Jacob (“Jake”) Vander Zanden has served as the Chief Commercial Officer of Presbia Holdings since February 2013 and has served as the Chief Commercial Officer of Presbia PLC since February 2014. As Chief Commercial Officer at Presbia, Mr. Vander Zanden is responsible for expanding the commercial growth of our microlens. From September 2009 to July 2012, Mr. Vander Zanden served as President of the Americas and as Senior Vice President of Global Marketing of Hoya Surgical Optics, Inc., an ophthalmic medical device company. Previously, Mr. Vander Zanden served as the Corporate Vice President, Senior Vice President and General Manager at Lumenis Ltd., a medical laser company, from March 2007 to June 2008, and as Vice President and General Manager, Global Pain Management, at Medtronic, Inc., a medical technology company, from September 2004 to May 2006. In 2006, he co-founded Vander Zanden Group, a consulting firm focused on start-up as well as pre- and post-merger and acquisition activities, strategy, and growth initiatives. He held numerous roles in pharmaceuticals, biologics, medical devices and over-the-counter consumer products at Allergan, Inc., a multi-specialty health care company, from March 1989 to September 2004. Mr. Vander Zanden received his B.A. in Marketing and Management from the College of St. Thomas in St. Paul, Minnesota. He serves on the Board of Advisors of the Sand Hill Incubator.

Richard Fogarty has served as the Chief Accounting Officer of Presbia Holdings since August 2013 and has served as the Secretary of Presbia PLC since formation, the Chief Accounting Officer of Presbia PLC since February 2014 and the Vice President, Finance of Presbia PLC since June 2014. From February 2010 to August 2013, Mr. Fogarty was Vice President, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer for Plainfield Precision, Inc., a provider of contract manufacturing services to the automotive and medical device industries. Mr. Fogarty held corporate controller and corporate finance positions in publicly-held companies Collectors Universe, Inc., which provides authentication and grading services for high-value collectibles, from March 2006 to February 2010, and Impco Technologies, Inc. (now Fuel Systems Solutions, Inc.), which designs, manufactures and supplies alternative fuel products and systems, from November 2002 to March 2006. Mr. Fogarty holds an M.B.A. from Fairleigh Dickinson University and a B.S. degree from Union College. Mr. Fogarty is a Certified Management Accountant.

Dr. Mark S. Blumenkranz has served as a director of Presbia Holdings since October 2013 and will serve as a director of Presbia PLC. He is the H.J. Smead Professor and Chairman of the Department of Ophthalmology at Stanford University, where he has served since January 1998. He is the founding director of the Byers Eye Institute,

 

-91-


Table of Contents

a nationally-recognized eye care center dedicated to combating blindness and preserving sight. Dr. Blumenkranz is a founder and director of several privately-held early stage companies in the ophthalmic field. He was a founder and director of Peak Surgical, Inc., an innovator in pulsed plasma mediated electrosurgery that was acquired by Medtronic, Inc. in 2011. In 2004, he co-founded Optimedica Corporation, which was acquired by Abbott Medical Optics, Inc. in 2013. He received his Baccalaureate, Master of Medical Science, and M.D. degrees at Brown University, followed by a Residency in Ophthalmology at Stanford University and a fellowship in vitreoretinal diseases at the Bascom Palmer Eye Institute of the University of Miami, where he served on the faculty for five years. Dr. Blumenkranz is a past-President of the American University Professors of Ophthalmology, Retina Society and Macula Society, and a Fellow of the Corporation of Brown University, where he serves as chairman of the Medical School Committee.

Dr. Blumenkranz has been chosen to serve on our Board due to his expertise in ophthalmic matters and his experience in early stage biomedical company development.

Richard S. Ressler has served as an officer and a director of Presbia Holdings since May 2007 and will serve as a director of Presbia PLC. Mr. Ressler serves on the board of Presbia Holdings pursuant to a services agreement between our company and Orchard Capital Corporation (“Orchard Capital”). Mr. Ressler is the founder, owner and President of Orchard Capital, a firm that provides consulting and advisory services to companies (including Presbia) in which Orchard Capital or its affiliates invest. He has been President of Orchard Capital since 1994. Mr. Ressler has been Chairman of the Board of Directors of j2 Global, Inc. (“j2 Global”), a publicly-traded provider of services through the internet, since 1997, and served as j2 Global’s Chief Executive Officer from 1997 to 2000, serving in each of these capacities pursuant to a consulting agreement between j2 Global and Orchard Capital. Through an agreement with Orchard Capital, Mr. Ressler serves in various senior capacities with, among other companies, CIM Group, L.P. (together with its affiliates, “CIM Group”), a real estate investment and management company formed by Mr. Ressler, and Orchard First Source Asset Management (together with its affiliates, “OFSAM”), an investment adviser focusing on middle market debt investments. Both OFSAM and its wholly owned subsidiary, OFS Capital Management, LLC, are registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission as registered investment advisers. Mr. Ressler also serves as a board member for various private companies in which Orchard Capital or its affiliates invest. Since April 2014, Mr. Ressler has served as a director of T-Ink, Inc. Mr. Ressler holds a B.A. from Brown University and J.D. and M.B.A. degrees from Columbia University.

Mr. Ressler has been chosen to serve on our Board as a result of his extensive experience with, and knowledge of, business management and finance.

Each of our executive officers and directors to be serving Presbia PLC upon the consummation of this offering also serves as an executive officer and/or director of our Presbia USA, Inc. subsidiary. Certain of our directors are also directors of other subsidiaries of our company.

At the time of the filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our Board consists of two directors: Zohar Loshitzer and Gary Kidson. Upon the consummation of the 2014 Capital Contribution, the size of our Board will be increased to five directorships. At that time, Gary Kidson will resign from our Board and Messrs. Thurman, Blumenkranz, Feingold and Ressler will join our Board. Mr. Kidson’s biographical information is set forth below.

Gary Kidson, 38, has served as the Director of Business Development of Presbia Holdings since May 2013 and has served as a director of Presbia PLC since its formation in February 2014. Mr. Kidson is a board certified optometrist in South Africa, Ireland and the United Kingdom. Prior to joining Presbia, Mr. Kidson worked in a senior optometrist position for both Optical Express, a retail optical services unit of DCM (Optical Holdings) Limited (March 2007 – September 2010), and Optilase Clinic, a laser eye clinic (September 2010 – March 2013), with particular involvement at each of these companies in training, complex case management and project management of new services. Previously, from March 2002 to February 2006, he served as managing director of Dr. Davies Optometrists Inc., a private optometric company, and from January 2005 to February 2006, he was a member of the board of GADRA, a non-profit public benefit organization promoting education and healthcare in rural communities. Mr. Kidson received his BOptom degree from the University of Durban Westville in 1997, and post graduate

 

-92-


Table of Contents

Certificate of Advanced Study from New England College of Optometrists in 1999 and 2002 and an Advanced Certificate in Sports Vision from Rand Afrikaans University in 2001.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors (including those individuals to be serving as directors upon the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions) or executive officers.

Successor Chief Executive Officer

Mr. Thurman has agreed to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of Presbia PLC until such time as we have consummated our initial public offering and identified a suitable successor to Mr. Thurman. We are actively seeking to identify a suitable successor who has executive experience in the medical device industry. At such time as a successor chief executive officer is identified and engaged, Mr. Thurman has indicated that he intends to continue to serve as the Chairman of our Board and assume the role of Executive Chairman of our Board.

Board Composition and Committees

Upon completion of this offering, our controlling shareholder, Presbia Holdings, a Cayman Islands entity, will control a majority of our issued ordinary shares. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of NASDAQ listing rules, and thus exempt from the following requirements:

 

  n   the requirement that a majority of our Board consist of independent directors;

 

  n   the requirement that director nominees be selected, or recommended for the Board’s selection, either by independent directors constituting a majority of the Board’s independent directors in a vote in which only independent directors participate, or by a nominating committee comprised solely of independent directors; and

 

  n   the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purposes and responsibilities.

Following this offering, we intend to rely on these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors and we will not have a compensation committee or nominating and corporate governance committee consisting entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of NASDAQ’s corporate governance requirements.

Executive Committee . Upon consummation of this offering, the executive committee of our Board will consist of Messrs. Ressler and Thurman. The chairman of the executive committee shall at all times be the individual then serving as the chairman of our Board. The executive committee is authorized to exercise all functions of our Board in the intervals between meetings of our Board to the extent permitted by law.

Audit Committee . Upon consummation of this offering, the audit committee of our Board will consist of Dr. Blumenkranz and Messrs. Ressler and Thurman, and Mr. Ressler will serve as the chairman of this committee. The audit committee assists the Board in its oversight responsibilities relating to the integrity of our financial statements, the qualifications, independence, compensation and performance of our independent auditors, our systems of internal accounting and financial controls, the performance of our internal audit function, the compliance of our company with legal and regulatory requirements and compliance with our company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have one independent director serving on our audit committee. We are required and intend to have two independent directors serving on our audit committee within 90 days after our listing on The NASDAQ Global Market and a completely independent audit committee within one year of our listing on The NASDAQ Global Market. Our Board will determine which member of our audit committee qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” under SEC rules and regulations.

Subject to transition rules satisfied by the time schedule described above, our audit committee members must satisfy both NASDAQ and SEC independence criteria. Under the NASDAQ listing rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if (i) the director is not disqualified under certain objective tests established by the NASDAQ listing rules and (ii) in the opinion of the issuer’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. To be

 

-93-


Table of Contents

considered independent for purposes of the SEC’s rules, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

Our Board has determined that Dr. Mark S. Blumenkranz meets both the SEC and the NASDAQ definitions of an independent director. In making this determination, our Board considered the relationships that Dr. Blumenkranz has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our Board deemed relevant in determining his independence.

Compensation Committee . Upon consummation of this offering, the compensation committee of our Board will consist of Dr. Blumenkranz and Messrs. Ressler and Thurman, and Mr. Thurman will serve as the chairman of this committee. The primary purpose of the compensation committee of the Board is to (i) facilitate our Board’s discharge of its responsibilities relating to the evaluation and compensation of our executives, (ii) oversee the administration of our compensation plans, including the Presbia Incentive Plan, (iii) review and determine Board member compensation and (iv) prepare any report on executive compensation required by the rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing rules of NASDAQ.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee . Upon the consummation of this offering, the nominating and corporate governance committee of our Board will consist of Messrs. Feingold, Loshitzer and Ressler, and Mr. Ressler will serve as the chairman of this committee. The primary purpose of our nominating and corporate governance committee is to (i) review the qualifications of, and recommend to our Board, proposed nominees for election to our Board, consistent with criteria approved by our Board, (ii) select, or recommend that our Board select, the director nominees for the next annual meeting of shareholders, (iii) develop, evaluate and recommend to our Board corporate governance practices applicable to our company and (iv) lead our Board in its annual review of the Board and management.

Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Board will adopt written charters under which the audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee will operate. A copy of these charters, which will satisfy the applicable standards and rules of the SEC and NASDAQ, will be available on our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves as a member of the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has an executive officer serving or expected to serve as a member of our Board or compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and Board members, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

Board Diversity

Upon completion of our initial public offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for reviewing with the Board, on an annual basis, the appropriate characteristics, skills and experience required for the Board as a whole and its individual members. In evaluating the suitability of individual candidates (both new candidates and current members), the nominating and corporate governance committee, in recommending candidates for election, and the Board, in approving (and, in the case of vacancies, appointing) such candidates, will take into account many factors, including the following:

 

  n   diversity of personal and professional background, perspective and experience;

 

  n   personal and professional integrity, ethics and values;

 

-94-


Table of Contents
  n   experience in corporate management, operations or finance, such as serving as an officer or former officer of a publicly-traded company, and a general understanding of marketing, finance and other elements relevant to the success of a publicly-traded company in today’s business environment;

 

  n   experience relevant to our industry and with relevant social policy concerns;

 

  n   experience as a board member or executive officer of another publicly-traded company;

 

  n   relevant academic expertise or other proficiency in an area of our operations;

 

  n   practical and mature business judgment, including ability to make independent analytical inquiries;

 

  n   promotion of a diversity of business or career experience relevant to the success of our company; and

 

  n   any other relevant qualifications, attributes or skills.

Our Board intends to evaluate each individual in the context of the Board as a whole, with the objective of assembling a group that can best maximize the success of the business and represent shareholder interests through the exercise of sound judgment using its diversity of experience in these various areas.

Risk Assessment and Compensation Practices

Our management has assessed and discussed with our compensation committee our compensation policies and practices for our employees as they relate to our risk management and, based upon this assessment, we believe that any risks arising from such policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us in the future.

Our employees’ base salaries are fixed in amount and thus we do not believe that they encourage excessive risk-taking. A portion of the compensation provided to our employees may be in the form of performance-based cash bonuses. While performance-based cash bonuses focus on achievement of short-term or annual goals, which may encourage the taking of short-term or annual risks at the expense of long-term results, our compensation policies will be designed to help mitigate this risk. We expect that any such performance-based cash bonuses will be limited and will represent a relatively small portion of the total compensation opportunities available to most employees. We also believe that any such performance-based cash bonuses will appropriately balance risk and the desire to focus our employees on specific short-term goals important to our success and will not encourage unnecessary or excessive risk-taking.

A portion of the compensation provided to our employees may be in the form of long-term equity-based incentives if we determine such incentives will help further align our employees’ interests with those of our shareholders. We do not believe that any such equity-based incentives will encourage unnecessary or excessive risk taking because their ultimate value is tied to our stock price.

 

-95-


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our named executive officers who are identified in the Summary Compensation Table below. This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the completion of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

Summary Compensation Table

As an emerging growth company, we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to “smaller reporting companies,” as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Act, which require compensation disclosure for our principal executive officer and our two most highly compensated executive officers other than our principal executive officer whose total compensation for 2013 exceeded $100,000. During 2013, excluding Mr. Loshitzer, the two most highly compensated executive officers whose total compensation exceeded $100,000 were Vladimir Feingold and Jake Vander Zanden. Mr. Vander Zanden commenced employment with our company during 2013 and, as a result, the calculation of his total compensation for 2013 is based on compensation for less than an entire year. Messrs. Loshitzer, Feingold and Vander Zanden are referred to in this prospectus as our named executive officers.

The following table provides information regarding the compensation awarded to, or earned by, our named executive officers during 2013.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

 

 

 

NAME AND

PRINCIPAL POSITION

  YEAR     SALARY
($)
    BONUS
($)
    STOCK
AWARDS
($)
    OPTION
AWARDS
($)
    NON-EQUITY
INCENTIVE
PLAN

COMPEN
SATION

($)
    NONQUALIFIED
DEFERRED
COMPENSATION
EARNINGS
($)
    ALL OTHER
COMPEN
SATION

($)
    TOTAL
($)
 

Zohar Loshitzer, President

    2013      $ 300,000  (1)            $ 300,000 (2)       (3)                          $ 600,000   

Vladimir Feingold, Chief
Technology Officer

    2013      $ 300,000                       (3)                          $ 300,000   

Jake Vander Zanden, Chief
Commercial Officer

    2013      $ 183,300                    $ 99,200 (4)                          $ 282,500   

 

 

(1)     A portion of such amount represents consulting fees paid to Mr. Loshitzer’s wholly-owned consulting company or directly to Mr. Loshitzer. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions – Transactions with Our President.” Effective November 1, 2013, Mr. Loshitzer became an employee of our company.
(2)     Mr. Loshitzer was awarded 1,000,000 restricted ordinary shares of Presbia Holdings. The amount reported represents the aggregate grant date fair value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 718. Information concerning the assumptions used to calculate this amount is set forth in Note 8 of the audited combined financial statements presented elsewhere in this prospectus.
(3)     In October 2013, replacement options covering 710,000 ordinary shares of Presbia Holdings were granted to each of Messrs. Loshitzer and Feingold, which had a grant date incremental fair value of zero. Additional information concerning the replacement options and the assumptions used to calculate these amounts is set forth in Note 8 of the audited combined financial statements presented elsewhere in this prospectus.
(4)     Mr. Vander Zanden was awarded options to purchase 500,000 ordinary shares of Presbia Holdings in October 2013. The amount reported represents the aggregate grant date fair value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 718. Information concerning the assumptions used to calculate this amount is set forth in Note 8 of the audited combined financial statements presented elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

-96-


Table of Contents

Equity Awards

Presbia PLC

At December 31, 2013, none of our named executive officers held any options to purchase our ordinary shares or held any other share awards in respect of our ordinary shares. In connection with this offering, we will grant options to our named executive officers as follows:

 

  n   to Zohar Loshitzer, options to purchase 100,000 ordinary shares; and

 

  n   to Vladimir Feingold, options to purchase 100,000 ordinary shares.

All such options will be granted pursuant to the Presbia Incentive Plan at an exercise price per share equal to the price at which our ordinary shares will be offered to the public in this offering. Such options will vest in five equal annual installments commencing one year after the date on which such price is determined pursuant to our execution of the underwriting agreement referred to herein under “Underwriting.” None of such options shall be exercisable while the recipient is an employee, officer or director of our company, unless our Board, in its sole discretion, waives such restriction after determining that such exercise shall not trigger a Rule 9 mandatory takeover under the Irish Takeover Panel Act 1977 (as amended) and the related Irish takeover rules by the recipient or any other officer, employee, director or shareholder of our company.

Presbia Holdings

During 2013, prior to the 2013 Restructuring, Presbia Holdings granted stock options to acquire ordinary shares of Presbia Holdings and awards of restricted Presbia Holdings ordinary shares to various persons, including certain of our executive officers. In October 2013, Presbia Holdings granted 1,000,000 restricted ordinary shares to Mr. Loshitzer. In October 2013, Presbia Holdings also granted replacement stock options covering 710,000 ordinary shares of Presbia Holdings to each of Messrs. Loshitzer and Feingold. Such options have an exercise price of $0.08 per share and a contractual term of ten years. In addition, in October 2013, Presbia Holdings granted options to purchase 500,000 ordinary shares to Jake Vander Zanden. Such options have an exercise price of $0.30 per share and a contractual term of ten years. For further information regarding these restricted ordinary shares and options, see Note 8 of the audited combined financial statements presented elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following table sets forth information regarding the options and restricted stock awards granted by Presbia Holdings to our named executive officers during 2013. The options and restricted stock awards were granted pursuant to a Presbia Holdings equity compensation plan, which we refer to as the Presbia Holdings Stock Plan.

GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS

 

 

 

NAME

   NUMBER OF PRESBIA HOLDINGS 
SHARES COVERED BY
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS
    NUMBER OF PRESBIA HOLDINGS
SHARES UNDERLYING STOCK
OPTIONS
    EXERCISE OR
BASE PRICE
OF OPTION
AWARDS
 

Zohar Loshitzer

     1,000,000   (1)       710,000  (2)     $ 0.08   

Vladimir Feingold

            710,000  (2)     $ 0.08   

Jake Vander Zanden

            500,000  (3)     $ 0.30   

 

 

(1)     Represents approximately 0.5% of Presbia Holdings’ ordinary shares, calculated on an as-converted fully diluted basis as of June 30, 2014.
(2)     Represents options to purchase approximately 0.3% of Presbia Holdings’ ordinary shares, calculated on an as-converted fully diluted basis as of June 30, 2014.
(3)     Represents options to purchase approximately 0.2% of Presbia Holdings’ ordinary shares, calculated on an as-converted fully diluted basis as of June 30, 2014.

The following table sets forth information regarding holdings by our named executive officers, as of December 31, 2013, of unexercised stock options granted by Presbia Holdings and outstanding restricted stock awards granted by Presbia Holdings. The immediately preceding table sets forth information regarding the grants of such options and awards and the relationship of such options and awards to Presbia Holdings’ outstanding ordinary shares, calculated on an as-converted fully diluted basis.

 

-97-


Table of Contents

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END

 

 

 

    OPTION AWARDS (1)     STOCK AWARDS  

NAME

  NUMBER OF
ORDINARY
SHARES
UNDERLYING
UNEXERCISED
OPTIONS
(EXERCISABLE)
    NUMBER OF
ORDINARY
SHARES
UNDERLYING
UNEXERCISED
OPTIONS
(UNEXERCISABLE)
    OPTION
EXERCISE
PRICE
    OPTION
EXPIRATION

DATE
    NUMBER OF
RESTRICTED
SHARES
THAT HAVE
NOT VESTED
    DECEMBER 31,
2013

MARKET
VALUE OF
RESTRICTED
SHARES

THAT HAVE
NOT VESTED
 

Zohar Loshitzer

    426,000  (2)       284,000  (2)     $ 0.08        October 21, 2023        1,000,000   (3)     $ 540,000   (4)  

Vladimir Feingold

    426,000  (2)       284,000  (2)     $ 0.08        October 21, 2023                 

Jake Vander Zanden

           500,000  (5)     $ 0.30        October 21, 2023                 

 

 

(1)     There were no option exercises by any of our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2013.
(2)     Such options (covering an aggregate of 710,000 shares) were immediately vested and exercisable with respect to 60% of the ordinary shares subject thereto on the date of grant, vested and became exercisable with respect to an additional 20% of the ordinary shares subject thereto on February 1, 2014 and will vest and become exercisable with respect to the remaining 20% of the ordinary shares subject thereto on February 1, 2015. In addition, such options will vest and become exercisable upon a “change in control” of Presbia Holdings unless the board of directors of Presbia Holdings determines that the recipient has been offered substantially similar replacement options and a comparable position at any acquiring company.
(3)     Such shares will vest at the end of the lockup period of this offering, unless Mr. Loshitzer’s employment is terminated by us for cause. In addition, such shares will vest upon a “change in control” of Presbia Holdings unless the board of directors of Presbia Holdings determines that the recipient has been offered substantially similar replacement restricted stock and a comparable position at any acquiring company.
(4)     There was no established market value for Presbia Holdings’ restricted shares as of December 31, 2013; the amount set forth in the table above represents our estimate of fair market value.
(5)     Such options vest with respect to 20% of the ordinary shares subject thereto on each anniversary of October 21, 2013, the date of grant. In addition, such options will vest and become exercisable upon a “change in control” of Presbia Holdings unless the board of directors of Presbia Holdings determines that the recipient has been offered substantially similar replacement options and a comparable position at any acquiring company.

Retirement Benefits

We do not maintain, and during 2013 did not maintain, any tax-qualified or non-qualified plans that provide for the payment of retirement benefits or benefits paid primarily following retirement to any of our named executive officers.

Agreements with Named Executive Officers

Each of our named executive officers is an employee at will. We are not party to employment agreements with any of our named executive officers.

In 2013, we made aggregate payments of $200,000 to MTP Consulting, Inc., a consulting company wholly-owned by Zohar Loshitzer pursuant to a consulting agreement with MTP Consulting, Inc. that terminated in August 2013. We have reported the fees paid to MTP Consulting, Inc. in respect of the year ended December 31, 2013 as part of the salary paid to Mr. Loshitzer in the “Summary Compensation Table.” For further information regarding this consulting arrangement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transaction—Transactions with Our President.”

Presbia Incentive Plan

We intend to adopt a stock plan, which we refer to as the Presbia Incentive Plan, which will be effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Unless sooner terminated by the Board, the Presbia Incentive Plan will expire 10 years after its adoption.

The Presbia Incentive Plan permits us to grant awards of stock options, restricted shares, stock appreciation rights, restricted share units, performance shares, performance share units, dividend equivalent rights in respect of awards and other share-based and cash-based awards, including annual and long-term cash incentive awards. Awards under the Presbia Incentive Plan may be granted to employees, directors, consultants and other persons who perform services for our company or a subsidiary of our company.

 

-98-


Table of Contents

A total of 1,800,000 of our ordinary shares are authorized for issuance under the Presbia Incentive Plan. For purposes of calculating the number of shares available under the Presbia Incentive Plan, shares covered by forfeited, terminated, or cancelled awards are available for future awards under the Presbia Incentive Plan, as are shares that are surrendered or withheld from any award to satisfy tax withholding obligations or the exercise price of an award or that are tendered by an award recipient to pay the exercise price of any awards. Such shares may be authorized but unissued shares or authorized and issued shares held in our treasury or acquired by our company for purposes of the Presbia Incentive Plan.

The Presbia Incentive Plan is administered by the Board’s compensation committee. The compensation committee has the authority to:

 

  n   determine which individuals shall be granted awards and the provisions of award agreements;

 

  n   interpret the Presbia Incentive Plan and award agreements;

 

  n   prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations, if any, relating to the Presbia Incentive Plan;

 

  n   make all determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Presbia Incentive Plan; and

 

  n   correct any defect, supply any omission and reconcile any inconsistency in the Presbia Incentive Plan or any award agreement.

Payments to our company upon the grant, exercise or payment of an award may be made in such form as our compensation committee determines, including cash, ordinary shares, net share exercise, other securities, other awards or other property.

Options granted pursuant to the Presbia Incentive Plan will have an exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares subject to the option on the date of grant and a term of not more than 10 years from the date of grant. In general, unless an award agreement specifies otherwise, options will become exercisable with respect to 20% of the shares subject thereto on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. However, each option will become fully exercisable upon a “change in control” of our company (as defined in the Presbia Incentive Plan), unless the Board determines that the optionee has been offered substantially identical replacement options and a comparable position at the acquiring company. In general, upon an optionee’s termination of employment, any then exercisable options held by the optionee may be exercised for a period of three months following such termination (one year in the case of death), but in no event beyond the stated expiration date of such options; provided that all options shall immediately terminate upon termination of an optionee’s employment for cause.

Restricted shares granted pursuant to the Presbia Incentive Plan may not be sold, assigned or otherwise transferred during the restricted period determined by our compensation committee at grant. Except as otherwise determined by our compensation committee, upon a recipient’s termination of employment prior to the expiration of the applicable restricted period, all shares for which the restricted period has not lapsed shall be forfeited and reacquired by us at no cost (or for nil consideration). Our compensation committee may accelerate the vesting of all or any restricted shares at any time on such terms as it shall determine by cancelling the outstanding restrictions to which such shares are subject prior to the expiration of the restricted period of such shares. In addition, all restricted shares will become fully vested, and the restrictions to which shares are subject shall lapse, upon a “change in control” of our company (as defined in the Presbia Incentive Plan) unless the Board determines that the recipient has been offered substantially identical replacement restricted shares and a comparable position at the acquiring company. During the restricted period, the recipient shall possess all incidents of ownership of the restricted shares, including the right to receive dividends on and vote such shares; provided that, unless otherwise set forth in an award agreement, any cash or share dividends with respect to restricted shares shall be withheld by us for the recipient’s account and shall be subject to the same restrictions as the corresponding restricted shares to which such dividends relate.

Share appreciation rights granted pursuant to the Presbia Incentive Plan will confer the right to receive, for each ordinary share with respect to which the share appreciation right is exercised, an amount equal to (i) the excess of the fair market value of an ordinary share on the date of exercise over (ii) the base price of the share appreciation right. The base price of share appreciation rights will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the ordinary shares subject to the share appreciation right on the date of grant. Share appreciation rights will become exercisable

 

-99-


Table of Contents

at such time or times as our compensation committee shall determine. Payment upon exercise of a share appreciation right may be made in cash or in our ordinary shares or both, as determined by our compensation committee.

Restricted share units granted pursuant to the Presbia Incentive Plan will be subject to such terms as the compensation committee may determine. At the time of grant, our compensation committee will specify the date or dates on which restricted share units will vest and the conditions to vesting and will specify the date on which ordinary shares will be transferred to a recipient in respect of vested restricted share units (which date may be later than the vesting date or dates of such award). Except as otherwise determined by our compensation committee, upon a recipient’s termination of employment, restricted share units that have not vested shall be forfeited and cancelled (or reacquired by us for nil consideration). Our compensation committee may at any time accelerate the vesting dates of all or any restricted share units or waive or amend any conditions of such awards.

Our compensation committee may grant performance shares in the form of actual ordinary shares or performance share units having a value equal to an identical number of ordinary shares, in such amounts and subject to such terms as the compensation committee may determine. The performance conditions and the length of the performance period applicable to performance shares and performance share unit awards shall be determined by our compensation committee. In addition, our compensation committee shall determine whether performance share units will be paid in cash, ordinary shares or a combination of both.

Our compensation committee may award other types of share-based or cash-based awards under the Presbia Incentive Plan in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as our compensation committee may determine. Such awards may entail the transfer of actual ordinary shares or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of our ordinary shares or the payment of cash pursuant to annual and long-term incentive awards approved by our compensation committee that may or may not be based on the value of our ordinary shares.

The Board may amend the Presbia Incentive Plan at any time, but no amendment may materially alter or adversely impair rights and obligations under previously granted awards without consent. Amendments to the Presbia Incentive Plan require shareholder approval to the extent required by applicable laws, regulations or rules.

This description is not complete. For more information, we refer you to the full text of the Presbia Incentive Plan, which we filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Securities Laws and U.S. Federal Income Taxes.

The Presbia Incentive Plan is designed to comply with various U.S. federal securities and tax laws as follows:

 

  n   Securities Laws . The Presbia Incentive Plan is intended to conform to all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the SEC thereunder, including without limitation, Rule 16b-3. The Presbia Incentive Plan will be administered, and options will be granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

 

  n   Section 162(m) of the Code. In general, under Section 162(m) of the Code, income tax deductions of publicly held corporations may be limited to the extent total compensation for certain executive officers exceeds $1,000,000 in any taxable year of the corporation. However, under Section 162(m), the deduction limit does not apply to certain “performance-based compensation” established by an independent compensation committee that is adequately disclosed to and approved by shareholders. Under a Section 162(m) transition rule for compensation plans of corporations that are privately held and that become publicly held in an initial public offering, the Presbia Incentive Plan will not be subject to Section 162(m) until a specified transition date, which is the earliest of:

 

  n   the date on which the Presbia Incentive Plan is materially modified;

 

  n   the date on which all of the ordinary shares reserved for issuance and other compensation allocated under the Presbia Incentive Plan are issued;

 

  n   the date on which the Presbia Incentive Plan expires; or

 

  n   the date of the first meeting of our shareholders at which members of our Board are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which this offering occurs.

 

-100-


Table of Contents

Prior to the transition date, the deduction limitation under Section 162(m) of the Code will not apply to compensation received pursuant to rights or awards granted under the Presbia Incentive Plan.

After the transition date, rights or awards granted under the Presbia Incentive Plan, other than compensation received pursuant to options and stock appreciation rights or the vesting of restricted shares granted prior to the transition date, will not qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m), unless such rights or awards are granted or vest upon pre-established objective performance goals, the material terms of which are disclosed to and approved by our shareholders.

Director Compensation

The following table provides information regarding the compensation awarded to, or earned by, the non-employee directors of Presbia Holdings during 2013 for their service on the board of directors.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE

 

 

 

NAME

  FEES
EARNED
OR PAID
IN CASH

($)
    BONUS
($)
    STOCK
AWARDS
($)
    OPTION
AWARDS
($)
    NON-EQUITY
INCENTIVE
PLAN

COMPENSATION
($)
    NONQUALIFIED
DEFERRED
COMPENSATION
EARNINGS
($)
    ALL OTHER
COMPENSATION
($)
    TOTAL
($)
 

Richard Ressler

                           (1)                              

Mark Blumenkranz

                $ 75,000   (2)                                 $ 75,000   

Randy Thurman

                $ 75,000   (2)                                 $ 75,000   

 

 

(1)     In October 2013, replacement options covering 60,000 ordinary shares of Presbia Holdings were granted to Mr. Ressler, which had a grant date incremental fair value of zero. Additional information concerning the replacement options and the assumptions used to calculate these amounts is set forth in Note 8 of the audited combined financial statements presented elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2)     Each of Messrs. Blumenkranz and Thurman were awarded 250,000 restricted ordinary shares of Presbia Holdings. The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 718. Information concerning the assumptions used to calculate this amount is set forth in Note 8 of the audited combined financial statements presented elsewhere in this prospectus.

For information regarding the compensation that we paid to the named executive officers on the board of directors of Presbia Holdings, Messrs. Loshitzer and Feingold, see “—Summary Compensation Table.” Dr. Blumenkranz and Mr. Thurman joined the board of directors of Presbia Holdings in October 2013. Each member of the board of directors of Presbia Holdings will join the Board of Presbia PLC prior to the consummation of this offering.

Following the consummation of this offering, directors of Presbia PLC will be compensated as follows: (i) any director who is an employee of Presbia PLC or any of its subsidiaries will not receive any compensation for serving as a director for any period during which such director is also an employee of Presbia PLC or any of its subsidiaries; and (ii) each other director will be compensated for his or her services as determined by our Board in its sole discretion.

Director Equity Awards

Presbia PLC

At December 31, 2013, none of our directors held any options to purchase our ordinary shares or held any other share awards in respect of our ordinary shares. In connection with this offering, we will grant options to our non-employee directors as follows:

 

  n   to Richard Ressler, options to purchase 10,000 ordinary shares;

 

  n   to Mark Blumenkranz, options to purchase 10,000 ordinary shares; and

 

  n   to Randy Thurman, options to purchase such number of ordinary shares as is equal to two percent of the fully diluted number of ordinary shares of Presbia PLC outstanding upon the consummation of our initial public offering (excluding any shares issued as part of the underwriter’s 30-day option to subscribe for up to an additional             ordinary shares).

 

-101-


Table of Contents

All such options will be granted pursuant to the Presbia Incentive Plan at an exercise price per share equal to the price at which our ordinary shares will be offered to the public in this offering. Such options will vest with respect to one third of the underlying ordinary shares on the grant date and one third of the underlying ordinary shares on each of the next two anniversaries of that date. None of such options shall be exercisable while the recipient is an employee, officer or director of our company, unless our Board, in its sole discretion, waives such restriction after determining that such exercise shall not trigger a Rule 9 mandatory takeover under the Irish Takeover Panel Act 1977 (as amended) and the related Irish takeover rules by the recipient or any other officer, employee, director or shareholder of our company.

Presbia Holdings

In October 2013, Presbia Holdings granted replacement stock options covering 60,000 ordinary shares of Presbia Holdings to Mr. Ressler pursuant to the Presbia Holdings Stock Plan. Such options have an exercise price of $0.08 per share and a contractual term of 10 years. In addition, in October 2013, Presbia Holdings granted 250,000 restricted ordinary shares to each of Dr. Blumenkranz and Mr. Thurman pursuant to Presbia Holdings’ non-employee director compensation program upon their appointment to the board of directors of Presbia Holdings. For further information regarding these restricted ordinary shares and options, see Note 8 of the audited combined financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following table sets forth information regarding the options and restricted share grants made by Presbia Holdings to our non-employee directors during 2013:

GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS

 

 

 

NAME

   NUMBER OF PRESBIA HOLDINGS
SHARES COVERED BY
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS
    NUMBER OF PRESBIA HOLDINGS
SHARES UNDERLYING STOCK
OPTIONS
    EXERCISE OR BASE PRICE OF
OPTION AWARDS
 

Richard Ressler

            60,000   (1)     $ 0.08   

Marc Blumenkranz

     250,000   (2)                

Randy Thurman

     250,000   (2)                

 

 

(1)     Represents options to purchase less than 0.1% of Presbia Holdings’ ordinary shares, calculated on an as-converted fully diluted basis as of June 30, 2014.
(2)     Represents approximately 0.1% of Presbia Holdings’ ordinary shares, calculated on an as-converted fully diluted basis as of June 30, 2014.

The following table sets forth information regarding holdings by Richard Ressler, Mark Blumenkranz and Randy Thurman, as of December 31, 2013, of unexercised stock options granted by Presbia Holdings and outstanding restricted stock awards granted by Presbia Holdings. The immediately preceding table sets forth information regarding the relationship of such options and awards to Presbia Holdings’ outstanding ordinary shares, calculated on an as-converted fully diluted basis.

 

-102-


Table of Contents

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END

 

 

 

    OPTION AWARDS     STOCK AWARDS  

NAME

  NUMBER OF
ORDINARY
SHARES
UNDERLYING
UNEXERCISED
OPTIONS
(EXERCISABLE)
    NUMBER OF
ORDINARY
SHARES
UNDERLYING
UNEXERCISED
OPTIONS
(UNEXERCISABLE)
    OPTION
EXERCISE
PRICE
    OPTION
EXPIRATION

DATE
    NUMBER OF
RESTRICTED
SHARES
THAT HAVE
NOT VESTED
    DECEMBER 31,
2013

MARKET
VALUE OF
RESTRICTED
SHARES

THAT HAVE
NOT VESTED
 

Richard Ressler

    36,000  (1)       24,000  (1)     $ 0.08        October 21, 2023                 

Mark Blumenkranz

                                             —        250,000  (2)     $ 135,000  (3)  

Randy Thurman

                                             —        250,000  (2)     $ 135,000  (3)  

 

 

(1)     Such options (covering an aggregate of 60,000 shares) were immediately vested and exercisable with respect to 60% of the ordinary shares subject thereto on the date of grant, vested and became exercisable with respect to an additional 20% of the ordinary shares subject thereto on February 1, 2014 and will vest and become exercisable with respect to the remaining 20% of the ordinary shares subject thereto on February 1, 2015. In addition, such options will vest and become exercisable upon a “change in control” of Presbia Holdings unless the board of directors of Presbia Holdings determines that the recipient has been offered substantially similar replacement options and a comparable position at any acquiring company.
(2)     Such shares will vest in five equal annual installments commencing one year after October 21, 2013, the date of grant. In addition, such shares will vest upon a “change in control” of Presbia Holdings unless the board of directors of Presbia Holdings determines that the recipient has been offered substantially similar replacement restricted stock and a comparable position at any acquiring company.
(3)     There was no established market value for Presbia Holdings’ restricted shares as of December 31, 2013; the amount set forth in the table above represents our estimate of fair market value.

 

-103-


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2011 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any of our directors (including those individuals to be serving on our Board at the time of this offering), executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our share capital, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Transactions with Presbia Holdings

Since 2009, Presbia Holdings, which at the time of this offering will be our controlling shareholder, has funded our operations with cash and payments of operating expenses on our behalf. The aggregate principal amount due Presbia Holdings in connection with such funding as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $14.6 million, $7.2, million, $10.3 million and $6.0 million, respectively. In addition, the Company has recorded accrued interest due to Presbia Holdings on the accumulated funding outstanding at a rate of 15% per annum, compounding daily, totaling approximately $3.3 million, $2.2 million, $2.8 million and $1.3 million as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The funding debt has no fixed maturity or expiration date.

As part of the Reorganization Transactions, in October 2013, we effected the 2013 Restructuring described under “Prospectus Summary—Corporate History and Information.” To effect the 2013 Restructuring, we entered into certain agreements with Presbia Holdings. Pursuant to those agreements and other intercompany agreements, Presbia Ireland, Limited, our interim holding company, acquired, directly or indirectly, 100% of our business, assets and subsidiaries from Presbia Holdings. At the time of the 2013 Restructuring, Presbia Ireland, Limited was wholly-owned by Presbia Holdings and certain intercompany debt was owed to Presbia Holdings by certain of its other subsidiaries. As part of the 2013 Restructuring, Presbia Holdings converted approximately $12 million of outstanding intercompany debt owed to Presbia Holdings into equity of certain of such subsidiaries.

Prior to the completion of this offering, Presbia Holdings will contribute all of the shares in issue of Presbia Ireland, Limited to Presbia PLC, an Irish incorporated public limited company formed for the purpose of consummating this offering, in exchange for 12,000,000 ordinary shares of Presbia PLC that will remain in issue at the time of this offering. In connection with the share exchange, Presbia Holdings will convert the balance of the pre-2013 Restructuring intercompany debt owed to Presbia Holdings into equity. As of June 30, 2014, that balance amounted to $17.8 million. Such indebtedness excludes the intercompany debt and accrued interest that was converted into equity in the 2013 Restructuring. Interest accrues on the outstanding debt at a rate of 15% per annum, compounding daily.

Transactions with Orchard Capital and its Affiliates

Orchard Capital has provided financial analysis and bookkeeping, accounting, legal and compliance services to Presbia since January 2011 pursuant to a Services Agreement. Such agreement will remain in effect until terminated by either party thereto upon 30 days’ notice. Orchard Capital invoices us quarterly for such services at cost. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we recognized general and administrative expenses of $242,000, $212,000 and $166,000, respectively, for services invoiced by Orchard Capital. During the six-month period ended June 30, 2014, we recognized general and administrative expense of $16,100 for services invoiced by Orchard Capital. As of June 30, 2014, amounts due to Orchard Capital for management and accounting services amounted to $3,500.

An affiliate of CIM Group leased office space to us in Los Angeles, California from September 2009 through November 2011. We continued to lease such space through September 2012, but beginning in November 2011, we leased such space from a new landlord which was not a related party. We made aggregate payments of $77,000 for such leased space for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Also, commencing during the second quarter of 2013, we have received human resources management services, payroll services, IT support and risk management services from CIM Group. We have incurred charges of $114,800 and $142,000 payable to CIM Group for such services for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and the year ended

 

-104-


Table of Contents

December 31, 2013, respectively. As of June 30, 2014, amounts due to CIM Group for human resources, payroll, information technology and legal services amounted to $18,200.

In April 2009, Richard Ressler loaned $330,000 to our subsidiary, PresbiBio, LLC, which in turn loaned such amount to Vladimir Feingold, our Chief Technology Officer and one of our directors. Both the loan to PresbiBio, LLC and the corresponding loan to Vladimir Feingold accrued interest at the rate of 15%, compounding daily. In September 2011, Mr. Feingold repaid $476,000 to PresbiBio, LLC, representing the total amount of the loan outstanding at that time, including interest, and PresbiBio, LLC repaid that amount to Richard Ressler.

Presbia Holdings, our controlling shareholder, which is controlled, directly and/or indirectly, by Richard Ressler, one of our directors, has indicated an interest in purchasing up to 15% of the ordinary shares to be sold in this offering (excluding any shares to be sold pursuant to the underwriter’s 30-day option to purchase additional shares), up to a maximum investment of $10 million. However, because an indication of interest is not a binding agreement or commitment to purchase, this entity may determine to purchase fewer shares than it indicates an interest in purchasing or not to purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that this entity could indicate an interest in purchasing more of our ordinary shares. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to this entity than the entity indicates an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to this entity.

For information regarding the relationship of Richard Ressler (one of our directors and the beneficial owner of the ordinary shares of our company held by Presbia Holdings) with Orchard Capital, CIM Group and J2 Global, see “Management—Executive Officers and Directors.”

Transactions with Our President

In January 2011, we entered into a consulting agreement with MTP Consulting, Inc., or MTP Consulting, pursuant to which MTP Consulting provided certain management consulting services to our company. Mr. Loshitzer, our President, was the founder, owner and President of MTP Consulting. The agreement provided for the payment of bi-monthly consulting fees of $10,416.67 to MTP Consulting. Prior to January 2011, we were party to a consulting agreement with Imali, Inc., or Imali, with substantially identical terms to the terms set forth in the agreement with MTP Consulting. Mr. Loshitzer was the founder, owner and President of Imali, Inc. The Imali consulting agreement was terminated upon our entry into the consulting agreement with MTP Consulting. Initially, it was agreed that no monthly consulting fees would be earned or paid under the consulting agreement with Imali (or under the consulting agreement with MTP Consulting beginning in January 2011) until such time that we secured certain third-party financing. However, beginning during the third quarter of 2011, we agreed to waive such financing condition and we began to make payments to MTP Consulting pursuant to the consulting agreement with MTP Consulting for services provided during the third quarter of 2011 and going forward. Effective January 1, 2013, the bi-monthly consulting fee was increased to $12,500. Beginning in the third quarter of 2013, we began to pay Mr. Loshitzer directly as a consultant for providing management consulting services, with the timing and amount of such payments being consistent with the terms of the consulting agreement with MTP Consulting. The agreement with MTP Consulting was terminated in August 2013 and no additional amounts are due or payable to MTP Consulting pursuant to the agreement. We made aggregate payments of $52,100, $250,000 and $200,000 to MTP Consulting under such agreement for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. We have reported the fees paid to MTP Consulting in respect of the year ended December 31, 2013 as part of the salary paid to Mr. Loshitzer in “Executive and Director Compensation—Summary Compensation Table.” Effective November 1, 2013, Mr. Loshitzer became an employee of our company.

Registration Rights Agreement

Following the completion of this offering, Presbia Holdings, our controlling shareholder, and certain of its transferees, will have rights to cause our company to register their ordinary shares (including shares acquired by Presbia Holdings in this offering), including any ordinary shares that Presbia Holdings transfers to its equity owners, under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of a registration rights agreement between us and Presbia Holdings, to be entered into prior to the consummation of this offering, and includes demand registration rights and piggyback registration rights. These registration rights are assignable, subject to certain conditions, including that the assignee be bound by the terms and conditions of the registration rights agreement. To the extent permitted by applicable law, we will pay, or if not permitted by applicable law, we will cause one of our non-Irish subsidiaries to pay, all registration expenses in connection with registrations under this agreement.

 

-105-


Table of Contents

Demand registration rights

Under the terms of the registration rights agreement, at any time beyond six months after the effective date of this offering, we will be required, upon the written request of the holders of the shares that are entitled to rights under the registration rights agreement, to use our best efforts to register all or a portion of these shares for public resale. We are not required to effect a registration pursuant to this provision of the registration rights agreement (i) if the shares requested to be registered do not represent (a) at least 10% of the shares that are entitled to registration rights under the agreement or (b) an anticipated aggregate public offering price of at least $10 million; or (ii) during the period starting with the date 30 days prior to our good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 180 days following the effective date of, any company-initiated registration under the Securities Act. If such a registration is to be an underwritten offering, then the holders’ registration rights are conditioned upon the holders’ participation in that underwriting. We may defer the filing of a registration statement once during any 12-month period for a period of not more than ninety days, if we provide written notice stating that in the good faith judgment of our Board, a disadvantageous condition exists, including the existence of certain material transactions or financings, the unavailability of any required financial statements, or the possession by our company of any material information which would not be in the best interests of our company to disclose.

Piggyback registration rights

Presbia Holdings, as well as its equity holders and other permitted transferees, are entitled to piggyback registration rights. If we register any of our securities for our own account, the holders of these shares are entitled to include their shares in the registration. If such registration is to be an underwritten offering, then the holders’ registration rights are conditioned on such holders’ participation in that underwriting.

Director and Executive Officer Compensation

See “Executive and Director Compensation” for information regarding compensation of directors and executive officers.

Indemnification Agreements and Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. We will enter into indemnification agreements with each person to be serving on our Board at the time of this offering when those individuals join our Board. In addition, our Presbia USA, Inc. subsidiary has entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our executive officers and directors (including those individuals to be serving on our Board at the time of this offering). These agreements, among other things, will require us to indemnify an indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the indemnitee in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by us or in our right, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Prior to the completion of this offering, our Board will adopt a written related person transaction policy to set forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person.

As provided by our audit committee charter to be effective upon consummation of this offering, our audit committee will be responsible for reviewing and approving in advance the related party transactions covered by our company’s related transaction policies and procedures.

 

-106-


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information as of June 30, 2014, with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and this offering, by:

 

  n   each of our named executive officers;

 

  n   each person to be serving on our Board at the time of this offering (each, a “2014 Director”);

 

  n   all of our executive officers and 2014 Directors as a group; and

 

  n   each person or group of affiliated persons who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding shares.

Presbia Holdings, our controlling shareholder, has indicated an interest in purchasing up to 15% of the ordinary shares to be sold in this offering (excluding any shares to be sold pursuant to the underwriter’s 30-day option to purchase additional shares), up to a maximum investment of $10 million. However, because an indication of interest is not a binding agreement or commitment to purchase, this entity may determine to purchase fewer shares than it indicates an interest in purchasing or not to purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that this entity could indicate an interest in purchasing more of our ordinary shares. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to this entity than the entity indicates an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to this entity.

The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the SEC’s rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. Unless otherwise indicated below, each beneficial owner named in the table below has sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information set forth in the following table excludes any shares that may be purchased in this offering by the respective beneficial owner, other than the              shares expected to be purchased by Presbia Holdings, which shares will be beneficially owned by Richard Ressler.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person listed below is c/o Presbia PLC, 120/121 Baggot Street Lower, Dublin 2 Ireland.

 

 

 

     SHARES BENEFICIALLY
OWNED PRIOR TO
THIS OFFERING*
    SHARES BENEFICIALLY
OWNED AFTER OFFERING
 

NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER

   NUMBER     PERCENT     NUMBER     PERCENT  

Zohar Loshitzer

                   —  (1)         

Vladimir Feingold

                   —  (2)         

Richard Ressler

     12,000,000  (3)       100       (4)        

Mark Blumenkranz

                   3,333  (5)        

Randy Thurman

                               (6)        

Executive officers and directors as a group (7 persons)

     12,000,000  (7 )       100       (8)        

 

 

*   Gives effect to the 2014 Capital Contribution.

 

(1)   Does not include 100,000 ordinary shares covered by options to be granted by Presbia to Mr. Loshitzer contemporaneously with this offering (none of which will be exercisable within 60 days of this offering) or any shares owned by Presbia Holdings. On an as-converted, fully-diluted basis, Presbia Holdings had 211,978,272 ordinary shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014 (the “Presbia Holdings Aggregate Shares). With respect to the Presbia Holdings Aggregate Shares, as of June 30, 2014, Mr. Loshitzer (i) owned 11.5% of the equity interests in Orchard Presbia, LLC, which in turn owned approximately 28.3% of the Presbia Holdings Aggregate Shares, (ii) owned restricted shares issued by Presbia Holdings that represent approximately 0.5% of the Presbia Holdings Aggregate Shares and (iii) owned options to purchase Presbia Holdings’ ordinary shares covering approximately 0.3% of the Presbia Holdings Aggregate Shares. Mr. Loshitzer disclaims beneficial ownership of any of our ordinary shares held by Presbia Holdings.

 

(2)  

Does not include 100,000 ordinary shares covered by options to be granted by Presbia to Mr. Feingold contemporaneously with this offering (none of which will be exercisable within 60 days of this offering) or any shares owned by Presbia Holdings. With respect to the Presbia Holdings Aggregate Shares, as of June 30, 2014, Mr. Feingold (i) and his family members owned 100% of Feingold

 

-107-


Table of Contents
  Investments, LLC, which in turn owned approximately 18.3% of the Presbia Holdings Aggregate Shares, and (ii) owned options to purchase Presbia Holdings’ ordinary shares covering approximately 0.3% of the Presbia Holdings Aggregate Shares. Mr. Feingold disclaims beneficial ownership of any of our ordinary shares held by Presbia Holdings.

 

(3)   As a result of the 2014 Capital Contribution, immediately prior to this offering, Presbia Holdings will hold 12,000,000 of our ordinary shares in issue. Richard Ressler will beneficially own all of the ordinary shares of Presbia PLC held by Presbia Holdings by virtue of the following: (i) Richard Ressler and trusts for his family members own 100% of the equity interests in Orchard Investments, LLC, which in turn owns approximately 83.3% of the equity interests in Orchard Presbia, LLC, (ii) Orchard Investments, LLC owns approximately 22.4% of the Presbia Holdings Aggregate Shares, (iii) Orchard Presbia, LLC owns approximately 28.3% of the Presbia Holdings Aggregate Shares, (iv) Mr. Ressler is the President of Orchard Capital Corporation which is the Manager of each of Orchard Investments, LLC and Orchard Presbia, LLC, and (v) Mr. Ressler directly owns approximately 27.4% of the Presbia Holdings, Aggregate Shares, which includes options to purchase Presbia Holdings’ ordinary shares covering less than 0.1% of the Presbia Holdings Aggregate Shares.

 

(4)     Includes 3,333 ordinary shares covered by options to be granted by Presbia to Mr. Ressler contemporaneously with this offering (which represents only those options to be granted by Presbia contemporaneously with this offering which will be exercisable within 60 days of this offering). As a result of the 2014 Capital Contribution, immediately prior to this offering, Presbia Holdings will hold 12,000,000 of our ordinary shares in issue. Richard Ressler will beneficially own all of the ordinary shares of Presbia PLC held by Presbia Holdings by virtue of the following: (i) Richard Ressler and trusts for his family members own 100% of the equity interests in Orchard Investments, LLC, which in turn owns approximately 83.3% of the equity interests in Orchard Presbia, LLC, (ii) Orchard Investments, LLC owns approximately 22.4% of the Presbia Holdings Aggregate Shares, (iii) Orchard Presbia, LLC owns approximately 28.3% of the Presbia Holdings Aggregate Shares, (iv) Mr. Ressler is the President of Orchard Capital Corporation which is the Manager of each of Orchard Investments, LLC and Orchard Presbia, LLC, and (v) Mr. Ressler directly owns approximately 27.4% of the Presbia Holdings, Aggregate Shares, which includes options to purchase Presbia Holdings’ ordinary shares covering less than 0.1% of the Presbia Holdings Aggregate Shares.

 

(5)     Includes 3,333 ordinary shares covered by options to be granted by Presbia to Dr. Blumenkranz contemporaneously with this offering (which represents only those options to be granted by Presbia contemporaneously with this offering which will be exercisable within 60 days of this offering). Does not include any shares owned by Presbia Holdings. As of June 30, 2014, Dr. Blumenkranz owned restricted shares issued by Presbia Holdings that represented approximately 0.1% of the Presbia Holdings Aggregate Shares. Dr. Blumenkranz disclaims beneficial ownership of any ordinary shares held by Presbia Holdings.

 

(6)   Includes                      ordinary shares covered by options to be granted by Presbia to Mr. Thurman contemporaneously with this offering (which represents only those options to be granted by Presbia contemporaneously with this offering which will be exercisable within 60 days of this offering). Does not include any shares owned by Presbia Holdings. As of June 30, 2014, Mr. Thurman owned restricted shares issued by Presbia Holdings that represented approximately 0.1% of the Presbia Holdings Aggregate Shares. Mr. Thurman disclaims beneficial ownership of any ordinary shares held by Presbia Holdings.

 

(7)     Represents shares that will be held by Presbia Holdings as of the effective time of this offering, all of which are deemed to be beneficially owned by Richard Ressler.

 

(8)   Includes the 12,000,000 ordinary shares that will be owned by Presbia Holdings as of the effective time of this offering, all of which are deemed to be beneficially owned by Richard Ressler. Includes                      ordinary shares covered by options to be granted by Presbia contemporaneously with this offering (which represents those options which will be exercisable within 60 days of this offering). As of June 30, 2014, executive officers of Presbia not named in the table above owned options to purchase Presbia Holdings’ ordinary shares that represented approximately 0.2% of the Presbia Holdings Aggregate Shares. Such executive officers disclaim beneficial ownership of any ordinary shares held by Presbia Holdings.

 

-108-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

The following summary describes our share capital and the material provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering, and of Irish law. Because the following is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our memorandum and articles of association (which we will adopt in substantially the form of Exhibit 3.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part).

We are an Irish incorporated public company limited by shares and our affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association and Irish law.

Capital Structure

Authorized Share Capital

Our authorized share capital is $400,000 and 40,000 divided into 350,000,000 ordinary shares of $0.001 each, 50,000,000 preferred shares of $0.001 each, which we refer to as preferred shares, and 40,000 ordinary shares of 1.00 each, which we refer to as the Euro Shares. The authorized share capital includes 40,000 Euro Shares in order to satisfy statutory requirements for the incorporation of all Irish public limited companies. Each of the Euro Shares will be re-designated on closing of this offering as one deferred share of 1.00 each (the “Deferred Shares”), each having the rights and being subject to the restrictions set out in our articles of association.

Except as otherwise specified below, references to voting by our shareholders contained in this prospectus are references to voting by holders of shares entitled to attend and vote generally at general meetings of our shareholders. Immediately after the closing of this offering, our only issued shares will be the ordinary shares and the Deferred Shares.

We may issue shares subject to the maximum authorized share capital contained in our memorandum and articles of association. We have the authority, pursuant to our articles of association, to increase our authorized but unissued share capital by ordinary resolution of our shareholders by creating additional shares of any class or series. An ordinary resolution of our company requires a simple majority of the votes cast at a shareholders’ meeting by shareholders entitled to vote at that meeting.

As a matter of Irish law, the board of directors of a company may issue authorized but unissued new shares without shareholder approval once authorized to do so by the articles of association of the company or by an ordinary resolution adopted by the shareholders at a general meeting. The authority conferred can be granted for a maximum period of five years, at which point it must be renewed by the shareholders by an ordinary resolution. Because of this requirement of Irish law, our articles of association authorize our Board to issue new shares up to the amount of our authorized but unissued share capital without shareholder approval for a period of five years from the date our articles of association are adopted in substantially the form attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We refer to that date as the Adoption Date. We expect that we will seek to renew such general authority at an annual general meeting before the end of that five-year period.

Our articles of association authorize our Board, without shareholder approval, to determine the terms of the preferred shares that may be issued by us. Our Board is authorized, without obtaining any shareholder vote or consent, unless expressly provided by the terms of that class or series of class of shares, to provide from time to time for the issuance of ordinary shares or other classes or series of shares and to establish the characteristics of each such other class or series, including the number of shares, designations, relative voting rights, dividend rights, liquidation and other rights, redemption, repurchase or exchange rights and any other preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights and limitations not inconsistent with applicable law.

Irish law does not recognize fractional shares held of record. Accordingly, our articles of association do not provide for the issuance of fractional shares of the Company, and the official Irish share register of the Company will not reflect any fractional shares. Whenever an alteration, reorganization consolidation, division, or subdivision of the share capital of the Company would result in any shareholder becoming entitled to fractions of a share, no such fractions shall be issued or delivered to any shareholder. All such fractions of a share will be aggregated into whole

 

-109-


Table of Contents

shares and sold in the open market at prevailing market prices and the aggregate cash proceeds from such sale (net of tax, commissions, costs and other associated expenses) shall be distributed on a pro rata basis, rounding down to the nearest cent, to each shareholder who would otherwise have been entitled to receive fractions of a share.

Issued Share Capital

Immediately prior to this offering, our issued share capital will be $12,000, divided into 12,000,000 ordinary shares of $0.001 each, and 40,000, divided into 40,000 Euro Shares of one Euro each.

Our shares issued pursuant to this offering will be validly issued, credited as fully-paid and will not be subject to calls for any additional payments (non-assessable).

Memorandum of Association

As provided in our memorandum of association, our stated principal object is to engage in developing, manufacturing, selling, marketing, distributing or otherwise commercializing medical devices and other products and procedures related to vision and all associated and related activities and to carry on various activities associated with that object. The rest of our objects are set out in full in our memorandum of association.

Pre-emption Rights, Share Warrants and Share Options

Under Irish law, certain statutory pre-emption rights apply automatically in favor of our shareholders when our shares are to be issued for cash. However, we have opted out of these pre-emption rights in our articles of association as permitted under the Irish Companies Acts 1963-2013 (the “Companies Act”). This opt-out may be renewed every five years under the Companies Acts by a special resolution of the shareholders. A special resolution requires not less than 75% of the votes cast by our shareholders at a meeting of shareholders. We expect that we will seek renewal of the opt-out at an annual general meeting within five years from the Adoption Date. If the opt-out expires and is not renewed, shares issued for cash by Presbia must be offered to our existing shareholders at that time on a pro rata basis to their existing shareholding before the shares can be issued to any new shareholders or those existing shareholders in an amount greater than their pro rata entitlements. The statutory pre-emption rights do not apply:

 

  n   where shares are issued for non-cash consideration (such as a share for share acquisition);

 

  n   to the issuance of non-equity shares (that is, shares that have the right to participate only up to a specified amount in any dividend and capital distribution, which are sometimes referred to as non-participating shares); and

 

  n   to the issuance of shares pursuant to an employee share option or similar equity plan, including the Presbia Incentive Plan.

Our articles of association provide that, subject to any shareholder approval requirement under any laws, regulations or the rules of any stock exchange to which we are subject, our Board is authorized, from time to time, in its discretion, to grant such persons, for such periods and upon such terms as it deems advisable, options to purchase such number of shares of any class or classes or of any series of any class as our Board may deem advisable, and to cause warrants or other appropriate instruments evidencing such options to be issued. The Companies Acts provide that directors may issue share warrants or options without shareholder approval once authorized to do so by our articles of association or an ordinary resolution of shareholders. We will be subject to the NASDAQ listing rules and provisions of the Code that require shareholder approval of certain equity plan and share issuances. We may issue shares upon exercise of warrants or options without shareholder approval or authorization (up to the relevant authorized share capital limit).

The Irish Takeover Rules may be applicable in certain circumstances and can affect our ability to issue shares. See “Risk Factors—Risk Related to this Offering and the Ownership of Ordinary Shares.”

Share Repurchases, Redemptions and Conversions

Overview

Our articles of association provide that any ordinary share that we agree to acquire shall be deemed to be a redeemable share. Accordingly, for Irish company law purposes, the repurchase of ordinary shares by Presbia may technically be effected as a redemption of those shares as described below under “—Repurchases and

 

-110-


Table of Contents

Redemptions.” If our articles of association did not contain such a provision, repurchases by Presbia would be subject to many of the same rules that apply to purchases of our shares by subsidiaries described below under “—Purchases by Subsidiaries,” including the shareholder approval requirements described below. Except where otherwise noted, when we refer elsewhere in this prospectus to repurchasing or buying back our ordinary shares, we are referring to the redemption of ordinary shares by Presbia pursuant to the articles of association or the purchase of our ordinary shares by a subsidiary of Presbia, in each case in accordance with our articles of association and Irish company law as described below.

Repurchases and Redemptions

Under Irish law, a company can issue redeemable shares and redeem them out of distributable reserves (which are described below under “—Dividends”) or the proceeds of a new issue of shares for that purpose. In addition to the effect of the articles of association, which deems ordinary shares as redeemable shares, we may also issue redeemable shares. The issue of redeemable shares may only be made by Presbia where the nominal value of the issued share capital that is not redeemable is not less than 10% of the nominal value of the total issued share capital of Presbia. All redeemable shares must be fully paid and the terms of redemption of the shares must provide for payment on redemption. Redeemable shares may, upon redemption, be canceled or held in treasury. Based on the terms of our articles of association described above, shareholder approval will not be required to redeem Presbia’s shares.

Our Board will also be entitled to issue other classes or series of shares which may be redeemed at the option of either Presbia or the shareholder, depending on the terms of such shares. See “—Capital Structure—Authorized Share Capital” above.

Repurchased and redeemed shares may be canceled or held as treasury shares. The nominal value of treasury shares held by us at any time must not exceed 10% of the nominal value of our issued share capital. While we hold shares as treasury shares, we cannot exercise any voting rights in respect of those shares. Treasury shares may be canceled by us or re-issued subject to certain conditions.

Purchases by Subsidiaries

Under the Companies Acts, it may be permissible for one of our subsidiaries to purchase our shares either as overseas market purchases or off-market purchases. A general authority of the shareholders of the company is required by way of ordinary resolution to allow a subsidiary of the company to make overseas market purchases of the company’s shares; however, as long as this general authority has been granted, no specific shareholder authority for a particular overseas market purchase by a subsidiary of the company’s shares is required. We may elect to seek such general authority which must expire no later than 18 months after the date on which it was granted, at the first annual general meeting of Presbia in 2015 and at subsequent annual general meetings. For an off-market purchase by a subsidiary of a company, the proposed purchase contract must be authorized by special resolution of the shareholders of the company before the contract is entered into. The shareholder whose shares are to be bought back cannot vote in favor of the special resolution and, for at least 21 days prior to the special resolution, the purchase contract must be on display or must be available for inspection by shareholders at the registered office of the company.

In order for one of our subsidiaries to make an overseas market purchase of our shares, such shares must be purchased on a recognized stock exchange. The NASDAQ Global Market, on which we have applied to have our shares approved for listing, is specified as a recognized stock exchange for this purpose by Irish company law.

The number of shares held by the subsidiaries of a company at any time will count as treasury shares and will be included in any calculation of the permitted treasury share threshold of 10% of the nominal value of the issued share capital of the company. While a subsidiary holds shares of a company, it cannot exercise any voting rights in respect of those shares. The acquisition of the shares of the company by a subsidiary must be funded out of distributable reserves of the subsidiary.

Reduction of Share Capital

We may, by ordinary resolution, reduce our authorized but unissued share capital. We also may, by special resolution and subject to confirmation by the Irish High Court, reduce our issued share capital, any share premium account or capital redemption reserve fund.

 

-111-


Table of Contents

Dividends

Under Irish law, dividends and distributions may only be made from distributable reserves. Distributable reserves, broadly, means the accumulated realized profits of the company less accumulated realized losses and includes reserves created by way of capital reduction. In addition, no dividend or distribution may be made unless the net assets of the company are not less than the aggregate of the company’s called up share capital plus undistributable reserves and the distribution does not reduce the company’s net assets below such aggregate. Undistributable reserves include the share premium account, the capital redemption reserve fund and the amount by which the company’s accumulated unrealized profits, so far as not previously utilized by any capitalization, exceed the company’s accumulated unrealized losses, so far as not previously written off in a reduction or reorganization of capital.

The determination as to whether or not a company has sufficient distributable reserves to fund a dividend must be made by reference to “relevant accounts” of the company. The “relevant accounts” are either the last set of unconsolidated annual audited financial statements or unaudited financial statements prepared in accordance with the Companies Acts, which give a “true and fair view” of the company’s unconsolidated financial position in accordance with accepted accounting practice in Ireland. These “relevant accounts” must be filed in the Companies Registration Office (the official public registry for companies in Ireland).

Our articles of association authorize the Board to declare such dividends as appear justified from the profits of the Company without the approval of the shareholders. Our Board may also recommend a dividend to be approved and declared by the shareholders at a general meeting. The dividends can be declared and paid in the form of cash or non-cash assets, subject to applicable law. We may pay dividends in any currency but, if we elect to pay dividends, we intend to do so in U.S. dollars. The Board may deduct from any dividend or other moneys payable to any shareholder all sums of money, if any, due from the shareholder to Presbia in respect of shares of Presbia.

The Board is also authorized to issue shares in the future with preferred rights to participate in dividends declared by Presbia. The holders of such preference shares may, depending on their terms, rank senior to the holders of the ordinary shares of Presbia with respect to dividends and/or be entitled to claim arrears of a declared dividend out of subsequently declared dividends in priority to our ordinary shareholders.

For information about the Irish tax considerations relating to dividend payments, see “Taxation—Taxation in Ireland.”

Bonus Shares

Under our articles of association, our Board may authorize the capitalization of any amount credited to any reserve (including the share premium account and the capital redemption reserve fund) or credited to the profit and loss account, and use such amount for the issuance to shareholders of shares as fully paid bonus shares on the same basis of entitlement as would apply in respect of a dividend distribution.

Lien and Forfeiture

Our articles of association provide that we have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all monies payable to us (whether presently or not) in respect of that share. Subject to the terms of allotment, our Board may from time to time make calls on our shareholders in respect of any monies unpaid on their shares. If a payment is not made when due, our Board may give not less than 14 days’ notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and any costs, charges and expenses incurred by us by reason of such nonpayment. If that notice is not complied with, any share in respect of which it was sent may, at any time before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of our Board. The forfeiture shall include all dividends or other monies payable in respect of the forfeited shares which have not been paid before the forfeiture.

Variation of share capital and variation of rights

Our shareholders from time to time may, by ordinary resolution, increase our authorized share capital. In addition, our shareholders, by ordinary resolution, may:

 

  n   consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of larger amounts;

 

-112-


Table of Contents
  n   subdivide our shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amounts; or

 

  n   cancel any shares that, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and reduce the amount of our authorized share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

Our shareholders may, by special resolution, and subject to confirmation by the Irish High Court, reduce our capital redemption reserve fund or any share premium account.

The rights attached to any class may be varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class and may be so varied or abrogated either while we remain a going concern or during or in contemplation of winding-up.

General Meetings of Shareholders

Under the Companies Acts, a public limited company must hold its first annual general meeting within 18 months of the date of incorporation. Thereafter, we are required under Irish law to hold an annual general meeting at intervals of no more than 15 months, provided that an annual general meeting is held in each calendar year and no more than nine months after our fiscal year-end. Any annual general meeting may be held outside Ireland if an ordinary resolution so authorizing has been passed at the preceding annual general meeting. Our articles of association include a provision allowing annual general meetings to be held outside of Ireland.

The only matters which must, as a matter of Irish law, be transacted at an annual general meeting are the presentation of the annual profit and loss account, balance sheet and reports of the directors and auditors, the appointment of auditors and the fixing of the auditors’ fees (or delegation of that issue). If no resolution is made in respect of the reappointment of an auditor at an annual general meeting, the previous auditor will be deemed to have continued in office, subject to certain limited exceptions. Our articles of association provide that, at each annual general meeting, directors will be elected to fill the board seats of those directors whose terms expire at that annual general meeting. At any annual general meeting, only such business may be conducted as has been brought before the meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board, (ii) in certain circumstances, at the direction of the Irish High Court, (iii) as required by law or (iv) that the chairman of the meeting determines is properly within the scope of the meeting. In addition, shareholders entitled to vote at an annual general meeting may make nominations of candidates for election to our Board, subject to compliance with the advance notice provisions of our articles of association.

Our extraordinary general meetings may be convened (i) by the Board, (ii) on requisition of the shareholders holding the number of our shares prescribed by the Companies Acts (at least 10% of the paid-up share capital of Presbia carrying voting rights), (iii) in certain circumstances, on requisition of our auditors; or (iv) in exceptional cases, by order of the Irish High Court.

Extraordinary general meetings are generally held for the purposes of approving such of our shareholder resolutions as may be required from time to time. The business to be conducted at any extraordinary general meeting must be set forth in the notice of the meeting.

In the case of an extraordinary general meeting requisitioned by our shareholders, the proposed purpose of the meeting must be set out in the requisition notice of the meeting. The requisition notice can propose any business to be considered at the meeting. Under Irish law, upon receipt of this requisition notice, our Board has 21 days to convene the extraordinary general meeting of our shareholders to vote on the matters set out in the requisition notice. This meeting must be held within two months of receipt of the requisition notice. If the Board does not proceed to convene the meeting within such 21-day period, the requisitioning shareholders, or any of them representing more than one-half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene a meeting, which meeting must be held within three months of the receipt of the requisition notice by our Board.

If our Board becomes aware that our net assets are half or less of the amount of our called-up share capital, the Board must, not later than 28 days from the date that it learns of this fact, convene an extraordinary general meeting

 

-113-


Table of Contents

of our shareholders to be held not later than 56 days from such date. This meeting must be convened for the purposes of considering whether any, and if so what, measures should be taken to address the situation.

At least 21 days’ notice of any annual general meeting or general meeting at which a special resolution is proposed and 14 days in all other circumstances must be given to shareholders, each director and our auditors, under our articles of association.

Quorum for Shareholders Meetings

Under our articles of association, the presence, in person or by proxy, of one or more shareholders holding at least 50% of the voting power of our issued shares that carry the right to vote at the meeting constitutes a quorum for the conduct of any business at a general meeting.

In the case of a meeting to vary the rights of any class or series of shares, discussed below under “—Voting—Variation of Rights Attaching to a Class or Series of Shares,” Irish law provides that the necessary quorum is the presence, in person or by proxy, of at least two shareholders representing 1/3 in nominal value (or, at an adjourned meeting, at least one shareholder representing any amount of nominal value) of the relevant class.

Voting

Generally

Holders of our ordinary shares may vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders and are entitled to one vote per share as of the record date for the meeting.

All votes at a general meeting will be decided by way of a poll. Voting rights on a poll may be exercised by shareholders registered in our share register as of the record date for the meeting or by a duly appointed proxy of such a registered shareholder, which proxy need not be a shareholder of our company. Where interests in shares are held by a nominee trust company, such company may exercise the rights of the beneficial holders on their behalf as proxy. All proxies must be appointed in accordance with our articles of association. Our articles of association provide that the Board may permit the appointment of proxies by the shareholders to be notified to us electronically.

In accordance with our articles of association, the Board may from time to time cause us to issue preference or any other class or series of shares. These shares may have such voting rights, if any, as may be specified in the terms of such shares (e.g., they may carry more votes per share than ordinary shares or may entitle their holders to a class vote on such matters as may be specified in the terms of the shares).

Treasury shares (i.e. shares held by us and our shares held by our subsidiaries) will not entitle their holders to vote at general meetings of shareholders.

Except where a greater majority is required by Irish law or our articles of association, any question proposed for consideration at any of our general meetings or of any class of shareholders will be decided by an ordinary resolution passed by a simple majority of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting. Irish law requires special resolutions of the shareholders at a general meeting to approve certain matters. A special resolution requires not less than 75% of the votes cast by shareholders at a meeting of shareholders. Examples of matters requiring special resolutions include:

 

  n   amending our objects or memorandum of association;

 

  n   amending our articles of association;

 

  n   approving a change of our name;

 

  n   authorizing the entry into a guarantee or the provision of security in connection with a loan, quasi-loan or credit transaction in favor of a director or connected person of a director (which generally includes a family member or business partner of the director and any entity controlled by the director);

 

  n   opting out of pre-emption rights on the issuance of new shares;

 

  n   re-registration from a public limited company to a private company;

 

-114-


Table of Contents
  n   purchasing of our own shares off-market;

 

  n   reduction of issued share capital;

 

  n   resolving that we be wound up by the Irish courts;

 

  n   resolving in favor of shareholders’ voluntary winding-up;

 

  n   re-designation of shares into different share classes;

 

  n   setting the re-issue price of treasury shares; and

 

  n   mergers with companies incorporated in the European Economic Area, or the EEA, as described below under “—Acquisitions.”

Action by Written Consent

Our articles of association provide that anything that may be done by resolution at a general meeting may be done by resolution in writing, but only if it is signed by or on behalf of all of the shareholders who would be entitled to attend the relevant meeting and vote on the relevant resolution.

Variation of Rights Attaching to a Class or Series of Shares

Variation of any rights attached to any class or series of our issued shares (including our ordinary shares) must, in accordance with our articles of association, be approved by (i) a resolution of the shareholders of the class or series affected, passed by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% of the shares of that class or series voted at a meeting of that class or series, or (ii) the written consent of all of the shareholders of that class or series. In the case of a meeting to vary the rights of any class or series of shares, Irish law provides that the necessary quorum is the presence, in person or by proxy, of at least two shareholders representing 1/3 in nominal value (or, at an adjourned meeting, at least one shareholder representing any amount of nominal value) of the relevant class. Every shareholder of the affected class or series will have one vote for each share of such class or series that he or she holds as of the record date for the meeting.

Record Dates

Our articles of association provide that the Board may set the record date for the purposes of determining which shareholders are entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a general meeting and the record date must not occur before the date on which the board resolution fixing such record date is adopted. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date will be the day on which the notice of the meeting is mailed.

Shareholder Proposals

Under Irish law, there is no general right for a shareholder of a company listed on The NASDAQ Global Market to put items on the agenda of an annual general meeting other than as set out in that company’s articles of association. Our articles of association permit shareholders to nominate persons to be elected as directors both at an annual general meeting or an extraordinary general meeting requisitioned by shareholders, provided that notice is given in accordance with the terms of our articles of association.

Shareholders’ Suits

In Ireland, the decision to institute derivative proceedings on behalf of a company is generally taken by the company’s board of directors. In certain limited circumstances, a shareholder may be entitled to bring a derivative action on our behalf arising from an actual or proposed act or omission involving negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by a director of the company. The central question at issue in deciding whether a minority shareholder may be permitted to bring a derivative action is whether, unless the action is brought, a wrong committed against us would otherwise go unredressed. The cause of action may be against a director, another person or both.

A shareholder may also be permitted to bring proceedings against us in his or her own name where the shareholder’s rights as such have been infringed or where our affairs are being conducted, or the powers of our Board are being exercised, in a manner oppressive to any shareholder or shareholders or in disregard of their interests as shareholders. Oppression connotes conduct that is burdensome, harsh or wrong. This is an Irish statutory remedy under Section 205 of the Companies Act, 1963 and an Irish court can grant any order that it sees fit, including providing for the purchase or transfer of the shares of any shareholder.

 

-115-


Table of Contents

Inspection of Books and Records

Holders of shares carrying voting rights have certain rights under the Irish Companies Acts to inspect books and records, including the right to:

 

  n   receive a copy of our memorandum and articles of association and any act of the Irish Parliament that alters our memorandum and articles of association;

 

  n   inspect and obtain copies of the minutes of general meetings of shareholders (including resolutions adopted at such meetings);

 

  n   inspect and receive a copy of the register of shareholders, register of directors and secretaries, register of directors’ interests and other statutory registers maintained by us;

 

  n   receive copies of the most recent balance sheets and directors’ and auditors’ reports which have previously been sent to shareholders prior to an annual general meeting; and

 

  n   receive balance sheets of any of our subsidiary companies that have previously been sent to shareholders prior to an annual general meeting for the preceding 10 years.

Our auditors also have the right to inspect all of our books and records. The auditors’ report must be circulated to the shareholders with our Financial Statements (as defined below) at least 21 days before the annual general meeting, and such report must be read to the shareholders at our annual general meeting. The term Financial Statements referenced above means our balance sheet, profit and loss account and, so far as they are not incorporated in the balance sheet or profit and loss account, any group accounts and the directors’ and auditors’ reports, together with any other document required by law to be annexed to the balance sheet.

Acquisitions

An Irish public limited company may be acquired in a number of ways, including:

 

  n   a court-approved scheme of arrangement under the Companies Acts. A scheme of arrangement with shareholders requires a court order from the Irish High Court and the approval of a majority in number representing 75% in value of the shareholders present and voting in person or by proxy at a meeting called to approve the scheme;

 

  n   a tender or takeover offer by a third-party for all of the target company’s shares. Where the holders of 80% or more of the target company’s shares have accepted an offer for their shares in the target company, the remaining shareholders may also be statutorily required to transfer their shares. If the bidder does not exercise its “squeeze out” right, then the non-accepting shareholders also have a statutory right to require the bidder to acquire their shares on the same terms. If the target company’s shares were listed on the main market of the Irish Stock Exchange or another regulated stock exchange in the European Union, this threshold would be increased to 90%; and

 

  n   a merger with an EU-incorporated company under the EU Cross-Border Mergers Directive 2005/56/EC. Such a merger must be approved by a special resolution of the target company’s shareholders. If the target company is being merged with another EU company under the EU Cross-Border Mergers Directive 2005/56/EC and the consideration payable to the target company’s shareholders is not all in the form of cash, the target company’s shareholders may be entitled to require their shares to be acquired at fair value.

Except as set forth above, Irish law does not generally require shareholder approval for a sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of a company’s property and assets.

Appraisal Rights

Generally, under Irish law, shareholders of an Irish company do not have dissenters’ or appraisal rights. Under the European Communities (Cross-Border Mergers) Regulations 2008 (as amended) governing the merger of an Irish company limited by shares such as Presbia and a company incorporated in the European Economic Area, a shareholder (i) who voted against the special resolution approving the merger or (ii) of a company in which 90% of the shares are held by the other party to the merger has the right to request that the company acquire its shares for cash at a price determined in accordance with the share exchange ratio set out in the merger agreement. In the event of a takeover of our company by a third party in accordance with the Irish Takeover Rules and the Irish

 

-116-


Table of Contents

Companies Acts where the holders of 80% or more in value of a class of our shares (excluding any shares already beneficially owned by the bidder) have accepted an offer for their shares, the remaining shareholders in that class may be statutorily required to transfer their shares, unless, within one month, the non-tendering shareholders can obtain an Irish court order otherwise providing. If the bidder does not exercise this “squeeze out” right, the non-accepting shareholders also have a statutory right to require the bidder to acquire their shares on the same terms as the original offer, or such other terms as the bidder and the non-tendering shareholders may agree or on such terms as an Irish court, on application of the bidder or non-tendering shareholder, may order.

Disclosure of Interests in Shares

Under the Companies Acts, our shareholders must notify us if, as a result of a transaction, (i) the shareholder will be interested in 5% or more of our shares that carry voting rights or (ii) the shareholder will cease to be interested in 5% or more of our shares that carry voting rights. In addition, where a shareholder is interested in 5% or more of our relevant shares, the shareholder must notify us of any alteration of its interest that brings its total holdings through the nearest whole percentage number, whether an increase or a reduction. The relevant percentage figure is calculated by reference to the aggregate nominal value of the shares in which the shareholder is interested as a proportion of the entire nominal value of the relevant class of share capital. Where the percentage level of the shareholder’s interest does not amount to a whole percentage, this figure may be rounded down to the next whole number. All such disclosures must be notified to us within five business days of the event that gave rise to the requirement to notify. Where a person fails to comply with the notification requirements described above, no right or interest of any kind whatsoever in respect of any of our shares held by such person, will be enforceable by such person, whether directly or indirectly, by action or legal proceeding. However, such person may apply to the Irish High Court to have the rights attaching to its shares reinstated.

In addition to the disclosure requirement described above, under the Companies Acts, we may, by notice in writing, and must, on the requisition of shareholders holding 10% or more of the paid-up capital of the Company carrying voting rights, require a person whom we know, or have reasonable cause to believe, is, or at any time during the three years immediately preceding the date on which such notice is issued was, interested in shares comprised in our relevant share capital to: (1) indicate whether or not that is the case and (2) where such person holds or has during that time held an interest in our shares, to give certain further information as may be required by us, including particulars of such person’s or beneficial owner’s past or present interests in our shares. Any information given in response to the notice is required to be given in writing within such reasonable time as may be specified in the notice.

Where such a notice is served by us on a person who is or was interested in our shares and that person fails to give us any information required within the reasonable time specified, we may apply to court for an order directing that the affected shares be subject to certain restrictions. Under the Companies Acts, the restrictions that may be placed on the shares by the court are as follows:

 

  n   any transfer of those shares or, in the case of unissued shares, any transfer of the right to be issued with shares and any issue of such shares, shall be void;

 

  n   no voting rights shall be exercisable in respect of those shares;

 

  n   no further shares shall be issued in respect of those shares or pursuant to any offer made to the holder of those shares; and

 

  n   no payment shall be made of any sums due from us on those shares, whether in respect of capital or otherwise.

Where our shares are subject to these restrictions, the court may order the shares to be sold and may also direct that the shares shall cease to be subject to these restrictions.

In addition, persons or groups (within the meaning of the Exchange Act) beneficially owning 5% or more of our ordinary shares must comply with the reporting requirements under Regulation 13D-G of the Exchange Act.

In the event we are in an offer period pursuant to the Irish Takeover Rules, accelerated disclosure provisions apply for persons holding an interest in our securities of one percent or more.

 

-117-


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Shareholder Rights Plans and Share Issuances

Irish law does not expressly prohibit companies from issuing share purchase rights or adopting a shareholder rights plan as an anti-takeover measure. However, there is no directly relevant case law on the validity of such plans under Irish law.

Our articles of association allow our Board to adopt any shareholder rights plan upon such terms and conditions as the Board deems expedient and in the best interest of our company, subject to applicable law, including the Irish Takeover Rules and Substantial Acquisition Rules described below and the requirement for shareholder authorization for the issue of shares described above.

Subject to the Irish Takeover Rules described below, our Board also has the power to issue any of our authorized and unissued shares on such terms and conditions as it may determine to be in our best interest.

It is possible that the terms and conditions of any issue of shares could discourage a takeover or other transaction that holders of some or a majority of our ordinary shares might believe to be in their best interest or in which holders of our ordinary shares might receive a premium for their shares over the then-market price of the shares.

In carrying out any of these actions, our Board must act in what they believe to be the best interests of our company. Our board of directors is prohibited from taking actions which would be likely to frustrate an offer for our company.

Irish Competition Law

Under Irish competition legislation, the Irish Competition Authority must be notified of a merger or acquisition if the transaction meets certain criteria under the relevant legislation. Failure to properly notify the Irish Competition Authority of such merger or acquisition will result in the voiding of the transaction, as well as the potential imposition of fines. A merger or acquisition that does not meet the criteria under the relevant legislation but which may give rise to competition concerns, though not legally required, may be voluntarily reported to the Irish Competition Authority in order to seek legal comfort that the merger or acquisition is not anti-competitive.

General

Subject to the Irish Takeover Rules described below and Irish law, our Board also has the power to issue any of our authorized and unissued shares on such terms and conditions as it may determine to be in our best interest. It is possible that the terms and conditions of any issue of shares could discourage a takeover or other transaction that holders of some or a majority of our ordinary shares might believe to be in their best interest or in which holders of our ordinary shares might receive a premium for their shares over the then-market price of the shares.

Irish Takeover Rules and Substantial Acquisition Rules

A transaction in which a third-party seeks to acquire 30% or more of the voting rights in our company will be governed by the Irish Takeover Panel Act 1997 (as amended) and the Irish Takeover Rules 2007 (as amended) made thereunder, which we refer to as the “Irish Takeover Rules”, and will be regulated by the Irish Takeover Panel. The “General Principles” of the Irish Takeover Rules and certain important aspects of the Irish Takeover Rules are described below. Takeovers by means of a scheme of arrangement are also subject to these regulations.

General Principles

The Irish Takeover Rules are based on the following General Principles, which will apply to any transaction regulated by the Irish Takeover Panel:

 

  n   in the event of an offer, all holders of the securities of a target company of the same class must be afforded equivalent treatment; and, if a person acquires control of a company, the other holders of securities must be protected;

 

  n   the holders of the securities in the target company must have sufficient time and information to enable them to reach a properly informed decision on the offer; where it advises the holders of securities, the board of the target company must give its views on the effects of implementation of the offer on employment, conditions of employment and the locations of the target company’s places of business;

 

  n   the board of directors of the target company must act in the interests of the company as a whole and must not deny the holders of securities the opportunity to decide on the merits of the offer;

 

-118-


Table of Contents
  n   false markets must not be created in the securities of the target company, of the bidder or of any other company concerned by the offer in such a way that the rise or fall of the prices of the securities becomes artificial and the normal functioning of the markets is distorted;

 

  n   a bidder must announce an offer only after ensuring that he or she can fulfil in full any cash consideration, if such is offered, and after taking all reasonable measures to secure the implementation of any other type of consideration;

 

  n   a target company must not be hindered in the conduct of its affairs for longer than is reasonable by an offer for its securities. This is a recognition that an offer will disrupt the day-to-day running of a target company, particularly if the offer is hostile and the board of the target company must divert its attention to resist the offer; and

 

  n   a “substantial acquisition” of securities, whether such acquisition is to be effected by one transaction or a series of transactions, shall take place only at an acceptable speed and shall be subject to adequate and timely disclosure.

Mandatory bid

Under certain circumstances, a person who acquires our shares, or other voting securities, may be required under the Irish Takeover Rules to make a mandatory cash offer for our remaining outstanding shares at a price not less than the highest price paid for the shares by the acquirer or any parties acting in concert with the acquirer during the previous 12 months. This mandatory bid requirement is triggered if an acquisition of shares would increase the aggregate holding of an acquirer, including the holdings of any parties acting in concert with the acquirer, or concert parties, to shares representing 30% or more of the voting rights in our company, unless the Irish Takeover Panel otherwise consents. An acquisition of shares by a person, together with its concert parties, holding shares representing between 30% and 50% of the voting rights in our company would also trigger the mandatory bid requirement if, after giving effect to the acquisition, the percentage of the voting rights held by that person, together with its concert parties, would increase by 0.05% within a 12-month period. Any person, excluding any parties acting in concert with the holder, holding shares representing more than 50% of the voting rights of a company is not subject to these mandatory offer requirements when purchasing additional securities.

Voluntary bid: requirements to make a cash offer and minimum price requirements

If a person makes a voluntary offer to acquire our outstanding ordinary shares, the offer price must be no less than the highest price paid for our ordinary shares by the bidder or its concert parties during the three-month period prior to the commencement of the offer period. The Irish Takeover Panel has the power to extend the “look back” period to 12 months if the Irish Takeover Panel, taking into account the General Principles, believes it is appropriate to do so.

If the bidder or any of its concert parties has acquired our ordinary shares (i) during the period of 12 months prior to the commencement of the offer period which represent more than 10% of the total of our ordinary shares or (ii) at any time after the commencement of the offer period, the offer must be in cash, or accompanied by a full cash alternative, and the price per ordinary share must not be less than the highest price paid by the bidder or its concert parties during, in the case of (i), the 12-month period prior to the commencement of the offer period and, in the case of (ii), the offer period. The Irish Takeover Panel may apply this rule to a bidder who, together with its concert parties, has acquired less than 10% of the total of our ordinary shares in the 12-month period prior to the commencement of the offer period if the Irish Takeover Panel, taking into account the General Principles, considers it just and proper to do so.

An offer period will generally commence on the date of the first announcement of the offer or proposed offer.

Substantial Acquisition Rules

The Irish Takeover Rules also contain rules governing substantial acquisitions of shares which restrict the speed at which a person may increase his or her holding of shares and rights over shares to an aggregate of between 15% and 30% of our voting rights. Except in certain circumstances, an acquisition or series of acquisitions of shares or rights over shares representing 10% or more of our voting rights is prohibited if such acquisition(s), when aggregated with shares or rights already held, would result in the acquirer holding 15% or more but less than 30% of our voting rights and such acquisitions are made within a period of seven days. These rules also require accelerated disclosure of acquisitions of shares or rights over shares relating to such holdings.

 

-119-


Table of Contents

Frustrating action

Under the Irish Takeover Rules, our Board is not permitted to take any action which might frustrate an offer for our shares once our Board has received an approach that may lead to an offer or has reason to believe an offer is imminent, subject to certain exceptions. Potentially frustrating actions such as (i) the issue of shares, options or convertible securities, (ii) material acquisitions or disposals, (iii) entering into contracts other than in the ordinary course of business or (iv) any action, other than seeking alternative offers, that may result in frustration of an offer, are prohibited during the course of an offer or at any earlier time during which our Board has reason to believe an offer is or may be imminent. Exceptions to this prohibition are available where:

 

  n   the action is approved by our shareholders at a general meeting; or

 

  n   the Irish Takeover Panel has given its consent, where:

 

  n   it is satisfied the action would not constitute frustrating action;

 

  n   the holders of at least 50% of the voting rights state in writing that they approve the proposed action and would vote in favor of it at a general meeting;

 

  n   the action is taken in accordance with a contract entered into prior to the announcement of the offer; and

 

  n   the decision to take such action was made before the announcement of the offer and either has been at least partially implemented or is in the ordinary course of business.

Insider dealing

The Irish Takeover Rules also provide that no person, other than the offeror, who is privy to confidential price-sensitive information concerning an offer made in respect of the acquisition of a company, or a class of its securities, or a contemplated offer may deal in relevant securities of the offeree during the period from the time at which such person first has reason to suppose that such an offer, or an approach with a view to such an offer being made, is contemplated to the time of (i) the announcement of such offer or approach or (ii) the termination of discussions relating to such offer, whichever is earlier.

For other provisions that could be considered to have an anti-takeover effect, see “—Pre-emption Rights, Share Warrants and Share Options,” “—Voting—Generally,” “—Voting—Variation of Rights Attaching to a Class or Series of Shares,” “—Disclosure of Interests in Shares,” “—Transfer and Registration of Shares” and “—Corporate Governance.”

Corporate Governance

Generally

Our articles of association allocate authority over the management of our company to our Board. The Board may then delegate management of our company to committees of the Board or such other persons as it thinks fit. Regardless of any delegation, the Board will remain responsible, as a matter of Irish law, for the proper management of the affairs of our company. Our Board may create new committees or change the responsibilities of existing committees from time to time. See “Management—Board Composition and Committees.”

Directors: Term and Appointment

Our articles of association provide that the number of directors shall not be less than two nor more than eleven, however the company may from time to time by special resolution increase or reduce the maximum number of directors. The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, provided that if the number of the directors is reduced below the prescribed minimum, the remaining director or directors shall appoint an additional director or additional directors to make up such minimum or shall convene a general meeting of the company for the purpose of making such appointment. If, at any annual general meeting of the company, the number of directors is reduced below the prescribed minimum due to the failure of any directors to be re-elected, then in those circumstances, the two directors who receive the highest number of votes in favor of re-election shall be re-elected and shall remain directors until such time as additional directors have been appointed to replace them as directors. If, at any annual general meeting of the company, the number of directors is reduced below the prescribed minimum in any circumstances where one director is re-elected, then that director shall hold office until the next annual general meeting and the director which (excluding the re-elected director) receives the highest

 

-120-


Table of Contents

number of votes in favor of re-election shall be re-elected and shall remain a director until such time as one or more additional directors have been appointed to replace him or her. If there are no director or directors able or willing to act, then any two members may summon a general meeting for the purpose of appointing directors. Any additional director so appointed shall hold office (subject to the provisions of the Acts and the articles of association) only until the conclusion of the annual general meeting of the company next following such appointment unless he is re-elected during such meeting.

Removal of Directors

The Companies Acts provide that, notwithstanding anything contained in the articles of association of a company or in any agreement between that company and a director, the shareholders may, by an ordinary resolution, remove a director from office before the expiration of his or her term, provided that notice of any such resolution be given to the shareholders not less than 28 days before the meeting at which the director is to be removed, and the director will be entitled to be heard at such meeting. The power of removal is without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of contract (e.g., employment agreement) that the director may have against us in respect of his or her removal. Removal may be with or without cause.

Directors’ Duties

Our directors have certain statutory and fiduciary duties. All of the directors have equal and overall responsibility for the management of our company (although directors who also serve as employees may have additional responsibilities and duties arising under their employment agreements, if applicable, and will be expected to exercise a greater degree of skill and diligence than non-executive directors). The principal fiduciary duties include the common law fiduciary duties of good faith and exercise of due care and skill. The statutory duties include ensuring the maintenance of proper books of account, having annual accounts prepared, having an annual audit performed, maintaining certain registers and making certain filings as well as the disclosure of personal interests. Particular duties also apply to directors of insolvent companies (for example, the directors could be liable for sanctions where they are deemed by the court to have carried on our business while insolvent, without due regard to the interests of creditors). For public limited companies like our company, directors are under a specific duty to ensure that the corporate secretary is a person with the requisite knowledge and experience to discharge that role.

Conflicts of Interest

As a matter of Irish law, a director is under a general fiduciary duty to avoid conflicts of interest. However, Irish law and our articles of association provide that: (i) a director may be a director of or otherwise interested in a company relating to us and will not be accountable to us for any remuneration or other benefits received as a result, unless we otherwise direct; (ii) a director or a director’s firm may act for us in a professional capacity other than as auditor; and (iii) a director may hold an office or place of profit in us and will not be disqualified from contracting with us. If a director has a personal interest in an actual or proposed contract with us, the director must declare the nature of his or her interest and we are required to maintain a register of such declared interests that must be available for inspection by the shareholders. Such a director may vote on any resolution of the Board in respect of such a contract, and such a contract will not be voidable solely as a result of such interest or vote.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers; Insurance

To the fullest extent permitted by Irish law, our articles of association confer an indemnity on our directors and executive officers. However, this indemnity is limited by the Irish Companies Acts, which prescribe that an advance commitment to indemnify only permits a company to pay the costs or discharge the liability of a director or corporate secretary where judgment is given in favor of the director or corporate secretary in any civil or criminal action in respect of such costs or liability, or where an Irish court grants relief because the director or corporate secretary acted honestly and reasonably and ought fairly to be excused. Any provision whereby an Irish company seeks to commit in advance to indemnify its directors or corporate secretary over and above the limitations imposed by the Companies Acts will be void under Irish law, whether contained in its articles of association or any contract between the company and the director or corporate secretary. These restrictions do not apply to our executives who are not directors, the corporate secretary or other persons who would be considered “officers” within the meaning of that term under the Companies Acts.

Our articles of association also contain indemnification and expense advancement provisions for persons who are not directors or our corporate secretary.

 

-121-


Table of Contents

We are permitted under our articles of association and the Companies Acts to take out directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, as well as other types of insurance, for our directors, officers, employees and agents. In order to attract and retain qualified directors and officers, we expect to purchase and maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and other types of comparable insurance.

We have entered into agreements to indemnify our executive officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted under Irish law. We will enter into indemnification agreements with each person to be serving on our Board at the time of this offering when those individuals join our Board. Additionally, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Presbia USA, Inc., we have entered into agreements to indemnify our executive officers and directors (including those individuals to be serving on our Board at the time of this offering) to the maximum extent allowed under Delaware law. These agreements, among other things, provide that we will indemnify our executive officers and directors for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, on account of any services undertaken by such person on our behalf or that person’s status as our officer and/or director.

Legal Name; Formation; Fiscal Year; Registered Office

Presbia Ireland, Limited was incorporated as a private limited company under the laws of Ireland. Before commencing our initial public offering, a public limited company named Presbia PLC will acquire Presbia Ireland, Limited and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries by way of a share-for-share exchange in which the sole shareholder of Presbia Ireland, Limited will exchange the shares it holds in Presbia Ireland, Limited for 12,000,000 shares in Presbia PLC. Our legal and commercial name is Presbia PLC. Our fiscal year ends on December 31 and our registered address is located at Earlsfort Centre, Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2, Ireland.

Duration; Dissolution; Rights upon Liquidation

Our duration will be unlimited. We may be dissolved at any time by way of either a shareholder’s voluntary winding up or a creditors’ winding up. In the case of a shareholder’s voluntary winding up, our company must be solvent and a special resolution of the shareholders is required. We may also be dissolved by way of court order on the application of a creditor, or by the Director of Corporate Enforcement in Ireland where the affairs of our company have been investigated by an inspector and it appears from the report or any information obtained by the Director of Corporate Enforcement that our company should be wound up.

The rights of the shareholders to a return of our assets on dissolution or winding up, following the settlement of all claims of creditors, may be prescribed in our articles of association or the terms of any shares issued by our Board from time to time. The holders of preferred shares in particular may have the right to priority in a dissolution or winding up of Presbia. If the articles of association and terms of issue of the shares of our company contain no specific provisions in respect of a dissolution or winding up, then, subject to the shareholder priorities and the rights of any creditors, the assets will be distributed to shareholders in proportion to the paid-up nominal value of the shares held. Our articles of association provide that holders of our ordinary shares may be entitled to participate in a winding up, and the method by which the property will be divided shall be determined by the liquidator, subject to a special resolution of the shareholders, but such rights of holders of our ordinary shares to participate may be subject to the rights of any holders of preferred shares to participate under the terms of any series or class of preferred shares.

No Share Certificates

Holders of our ordinary shares will not have the right to require us to issue certificates for their shares. We intend only to issue uncertificated ordinary shares.

No Sinking Fund

Our ordinary shares will have no sinking fund provisions.

No Liability for Further Calls or Assessments

The shares to be sold in this offering are duly and validly issued, will be credited as fully paid up and will be non-assessable.

 

-122-


Table of Contents

Transfer and Registration of Shares

Our share register will be maintained by our transfer agent, which initially shall be Computershare Limited. Registration in this share register will be determinative of share ownership in our company. Any of our shareholders who hold shares beneficially will not be the holder of record of such shares. Instead, the depository (for example, Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC) or other nominee will be the holder of record of those shares. Accordingly, a transfer of shares from a person who holds such shares beneficially to a person who will also hold such shares beneficially through the same depository or other nominee will not be registered in our official share register, as the depository or other nominee will remain the holder of record of such shares. See “Taxation—Taxation in Ireland—Stamp Duty”.

A written instrument of transfer will be required under Irish law in order to register on our official share register any transfer of shares (i) from a person who holds such shares directly to any other person, (ii) from a person who holds such shares beneficially to a person who holds such shares directly, or (iii) from a person who holds such shares beneficially to another person who also will hold such shares beneficially where the transfer involves a change in the depository or other nominee that is the record owner of the transferred shares. An instrument of transfer will be required for a shareholder who directly holds shares to transfer those shares into his or her own broker account (or vice versa). Such instruments of transfer may give rise to Irish stamp duty, which must be paid prior to registration of the transfer on our official Irish share register. However, a shareholder who directly holds shares may transfer those shares into his or her own broker account (or vice versa) without giving rise to Irish stamp duty provided that there is no change in the ultimate beneficial ownership of the shares as a result of the transfer or the transfer is not made in contemplation of a sale of the shares. Accordingly, we strongly recommend that shareholders hold their shares through DTC (or through a broker who holds such shares through DTC).

Any transfer of our ordinary shares that is subject to Irish stamp duty will not be registered in the name of the purchaser unless an instrument of transfer is duly stamped and provided to the transfer agent. Our articles of association allow us, in our absolute discretion, to create an instrument of transfer and pay (or procure the payment of) any stamp duty, which is the legal obligation of a purchaser. In the event of any such payment, we are (on behalf of ourselves or our affiliates) entitled to (i) seek reimbursement from the purchaser or seller (at our discretion), (ii) set-off the amount of the stamp duty against future dividends payable to the purchaser or seller (at our discretion), and (iii) claim a lien against our ordinary shares on which stamp duty has been paid by us or our affiliates. Our lien will extend to all dividends paid on such shares. Parties to a share transfer may assume that any stamp duty arising in respect of a transaction in our ordinary shares has been paid unless one or both of such parties is otherwise notified by us or the transfer agent.

In order to help ensure that the official share register is regularly updated to reflect trading of our ordinary shares occurring through normal electronic systems, we intend to regularly produce any required instruments of transfer in connection with any transactions for which we pay stamp duty (subject to the reimbursement and set-off rights described above). In the event that we or the transfer agent notify one or both of the parties to a share transfer that we believe stamp duty is required to be paid in connection with the transfer and that we will not pay the stamp duty, the parties may either themselves arrange for the execution of the required instrument of transfer (and may request a form of instrument of transfer from us for this purpose) or request that we execute an instrument of transfer on behalf of the transferring party in a form determined by us. In either event, if the parties to the share transfer have the instrument of transfer duly stamped (to the extent required) and then provide it to our transfer agents, the purchaser will be registered as the legal owner of the relevant shares on our official Irish share register.

Our articles of association delegate to our Secretary the authority to execute an instrument of transfer on behalf of the transferor or any such person that the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary nominates for that purpose (whether in respect of specific transfers or pursuant to a general standing authorization), and the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or the relevant nominee shall be deemed to have been irrevocably appointed agent for the transferor of such share or shares with full power to execute, complete and deliver in the name of and on behalf of the transferor of such share or shares all such transfers of shares held by the members in the share capital of the Company.

Our articles of association grant our Board general discretion to decline to register an instrument of transfer without giving a reason. In addition, our Board may decline to register a transfer of shares unless a registration statement under the Securities Act is in effect with respect to the transfer or the transfer is exempt from registration.

 

-123-


Table of Contents

The registration of transfers may be suspended at such times and for such periods, not exceeding 30 days in any year, as our Board may from time to time determine (except as may be required by law).

Differences in Corporate Law

We, and our relationships with our shareholders, are governed by Irish company law and not by the corporate law of any U.S. state. As a result, our directors and shareholders are subject to different responsibilities, rights and privileges than are available to directors and shareholders of U.S. corporations. To help you understand these differences, we have prepared the following summary comparing certain important provisions of Irish company law (as modified by our articles of association) with those of Delaware corporate law with respect to shareholder rights and protections. This summary is not intended to be a complete discussion of respective rights and is qualified in its entirety by reference to Irish law and Delaware law. Before investing, you should consult your legal advisor regarding the impact of Irish corporate law on your specific circumstances and reasons for investing.

Duties of Directors

Our business is managed by our Board. Members of the board of directors of an Irish company owe a fiduciary duty to the company to act in good faith in their dealings with or on behalf of the company and to exercise their powers and fulfill the duties of their offices on the same basis. This duty includes the following essential elements:

 

  n   to act in accordance with the company’s articles of association and to exercise the powers only for the purposes for which they are conferred;

 

  n   to act in the best interest of the company;

 

  n   to exercise reasonable care, skill and diligence;

 

  n   to avoid a situation which conflicts or possibly may conflict, directly or indirectly, with the interests of the company;

 

  n   not to accept a benefit from the company or third parties unless permitted by the articles of association or approved by the shareholders after full disclosure of the benefit; and

 

  n   to declare any direct or indirect interest in a proposed transaction or arrangement with the company;

In addition to the general statutory duties, Irish common law rules and equitable principles impose fiduciary duties on a company’s directors, including:

 

  n   a duty in certain circumstances to consider or act in the interests of creditors; and

 

  n   a duty of confidentiality owed to the company

Under Irish law, the fiduciary duty of the directors is to the company, and not to the company’s individual shareholders. Our shareholders may not generally sue our directors directly for a breach of fiduciary duty.

The business of a Delaware corporation is also managed by or under the direction of its board of directors. In exercising their powers, directors are charged with a fiduciary duty of care to protect the interests of the corporation and a fiduciary duty of loyalty to act in the best interests of its shareholders. The duty of care requires that directors act in an informed and deliberative manner and inform themselves, prior to making a business decision, of all material information reasonably available to them. The duty of care also requires that directors exercise care in overseeing and investigating the conduct of corporate employees. The duty of loyalty may be summarized as the duty to act in good faith, not out of self-interest, and in a manner that the director reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the shareholders. These duties are similar to those imposed on the directors by the Companies Acts.

Under Irish law, the question of whether a director has acted properly will typically be assessed on a case-by-case basis, with regard to the circumstances surrounding the director’s action. In contrast, in most instances, Delaware law presumes that directors act on an informed basis and in the best interests of the company and its shareholders. Unless this presumption is rebutted, the decision of the board of a Delaware company will be upheld unless the action had no rational business purpose or constituted corporate waste. If the presumption is rebutted, the directors must demonstrate that the challenged action was entirely fair to the company.

Interested Directors

Under Irish law, directors who have an interest in a transaction or proposed transaction with us must disclose that interest to the Board when the proposed transaction is first considered (unless such interest has previously been

 

-124-


Table of Contents

disclosed). Not disclosing such an interest is a criminal offense, punishable by a fine. Our articles of association provide that an interested director may vote on a resolution concerning a matter in which he has declared an interest.

Delaware law does not provide for criminal penalties but does specify that if a director has an interest in a transaction, that transaction would be voidable by a court unless either (i) the material facts about the interested director’s relationship or interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors and a majority of the disinterested directors authorize the transaction, (ii) the material facts about the interested director’s relationship or interests are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by such shareholders or (iii) the transaction was fair to the company when it was authorized, approved or ratified. In addition, the interested director could be held liable for a transaction in which he derived an improper personal benefit. Under Irish law, a director may be required to account to the company for any personal profit he or she has made in breach of this duty unless the director has been specifically released from the duty by shareholder vote.

Voting Rights and Quorum Requirements

Under Irish law, the voting rights of our shareholders are regulated by our articles of association and the Companies Acts. Under our articles of association, one or more shareholders (or if there is only one shareholder of the relevant class or series of shareholders, then one shareholder) present in person or by proxy and holding shares representing at least 50% of the issued shares carrying the right to vote at such meeting will constitute a quorum. Most shareholder actions or resolutions may be passed by a simple majority of votes cast ( i.e. , ordinary resolution). Certain actions, including the amendment of our articles of association, require approval by 75% of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders ( i.e. , special resolution). For a Delaware corporation, the presence, either in person or by proxy, of as few as one third of the shares eligible to vote may constitute a quorum. Except for certain extraordinary transactions, such as approving a merger, shareholders of a Delaware corporation may act by the majority vote of the shares present, either in person or by proxy.

Under Irish law and our articles of association, the election of directors at a general meeting of shareholders will require a majority of votes cast at such meeting. In contrast, the election of directors for a Delaware corporation requires only a plurality vote.

Any individual who is a shareholder of our company and who is present at a meeting may vote in person, as may any corporate shareholder that is represented by a duly authorized representative at a meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association also permit attendance at general meetings by proxy, provided the instrument appointing the proxy is in common form or such other form as the directors may determine. Under our articles of association, each holder of ordinary shares is entitled to one vote per ordinary share held. Delaware law does not differ from Irish law in any material respect with respect to these voting matters.

Dividends

Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as may be recommended by our Board and approved by our shareholders or any interim dividends our Board may decide to pay.

The Companies Acts require that we may only pay dividends out of profits legally available for that purpose. Available profits are defined as our accumulated realized profits, to the extent not previously distributed or capitalized, less our accumulated realized losses, to the extent not previously written off in a reduction or reorganization of capital. In addition, we may make a distribution only if and to the extent that, at the time of the distribution, the amount of our net assets is not less than the aggregate of our paid-up share capital and undistributable reserves.

Under Delaware law, dividends can only be paid out of a company’s surplus, which is generally defined as the value of the company’s net assets minus the par value of all the shares of stock it has issued. If there is no surplus, dividends can only be paid out of the company’s net profits for the current and immediately previous fiscal year.

Amalgamations, Mergers and Similar Arrangements

Under Irish law, the disposal of or acquisition of assets by a company requires the approval of its board of directors. However, certain acquisitions and disposal of assets may also require shareholder approval. For example, under the Companies Act, arrangements or compromises between a company and any class of shareholders or creditors and used in certain types of reconstructions, amalgamations capital reorganizations or mergers require:

 

  n  

the approval, at a shareholders’ meeting or creditors meeting (as applicable) convened by order of the court, of a majority in number of shareholders or creditors representing 75% in value of the capital held by, or

 

-125-


Table of Contents
 

debt owed to, the class of shareholders or creditors, or class thereof present and voting either in person or by proxy;

 

  n   the approval of the court; and

 

  n   the approval of the shareholders of the company, by way of special resolution, in connection with an acquisition of the company by way of merger with an EU company under the EU Cross-Border Mergers Directive 2005/56/EC.

Under Delaware law, with certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation must be approved by the board of directors and the shareholders. Under Delaware law, a shareholder of a corporation participating in a major corporate transaction may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights, which would allow him to receive the fair value of his shares (as determined by a court) in cash instead of the consideration he would otherwise receive in the transaction. Irish public companies may be acquired by way of a merger with a company incorporated in the EEA under the European Communities (Cross-Border Mergers) Regulations 2008, which implement the EU Cross-Border Merger Directive 2005/56 in Ireland. Such a merger must be approved by a special resolution. Shareholders also may be entitled to have their shares acquired for cash. While, generally, under Irish law, shareholders of an Irish company do not have statutory appraisal rights, if we are being merged as the transferor company with another EEA company under these Regulations (i) any of our shareholders who vote against the special resolution approving the merger or (ii) if 90% of our shares are held by the successor company, any other of our shareholders may be entitled to require that the successor company acquire its shares for cash.

Shareholder Suits

Under Irish company law, our shareholders generally may not sue for wrongs suffered by the Company. In Ireland, the decision to institute proceedings on behalf of a company is generally taken by the company’s board of directors. In certain limited circumstances, a shareholder may be entitled to bring a derivative action on our behalf arising from an actual or proposed act or omission involving negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by a director of our company. The central question at issue in deciding whether a minority shareholder may be permitted to bring a derivative action is whether, unless the action is brought, a wrong committed against the company would otherwise go un-redressed. The cause of action may be against the director, another person, or both.

In contrast to a derivative action, Irish company law permits an action by a shareholder in such shareholder’s own right on the basis of the infringement of his, her or its personal rights as a shareholder. A shareholder may commence a suit in a representative capacity for himself, herself or itself as well as other similarly affected consenting shareholders. Additionally, under Irish company law, any shareholder who claims that our affairs are being conducted, or that the powers of our directors are being exercised, in a manner oppressive to such shareholder’s interests as a shareholder, may apply to the Irish courts for an appropriate order.

Delaware law generally allows a shareholder to sue for wrongs suffered by the company if such shareholder first demands that the company sue on its own behalf and the company declines to do so, but allows the shareholder to do so. In certain situations, such as when there are specific reasons to believe that the directors are protecting their personal interests, the shareholder may sue directly without first making the demand.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

In general the Companies Acts prohibit us from indemnifying any director (and corporate secretary) against liability due to his negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust due to us. We may, however, indemnify our directors (and corporate secretary) if they are acquitted in a criminal proceeding or are successful in a civil proceeding or if relief is granted by a court under the Companies Acts. These restrictions do not apply to our executives who are not directors, the corporate secretary or other persons who would be considered “officers” within the meaning of that term under the Companies Acts. To the fullest extent permitted by Irish law, our articles of association confer an indemnity on our directors and our executive officers. In addition, Irish law does not prohibit a company from purchasing and maintaining insurance for its directors and officers against such liability.

Under Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify a director or officer against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts which he or she reasonably incurred in defending himself or herself in a lawsuit. The director or officer must have acted in good faith and, if being charged with a crime, must not have had a reasonable cause to believe that he or she was breaking the law.

 

-126-


Table of Contents

Inspection of Corporate Records

Members of the general public have the right to inspect our public documents available at the Companies Registration Office. Our shareholders have the additional right to inspect our register of directors and secretaries and minutes of general meetings. Our audited financial statements must be presented to our shareholders at an annual general meeting and made available to our shareholders in advance of an annual general meeting.

The register of members of a company is also open to inspection by shareholders without charge, and by members of the general public on payment of a fee. A company is required to maintain its share register in Ireland. A company is required to keep at its registered office a register of directors and officers that is also open for inspection. Irish law does not, however, provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records.

Delaware law permits a shareholder to inspect or obtain copies of a corporation’s shareholder list and its other books and records for any purpose reasonably related to such shareholder’s interest as a shareholder.

Calling of Special Shareholders’ Meetings

Under Irish law, an extraordinary general meeting may be convened (i) by the board of directors, (ii) on the request of shareholders holding the number of shares prescribed by the Companies Acts (at least 10% of the paid-up share capital of the Company carrying voting rights), (iii) in certain circumstances, on request of our auditors or (iv) in exceptional cases, by order of the Irish High Court.

Under Delaware law, a special meeting of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by any person who is authorized by the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws.

Amendment of Organizational Documents

Irish law provides that the memorandum and/or articles of association of a company may be amended by a resolution of shareholders, either by written resolution (which requires the signature of all shareholders) or by special resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders of which due notice has been given. At least a 75% majority of votes cast at a general meeting is required to pass such a resolution.

Under Delaware law, a company’s certificate of incorporation may be amended if the amendment is approved by both the board of directors and the shareholders. Unless a different percentage is provided for in the certificate of incorporation, a majority of the voting power of the shareholders of the corporation is required to approve an amendment. Under Delaware law, the certificate of incorporation may limit or remove the voting power of a class of the company’s stock. However, if the amendment would alter the number of authorized shares or par value or otherwise adversely affect the rights or preference of a class of stock, the holders of shares of that class are entitled to vote, as a class, upon the proposed amendment, without regard to the restriction in the certificate of incorporation.

Delaware law allows the bylaws of the corporation to be amended either by the shareholders or, if allowed in the certificate of incorporation, by the board of directors. Under Irish law, a 75% majority of votes cast at a general meeting of shareholders is required to amend either a company’s memorandum or its articles of association.

Amendments to Irish Company Law

The foregoing description of Irish law pertains to current Irish company law. New legislation which will replace the Companies Acts is currently passing through the final stages of the Irish legislature. Although it is anticipated that this new legislation will be signed into law before the end of 2014, the commencement date of the new legislation, or the New Companies Act, is not expected until June 1, 2015.

The New Companies Act largely restates the existing law relating to public companies limited by shares. Certain changes should however be noted as being different to the current position:

 

  n   Share Repurchases - Purchase by Subsidiaries

The New Companies Act provides that the general authority relating to an overseas market purchase of the company’s shares must expire no later than 5 years from the date on which it was granted, an extension of the 18 month timeframe provided for under the Companies Acts.

 

-127-


Table of Contents
  n   General Meetings of Shareholders

Under the New Companies Act, the company may still hold its annual general meeting outside of Ireland. However, in the absence of prior written consent of all members entitled to attend and/or vote at the annual general meeting, the company must make all necessary arrangements to ensure that members can by technological means participate in the meeting without leaving Ireland.

 

  n   Disclosure of Interests in Shares

Under the New Companies Act, the disclosure threshold for substantial shareholdings will be reduced from 5% to 3%.

 

  n   Share Certificates

While the company intends to issue uncertificated ordinary shares, under the New Companies Act, any member of the company has the right, subject to a fee, to request to be provided with a share certificate.

 

  n   Directors’ Duties

Under the New Companies Act, the fiduciary and common law duties of directors will also be given a statutory grounding.

History of Security Issuances

During the three years prior to consummation of this offering, the only shares issued or to be issued by our company are the 12,000,000 ordinary shares of U.S. $0.001 each to be issued to Presbia Holdings, our controlling shareholder, upon consummation of the 2014 Capital Contribution and the 40,000 ordinary shares of 1 each issued on incorporation of our company.

Listing

We have applied to have our ordinary shares approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “LENS.”

 

-128-


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. Future sales of our ordinary shares, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options and restricted shares that vest over time, in the public market after this offering, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price for our ordinary shares to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. As described below, only a limited number of our ordinary shares will be available for sale in the public market for a period of several months after completion of this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below. Future sales of our ordinary shares in the public market either before (to the extent permitted) or after restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our ordinary shares at such time and our ability to raise equity capital at a time and price we deem appropriate.

Sale of Restricted Shares

Based on our issuing 12,000,000 ordinary shares to Presbia Holdings upon consummation of the 2014 Capital Contribution, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to subscribe for                  additional ordinary shares, we will have in issue an aggregate of approximately                      ordinary shares upon consummation of this offering. Of these shares, all of the ordinary shares to be sold in this offering, and any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to subscribe for additional ordinary shares, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our “affiliates” as such term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act. The              shares expected to be purchased by Presbia Holdings in this offering will not be freely tradable as they will be subject to the Rule 144 volume limitations. All remaining ordinary shares held by existing shareholders immediately prior to the completion of this offering will be “restricted securities” as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued by us, or will be issued by us, in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144, which rule is summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements referred to below and the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the ordinary shares (excluding the shares sold in this offering) that will be available for sale in the public market are as follows:

 

 

 

APPROXIMATE NUMBER OF SHARES

  

FIRST DATE AVAILABLE FOR SALE INTO PUBLIC MARKET

12,000,000 shares

   180 days after the date of this prospectus, upon expiration of the lock-up agreements referred to below, subject to applicable volume limitations under Rule 144

 

 

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we, our officers, directors and holders of all of our outstanding shares have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to directly or indirectly, and, in the case of individuals, to use their best efforts to cause their immediate family members not to:

 

  n   sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including any short sale), lend, pledge, transfer, establish or increase a “put equivalent position” or liquidate or decrease a “call equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-l(h) under the Exchange Act, in, or otherwise dispose of any of our outstanding ordinary shares, or any options to purchase our ordinary shares;

 

  n   enter into any swap, hedge or similar arrangement or agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of our ordinary shares, or of options to purchase our ordinary shares;

 

  n   make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale of our ordinary shares, or of options to purchase our ordinary shares, or cause to be filed a registration statement, prospectus or prospectus supplement (or an amendment or supplement thereto) with respect to any such registration, or

 

-129-


Table of Contents
  n   publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus,

in each case, without the prior written consent of Jefferies LLC.

This restriction terminates after the close of trading of the ordinary shares on and including the 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The foregoing restrictions will not apply to any shares purchased by Presbia Holdings in this offering.

Jefferies LLC may, in its sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180-day period, without public notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our shareholders who will execute a lock-up agreement, providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

Following the lock-up periods set forth in the agreements described above, and assuming that Jefferies LLC does not release any parties from these agreements and that there is no extension of the lock-up period, all of the ordinary shares that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated) who is not deemed to have been one of our “affiliates” for purposes of Rule 144 at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our “affiliates,” is entitled to sell those shares in the public market (subject to the lock-up agreement referred to above, if applicable) without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitations or notice provisions of Rule 144, but subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than “affiliates,” then such person is entitled to sell such shares in the public market without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144 (subject to the lock-up agreement referred to above, if applicable). In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, who have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months are entitled to sell in the public market, upon expiration of any applicable lock-up agreements and within any three-month period, a number of those ordinary shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  n   1% of the number of ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  ordinary shares immediately after this offering (calculated on the basis of the assumptions described above and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options); or

 

  n   the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares on The NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Such sales under Rule 144 by our “affiliates” or persons selling shares on behalf of our “affiliates” are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of our restricted securities have entered into lock-up agreements as referenced above and their restricted securities will become eligible for sale (subject to the above limitations under Rule 144) upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Registration Rights

See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement” for a description of certain registration rights to be granted to Presbia Holdings, our controlling shareholder (and its permitted transferees).

 

-130-


Table of Contents

Presbia Incentive Plan

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the ordinary shares that we may issue upon exercise of options to be issued under our Presbia Incentive Plan in connection with this offering and the ordinary shares that we may issue pursuant to future awards under our Presbia Incentive Plan. Such registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations and the lock-up agreements described above, if applicable.

 

-131-


Table of Contents

TAXATION

Taxation in Ireland

Scope of Discussion

The following is a summary of the material Irish tax considerations applicable to certain investors who are the owners of our shares and is the opinion of the law firm of Arthur Cox insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of Irish tax law. It is based on existing Irish law, our understanding of the practices of the Irish Revenue Commissioners on the date of this document and correspondence with the Irish Revenue Commissioners. Legislative, administrative or judicial changes may modify the tax consequences described below, possibly with retroactive effect. Furthermore, we can provide no assurances that the consequences contained in this summary will not be challenged by the Irish Revenue Commissioners or will be sustained by a court if challenged.

The statements do not constitute tax advice and are intended only as a general guide. Furthermore, this information applies only to our shares that are held as capital assets and does not apply to all categories of shareholders, such as dealers in securities, trustees, insurance companies, collective investment schemes or shareholders who have, or who are deemed to have, acquired their shares by virtue of an office or employment. This summary is not exhaustive and shareholders should consult their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in Ireland, or other relevant jurisdictions of this offering, including the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our shares.

Tax on Chargeable Gains

A disposal of our shares by a shareholder who is not resident or ordinarily resident for tax purposes in Ireland will not give rise to Irish tax on any chargeable gain realized on such disposal unless such shares are used, held or acquired for the purposes of a trade or business carried on by such shareholder through a branch or agency in Ireland.

A disposal of our shares by an Irish resident or ordinarily resident shareholder or by a shareholder that used, held or acquired such shares for the purposes of a trade or business carried on by such shareholder through a branch or agency in Ireland will, subject to the availability of exemptions and reliefs, be subject to Irish tax on chargeable gains. The rate of capital gains tax in Ireland is currently 33%.

A holder of our shares who is an individual and who is temporarily non-resident in Ireland may, under Irish anti-avoidance legislation, be liable to Irish tax on any chargeable gain realized on a disposal during the period in which such individual is non-resident.

Dividend Withholding Tax

Dividend withholding tax, or DWT (currently at a rate of 20%), will arise in respect of dividends or distributions from an Irish resident company unless an exemption applies. Where DWT does arise in respect of dividends, our company is responsible for deducting DWT at source and forwarding the relevant payment to the Irish Revenue Commissioners.

Certain shareholders are entitled to an exemption from DWT. In particular, dividends to a non-Irish resident shareholder will not be subject to DWT if the shareholder is beneficially entitled to the dividend and is:

 

  n   an individual shareholder resident for tax purposes in a “relevant territory” and the individual is neither resident nor ordinarily resident in Ireland;

 

  n   a corporate shareholder resident for tax purposes in a “relevant territory,” provided that the corporate shareholder is not under the control, whether directly or indirectly, of a person or persons who is or are resident in Ireland;

 

  n   a corporate shareholder that is not resident for tax purposes in Ireland and that is ultimately controlled, directly or indirectly, by persons resident in a “relevant territory;”

 

  n   a corporate shareholder that is not resident for tax purposes in Ireland and whose principal class of shares (or those of its 75% parent) is substantially and regularly traded on a stock exchange in Ireland, a recognized stock exchange in a “relevant territory” or such other stock exchange as may be approved by the Irish Minister for Finance; or

 

  n  

a corporate shareholder that is not resident for tax purposes in Ireland and is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by two or more companies where the principal class of shares of each of such companies is

 

-132-


Table of Contents
 

substantially and regularly traded on a recognized stock exchange in a “relevant territory” or on such other stock exchange as may be approved by the Irish Minister for Finance;

and provided that, in all cases noted above (but subject to the special rules described in the paragraph below regarding U.S. Resident Shareholders), the shareholder has provided a relevant Irish DWT declaration form to his or her broker before the record date for the dividend (in the case of shares held through the Depositary Trust Company, or DTC) or to our transfer agent at least seven business days before such record date (in the case of shares held outside of DTC).

A list of “relevant territories” for the purposes of DWT is set forth below:

 

Albania   Croatia   Hungary   Malaysia   Portugal   Switzerland
Armenia   Cyprus   Iceland   Malta   Qatar   Thailand
Australia   Czech Republic   India   Mexico   Romania   Turkey
Austria   Denmark   Israel   Moldova   Russia   Ukraine
Bahrain   Egypt   Italy   Montenegro   Saudi Arabia   United Arab Emirates
Belarus   Estonia   Japan   Morocco   Serbia  

United Kingdom

Belgium   Finland   Republic of Korea   Netherlands   Singapore  

United States of America

Bosnia and Herzegovina   France   Kuwait   New Zealand   Slovak Republic  

Uzbekistan

Bulgaria   Georgia   Latvia   Norway   Slovenia  

Vietnam

Canada   Germany   Lithuania   Pakistan   South Africa   Zambia
Chile   Greece   Luxembourg   Panama   Spain  
China   Hong Kong   Macedonia   Poland   Sweden  

If we determine to pay a dividend, prior to paying any dividend, we will put in place an agreement with an entity that is recognized by the Irish Revenue Commissioners as a “qualifying intermediary,” which satisfies one of the Irish requirements for dividends to be paid free of DWT to certain shareholders who hold their shares through DTC.

U.S. Resident Shareholders

Dividends paid in respect of our shares that are owned by residents of the U.S. and held through DTC will not be subject to DWT provided that the address of the beneficial owner of the shares in the records of the broker is in the United States. We strongly recommend that such shareholders ensure that their information has been properly recorded by their brokers (so that such brokers can provide the relevant information to a qualifying intermediary appointed by us).

Dividends paid in respect of our shares that are owned by residents of the U.S. and held outside of DTC will not be subject to DWT provided that the shareholder has completed the relevant Irish DWT declaration form and this declaration form remains valid. Such shareholders must provide the relevant Irish DWT declaration form to our transfer agent at least seven business days before the record date for the first dividend payment to which they are entitled.

If a U.S resident shareholder is entitled to an exemption from DWT and receives a dividend subject to DWT, that shareholder will be entitled a refund of DWT from the Irish Revenue Commissioners, subject to certain time limits, provided the shareholder is beneficially entitled to the dividend.

Residents of “Relevant Territories” other than the United States

Shareholders who are residents of “relevant territories” other than the United States, and who are entitled to an exemption from DWT, must complete the appropriate Irish DWT declaration form in order to receive dividends without DWT.

Shareholders must provide the appropriate Irish DWT declaration form to their brokers (so that such brokers can provide the relevant information to a qualifying intermediary appointed by us) before the record date for the first dividend to which they are entitled (in the case of shares held through DTC), or to our transfer agent at least seven business days

 

-133-


Table of Contents

before such record date (in the case of shares held outside of DTC). We strongly recommend that such shareholders complete the appropriate Irish DWT declaration form and provide that form to their brokers or our transfer agent as soon as possible.

If a shareholder who is resident in a “relevant territory” and is entitled to an exemption from DWT receives a dividend subject to DWT, that shareholder will be entitled to a refund of DWT from the Irish Revenue Commissioners subject to certain time limits, provided the shareholder is beneficially entitled to the dividend.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this exception from DWT does not apply to an individual shareholder that is resident or ordinarily resident in Ireland or to a corporate entity that is under the control, whether directly or indirectly, of a person or persons who is or are resident in Ireland.

Irish Resident Shareholders

Irish tax resident or ordinarily resident shareholders will, subject to certain exemptions, be subject to DWT in respect of dividends or distributions received from an Irish resident company.

Irish tax resident or ordinarily resident shareholders that are entitled to receive dividends without DWT must complete the relevant Irish DWT declaration form and provide the declaration form to their brokers (so that such brokers can provide the relevant information to a qualifying intermediary appointed by us) before the record date for the first dividend to which they are entitled (in the case of shares held through DTC), or to our transfer agent at least seven business days before such record date (in the case of shares held outside of DTC).

Irish tax resident or ordinarily resident shareholders who are not entitled to an exemption from DWT and who are subject to Irish tax should consult their own tax advisors.

Other Persons

A shareholder that does not fall within one of the categories mentioned above may fall within other exemptions from DWT provided that the shareholder has completed the relevant Irish DWT declaration form and this declaration form remains valid.

If such a shareholder is exempt from DWT but receives a dividend subject to DWT, that shareholder will be able to claim a refund of DWT from the Irish Revenue Commissioners subject to certain time limits.

Income Tax on Dividends

Non-Irish Resident Shareholders

A shareholder who is not resident or ordinarily resident for tax purposes in Ireland and who is entitled to an exemption from DWT has no liability for Irish income tax or similar charges on a dividend from us unless that shareholder holds the shares through a branch or agency that carries on a trade in Ireland.

A shareholder who is not resident or ordinarily resident for tax purposes in Ireland and who is not entitled to an exemption from DWT has no additional liability for Irish income tax or similar charges unless that shareholder holds the shares through a branch or agency that carries on a trade in Ireland. The shareholder’s liability to tax is effectively limited to the amount of DWT already deducted by the company.

Irish Resident Shareholders

Irish resident or ordinarily resident shareholders will be, subject to certain exemptions, subject to Irish income tax and similar charges on dividends received from us. Such shareholders should consult their own tax advisor.

Capital Acquisitions Tax

Irish capital acquisitions tax, or CAT, consists principally of gift tax and inheritance tax. A gift or inheritance of our shares (including where such shares are held in DTC) could attract a charge to CAT regardless of the place of residence, ordinary residence or domicile of the transferor or transferee of the shares. This is because a charge to CAT can arise on a gift or inheritance which comprises of property situated in Ireland. Our shares are regarded as property situated in Ireland because our share register must be held in Ireland. The person who receives the gift or inheritance is the person who is primarily liable to pay any CAT that arises.

The rate of CAT is currently 33% and is payable if the taxable value of the gift or inheritance exceeds certain thresholds, referred to as “group thresholds.” CAT is applied on the excess over the threshold amount. The

 

-134-


Table of Contents

appropriate threshold amount depends upon the relationship between the transferor and the transferee of the shares and also the aggregation of the values of previous gifts and inheritances received by the transferee from persons within the same group threshold. A gift or inheritance received from a spouse is exempt from CAT.

Stamp Duty

General. Irish stamp duty typically arises on the transfer of shares in an Irish incorporated company.

Shares Held Through DTC . However, a transfer of our shares effected by means of the transfer of book entry interests in DTC will not be subject to Irish stamp duty.

Shares Transferred Into or Out of DTC . A shareholder may transfer our shares into or out of DTC without giving rise to Irish stamp duty so long as (i) there is no change in the ultimate beneficial ownership of the shares as a result of the transfer and (ii) the transfer into or out of DTC is not in contemplation of a sale of the shares by the beneficial owner to a third party.

Shares Held Outside of DTC . A transfer of our shares where any of the parties to the transfer hold the shares outside of DTC will, subject to the availability of exemptions and reliefs, be subject to Irish stamp duty, currently at the rate of 1% of the higher of the price paid or the market value of the shares acquired. The transferee of the shares is typically the person that is liable to pay stamp duty.

Due to the potential Irish stamp duty on transfers of our shares, we strongly recommend that shareholders hold their shares through DTC or through a broker who holds such shares through DTC.

DTC Requirement

In order for DTC, Cede & Co. and National Securities Clearing Corporation, or NSCC, which provides clearing services for securities that are eligible for the depository and book-entry transfer services provided by DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., which entities are referred to collectively as the DTC Parties, to agree to provide services with respect to our ordinary shares, we expect to enter into a composition agreement with the Revenue Commissioners of Ireland under which we will agree to pay or procure the payment of any obligation for any Irish stamp duty or similar Irish transfer or documentary tax with respect to our ordinary shares, on (a) transfers to which any of the DTC Parties is a party, or (b) which may be processed through the services of any of the DTC Parties and the DTC Parties have received confirmation from the Revenue Commissioners of Ireland that during the period that such composition agreement remains in force, the DTC Parties shall not be liable for any Irish stamp duty with respect to our ordinary shares.

In addition, to assure the DTC Parties that they will not be liable for any Irish stamp duty or similar Irish transfer or documentary tax with respect to our ordinary shares under any circumstances (including as a result of a change in applicable law), and to make other provisions with respect to our ordinary shares required by the DTC Parties, we and Computershare Limited, acting as our transfer agent, expect to enter into a Special Eligibility Agreement for Securities, with DTC, Cede & Co. and NSCC, or the DTC Eligibility Agreement.

The DTC Eligibility Agreement provides for certain indemnities of the DTC Parties by us and Computershare Limited (as to which we have agreed to indemnify Computershare Limited) and also provides that DTC may impose a global lock on our ordinary shares or otherwise limit transactions in the shares, or cause the shares to be withdrawn, and NSCC may, in its sole discretion, exclude our ordinary shares from its Continuous Net Settlement service or any other service, and any of the DTC Parties may take other restrictive measures with respect to our ordinary shares as it may deem necessary and appropriate, without any liability on the part of any of the DTC Parties, (i) at any time that it may appear to any of the DTC Parties, in any such party’s sole discretion, that to continue to hold or process transactions in our ordinary shares will give rise to any Irish stamp duty or similar Irish transfer or documentary tax liability with respect to our ordinary shares on the part of any of the DTC Parties or (ii) otherwise as DTC’s rules or the NSCC’s rules provide.

Material United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of acquiring, owning and disposing of our ordinary shares and is the opinion of Lowenstein Sandler LLP insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of U.S. federal income tax law.

 

-135-


Table of Contents

This summary addresses only the U.S. federal income tax considerations for U.S. Holders that hold our ordinary shares as capital assets. This summary does not address all U.S. federal income tax matters that may be relevant to a particular U.S. Holder. Each prospective investor should consult a professional tax advisor with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in our ordinary shares. This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to a holder of our ordinary shares that may be subject to special tax rules including, without limitation, the following:

 

  n   dealers in securities or currencies;

 

  n   financial institutions;

 

  n   regulated investment companies;

 

  n   real estate investment trusts;

 

  n   tax-exempt entities (including private foundations);

 

  n   insurance companies;

 

  n   persons holding ordinary shares as a part of a hedging, integrated, conversion or constructive sale transaction or a straddle;

 

  n   persons that own, directly, indirectly or as a result of certain constructive ownership rules, ordinary shares representing 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our shares;

 

  n   traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;

 

  n   persons liable for alternative minimum tax;

 

  n   U.S. Holders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar; or

 

  n   U.S. tax expatriates and certain former citizens and long-term residents of the United States.

This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, the United States Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative and judicial interpretations of the Code and the United States Treasury Regulations, all as currently in effect, and all subject to differing interpretations or change, possibly on a retroactive basis. This summary does not address any estate, gift, state, local, non-U.S. or other tax consequences, except as specifically provided herein. Furthermore, we can provide no assurance that the tax consequences contained in this summary will not be challenged by the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, or will be sustained by a court if challenged.

For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. Holder” means a person that holds ordinary shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

  n   an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S. (as determined under U.S. federal income tax rules);

 

  n   a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof;

 

  n   an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

  n   a trust if it (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) has in effect a valid election under applicable United States Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership or an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding ordinary shares or partners in such partnerships should consult their own tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of ordinary shares.

The following summary is not a substitute for careful tax planning and advice. U.S. Holders of ordinary shares are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the issues discussed herein, in light of their particular circumstances, as well as any considerations arising under the laws of any foreign, state, local or other taxing jurisdiction.

Taxation of distributions on ordinary shares

Subject to the discussion under “—Passive foreign investment company status and related tax consequences” below, the gross amount of any distribution (including amounts, if any, withheld in respect of Irish withholding tax)

 

-136-


Table of Contents

actually or constructively received by a U.S. Holder with respect to our ordinary shares will be taxable to the U.S. Holder as a dividend to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions to a U.S. Holder in excess of earnings and profits will be treated first as a return of capital that reduces a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such ordinary shares (thereby increasing the amount of gain or decreasing the amount of loss that a U.S. Holder would recognize on a subsequent disposition of our ordinary shares), and then as gain from the sale or exchange of such ordinary shares. In the event we make distributions to holders of ordinary shares, we may or may not calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. If we do not do so, any distribution may be required to be regarded as a dividend, even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain. The amount of any distribution of property other than cash will be the fair market value of that property on the date of distribution. The amount of the dividend will generally be treated as foreign-source dividend income to U.S. Holders.

Non-corporate U.S. Holders will generally be eligible for the preferential U.S. federal rate on qualified dividend income, provided that we are a “qualified foreign corporation,” the stock on which the dividend is paid is held for a minimum holding period, and other requirements are satisfied.

A “qualified foreign corporation” includes a foreign corporation that is not a PFIC (as defined below) in the year of the distribution or in the prior tax year and that is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States, if such treaty contains an exchange of information provision and the United States Treasury Department has determined that the treaty is satisfactory for purposes of the legislation.

Distributions to U.S. Holders generally will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

Taxation of sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares

Upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of an ordinary share, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition and such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ordinary share. If the U.S. holder receives euros in the transaction, the amount realized on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of the ordinary shares will be the U.S. dollar value of the euros received, which is determined for cash basis taxpayers on the settlement date for the transaction and for accrual basis taxpayers on the trade date (although accrual basis taxpayers can also elect the settlement date). Subject to the discussion under “—Passive foreign investment company” below, any such gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss and will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares transferred exceeds one year on the date of the sale or disposition. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders derived with respect to the disposition of ordinary shares are currently subject to tax at reduced rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to several limitations. The gain or loss will generally be U.S.-source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes.

3.8% Medicare Tax on Unearned Income

Individuals, estates and trusts are subject to a tax of 3.8% on “net investment income” (or undistributed “net investment income,” in the case of estates and trusts) for each taxable year, with such tax applying to the lesser of such income or the excess of such person’s adjusted gross income (with certain adjustments) over a specified amount. The specified amount is $250,000 for married individuals filing jointly, $125,000 for married individuals filing separately, $200,000 for other individuals and the dollar amount at which the highest income tax bracket for estates and trusts begins. Net investment income includes net income from interest, dividends, annuities, royalties and rents and net gain attributable to the disposition of investment property.

Passive foreign investment company status and related tax consequences

Special U.S. federal income tax rules apply to U.S. Holders owning shares of a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC. A foreign corporation generally will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which either:

 

  n   at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income”; or

 

-137-


Table of Contents
  n   on average at least 50% of the gross value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income.

For this purpose, passive income generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, gains from the disposition of passive assets and gains from commodities and securities transactions. In determining whether a foreign corporation is a PFIC, the foreign corporation must take into account its proportionate share of the income and assets of each corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, at least 25%, by value, of the stock.

Although neither we nor any of our subsidiaries was a PFIC in 2013 or any prior year, based on the Code, Treasury Regulations, court rulings and other administrative guidance from the IRS, all as currently in effect, and based on current estimates of our gross income, gross assets and the nature of our business, we believe that we may be a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the current taxable year and for foreseeable future taxable years. In particular, the proceeds from this offering would be a passive asset and could cause us to meet the asset test for the taxable year that includes this offering. If we fail to deploy sufficient cash in later taxable years to avoid meeting the asset test, or we are not generating sufficient active income, we could meet either or both PFIC tests in such later years. Accordingly, a U.S. Holder will be subject to different taxation rules with respect to an investment in our ordinary shares depending on whether such U.S. Holder makes a Qualifying Election Fund, or QEF, election or a mark-to-market election with respect to his or her investment in our ordinary shares. Our status as a PFIC depends on meeting either the income test or the asset test described above. These tests are calculated on an annual basis; therefore, our counsel cannot definitively determine as of the date of this prospectus whether we will qualify as a PFIC for any particular year.

If a U.S. Holder makes a valid, timely QEF election with respect to our ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder must report for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, if any, for each taxable year for which we are a PFIC that ends with or within its taxable year, regardless of whether or not it received any distributions on the ordinary shares it owns. No portion of any such inclusions of ordinary earnings would be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income.” If a U.S. Holder is a non-corporate U.S. Holder, any such net capital gain inclusions would be eligible for taxation at the preferential capital gain tax rates. A U.S Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its ordinary shares would be increased to reflect any taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Any distribution of earnings and profits that previously had been taxed would not be taxed again when a U.S. Holder receives such distribution (nor would distributions in excess of our earnings and profits), but it would result in a corresponding reduction in the adjusted tax basis in its ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder would not, however, be entitled to a deduction for its pro rata share of any net losses that we incur with respect to any year. A U.S. Holder generally would recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder may make a timely QEF election with respect to its investment in our ordinary shares by filing one copy of IRS Form 8621 with its U.S. federal income tax return for the first year in which it holds our ordinary shares. Retroactive QEF elections generally may be made only by filing a protective statement with such return and if certain other conditions are met or with the consent of the IRS. If we are a PFIC with respect to any tax year, we intend to provide U.S. Holders with all necessary information on a timely basis in order to enable them to make and maintain a QEF election as described above. We will make the determination as to whether we meet the tests to be a PFIC on an annual basis as soon as reasonably practicable after the close of each taxable year and, if we meet such tests with respect to any taxable year, we expect to post all such necessary information on our website in a timely manner for our U.S. holders making QEF elections to make and maintain such elections. A U.S. Holder may make a separate election to defer the payment of taxes on undistributed income inclusions under the QEF election rules, but if deferred, any such taxes will be subject to an interest charge.

We believe that one or more of our subsidiaries may be PFICs for the current taxable year and for foreseeable future taxable years based on the nature of their current and projected income and assets. If any of our subsidiaries are PFICs, a U.S. Holder may need to make the QEF election with respect to each such subsidiary in order to avoid the adverse tax consequences described below. We intend to provide U.S. Holders with all information necessary in order for them to make the QEF election with respect to any of our subsidiaries that may be classified as a PFIC in any tax year in the same manner as described above. The mark-to-market election described below generally will not be available with respect to any of our subsidiaries that is a PFIC, rendering such election less beneficial to a U.S. Holder than the QEF election.

 

-138-


Table of Contents

Provided that our ordinary shares are “marketable stock,” which we believe they would be, a U.S. Holder may make a mark-to-market election with respect to our ordinary shares. If a U.S. Holder makes a valid, timely mark-to-market election with respect to our ordinary shares, it will include in income each year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the ordinary shares as of the close of its taxable year over its adjusted basis in such ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder is allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the ordinary shares over their fair market value as of the close of your taxable year. Deductions are allowable, however, only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the ordinary shares included in its income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in a U.S. Holder’s income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment applies to the deductible portion of any mark-to-market loss on the ordinary shares, as well as to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the ordinary shares, to the extent the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for such ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder’s basis in the ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts and will be reduced by distributions received. Distributions will not be includable in income, except to the extent they exceed a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its ordinary shares. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election, it will be effective for the taxable year for which the election is made and all subsequent taxable years in which we are a PFIC unless our ordinary shares are no longer marketable stock or the IRS consents to the revocation of the election.

If we or one of our subsidiaries is a PFIC and a U.S. Holder does not make a QEF or mark-to-market election with respect to its investment in our ordinary shares, it would be subject to special rules with respect to (i) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions it receives on our ordinary shares in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions it received in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, its holding period for the ordinary shares), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares. Under these special rules:

 

  n   the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the holding period for the ordinary shares;

 

  n   the amount allocated to the current taxable year (and any other year prior to the year in which we were a PFIC) would be taxed as ordinary income and would not be “qualified dividend income”; and

 

  n   the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax to which it would have been subject for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed tax deferral would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

Although a determination as to our PFIC status will be made annually, an initial determination that we are a PFIC will generally apply for subsequent years to a U.S. Holder who held ordinary shares while we were a PFIC, whether or not we meet the test for PFIC status in those years. A U.S. Holder who makes the QEF election discussed above for our first tax year in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our ordinary shares and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, however, will not be subject to the PFIC tax and interest charge rules (or the denial of basis step-up at death) discussed above in respect to such shares. In addition, such U.S. Holder will not be subject to the QEF inclusion regime with respect to such shares for the tax years in which we are not a PFIC. On the other hand, if the QEF election is not effective for each of our tax years in which we are a PFIC and the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our ordinary shares, the PFIC rules discussed above will continue to apply to such shares unless the holder makes a purging election and pays the tax and interest charge with respect to the gain inherent in such shares attributable to the pre-QEF election period. Such election also can be made by a U.S. holder in order to make a QEF election other than for the first taxable year in which we are a PFIC (and in which the U.S. holder owns our shares).

If a U.S. Holder owns ordinary shares during any taxable year that we are treated as a PFIC, it will be required to file IRS Form 8621 (regardless of whether a QEF or mark-to-market election is made).

The rules dealing with PFICs and with the QEF and mark-to-market elections are very complex and are affected by various factors in addition to those described above. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to our ordinary shares, the availability and advisability of making a QEF or mark-to-market election and the application of the reporting rules to your particular situation.

 

-139-


Table of Contents

If we are not treated as a PFIC, and you paid taxes as if we were a PFIC, then you may be able to claim a refund for taxes you paid in excess of the taxes you actually owed. If you do not timely make such a refund claim, then your refund will be disallowed and you will bear more taxes than you actually owe.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Distributions paid with respect to ordinary shares and proceeds from a sale, exchange or redemption of ordinary shares made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible U.S. backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification on IRS Form W-9 or that is a corporation or entity that is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders of ordinary shares should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, and such holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information in a timely manner.

U.S. Holders who (i) own immediately after the transfer at least 10% by vote or value of our ordinary shares or (ii) have transferred more than $100,000 in a 12-month period to a foreign corporation will be required to file an IRS Form 926. For purposes of determining the total dollar value of ordinary shares purchased by a U.S. Holder in this offering, ordinary shares purchased by certain related parties (including family members) are included. Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. Holder who fails to comply with this reporting obligation.

In addition, individual citizens or residents of the United States who hold certain “specified foreign financial assets” that exceed certain thresholds (the lowest being holding specified foreign financial assets with an aggregate value in excess of: (1) $50,000 on the last day of the tax year, or (2) $75,000 at any time during the tax year) are required to report information relating to such assets. The definition of “specified foreign financial assets” generally includes not only financial accounts maintained in foreign financial institutions, but also, unless held in accounts maintained by a financial institution, any stock or security issued by a non-U.S. person, any financial instrument or contract held for investment that has an issuer or counterparty other than a U.S. person, and any interest in a foreign entity. U.S. Individual Holders may be subject to these reporting requirements unless their ordinary shares are held in an account at a U.S. financial institution. Significant penalties may apply for failure to satisfy the reporting obligations described above.

Additionally, a U.S. Holder holding our ordinary shares should consider their possible obligation to file, electronically, FinCEN114—Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts Report—with respect to the common shares.

U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations, if any, as a result of their purchase, ownership or disposition of our ordinary shares.

 

-140-


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, dated                     , 2014, between us and Jefferies LLC, as the representative of the underwriters named below and the sole book-running manager of this offering, we have agreed to issue to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to subscribe from us, the respective number of ordinary shares shown opposite its name below:

 

 

 

UNDERWRITER

   NUMBER OF
ORDINARY
SHARES

Jefferies LLC

  
  
  
  
  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

Presbia Holdings, our controlling shareholder, has indicated an interest in purchasing up to 15% of the ordinary shares to be sold in this offering (excluding any shares to be sold pursuant to the underwriter’s 30-day option to purchase additional shares), up to a maximum investment of $10 million. However, because an indication of interest is not a binding agreement or commitment to purchase, this entity may determine to purchase fewer shares than it indicates an interest in purchasing or not to purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that this entity could indicate an interest in purchasing more of our ordinary shares. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to this entity than the entity indicates an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to this entity.

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions and approval of certain legal matters by their counsel. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters will subscribe for all of the ordinary shares if any of them are subscribed for. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that, in certain circumstances, the subscription commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters will be increased and, in other circumstances, the subscription commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters have advised us that, following the completion of this offering, they currently intend to make a market in the ordinary shares as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, the underwriters are not obligated to do so, and the underwriters may discontinue any market-making activities at any time without notice in their sole discretion. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the ordinary shares, that you will be able to sell any of the ordinary shares held by you at a particular time or that the prices that you receive when you sell will be favorable.

The underwriters are offering the ordinary shares subject to their acceptance of the ordinary shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part. In addition, the underwriters have advised us that they do not intend to confirm sales to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Commission and Expenses

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the ordinary shares to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers, which may include the underwriters, at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per ordinary share. The underwriters may allow, and certain dealers may reallow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $         per ordinary share to certain

 

-141-


Table of Contents

brokers and dealers. After the offering, the initial public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representative. No such reduction will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table shows the public offering price, the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, to us in connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to subscribe for additional ordinary shares.

 

 

 

     PER ORDINARY SHARE      TOTAL  
     WITHOUT
OPTION TO
SUBSCRIBE
FOR
ADDITIONAL
ORDINARY
SHARES
     WITH
OPTION TO
SUBSCRIBE
FOR
ADDITIONAL
ORDINARY
SHARES
     WITHOUT
OPTION TO
SUBSCRIBE
FOR
ADDITIONAL
ORDINARY
SHARES
     WITH
OPTION TO
SUBSCRIBE
FOR
ADDITIONAL
ORDINARY
SHARES
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $         $         $     

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $         $         $         $     

 

 

We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $        . We also have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for up to $45,000 for their FINRA counsel fee. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110, this reimbursed fee is deemed underwriting compensation for this offering.

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our ordinary shares. Consequently, the initial public offering price for our ordinary shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant.

We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which the ordinary shares will trade in the public market subsequent to the offering or that an active trading market for the ordinary shares will develop and continue after the offering.

Listing

We have applied to have our ordinary shares approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “LENS.”

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase ordinary shares offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Option to Subscribe for Additional Ordinary Shares

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to subscribe for, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of                  ordinary shares from us at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to specified conditions, to subscribe for a number of additional ordinary shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment as indicated in the table above. This option may be exercised only if the underwriters sell more ordinary shares than the total number set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

-142-


Table of Contents

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our officers, directors and Presbia Holdings have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

  n   sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including any short sale), pledge, transfer or establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-l(h) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or

 

  n   otherwise dispose of any ordinary shares, options or warrants to acquire ordinary shares, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into ordinary shares currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially, or

 

  n   publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing,

for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Jefferies LLC.

These restrictions terminate after the close of trading of the ordinary shares on and including the 180 th day after the date of this prospectus.

Jefferies LLC may, in its sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180-day period, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of the parties who will execute a lock-up agreement, providing consent to the sale of ordinary shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

Stabilization

The underwriters have advised us that they, pursuant to Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and certain persons participating in the offering may engage in short sale transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids in connection with this offering. These activities may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the ordinary shares at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Establishing short sales positions may involve either “covered” short sales or “naked” short sales.

“Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ordinary shares in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to subscribe for additional ordinary shares or purchasing our ordinary shares in the open market. In determining the source of ordinary shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ordinary shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may subscribe for ordinary shares through the option to subscribe for additional ordinary shares.

“Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the option to subscribe for additional ordinary shares. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing ordinary shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our ordinary shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

A stabilizing bid is a bid for the purchase of ordinary shares on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the ordinary shares. A syndicate covering transaction is the bid for or the purchase of ordinary shares on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters in connection with the offering. Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our ordinary shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our ordinary shares. As a result, the price of our ordinary shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the underwriters to reclaim the selling concession otherwise accruing to a syndicate member in connection with the offering if the ordinary shares originally sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction and therefore have not been effectively placed by such syndicate member.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our ordinary shares. The underwriters are not obligated to engage in these activities and, if commenced, any of the activities may be discontinued at any time.

 

-143-


Table of Contents

The underwriters may also engage in passive market making transactions in our ordinary shares on The NASDAQ Global Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of our ordinary shares in this offering and extending through the completion of distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or on the web sites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of ordinary shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ web sites and any information contained in any other web site maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Activities and Relationships

The underwriters and certain of their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and certain of their affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various commercial and investment banking and financial advisory services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and certain of their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments issued by us or our affiliates. If the underwriters or their respective affiliates have a lending relationship with us, they routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities or the securities of our affiliates, including potentially the ordinary shares offered hereby. Any such short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the ordinary shares offered hereby. The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

-144-


Table of Contents

NOTICE TO INVESTORS

Australia

This prospectus is not a disclosure document for the purposes of Australia’s Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to the categories of exempt persons set out below. Accordingly, if you receive this prospectus in Australia:

You must confirm and warrant that you are either:

 

  n   a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

 

  n   a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to the company which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made; or

 

  n   a “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act.

To the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor or professional investor under the Corporations Act, any offer made to you under this prospectus is void and incapable of acceptance.

You warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the shares issued to you pursuant to this prospectus for resale in Australia within 12 months of those securities being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each referred to herein as a Relevant Member State, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, referred to herein as the Relevant Implementation Date, no offer of any securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus has been or will be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than any offer where a prospectus has been or will be published in relation to such securities that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the relevant competent authority in that Relevant Member State in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of such securities may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State:

 

  n   to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  n   to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative of the underwriters for any such offer; or

 

  n   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of securities shall require the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

-145-


Table of Contents

Hong Kong

No securities have been offered or sold, and no securities may be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent; or to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32) of Hong Kong. No document, invitation or advertisement relating to the securities has been issued or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance.

This prospectus has not been registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong. Accordingly, this prospectus may not be issued, circulated or distributed in Hong Kong, and the securities may not be offered for subscription to members of the public in Hong Kong. Each person acquiring the securities will be required, and is deemed by the acquisition of the securities, to confirm that he is aware of the restriction on offers of the securities described in this prospectus and the relevant offering documents and that he is not acquiring, and has not been offered any securities in circumstances that contravene any such restrictions.

Japan

The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended), or FIEL, and the Initial Purchaser will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means, unless otherwise provided herein, any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been and will not be lodged or registered with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or the invitation for subscription or purchase of the securities may not be issued, circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person as defined under Section 275(2), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  n   a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined under Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  n   a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor,

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Offer Shares under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  n  

to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and

 

-146-


Table of Contents
 

units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

  n   where no consideration is given for the transfer; or

 

  n   where the transfer is by operation of law.

Switzerland

The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance of prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing of prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or FINMA, and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of securities.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, referred to herein as the Order, and/or (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated. Each such person is referred to herein as a Relevant Person.

This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a Relevant Person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

-147-


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the issuance of our ordinary shares offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Arthur Cox, Dublin, Ireland. Certain U.S. tax matters will be passed upon for us by Lowenstein Sandler LLP. Covington & Burling LLP is counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering. A&L Goodbody, Dublin, Ireland is counsel for the underwriters with respect to Irish law.

 

-148-


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The combined balance sheets of Presbia PLC as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related combined statements of operations and comprehensive loss, shareholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013 and for the period from June 27, 2007 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the company’s ability to continue as a going concern, and an explanatory paragraph relating to allocations of expenses from Presbia Holdings, the company’s ultimate controlling shareholder, and arrangements with related parties). Such combined financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

-149-


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the ordinary shares offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information with respect to Presbia PLC and the ordinary shares offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from such offices upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address is www.sec.gov.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at www.presbia.com. You may access our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on our website, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our ordinary shares.

 

-150-


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

     PAGE  

PRESBIA PLC

  

Combined Financial Statements:

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

     F-3   

Combined Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and December  31, 2012 and for the period from June 29, 2007 (inception) to December 31, 2013

     F-4   

Combined Statement of Shareholders’ Deficit for the period from June  29, 2007 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013

     F-5   

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and December  31, 2012 and for the period from June 29, 2007 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013

     F-6   

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-7   

Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements:

  

Combined Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (Unaudited)

     F-22   

Combined Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Six Months Ended June  30, 2014 and 2013 and for the period from June 29, 2007 (Date of Inception) to June 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

     F-23   

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June  30, 2014 and 2013 and for the period from June 29, 2007 (Date of Inception) to June 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

     F-24   

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements

     F-25   

 

 

 

F-1


Table of Contents

The accompanying combined financial statements reflect the contribution of all the share capital in issue in Presbia Ireland, Limited to the Company, which will be effected on                      , 2014 (the “2014 Capital Contribution”). The report of the independent registered public accounting firm below is in the form which will be signed by Deloitte & Touche LLP upon consummation of the 2014 Capital Contribution, which is described in the first paragraph of Note 1 of the Notes to the Combined Financial Statements, and assuming that from March 20, 2014 to the date of the 2014 Capital Contribution, no other events shall have occurred, other than those described in Note 1 of the Notes to the Combined Financial Statements, that would affect the accompanying combined financial statements and notes thereto.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles

October 8, 2014

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Presbia Holdings, controlling shareholder of Presbia PLC

Dublin, Ireland

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Presbia PLC, an Irish public limited company, (development stage company) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related combined statements of operations and comprehensive loss, shareholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013 and for the period from June 29, 2007 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion . An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years ended December 31, 2013, and for the period from June 29, 2007 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company’s recurring net losses, negative cash flows from operating activities, and shareholders’ deficit raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans concerning these matters are also discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

As discussed in Note 1 to the combined financial statements, the financial statements include allocations of expenses from Presbia Holdings, the Company’s ultimate controlling shareholder. These allocations may not be reflective of the actual level of costs or debt which would have been incurred had the Company operated as a separate entity apart from Presbia Holdings. Also as disclosed in Note 9, the Company has arrangements with related parties, including Presbia Holdings.

Los Angeles, California

March 20, 2014

(                 , 2014 as to Note 1)

 

F-2


Table of Contents

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PRESBIA PLC

(Development Stage Company)

Combined Balance Sheets

(in thousands)

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,  
     2013     2012  

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash

   $ 584      $ 176   

Accounts receivable

     20        10   

Inventory

     199        199   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     146        180   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     949        565   

Property and equipment, net

     820        718   

Intangible asset

     3        8   

Other assets

     1,993        80   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,765      $ 1,371   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ deficit

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 2,652      $ 236   

Due to related parties

     132        80   

Other current liabilities

     405        99   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     3,189        415   

Payable due to the Parent

     9,425        13,043   

Deferred rent

     33        35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     12,647        13,493   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (note 11)

    

Shareholder’s deficit

    

Capital

     12,840        138   

Accumulated deficit

     (21,722     (12,260
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholder’s deficit

     (8,882     (12,122
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficit

   $ 3,765      $ 1,371   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Combined Financial Statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

PRESBIA PLC

(Development Stage Company)

Combined Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

    

 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

    PERIOD FROM JUNE 29,
2007 (DATE OF
INCEPTION) TO
DECEMBER 31,

2013
 
             2013                     2012            

Revenues

   $ 98      $ 95      $ 453   

Cost of goods sold

     111        71        258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     (13     24        195   

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     2,136        1,024        3,808   

Sales and marketing

     1,044        632        2,771   

General and administrative

     4,088        1,957        10,201   

Goodwill impairment

                   15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     7,268        3,613        16,795   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (7,281     (3,589     (16,600

Interest expense

     2,161        1,458        5,232   

Interest income

                   (144

Other expense

                   14   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax provision

     (9,442     (5,047     (21,702

Income tax provision

     20               20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (9,462     (5,047     (21,722

Other comprehensive loss

                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (9,462   $ (5,047   $ (21,722
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share-basic and diluted

   $ (0.79   $ (0.42  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

     12,000,000        12,000,000     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Combined Financial Statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

PRESBIA PLC

(Development Stage Company)

Combined Statement of Shareholders’ Deficit

(in thousands)

 

 

 

     CAPITAL      ACCUMULATED
DEFICIT
    TOTALS  

Net loss

   $       $ (26   $ (26
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2007

             (26     (26

Net loss

             (115     (115
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2008

             (141     (141

Capital issued to acquire business

     50                50   

Net loss

             (1,667     (1,667
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

     50         (1,808     (1,758

Stock-based compensation allocated from the Parent

     11                11   

Net loss

             (2,518     (2,518
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

     61         (4,326     (4,265

Stock-based compensation allocated from the Parent

     30                30   

Net loss

             (2,887     (2,887
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

     91         (7,213     (7,122

Stock-based compensation allocated from the Parent

     47                47   

Net loss

             (5,047     (5,047
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

     138         (12,260     (12,122

Stock-based compensation allocated from Parent

     489                489   

Capitalization of amounts due to Parent Pursuant to 2013 Restructuring of Presbia Ireland, Limited.

     12,213                12,213   

Net loss

             (9,462     (9,462
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

   $ 12,840       $ (21,722   $ (8,882
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Combined Financial Statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

PRESBIA PLC

(Development Stage Company)

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

 

 

    

 

 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

    PERIOD FROM 
JUNE 29, 2007
(DATE OF
INCEPTION) TO
DECEMBER 31,

2013
 
             2013                     2012            

Cash flow from operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (9,462   $ (5,047   $ (21,722

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     91        29        177   

Amortization

     5        5        21   

Goodwill impairment

                   15   

Inventory provisions

     56        22        78   

Stock-based compensation allocated from the Parent

     489        47        577   

Non-cash interest expense on funding from the Parent

     2,161        1,458        4,932   

Non-cash operating expenses allocated from the Parent

     1,016        500        1,896   

Non-cash operating expenses allocated from related party

                   182   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (10     37        (20

Inventory

     (56     (85     (278

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     34        (136     (146

Other assets

     50        (80     (30

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

     755        121        1,064   

Deferred rent

     (2     28        33   

Due to related parties

     52        57        133   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (4,821     (3,044     (13,088
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow from investing activities:

      

Loan to related party

                   (330

Repayment of loan from related party

                   330   

Purchase of property and equipment

     (147     (694     (916
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (147     (694     (916
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow from financing activities:

      

Loan from related party

                   1,458   

Repayment of loan to related party

                   (1,640

Deferred offering costs

     (42            (42

Funding from the Parent

     5,418        3,760        14,812   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     5,376        3,760        14,588   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

     408        22        584   

Cash balance at beginning of period

     176        154          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash balance at end of period

   $ 584      $ 176      $ 584   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid for interest

   $      $      $ 300   

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities:

      

Purchase of property and equipment included in accounts payable

   $ 46      $ 24      $ 70   

Capital issued for acquisition of a business

   $      $      $ 50   

Allocated operating expenses funded by the Parent

   $ 1,016      $ 500      $ 1,896   

Allocated operating expenses funded by related party

   $      $      $ 182   

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 1,922      $      $ 1,922   

Capitalization of amounts due to Parent persuant to the 2013 Restructuring

   $ 12,213      $      $ 12,213   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Combined Financial Statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

PRESBIA PLC

(Development Stage Company)

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

(1) Basis of Presentation and Description of the Business

Presbia PLC (the “Company” or “Presbia PLC”), an Irish public limited company, was formed on February 6, 2014 through the issuance of 40,000 shares for 40,000 Euros (approximately $54,000) for the purpose of consummating an initial public offering (“IPO”) of its ordinary shares. Presbia PLC’s ultimate controlling shareholder, Presbia Holdings (the “Parent”), was organized in the Cayman Islands in 2007 as an exempted company with limited liability. On October 21, 2013, the Parent completed a restructuring (the “2013 Restructuring”) which involved the formation on September 13, 2013 of an interim holding company, Presbia Ireland, Limited, and the contribution by the Parent of 100% of its direct and indirect ownership interests in its business, assets and subsidiaries to Presbia Ireland, Limited. On                     , 2014, the Parent converted the remaining indebtedness owed to the Parent by certain subsidiaries of Presbia Ireland, Limited to capital, and the Parent contributed all the share capital in issue in Presbia Ireland, Limited to Presbia PLC (the “2014 Capital Contribution”) in exchange for 12,000,000 shares of Presbia PLC. On March 20, 2014, the Company authorized the issuance of an aggregate of 20,000,000 ordinary shares to the Parent in connection with the 2014 Capital Contribution, and, after further consideration, on October 6, 2014, the Company authorized the issuance of an aggregate of 12,000,000 ordinary shares to the Parent in connection with the 2014 Capital Contribution. The aggregate 12,000,000 shares of Presbia PLC have been reflected as issued and outstanding as of the earliest date of the periods presented for purposes of computation of basic and diluted net loss per share.

The accompanying combined financial statements have been derived from the historical cost basis of the assets and liabilities, financial condition and cash flows of Presbia Ireland, Limited, organized in Ireland, and Presbia USA, Inc., and OPL, LLC. Presbia USA, Inc. and OPL, LLC are both entities organized in the United States, and include Presbia USA, Inc.’s subsidiaries, Visitome, Inc. and PresbiBio, LLC, both organized in the United States, and OPL, LLC’s direct and indirect subsidiaries, PIP Holdings, C.V and Presbia Cooperatief U.A., both organized in the Netherlands, and PresbiOptical LLC, organized in the United States (collectively, including Presbia PLC, the “Company”). The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company’s fiscal year ends on December 31. The entities presented in the combined financial statements have been under common control during the periods presented.

The Company, which began to be formed on June 29, 2007, is developing and marketing a surgical solution to the age-related vision condition known as presbyopia. The Company’s primary objectives have been twofold: (1) achieve commercial success in those parts of the world where the Company’s surgical procedure has been approved by regulatory agencies and (2) successfully apply to the United States Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) for the authorization to market and manufacture the surgical procedure in the United States. This procedure is currently not authorized by the FDA and may not be manufactured, sold, distributed or surgically performed on any individual in the United States. The Company’s principal revenue generating activity is the sale of the Company’s microlens to approved ophthalmologist physicians who, in turn, perform the surgical procedure on their patient base. Presbia is authorized to sell, market and perform this procedure in Ireland, Czech Republic, Australia, Japan, Colombia, Israel, Brazil, Italy, Turkey and South Africa through its wholly-owned Dutch subsidiary, Presbia Cooperatief U.A. Activities to-date have consisted primarily of research and development and, accordingly, the Company is classified as a development stage company.

Stock-based compensation expenses recognized by the Parent that were incurred to benefit the Company have been allocated to the Company (see Note 8). In December 2012, an entity affiliated with the Parent’s chairman paid cash of $100,000 to settle litigation involving various parties to the litigation, including the Parent and Visitome Inc. The litigation settlement in the amount of $100,000 is reflected as general and administrative expense in the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012, and is included in payable due to the Parent in the Company’s combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 (see Note 9). The financial information in these statements may not include all of the expenses that would have been incurred had the Company been a separate, stand-alone publicly traded entity. All intercompany accounts have been eliminated in combination.

The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As reflected in the accompanying financial statements, the Company has reported recurring net

 

F-7


Table of Contents

losses and negative cash flows from operating activities, and negative working capital of $2.2 million and a deficit accumulated during the development stage of $21.7 million as of December 31, 2013. The Company has not established a source of revenues sufficient to cover its operating costs, and, as a result, has incurred an operating loss since inception and relies on the Parent and its principal shareholder for virtually all cash resources. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had no committed sources of capital or financing, including from the Parent or its principal shareholder. The Company plans to continue to rely on the Parent and its principal shareholder to fund operations until such time as it is able to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or debt securities or the establishment of other funding facilities. However, the Company cannot provide assurances that such additional capital will be available, whether through the sale of equity or debt securities or the establishment of other funding facilities, or that the Parent or its principal shareholder will continue to provide funding. These and other factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires that management makes estimates and assumptions that are included in the combined financial statements and accompanying notes. The actual results may differ from those estimates.

Segment Information

In accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 280-10-50, Segment Reporting, operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. To-date, the Company has viewed its operations and manages its business as one segment operating primarily in the United States of America and in Ireland, France, Australia, Japan, Columbia, Israel, Brazil, Italy, Turkey and South Africa through its wholly-owned Dutch subsidiary, Presbia Cooperatief U.A.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of subsidiaries outside the United States of America is the U.S. Dollar. Transactions in foreign currencies during the year are re-measured at rates of exchange on the dates of the transactions. Gains and losses related to re-measurement of items arising through operating activities are accounted for in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss and included in general and administrative expense. Aggregate foreign exchange losses were $4,000, $4,000 and $11,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the period from June 29, 2007 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013, respectively.

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company’s product requires the approval of the FDA and regulatory agencies in the countries where the Company operates or expects to establish operations in the future. There is no assurance that the Company’s products will receive or maintain the necessary approvals to begin or continue operations. If the approvals are denied, delayed or withdrawn, there may be a material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations and related cash flows.

Cash is generally deposited in demand deposit accounts that, from time to time, may exceed insurable limits. The Company has not experienced any losses from its deposits of cash.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, such as cash equivalents, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued expenses, approximate fair value due to their short maturities. Amounts payable to relates parties, including the payable due to the Parent, which has no fixed maturity or expiration date, do not have readily determinable fair values.

Cash

The Company considers highly liquid investments with original maturities less than 90 days to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no such short-term investment instruments and maintained its cash in bank demand deposit accounts.

Inventory

The Company accounts for inventory at the lower of market or cost. Inventory is stated at weighted average cost, which is determined by applying the current average cost to the ending inventory. Inventory consists of lenses and lens

 

F-8


Table of Contents

inserters and other accessories used by physicians in the surgical process associated with the lenses. The Company maintains serialized records of all lenses, including the five-year expiration date of each lens, after which the lens cannot be sold. The Company considers the expiration dates of lenses, in addition to comparing the carrying amount of inventory to expected demand, and will write-down inventory for amounts determined to be excess or obsolete. During the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for the period from June 29, 2007 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013, the Company recorded inventory write-downs of $56,000, $22,000 and $78,000, respectively.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives of three to ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the useful life of the asset or the remaining term of the lease. Repairs and maintenance of property and equipment are expensed as incurred. Upon retirement or sale, the original cost and accumulated depreciation are removed and any gain or loss is recognized in the combined statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews the recoverability of long-lived and finite-lived intangible assets when circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets might not be recoverable. This evaluation is based on various analyses, including undiscounted cash flow projections. In the event undiscounted cash flow projections indicate impairment, the Company would record an impairment based on the fair value of the assets at the date of the impairment.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

In 2009, the Parent acquired Visitome, Inc. by issuing capital stock valued at $50,000. The Parent assigned a fair value of $50,000 to the net assets acquired which included a finite-lived intangible asset of $24,000, property and equipment of $11,000 and goodwill of $15,000. During 2010, the Parent performed an annual goodwill evaluation and determined that the goodwill was impaired and recognized an impairment loss of $15,000 in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss. The intangible asset is being amortized through August 2014 on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life of five years. The Company amortized $4,800 in 2013 and 2012 and the remaining balance of $3,200 as of December 31, 2013 is expected to be amortized in 2014.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive income or loss is defined as a change in equity of a company attributable to all transactions excluding those transactions resulting from investment with owners and distributions to owners. There were no differences between net loss and comprehensive loss in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists with the customer, selling prices are fixed or determinable, title or risk of loss has passed, and collection is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognized upon shipment and payments are either received in advance, or net 45 days for lenses or net 14 days for accessories. From June 29, 2007 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012, all revenues recognized were from distributor arrangements. The distributor arrangements include certain perfunctory acceptance provisions and a one-year warranty, from the date of shipment, that products are free from defects in material workmanship. Under such provisions customers may reject shipments via written notifications ranging from 14-45 days or exchange defective product under warranty for the same non-defective product. The Company has not had any significant rejected shipments or warranty claims. The Company does not grant price concessions to its distributors. In the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 there were four customers, respectively, that represented 100% of total sales recognized for each year. As of December 31, 2013, the Company was not authorized to manufacture or sell any of its products or services within the United States and, as a result, all of the Company’ revenues are derived from foreign customers.

In 2012, the Company terminated its arrangement with a foreign distributor and repurchased all of the Company’s products held by the distributor on the termination date for $30,000, an amount equal to the sales price recognized by the Company in 2011 upon the original sale to the distributor. As a result of the repurchase, revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 were reduced by $30,000.

In 2012 the Company changed its commercialization strategy from exclusively using distributors to also targeting high-volume refractive laser centers equipped with femtosecond lasers, except in countries that require the use of

 

F-9


Table of Contents

distributors or sales representatives. The Company recognized revenues of $74,900 from laser centers during the period from June 29, 2007 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013. The Company recognizes revenue from these laser centers based upon an analysis of the terms of each customer arrangement and upon determination that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, selling prices are fixed or determinable, title or risk of loss has passed, and collection is reasonably assured.

Research and Development Expense

Research and development expenses are charged to expense as incurred. These costs include the costs related to clinical trials and regulatory expenses and consist of consultants, payroll and personnel related costs, materials and supplies, compliance fees and manufacturing costs related to the clinical trials.

Stock-Based Compensation

The compensation cost of stock-based awards granted to employees is measured at grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. Compensation expense for options granted to non-employees is determined as the fair value of consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measured. Stock-based compensation costs are expensed on a straight-line basis (net of estimated forfeitures) over the service period. The fair value of awards granted to non-employees is remeasured each period until the related service is complete or there exists a significant disincentive not to perform the required services. Stock-based compensation costs are reflected in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive loss based upon the underlying employees’ roles within the Company.

Income Taxes

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company was generally not subject to income taxes, as income or loss was either passed-through and included in the income tax returns of the Company’s shareholders or otherwise not subject to tax under local statute or rulings. As described in Note 1, the Parent completed a restructuring on October 21, 2013. As a result, some of the entities are no longer pass-through entities or were restructured as taxable entities. Provisions for federal, foreign, state, and local income taxes are calculated on pre-tax income based on current tax law and include the cumulative effect of any changes in tax rates from those used previously in determining deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the income tax basis of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce net deferred income tax assets to amounts that are more likely than not to be realized.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In February 2013, guidance that requires an entity to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation is fixed at the reporting date as the amount the reporting entity agreed to pay plus additional amounts the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors was issued. The guidance further provides for disclosure of the nature and amount of the obligation. The amendment is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013. The Company is currently evaluating the effect this standard will have on its combined financial statements.

In July 2013, guidance was issued that requires, with some exceptions, an entity to present its unrecognized tax benefits as it relates to its net operating loss carryforwards, similar tax losses, or tax credit carryforwards, as a reduction of deferred tax assets when settlement in this regard is available under the tax law of the applicable taxing jurisdiction as of the balance sheet reporting date. It is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. Retrospective application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect this standard will have on its combined financial statements.

(3) Inventory

From inception, the Company has maintained a finished goods inventory for the purpose of supporting sales activities outside the United States. Inventory consists of ready-to-use lenses of various refractive powers and accessories required by ophthalmologists to carry out the surgical procedures. The ready-to-use lenses are manufactured, inspected and then delivered to a central warehouse outside the United States for the purpose of supporting such commercial activity. The Company performs no lens or accessory manufacturing within the United States for purpose of sale anywhere in the world. The Company maintains a serial number tracking system

 

F-10


Table of Contents

that measures shelf life such that no lens that has aged beyond five years can be delivered to a customer. During the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, an inventory write-down reflecting excess quantities on hand was recognized in the amount of $56,000 and $22,000, respectively, based on the age of the lens inventory and the refractive mix of the inventory. Finished goods inventory consists of the following as of dates set forth below (in thousands):

 

 

 

    

DECEMBER 31,

 
     2013      2012  

Lenses

   $ 178       $ 153   

Accessories

     21         46   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 199       $ 199   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(4) Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following as of the dates set forth below (in thousands):

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,  
     2013     2012  

Office equipment and computers

   $ 45      $ 42   

Leasehold improvements

     129        129   

Production equipment and facilities

     664        516   

Furniture and vehicles

     127        85   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     965        772   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (145     (54
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 820      $ 718   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the period from June 29, 2007 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013, was $91,000, $29,000 and $177,000, respectively.

(5) Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities consist of the following as of the dates set forth below (in thousands):

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,  
     2013      2012  

Costs related to the initial public offering

   $ 214       $   

Accrued professional fees

     82           

Other accrued liabilities

     109         99   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 405       $ 99   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(6) Other Assets

Other assets consist of the following as of the dates set forth below (in thousands):

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,
2013
     DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Prepaid rent and after

   $ 28       $ 80   

Deferred costs related to the initial public offering

     1,965           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,993       $ 80   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

(7) Shareholders’ Deficit

Since inception, shareholders’ deficit has consisted of the deficit accumulated during the Company’s development stage, which was approximately $21.7 million and $12.3 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Capital of $12.8 million as of December 31, 2013 consists of the capital contribution of approximately $12.2 million pursuant to the 2013 Restructuring as described in Note 1 and the allocation of stock-based compensation from the Parent of approximately $0.5 million, respectively.

(8) Stock Options

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

As of December 31, 2013, the Company did not have any active or inactive stock-based compensation plans; however, during the year ended December 31, 2010 and in October 2013, the Parent granted options to purchase its ordinary shares and granted awards of restricted ordinary shares, to both employees and non-employees of the Parent and stock-based compensation related to such awards has been recognized as expense in the accompanying financial statements as described further below.

2010 Original Awards

During 2010, the Parent granted stock options for 4,490,000 ordinary shares (the “2010 Original Awards”) to employees, consultants, medical advisory board members and board members in exchange for future services, granted at exercise prices ranging from $0.01 to $0.049 per ordinary share of the Parent. As described below, in October 2013, the Parent granted replacement stock options covering 4,180,000 of the 2010 Original Awards that remained outstanding on the date of the replacement grant. The 2010 Original Awards vested 20% annually over a five-year period and had a contractual term of ten years. The Parent’s ordinary shares have never traded publicly; a valuation study determined that the fair value of the ordinary shares during February and October 2010 was $0.014 and $0.024 per share, respectively. For a discussion of the valuation methods and assumptions utilized in the 2010 Valuation, see “Valuation of the Parent’s Ordinary Shares—Valuation at September 1, 2013 and Prior” below.

2013 Replacement Awards

In October 2013, the Parent granted stock options (the “2013 Replacement Awards”) covering 4,180,000 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $0.08 per share, based on a valuation of the ordinary shares of the Parent using the methodology described for the 2010 Original Awards above that indicated a value of $0.08 per share at September 1, 2013, to replace those shares of the 2010 Original Awards that remained outstanding on the date of the replacement grant. For a discussion of the valuation methods and assumptions utilized in the 2010 Valuation, see “Valuation of the Parent’s Ordinary Shares—Valuation at September 1, 2013 and Prior” below. The 2010 Original Awards that were replaced had a weighted-average exercise price of $0.03 per share. The 2013 Replacement Awards have a contractual term of 10 years, compared to a remaining contractual term of approximately 6.5 years for the 2010 Original Awards, and remaining vesting terms commensurate with the remaining vesting terms of the 2010 Original Awards on the date of the replacement grant. The 2010 Original Awards that were replaced with the 2013 Replacement Awards were cancelled and the transaction is a modification of the 2010 Original Awards for accounting purposes. The Company determined that the modification did not result in any incremental stock-based compensation expense by measuring the fair value of the 2010 Original Awards immediately before and after the modification using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The absence of any incremental stock-based compensation expense is primarily due to the 2010 Original Awards having a weighted-average exercise price of $0.03 per share compared to a higher exercise price of $0.08 per share for the 2013 Replacement Awards.

2013 Stock Option Grants and Restricted Stock Awards

During October 2013, the Parent granted new stock options to employees and non-employees covering 900,000

ordinary shares of the Parent with an exercise price of $0.30 per share, a contractual term of ten years, and annual vesting of 20% over a five-year period. The grant-date fair value of the awards was estimated to be $182,000 using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. For a discussion of the valuation methods and assumptions utilized in the valuation of the ordinary shares for the 2013 stock option grants, see “Valuation of the Parent’s Ordinary Shares—Valuation at December 31, 2013” below. In addition to the fair value of an ordinary share, other significant inputs include estimated volatility of 72%, term of 6.5 years for employees and 10 years for nonemployees, risk-free rate of 2% and expected dividends of zero.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

In October 2013, the Parent awarded its President a 1,000,000 restricted share stock award that will vest on the earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the grant date or (ii) in the event of an initial public offering, upon the expiration of all lockup restrictions related to that offering, unless the recipient’s employment is terminated for cause. The fair value of the 1,000,000 shares of $300,000, or $0.30 per share, was determined as described under “Valuation of the Parent’s Ordinary Shares—Valuation at December 31, 2013” below and expensed in the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2013 since the terms of the award permit continued vesting if the President’s employment is terminated without cause. In October 2013, the Parent granted 250,000 restricted share stock awards to each of two member of its board of directors with 20% annual vesting over a five-year period. The fair value of the 500,000 shares of $150,000, or $0.30 per share, is expected to be expensed ratably over five years. At December 31, 2013, the number of non-vested restricted shares totaled 1,500,000 and the weighted-average remaining vesting period was 4.8 years.

Non-Employee Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted to non-employees is recognized as the stock options are earned. It was concluded that the fair value of the stock options is more reliably measurable than the fair value of the services received. The fair value of non-employee stock options are calculated at each reporting date, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, until the award vests or there is a substantial disincentive for the non-employee not to perform the required services. For a discussion of the valuation methods and assumptions utilized for the remeasurement of non-employee awards during the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, see “Valuation of the Parent’s Ordinary Shares—Valuation at September 1, 2013 and Prior” and “Valuation of the Parent’s Ordinary Shares—Valuation at December 31, 2013” below.

The following table sets forth the required inputs to determine the fair values for the non-employee stock options:

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
     2013      2012  

Stock price per share

   $ 0.54       $ 0.07   

Term

     9.8 years         7.1 - 7.8 years   

Volatility

     69%         70%   

Dividends

               

Discount rate

     2.6%         1.2%   

 

 

Employee Stock Awards

Compensation cost for employee stock-based awards is based on the estimated grant date fair value and is recognized over the service period of the applicable award on a straight-line basis. The Black-Scholes option pricing model was used to determine the fair value of employee stock options. To apply the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the grant-date fair value of the underlying common stock price or value of the shares is adjusted based on the assumptions regarding the volatility of the common stock prices or share values, the expected term of the option and the risk-free interest rate corresponding to a time period equivalent to the expected term of the option. Included in the 2010 Original Awards, the Parent granted stock options for 1,810,000 shares of its common stock to employees. Due to the limited history available to measure the expected term of stock option grants, the expected term was estimated to be 6.5 years using the simplified expected term method. A risk-free rate of 3.0% was used that corresponds to the expected term of 6.5 years.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The employee, non-employee and restricted stock stock-based compensation expense was allocated to the Company in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive loss for all the periods presented as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      PERIOD FROM
JUNE 29, 2007
(DATE OF
INCEPTION) TO
DECEMBER 31,

2013
 
     2013      2012     

Research and development

   $ 112       $ 33       $ 172   

General and administrative

     373         14         401   

Sales and marketing

     4                 4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 489       $ 47       $ 577   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

The following table sets forth stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

     NUMBER OF
PARENT’S SHARES
    WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
EXERCISE
PRICE PER
SHARE
     AGGREGATE
INTRINSIC VALUE
(IN THOUSANDS)
 

Balance, January 1, 2013

     4,180,000      $ 0.03      

Granted

     5,080,000      $ 0.12       $ 2,139   

Exercised

            

Forfeited/cancelled

     (4,180,000   $ 0.03      
  

 

 

      

Balance, December 31, 2013

     5,080,000      $ 0.12       $ 2,139   
  

 

 

      

Vested and expected to vest, December 31, 2013

     4,978,000      $ 0.12       $ 2,108   

Exercisable, December 31, 2013

     2,508,000      $ 0.08       $  1,154   

 

 

Intrinsic value is measured using the estimated fair value at the date of grant, or as of December 31 (for outstanding options), less the applicable exercise price. The weighted-average remaining contractual terms for options outstanding, vested and expected to vest, and exercisable as of December 31, 2013 was 9.8 years.

Unrecognized Stock-based Compensation

As of December 31, 2013, there was $482,700 of unrecognized compensation expense related to options which is expected to be recognized by the Parent over the weighted average vesting period of 2.7 years.

Valuation of the Parent’s Ordinary Shares

Valuation at December 31, 2013 . The valuation method at December 31, 2013 utilized probability—weighted income and market approaches, in which it assigned an 80% weight to the outcome of the income approach of $0.54 per share and 20% weight to the outcome of the market approach of $0.55 per share to reach a concluded value of $0.54 per share of the ordinary shares of the Parent. The income approach considers future cash flows on a discounted basis (DCF) as one indicator of current value while the market approach considers recent transactions in recent initial public offerings of similar equities, such as for those enterprises in early stages of development, in the biopharmaceutical or medical device industries.

The income approach consisted of a base case scenario, which was assigned a 65% probability of success, in which the U.S. FDA clinical trials are concluded in 2018 and revenues commenced in the U.S. in March 2019. The income approach also assigned additional probabilities of 25%, 5% and 5% to a delayed case where entry into the U.S. market is delayed by one year to March 2020, a pessimistic case where FDA approval is not achieved and there is no entry into the U.S. market and an optimistic case where FDA approval is received sooner than expected with

 

F-14


Table of Contents

entry into the U.S. market by December 31, 2018, respectively. In each scenario, the DCF was discounted by applying a 30% discount rate to free cash flows generated in each of a ten-year projection period and a terminal value that represents future cash flows past 2023, the last year in the ten year projection. The weighted-average enterprise value was further discounted by 29% to account for the lack of marketability of the Parent’s ordinary shares to arrive at a concluded value of $0.54 per share. The discount rate of 30% applied in the DCF model is based on the Company’s stage of development. The lack of marketability discount of 29% was determined by applying a protective put option analysis reflecting the expected timing of a liquidity event of the Parent’s ordinary shares.

The market approach considers recent initial public offerings in ophthalmology and general biotech markets. The initial public offering analysis develops values of a company through the analysis of pre-money values of comparable public companies as of their respective initial public offering dates. This method provides a range of equity values as of an initial public offering date. The range of enterprise values, when attributed to the ordinary shares of the Parent, indicated an average of $0.78 per share. The same lack of marketability discount of 29% was applied to indicate a value per ordinary share of $0.55.

Valuation at September 1 , 2013 and Prior. The valuation method used at September 1, 2013, each of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and February 1, 2010, the date the Parent first granted share options, was a historical cost method. For these valuations, consideration was given to three generally recognized valuation approaches—the income, market and cost valuation approaches. The cost approach was ultimately used to value the ordinary shares. Since the Company’s operations were in such an early stage, as evidenced by the recognition of insignificant revenues, and because the Parent and the Company lacked arm’s length third party financings, use of the cost approach was determined to be the best technique. Under this approach, the estimated fair value of the ordinary shares was derived by applying a rate of return consistent with a development stage entity to the historical expenses associated with the development stage activities, which comprise those of the Company. The estimated fair value of the enterprise was then allocated to the ordinary shares after consideration of all classes of capital stock and debt, if any, and then reduced by a discount for lack of marketability. The significant assumptions under this approach reflected in these valuations include a rate of return of 50%, which was determined based upon the early development stage and a 27% discount for lack of marketability based upon quantitative analysis using a protective put analysis reflecting the expected timing of a liquidity event on the valuation dates. For each of the valuations, a study of peer group public companies in the medical device industry was performed to estimate the volatility of the Parent’s ordinary shares, which was estimated to be in the range of 70% for the periods covered by the valuations. These valuations resulted in estimated fair values of the Parent’s ordinary shares ranging from $0.01 per share in 2010 to $0.08 per share in September 2013.

A combination of income and market approaches was utilized in the valuation of the Parent’s ordinary shares as of December 31, 2013 rather than the cost method previously used primarily due to significant developments in its business that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2013, including FDA approval to commence immediately a pivotal trial in the United States using a staged enrollment and the hiring of key executives in marketing, engineering, operations and finance.

Compensation Cost of 2013 Awards . During 2010, the Parent granted options to employees and non-employees to purchase 4,490,000 of its ordinary shares at exercise prices ranging from $0.01 to $0.049 per share. In October 2013, the 4,180,000 options granted in 2010 that remained outstanding were canceled and replaced with an equivalent number of share options with an exercise price of $0.08 per share. Also in October 2013, the Parent granted options to employees and non-employees to purchase 900,000 of its ordinary shares at an exercise price of $0.30 per share and an aggregate 1,500,000 shares of its restricted ordinary shares to the Company’s President and two board members. For purposes of recognizing share-based compensation, the grant-date fair value of all of October 2013 option awards, the determination that there was no incremental fair value for the modification of 2010 Original Awards replaced by the 2013 Replacement Awards, both of which were measured using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and the estimated fair value of the restricted stock awards granted in October 2013, used an estimated fair value of $0.30 per share. As of December 31, 2013, when the Parent re-measured the fair value of its non-employee awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, it used an estimated fair value of $0.54 per share based on the December 31, 2013 valuation.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

(9) Related Party Transactions

The following table sets forth the amounts due to related parties reflected in the accompanying combined balance sheets (in thousands):

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,  
     2013      2012  

Payable to related parties—current:

     

Management services provided by related parties

   $ 132       $ 42   

Payable to related party for office space

             38   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 132       $ 80   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Payable due to the Parent—noncurrent:

     

Principal amounts due to the Parent

   $ 7,180       $ 10,272   

Accrued interest due to the Parent

     2,245         2,771   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 9,425       $ 13,043   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Richard S. Ressler

Mr. Ressler has served as the Chairman of the Board of the Parent since the Parent’s formation in 2007 and along with immediate family members has a controlling interest in a partnership that controls the Parent. Since 2009, the Parent has funded the operations of the Company with cash and payments of operating expenses on behalf of the Company, aggregating $14.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively, through December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, net principal amounts due to the Parent amounted to $7.2 million and $10.3 million, respectively. In addition, the Company has recorded accrued interest due to the Parent on the accumulated funding outstanding at a rate of 15% per annum, compounding daily, totalling approximately $2.2 million and $2.8 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. On October 21, 2013, pursuant to the 2013 Restructing, approximately $12.2 million of debt due to the Parent was converted from debt to capital. The funding debt has no fixed maturity or expiration date and is classified as a noncurrent liability in the accompanying combined balance sheets.

Since 2011, Orchard Capital Corporation (“Orchard”), which is wholly-owned by Mr. Ressler, has provided financial analysis and bookkeeping, accounting, legal and compliance services to the Company pursuant to a Services Agreement. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized general and administrative expense of $242,000 and $212,000, respectively, for services invoiced by Orchard. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, amounts due to Orchard for management and accounting services amounted to $23,000 and $42,000, respectively.

Mr. Ressler serves in various senior management capacities at CIM Group, L.P. (together with its affiliates, “CIM Group”). An affiliate of CIM Group leased office space to the Company in Los Angeles, California from September 2009 through November 2011. The Company continued to lease such space through September 2012, but beginning in November 2011, the Company leased such space from a new landlord which was not a related party. The Company made aggregate payments of $77,000 for such leased space for the year ended December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2012, amounts due to CIM Group for use of office space amounted to $38,000.

Commencing during the second quarter of 2013, the Company has received human resources management services, payroll services, IT support and risk management services from CIM Group. The Company has incurred charges of $142,000 payable to CIM Group for such services for the year ended December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, amounts due to CIM Group for human resources, payroll, information technology and legal services amounted to $109,000.

In April 2009, PresiBio LLC loaned $330,000 to Vladimir Feingold, an executive officer, board member and shareholder of the Parent. During the year ended December 31, 2011, Vladimir Feingold repaid his loan from PresBio LLC for an aggregate amount of $474,000, consisting of the $330,000 in principal and interest of $144,000 that accrued at a rate of 15% per annum, compounding daily.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

In April 2009, Mr. Ressler loaned PresbiBio LLC $330,000 for the purpose of enabling PresiBio LLC to lend the same principal in April 2009 to Vladimir Feingold, an executive officer, board member and shareholder of the Parent. During the year ended December 31, 2011, PresBio LLC repaid its loan from Mr. Ressler for principal and interest in the aggregate amount of $474,000.

On December 19, 2012, an entity affiliated with Mr. Ressler, a defendant in a legal matter entitled Thomke Invest AG v. Vladimir Feingold, Visitome, Inc., Zohar Loshitzer and Orchard Capital (“the Visitome Parties” as defendant), paid cash of $100,000 to the plaintiff as part of a Settlement Agreement and General Release which is reflected as general and administrative expense in the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012, and is included in payable due to the Parent in the Company’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2012.

Zohar Loshitzer

In January 2011, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with MTP Consulting, Inc., or MTP Consulting, pursuant to which MTP Consulting provided certain management consulting services to the Company. Mr. Loshitzer, the Company’s President and one of its directors, and a director and shareholder of the Parent, was the founder, owner and President of MTP Consulting. The agreement provided for the payment of bi-monthly consulting fees of $10,400 to MTP Consulting. Prior to January 2011, the Company was party to a consulting agreement with Imali, Inc., or Imali, with substantially identical terms to the terms set forth in the agreement with MTP Consulting. Mr. Loshitzer was the founder, owner and President of Imali, Inc. The Imali consulting agreement was terminated upon the Company’s entry into the consulting agreement with MTP Consulting. Initially, it was agreed that no monthly consulting fees would be earned or paid under the consulting agreement with Imali (or under the consulting agreement with MTP Consulting beginning in January 2011) until such time that the Company secured certain third-party financing. However, beginning in the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company agreed to waive such financing condition and began to make payments to MTP Consulting pursuant to the consulting agreement with MTP Consulting for services provided commencing in the fourth quarter of 2011 and going forward. Since securing the third-party financing represented a performance condition for which performance was not deemed probable unless or until the financing was secured and as no third-party financing was secured, no amounts were deemed earned through the date such condition was waived by the Company and no amounts were accrued, paid or expensed by the Company through the third quarter of 2011. This agreement was terminated in August 2013 and no additional amounts are due or payable to MTP Consulting pursuant to this agreement. The Company made aggregate payments of $300,000 and $250,000 either directly to Mr. Loshitzer as a consultant or to MTP Consulting for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Effective November 1, 2013, Mr. Loshitzer became an employee of the Company.

(10) Operating Segments and Geographic Information

The Company operates in one operating segment, the restoration of clear vision caused by presbyopia. The Company provides the refractive lens for patient surgeries and accessories for procedures performed exclusively outside the United States. Revenue originating in the United States is limited to intercompany transactions that do not result in any revenue generating activities to any individual or physician in the United States, and these amounts are eliminated upon combination. The operating losses in the United States result primarily from research and development and general and administrative costs while the operating losses in the foreign operations result primarily from sales and marketing costs and an allocation of general and administrative costs to foreign operations.

Revenues from external customers to individual countries are allocated based on the location of the customer. For the periods presented, there was no more than one customer in each individual country.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Company’s revenues generated from external customers located in foreign countries and long-lived assets by area (in thousands):

 

 

 

REVENUES

   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31     PERIOD FROM
JUNE 29, 2007
(DATE OF
INCEPTION) TO
DECEMBER 31, 2013
 
   2013      2012    

Israel

   $       $ 22      $ 22   

Ireland

     66                66   

Italy

     6         21        69   

Spain

             (30     10   

Japan

     9                9   

Brazil

     17         43        95   

Turkey

             39        39   

Columbia

                    79   

France

                    42   

South Africa

                    22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 98       $ 95      $ 453   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LONG-LIVED ASSETS

   DECEMBER 31,
2013
     DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

U.S.

   $ 817       $ 713   

Netherlands

     6         13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 823       $ 726   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues to a customer in Spain for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $(30,000) because the Company repurchased inventory upon termination of a distribution agreement (see Note 2).

(11) Commitments and Contingencies

Facility Leases

In addition to the related party lease arrangements described in Note 9, in May 2012, the Company entered into a five year non-cancelable lease for office and manufacturing space in Irvine, California that expires in May 2017 and a one-year lease in Dublin, Ireland that commenced on December 1, 2013. The following table shows the annual base rental cost over the term of the leases (in thousands).

 

 

 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

   OBLIGATION UNDER
FACILITY LEASE
 

2014

   $ 124   

2015

     116   

2016

     119   

2017

     50   

2018

       

Thereafter

       
  

 

 

 
   $ 409   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Contingencies

From time to time, the Company may be subject to legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Management does not believe that the outcome of any of these matters will have a material effect on the Company’s combined financial operations.

(12) Income Taxes

Income (loss) before income tax consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
     2013     2012  

United States

   $ (4,810   $ (2,146

Foreign

     (4,632     (2,901
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (9,442   $ (5,047
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
     2013      2012  

Current provision:

     

Federal

   $       $   

State

     5           

Foreign

     15           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current

     20           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred provision

     

Federal

               

State

               

Foreign

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax provision

   $ 20       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the federal statutory rate to the effective rate is as follows:

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
             2013                      2012          

Expected income tax benefit at federal statutory rate

     34.0%          34.0%    

State tax provision, net of federal benefit

     0.0%          0.0%    

Foreign rate differential

     (16.1%)         (15.4%)   

Pass-through entities

     (13.5%)         (17.8%)   

Change in valuation allowance

     (2.3%)         (0.0%)   

Other

     (2.3%)         (0.8%)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax provision

     (0.2%)         (0.0%)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
             2013                     2012          

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 141      $   

Accrued expenses and reserves

     80          

Stock based compensation

     79          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

     300          

Valuation allowance

     (262       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     38          

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation

     (38  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     38          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The valuation allowance has been established to offset the Company’s net deferred tax assets, as realization of such assets is not considered to be more likely than not due to the Company’s history of losses and uncertainties regarding the Company’s ability to generate future taxable income sufficient to realize the benefit of these deferred tax assets.

At December 31, 2013, the Company has U.S. Federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of approximately $240,000 subject to potential limitations pursuant to Internal Revenue Code section 382 as discussed below. The federal NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2033, unless previously utilized. The Company has NOL carryforwards in Ireland of $ 457,000 that can be carried forward indefinitely.

Pursuant to Sections 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), annual use of the Company’s NOL carryforwards may be limited in the event a cumulative change in ownership of 50% of certain shareholders occurs within a three-year period. An ownership change may limit the amount of NOL carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax. In general, an “ownership change” as defined by Section 382 of the Code results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percentage points of the outstanding stock of a company by certain shareholders.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company was generally not subject to income taxes, as income or loss was either passed-through and included in the income tax returns of the Company’s shareholders or otherwise not subject to tax under local statute or rulings. As described in Note 1, the Parent completed a restructuring on October 21, 2013. As a result, some of the entities are no longer pass-through entities or were restructured as taxable entities. The impact of the change in tax status in 2013 has been reflected in the Company’s deferred tax summary above and is offset by a full valuation allowance.

Presbia Cooopratief U.A. is a Dutch Company that has received an advance ruling with the Tax and Customs Administration that is in effect from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2015.

As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company does not have any unrecognized tax benefits.

The Company does not anticipate a significant increase in the unrecognized tax benefits over the next 12 months.

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of the income tax provision.

As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company did not have any tax related accrued interest and penalties on its balance sheet or on its statement of operations.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Due to net operating loss carryovers, the U.S. federal and state returns are open to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and state jurisdictions for years 2008 through 2013. The foreign income tax returns are open to examination for the years 2011 through 2013.

On September 13, 2013, the U.S. Treasury Department released final income tax regulations on the deduction and

capitalization of expenditures related to tangible property. These final regulations apply to tax years beginning on or

after January 1, 2014, and may be adopted in earlier years. The Company does not intend to early adopt the tax treatment of expenditures to improve tangible property and the capitalization of inherently facilitative costs to acquire tangible property as of January 1, 2013. The tangible property regulations will require the Company to make additional tax accounting method changes as of January 1, 2014; however, management does not anticipate the impact of these changes to be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, its results of operations or its footnote disclosures.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PRESBIA PLC

(Development Stage Companies)

Combined Balance Sheets (unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

 

 

     JUNE 30,
2014
    DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash

   $ 363      $ 584   

Accounts receivable

     59        20   

Inventory

     279        199   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     118        146   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     819        949   

Property and equipment, net

     804        820   

Intangible asset

     1        3   

Other assets

     38        1,993   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,662      $ 3,765   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ deficit

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,335      $ 2,652   

Due to related parties

     22        132   

Other current liabilities

     743        405   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,100        3,189   

Payable due to the Parent

     17,825        9,425   

Deferred rent

     37        33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     19,962        12,647   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (note 8)

    

Shareholders’ deficit

    

Euro ordinary shares, one euro par value, 40,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2014, none authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013

     54          

Additional paid-in-capital

     13,034        12,840   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ capital

     13,088        12,840   

Accumulated deficit

     (31,388     (21,722
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit

     (18,300     (8,882
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficit

   $ 1,662      $ 3,765   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Combined Financial Statements

 

F-22


Table of Contents

PRESBIA PLC

(Development Stage Companies)

Combined Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss (unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

    

 

SIX MONTHS ENDED

JUNE 30,

    PERIOD FROM JUNE 29,
2007 (DATE OF

INCEPTION) TO
JUNE 30,
2014
 
             2014                     2013            

Revenues

   $ 87      $ 43      $ 540   

Cost of goods sold

     39        37        297   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     48        6        243   

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     2,407        954        6,215   

Sales and marketing

     643        542        3,414   

General and administrative

     5,648        1,012        15,849   

Goodwill impairment

                   15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     8,698        2,508        25,493   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (8,650     (2,502     (25,250

Interest expense

     1,017        1,110        6,249   

Interest income

                   (144

Other (income) expense

     (6            8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax provision

     (9,661     (3,612     (31,363

Income tax provision

     5               25   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (9,666     (3,612     (31,388

Other comprehensive loss

                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (9,666   $ (3,612   $ (31,388
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share-basic and diluted

   $ (0.80   $ (0.30  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

      
     12,032,044        12,000,000     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Combined Financial Statements

 

F-23


Table of Contents

PRESBIA PLC

(Development Stage Companies)

Combined Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

 

 

   

 

 

SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,

    PERIOD FROM
JUNE 29, 2007
(DATE OF
INCEPTION) TO
JUNE 30,
2014
 
            2014                     2013            

Cash flow from operating activities:

     

Net loss

  $ (9,666   $ (3,612   $ (31,388

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating activities:

     

Depreciation

    65        32        242   

Amortization

    2        2        23   

Goodwill impairment

                  15   

Write off of deferred offering costs

    3,359               3,359   

Inventory provisions

    32        10        110   

Stock-based compensation allocated from the Parent

    194        31        771   

Non-cash interest expense on funding from the Parent

    1,017        1,110        5,949   

Non-cash operating expenses allocated from the Parent

    183        110        2,079   

Non-cash operating expenses allocated from related party

                  182   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

     

Accounts receivable

    (39     (27     (59

Inventory

    (111     25        (389

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    27        2        (119

Other assets

    39               9   

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    (233     (184     831   

Deferred rent

    4               37   

Due to related parties

    (110     10        23   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (5,237     (2,491     (18,325
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow from investing activities:

     

Loan to related party

                  (330

Repayment of loan from related party

                  330   

Purchase of property and equipment

    (120     (73     (1,036
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (120     (73     (1,036
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow from financing activities:

     

Loan proceeds from related party

                  1,458   

Deferred offering costs

    (1,468            (1,510

Repayment of loan to related party

                  (1,640

Capitalization of Presbia PLC

    54               54   

Funding from the Parent

    6,550        2,498        21,362   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    5,136        2,498        19,724   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

    (221     (66     363   

Cash balance at beginning of period

    584        176          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash balance at end of period

  $ 363      $ 110      $ 363   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

     

Cash paid for interest

  $      $      $ 300   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

  $      $      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities:

     

Purchase of property & equipment included in accounts payable

  $      $      $ 70   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and other current liabilities

  $ 1,246      $      $ 1,246   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs included in due to Parent

  $ 650             $ 650   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital issued for acquisition of a business

  $      $      $ 50   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocated operating expenses funded by the Parent

  $ 183      $ 110      $ 2,079   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocated operating expenses funded by related party

  $      $      $ 182   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capitalization of amounts due to Parent pursuant to 2013 Restructuring

  $      $      $ 12,213   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Combined Financial Statements

 

F-24


Table of Contents

PRESBIA PLC

(Development Stage Companies)

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements

(1) Basis of Presentation and Description of the Business

The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“US GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by US GAAP for complete financial statements. These interim financial statements reflect all adjustments consisting of normal recurring accruals, which, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods presented. These interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the annual financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of any interim period may not be indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year.

Presbia PLC (the “Company” or “Presbia PLC”), an Irish public limited company, was formed on February 6, 2014 through the issuance of 40,000 shares for 40,000 Euros (approximately $54,000 at February 6, 2014) for the purpose of consummating an initial public offering (“IPO”) of its ordinary shares. Presbia PLC’s ultimate controlling shareholder, Presbia Holdings (the “Parent”), was organized in the Cayman Islands in 2007 as an exempted company with limited liability. On October 21, 2013, the Parent completed a restructuring (the “2013 Restructuring”) which involved the formation on September 13, 2013 of an interim company, Presbia Ireland, Limited, and the contribution by the Parent of 100% of its direct and indirect ownership interests in its business, assets and subsidiaries to Presbia Ireland. Limited. On                     , 2014, the Parent converted the remaining indebtedness owed to the Parent by certain subsidiaries of Presbia Ireland, Limited to capital, and the Parent contributed all the share capital in issue in Presbia Ireland, Limited to Presbia PLC (the “2014 Capital Contribution”) in exchange for 12,000,000 ordinary shares of Presbia PLC. On March 20, 2014, the Company authorized the issuance of an aggregate of 20,000,000 ordinary shares to the Parent in connection with the 2014 Capital Contribution, and, after further consideration, on October 6, 2014, the Company authorized the issuance of an aggregate of 12,000,000 ordinary shares to the Parent in connection with the 2014 Capital Contribution. The aggregate 12,000,000 shares of Presbia PLC have been reflected as issued and outstanding as of the earliest date of the period presented for purpose of computation of basic and diluted net loss per share.

The accompanying combined financial statements have been derived from the historical cost basis of the assets and liabilities, financial condition and cash flows of Presbia PLC and Presbia Ireland, Limited, both organized in Ireland, and Presbia USA, Inc., and OPL, LLC. Presbia USA, Inc. and OPL, LLC are both entities organized in the United States, and include Presbia USA, Inc.’s subsidiaries, Visitome, Inc. and PresbiBio, LLC, both organized in the United States, and OPL, LLC’s direct and indirect subsidiaries, PIP Holdings, C.V and Presbia Cooperatief U.A., both organized in the Netherlands, and PresbiOptical LLC, organized in the United States (collectively the “Company”). The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company’s fiscal year ends on December 31. The entities presented in the combined financial statements have been under common control during the periods presented.

The Company, which began to be formed on June 29, 2007, is developing and marketing a surgical solution to the age-related vision condition known as presbyopia. The Company’s primary objectives have been twofold: (1) achieve commercial success in those parts of the world where the Company’s surgical procedure has been approved by regulatory agencies and (2) successfully apply to the United States Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) for the authorization to market and manufacture the surgical procedure in the United States. This procedure is currently not authorized by the FDA and may not be manufactured, sold, distributed or surgically performed on any individual in the United States. The Company’s principal revenue generating activity is the sale of the Company’s microlens to approved ophthalmologist physicians who, in turn, perform the surgical procedure on their patient base. Presbia is authorized to sell, market and perform this procedure in Ireland, Czech Republic, Australia, Japan, Colombia, Israel, Brazil, Argentina, Italy, Turkey and South Africa through its wholly-owned Dutch subsidiary, Presbia Cooperatief U.A. Activities to-date have consisted primarily of research and development and, accordingly, the Company is classified as a development stage company.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation expenses recognized by the Parent that were incurred to benefit the Company have been allocated to the Company (see Note 5). The financial information in these combined statements may not include all of the expenses that would have been incurred had the Company been a separate, stand-alone publicly traded entity. All intercompany accounts have been eliminated in combination.

The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As reflected in the accompanying combined financial statements, the Company has reported recurring net losses and negative cash flows from operating activities, negative working capital of $1.3 million and a deficit accumulated during the development stage of $31.4 million as of June 30, 2014. The Company has not established a source of revenues sufficient to cover its operating costs, and, as a result, has incurred an operating loss since inception and relies on the Parent and its principal shareholder for virtually all cash resources. As of June 30, 2014, the Company had no committed sources of capital or financing, including from the Parent or its principal shareholder. The Company plans to continue to rely on the Parent and its principal shareholder to fund operations until such time as it is able to raise additional capital through other means, through the sale of equity or debt securities or the establishment of other funding facilities. However the Company cannot provide assurances that such additional capital will be available, whether through the sale of equity or debt securities or the establishment of other funding facilities, or that the Parent or its principal shareholder will continue to provide funding. These and other factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires that management makes estimates and assumptions that are included in the combined financial statements and accompanying notes. The recognition of stock-based compensation expense (Note 5) in the combined financial statements requires the Company’s management to make highly complex and subjective assumptions with respect to the fair value of Parent’s ordinary shares at each financial statement date.

Segment Information

In accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 280-10-50, Segment Reporting, operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. To-date, the Company has viewed its operations and manages its business as one segment operating primarily in the United States of America and in Ireland, Czech Republic, Australia, Japan, Colombia, Israel, Brazil, Argentina, Italy, Turkey and South Africa through its wholly-owned Dutch subsidiary, Presbia Cooperatief U.A.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, such as cash equivalents, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued expenses, approximate fair value due to their short maturities. Amounts payable to relates parties, including the payable due to Parent, which have no fixed maturity or expiration date, do not have readily determinable fair values.

Clinical Trials

During the first quarter of 2014, the Company began incurring costs in connection with its FDA staged-enrollment pivotal clinical trials, which are expected to continue into 2018. During these trials the Company will incur costs for patient recruiting, acquisition of clinical test equipment to be used in the trials, outside experts to read and interpret the results of the studies, third party costs to monitor the investigational sites and perform data collection activities and surgeon and patient fees in connection with the surgical procedures and follow-up visits. The Company’s policy with respect to the recognition of these expenses is to record such expenses as research and development expense in the combined statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the period in which the services are provided. The Company will evaluate the purchases of clinical test equipment, on a case by case basis, to determine if there exists an alternative use for the equipment following these clinical trials. In the event that the Company determines that there is no alternative use for test equipment, then that cost will be expensed as part of research and development expense.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Deferred Offering Costs

Prior to the completion of an initial or a secondary public offering, the Company will incur legal, accounting and other professional costs including printing costs during the course of preparing a public offering. The Company will defer these costs on the Balance Sheet as part of other assets and upon successful completion of the public offering reclassify these costs as a reduction of the net proceeds from the public offering as part of additional paid in capital in the Balance Sheet. In the event that the public offering is delayed or postponed for a period longer than 90 days or the Company determines that it no longer expects to conclude the public offering for any reason, the deferred offering costs are expensed as general and administrative expense on the Combined Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss in the period in which the delay occurs or management concludes that the public offering is postponed or delayed indefinitely or cancelled. In the second quarter of 2014, approximately $3.4 million was expensed as general and administrative expense due to a postponement of the Company’s IPO that exceeded 90 days.

Net Loss per Share

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the periods presented. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted-average number of ordinary and ordinary equivalent shares outstanding during the period presented assuming the exercise of all outstanding stock options and other dilutive securities. Presbia PLC had no outstanding stock options or other potentially dilutive securities during the periods presented.

On February 6, 2014, Presbia PLC issued 40,000 shares of ordinary shares in connection with the formation of the Company. On October 6, 2014, the Company authorized the issuance of 12,000,000 ordinary shares (see Note 1) to the Parent in connection with the 2014 Capital Contribution and, as such, has reflected these shares as issued and outstanding as of the earliest date of the period presented for purpose of computation of basic and diluted earnings per share. Inclusive of the 40,000 shares issued on February 6, 2014, the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the six months ended June 30, 2014 was 12,032,044.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In February 2013, guidance that requires an entity to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation is fixed at the reporting date as the amount the reporting entity agreed to pay plus additional amounts the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors was issued. The guidance further provides for disclosure of the nature and amount of the obligation. The Company adopted the amendment beginning in the six months ended June 30, 2014. There was no material effect of adoption on the combined financial statements.

In July 2013, guidance was issued that requires, with some exceptions, an entity to present its unrecognized tax benefits as it relates to its net operating loss carryforwards, similar tax losses, or tax credit carryforwards, as a reduction of deferred tax assets when settlement in this regard is available under the tax law of the applicable taxing jurisdiction as of the balance sheet reporting date. It is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. Retrospective application is permitted. The Company adopted the amendment beginning in the six months ended June 30, 2014. There was no material effect of adoption on the combined financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standard Board (“IASB”) jointly issued a new revenue recognition standard that will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The revenue recognition standard will allow for the recognition of revenue when a company transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard is effective for public entities for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted under GAAP. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this guidance will have on its combined financial statements.

On June 10, 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-10 (ASU 2014-10), which eliminates the definition of a development stage entity, eliminates the development stage presentation and disclosure requirements under ASC 915, and amends provisions of existing variable interest entity

 

F-27


Table of Contents

guidance under ASC 810. As a result of the changes, the financial statements of entities which meet the former definition of a development stage entity will no longer include the following:

 

  n   Inception-to-date income, cash flow and equity information

 

  n   Label indicating that the financial statements are those of a development stage entity

 

  n   Disclosures of the nature of the entity’s development stage activities as well as the first year in which the entity is no longer considered a development stage entity

Additionally, ASU 2014-10 clarified that the lack of commencement of principal operations represents a risk and uncertainty under ASC 275 and, accordingly, the financial statements should reflect appropriate disclosures.

Finally, variable interest entity rules no longer contain an exception for development stage entities and, as a result, development stage entities will have to be evaluated for consolidation in the same manner as non-development stage entities.

Public entities are no longer required to apply the presentation and disclosure provisions of ASC 915 during annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and the revisions to the consolidation standards are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted.

Nonpublic entities are no longer required to apply the presentation and disclosure provisions of ASC 915 during annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and the revisions to the consolidation standards are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this guidance will have on its combined financial statements.

(3) Inventory

From inception, the Company has maintained a finished goods inventory for the purpose of supporting sales activities outside the United States. Inventory consists of ready-to-use lenses of various refractive powers and accessories required by ophthalmologists to carry out the surgical procedures. The ready-to-use lenses are manufactured, inspected and then delivered to a central warehouse outside the United States for the purpose of supporting such commercial activity. The Company performs no lens or accessory manufacturing within the United States for purpose of sale anywhere in the world. The Company maintains a serial number tracking system that measures shelf life such that no lens that has aged beyond four years can be delivered to a customer. Finished goods inventory consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     JUNE 30,
2014
     DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Lenses

   $ 256       $ 178   

Accessories

     23         21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 279       $ 199   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(4) Shareholders’ Deficit

Capital

Capital consists of Euro ordinary shares of $54,000 at June 30, 2014, one Euro par value, 40,000 authorized and issued and paid-in on February 6, 2014 related to the formation of Presbia PLC. The authorized share capital included 40,000 Euro Shares in order to satisfy statutory requirements for the incorporation of all Irish public limited companies. Each of the Euro Shares will be re-designated on closing of the Company’s initial public offering as one deferred share of 1.00 each.

Additional Paid-in-C apital

Additional paid-in-capital consists of $12.2 million of contributed indebtedness by the Parent that was capitalized by the Company in accordance with the 2013 Restructuring and $50,000 related to the 2009 acquisition of Visitome, Inc. and approximately $0.8 million and $0.6 million related to stock-based compensation expense allocated from the Parent to the Company from June 29, 2007 (date of inception) through June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Accumulated Deficit

Since inception, accumulated deficit has consisted of the deficit accumulated during the Company’s development stage, which was approximately $31.4 million and $21.7 million at June 30, 2014 and at December 31, 2013, respectively.

(5) Stock Options

During 2010 and in October 2013, the Parent granted stock options for shares of its common stock and restricted shares to employees, consultants, medical advisory members and board members in exchange for future services. Since the stock-based compensation expenses that were recognized by the Parent were incurred to benefit the Company, these expenses have been allocated to the Company. The options expire 10 years from the date of the grant and have vesting periods of five years with 20% vesting in each of the five years. These options were awarded by the Parent to employees and non-employees and the stock-based compensation expense was allocated to the Company as follows in the combined statements of operations and comprehensive loss for all periods presented (in thousands):

 

 

 

     SIX MONTHS
ENDED
     PERIOD FROM
JUNE 29, 2007
(DATE OF

INCEPTION) TO
JUNE 30, 2014
 
     JUNE 30     
     2014      2013     

Research and development

   $ 135       $ 21       $ 307   

General and administrative

     49         10         450   

Sales and marketing

     10                 14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 194       $ 31       $ 771   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2014, neither the Company nor the Parent granted stock options to employees or consultants of the Company. The following table sets forth information regarding stock options granted by the Parent that were outstanding as of June 30, 2014:

 

 

 

     NUMBER OF
PARENT’S SHARES
    WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
EXERCISE
PRICE PER
SHARE
     AGGREGATE
INTRINSIC
VALUE
 

Balance, January 1, 2014

     5,080,000      $ 0.12      

Forfeited/cancelled

     (150,000   $ 0.30      
  

 

 

      

Balance, June 30, 2014

     4,930,000      $ 0.11       $ 3,828   
  

 

 

      

Vested and expected to vest, June 30, 2014

     4,865,000      $ 0.11       $ 3,786   

Exercisable, June 30, 2014

     3,344,000      $ 0.08       $ 2,709   

 

 

As of June 30, 2014, there was $415,000 of unrecognized compensation expense related to options which is expected to be recognized by the Parent over the weighted average vesting period of 1.9 years.

Valuation of the Parent’s Ordinary Shares

The determination of stock-based compensation expense for non-employees requires that the fair value of the stock option be evaluated at each financial statement date as the option vests. The options granted to non-employees vest over a five-year period and the Company remeasures the fair value of the option on each balance sheet date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. A critical input to the Black-Scholes model is the current fair value of the underlying ordinary shares, and due to Presbia Holdings being a private company with no market exchange in which to readily measure its fair value, the Company has utilized a third-party specialist to prepare a valuation at June 30, 2014.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The valuation method at June 30, 2014 utilized probability-weighted income and market approaches, in which a 60% weight was assigned to the market approach and 40% to the income approach as compared to a valuation prepared at December 31, 2013 in which 80% weight was assigned to the income approach and 20% to a market approach based upon recent IPOs. The change in relative weights between the two methodologies was attributed to the anticipated closer proximity to an IPO, the availability of underwriters’ valuations at March 31, 2014 and recently concluded IPOs at June 30, 2014. The range of enterprise value in the June 30, 2014 valuation was $111 million to $538 million based on the recent IPOs. The optimistic range of IPO values was discounted and the concluded enterprise value was in the range of $260 to $320 million. The income approach consisted of discounted cash flow (DCF) analyses based on a weighted-average of three scenarios: a base case with a 70% probability in which entry into the U.S. market would occur in the first quarter of 2018 following FDA approval of the Company’s microlens, a delayed case with a probability of 25% in which entry into the U.S. market would not occur until a year later in the first quarter of 2019 and a pessimistic case with a probability of 5% in which the Company would not successfully conclude the FDA trials and would not be able to enter the U.S. market. For the income approach, the weighted average outcome was a range of values from $234 million to $383 million using an average discount rate of 25%. After assigning a 40% weight to the income approach and a 60% weight to the market approach, a weighted average value per ordinary share of $0.90 was derived by applying a discount due to the lack of marketability of 29% to the weighted average midpoint values. A similar methodology was used at December 31, 2013 which concluded a value of $0.54 per ordinary share.

Restricted Stock Awards

In October 2013, the Parent awarded its President a 1,000,000 restricted share stock award that will vest on the earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the grant date or (ii) in the event of an initial public offering, upon the expiration of all lockup restrictions related to that offering, unless the recipient’s employment is terminated for cause. The fair value of the restricted stock award was determined to be $300,000, or $0.30 per share, and this amount was recorded as part of stock-based compensation expense during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. In addition, in October 2013, the Parent granted 250,000 restricted share stock awards to each of two members of the board of directors with 20% annual vesting over a five-year period. The fair value of the 500,000 shares of $150,000, or $0.30 per share, is expected to be expensed ratably as part of stock-based compensation expense over five years. At June 30, 2014 and at December 31, 2013, the number of non-vested restricted shares totaled 1,500,000, respectively, and the weighted average remaining vesting periods for the two board members only were 4.3 and 4.8 years, respectively. At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, unrecognized stock-based compensation was $129,000 and $144,200, respectively.

(6) Related Party Transactions

The following table sets forth the amounts due to related parties reflected in the accompanying combined balance sheets (in thousands):

 

 

 

     JUNE 30,
2014
     DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Payable to related parties—current:

     

Management services provided by related parties

   $ 22       $ 132   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 22       $ 132   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Payable due to the Parent—noncurrent:

     

Principal amounts due the Parent

   $ 14,564       $ 7,180   

Accrued interest due the Parent

     3,261         2,245   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 17,825       $ 9,425   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Richard S. Ressler

Mr. Ressler has served as the Chairman of the Board of the Parent since the Parent’s formation in 2007 and along with immediate family members has a controlling interest in a partnership that controls the Parent. Since 2009, the Parent has funded the operations of the Company with cash contributions and payments of operating expenses on behalf of the Company resulting in the aggregate principal amounts of $21.4 million and $2.1 million, as of June 30, 2014, respectively. In addition, the Company has recorded accrued interest expense due to the Parent on

 

F-30


Table of Contents

the accumulated funding outstanding at a rate of 15% per annum, compounding daily, totaling approximately $3.3 million and $2.2 million as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. On October 21, 2013, pursuant to the 2013 Restructuring, approximately $12.2 million of debt due to the Parent was converted from debt to capital. As of June 30, 2014, no principal or interest payments have been made to reduce the amount outstanding. The funding debt has no fixed maturity or expiration date and is classified as a noncurrent liability in the accompanying combined balance sheets.

Since 2011, Orchard Capital Corporation (“Orchard”), which is wholly-owned by Mr. Ressler, has provided management and accounting, legal and compliance services to the Company pursuant to a Services Agreement. During the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized general and administrative expense of $16,100 and $133,700, respectively, associated with these services. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, amounts due to Orchard for professional services amounted to $3,500 and $23,000, respectively.

Commencing during the second quarter of 2013, the Company has received human resource management services, payroll services, IT support and risk management services from CIM Group, an entity affiliated with Mr. Ressler. During the six-month period ended June 30, 2014, the Company incurred charges of $114,800 payable to CIM Group for such services and the total amount due to CIM Group at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was $18,200 and $109,000, respectively.

In April 2009, PresbiBio LLC loaned $330,000 to Vladimir Feingold, an executive officer, board member and shareholder of the Parent. During the year ended December 31, 2011, Vladimir Feingold repaid his loan from PresbiBio LLC for an aggregate amount of $474,000, consisting of the $330,000 in principal and interest of $144,000 that accrued at a rate of 15% per annum, compounding daily.

In April 2009, Mr. Ressler loaned $330,000 to PresbiBio LLC for the purpose of enabling PresbiBio LLC to lend the same principal to Vladimir Feingold in April 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2011, PresbiBio LLC repaid its loan to Mr. Ressler for principal and interest in an aggregate amount of $474,000.

On December 19, 2012, an entity affiliated with Mr. Ressler, a defendant in a legal matter entitled Thomke Invest AG v. Vladimir Feingold, Visitome, Inc., Zohar Loshitzer and Orchard Capital (“the Visitome Parties” as defendant) , paid cash of $100,000 to the plaintiff as part of a Settlement Agreement and General Release and is included in payable due to Parent in the Company’s combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

Zohar Loshitzer

In January 2011, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with MTP Consulting, Inc., or MTP Consulting, pursuant to which MTP Consulting provided certain management consulting services to the Company. Mr. Loshitzer, the Company’s President and one of its directors and a director and stockholder of the Parent, was the founder, owner and President of MTP Consulting. The agreement provided for the payment of bi-monthly consulting fees of $10,400 to MTP Consulting. Prior to January 2011, the Company was party to a consulting agreement with Imali, Inc., or Imali, with substantially identical terms to the terms set forth in the agreement with MTP Consulting. Mr. Loshitzer was the founder, owner and President of Imali, Inc. The Imali consulting agreement was terminated upon the Company’s entry into the consulting agreement with MTP Consulting. Initially, it was agreed that no monthly consulting fees would be earned or paid under the consulting agreement with Imali (or under the consulting agreement with MTP Consulting beginning in January 2011) until such time that the Company secured certain third-party financing. However, beginning in the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company agreed to waive such financing condition and began to make payments to MTP Consulting pursuant to the consulting agreement with MTP Consulting for services provided commencing in the fourth quarter of 2011 and going forward. Since securing the third-party financing represented a performance condition for which performance was not deemed probable unless or until the financing was secured and as no third-party financing was secured, no amounts were deemed earned through the date such condition was waived by the Company and no amounts were accrued, paid or expensed by the Company through the third quarter of 2011. This agreement was terminated in August 2013 and no additional amounts are due or payable to MTP Consulting pursuant to this agreement. The Company made aggregate payments of $150,000 either directly to Mr. Loshitzer as a consultant or to MTP Consulting for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $300,000 and $250,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

(7) Operating Segments and Geographic Information

The Company operates in one operating segment, the restoration of clear vision caused by presbyopia. The Company provides the refractive lens for patient surgeries and accessories for procedures performed exclusively outside the United States. Revenue originating in the United States is limited to intercompany transactions that do not result in any revenue generating activities to any individual or physician in the United States, and these amounts are eliminated upon combination. The operating losses in the United States result primarily from research and development and general and administrative costs while the operating losses in the foreign operations result primarily from sales and marketing costs and an allocation of general and administrative costs to foreign operations.

The following table sets forth the Company’s revenues generated from external customers located in foreign countries and long-lived assets by geographical area (in thousands):

 

 

 

REVENUES

   SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,      PERIOD FROM
JUNE 29, 2007
(DATE OF
INCEPTION) TO
JUNE 30, 2014
 
   2014      2013     

Ireland

     $81         $26       $ 147   

Israel

                     22   

Italy

                     69   

Spain

                     10   

Brazil

             17         95   

Japan

     5                 14   

Turkey

                     39   

Columbia

                     79   

France

                     42   

South Africa

                     22   

Canada

     1                 1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $87         $43       $ 540   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LONG-LIVED ASSETS

   JUNE 30,
2014
   DECEMBER 31,
2013

U.S.

   $774    $817

Netherlands

        31           6
  

 

  

 

   $805    $823
  

 

  

 

 

 

(8) Commitments and Contingencies

Contingencies

From time to time, the Company may be subject to legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Management does not believe that the outcome of any of these matters will have a material effect on the Company’s combined financial operations.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Facility Leases

In May 2012, the Company entered into a five-year non-cancellable lease for office and manufacturing space in Irvine, California, and in June 2014 a separate sublease agreement to expand office space in the same location that expires in July 2016. The Company also entered into a one-year lease in December 2013 for office space in Dublin, Ireland. The following table shows the annual base rental cost over the term of the leases (in thousands).

 

 

 

YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,

   OBLIGATIONS
UNDER
FACILITY
LEASES
 

2015

   $ 196   

2016

     197   

2017

     117   

2018

       

2019

       

Thereafter

       
  

 

 

 
   $ 510   
  

 

 

 

 

 

(9) Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities consist of the following as of the dates set forth below (in thousands):

 

 

 

     JUNE 30,
2014
     DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Accrued professional fees

             82   

Costs related to the initial public offering

     498         214   

Costs related to clinical trials

     113           

All other accrued liabilities

     132         109   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 743       $ 405   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(10) Other Assets

Other assets consist of the following as of the dates set forth below (in thousands):

 

 

 

     JUNE 30,
2014
     DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Prepaid rent and other

     38         28   

Deferred costs related to the initial public offering

             1,965   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 38       $ 1,993   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

 

 

            Shares

PRESBIA PLC

Ordinary Shares

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

Jefferies

                    , 2014

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the issue of ordinary shares being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and The NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

 

 

 

ITEM

   AMOUNT
TO BE PAID
 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 11,592   

FINRA Filing Fee

     14,000   

The NASDAQ Global Market Listing Fee

     *   

Printing and Engraving Expenses

     *   

Legal Fees and Expenses

     *   

Premium Paid on Director and Officer Insurance Policy

     *   

Accounting Fees and Expenses

     *   

Blue Sky, Qualification Fees and Expenses

     *   

Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous Expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   

 

 

*   To be completed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

To the fullest extent permitted by Irish law, our articles of association (which are substantially in the form attached as Exhibit 3.1 to this registration statement) will confer an indemnity on our directors and officers. However, this indemnity is limited by the Irish Companies Acts, which prescribe that an advance commitment to indemnify only permits a company to pay the costs or discharge the liability of a director or corporate secretary where judgment is given in favor of the director or corporate secretary in any civil or criminal action in respect of such costs or liability, or where an Irish court grants relief because the director or corporate secretary acted honestly and reasonably and ought fairly to be excused. Any provision whereby an Irish company seeks to commit in advance to indemnify its directors or corporate secretary over and above the limitations imposed by the Irish Companies Acts will be void under Irish law, whether contained in its articles of association or any contract between the company and the director or corporate secretary. This restriction does not apply to our executives who are not directors, the corporate secretary or other persons who would be considered “officers” within the meaning of that term under the Irish Companies Acts.

Our articles of association will also contain indemnification and expense advancement provisions for persons who are not directors or our corporate secretary.

We are permitted under our articles of association and the Irish Companies Acts to purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, as well as other types of insurance, for our directors, officers, employees and agents.

We have entered into agreements to indemnify our executive officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted under Irish law. We will enter into indemnification agreements with each person to be serving on our Board at the time of this offering when those individuals join our Board.

Additionally, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Presbia USA, Inc., is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. All of our executive officers and directors will also serve in the same capacity for our Presbia USA, Inc. subsidiary. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee or agent of such

 

II-1


Table of Contents

corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such person as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, or are threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Presbia USA, Inc., has entered into agreements to indemnify our executive officers and directors (including those individuals to be serving on our Board at the time of this offering) to the maximum extent allowed under Delaware law. These agreements will, among other things, indemnify our executive officers and directors for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, on account of any services undertaken by such person on behalf of the company or that person’s status as an executive officer or director.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

The following list sets forth information as to all securities Presbia Ireland, Limited has issued since its inception in September 2013 and Presbia PLC has issued since its inception in 2014, which were not registered under the Securities Act.

1. Presbia Ireland, Limited issued one ordinary share to its sole shareholder, Presbia Holdings, upon its formation in September 2013.

2. Presbia Ireland, Limited issued one ordinary share to its sole shareholder, Presbia Holdings, in October 2013 in connection with the 2013 Restructuring.

3. Presbia PLC issued an aggregate of 40,000 ordinary shares of 1.00 each to Presbia Holdings upon formation in February 2014 (six of such shares are held by six nominee shareholders on behalf of Presbia Holdings).

4. Presbia PLC will issue an aggregate of 12,000,000 ordinary shares of $0.001 each to Presbia Holdings upon the consummation of the 2014 Capital Contribution.

We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sales and issuances of securities in the transactions described in paragraphs (1) through (4) above under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in that such sales and issuances did not involve a public offering or under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, in that they were offered and sold either pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation, as provided by Rule 701. The sale of these securities was made without general solicitation or advertising.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index attached to this Registration Statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules not listed in the Exhibit list have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

1. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

2. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Irvine, California, on October 9, 2014.

 

PRESBIA PLC
By:  

/s/ Ralph Thurman

 

Ralph Thurman

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Amendment No. 1 to the registrant’s Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

NAME

 

POSITION

 

DATE

/s/ Ralph Thurman

Ralph Thurman

 

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  October 9, 2014

/s/ Richard Fogarty

Richard Fogarty

 

Chief Accounting Officer, Vice President, Finance and Secretary

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

  October 9, 2014

/s/ Gary Kidson

Gary Kidson

 

Director

  October 9, 2014

/s/ Zohar Loshitzer

Zohar Loshitzer

 

Director

  October 9, 2014

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

 

  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1   Form of Memorandum and Articles of Association of Presbia PLC (to be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering)
  5.1   Opinion of Arthur Cox, Irish legal counsel of the Registrant
  8.1   Tax Opinion of Lowenstein Sandler LLP
  8.2   Tax Opinion of Arthur Cox (included in Exhibit 5.1)
10.1   Form of Share Exchange Deed between the Registrant and Presbia Holdings (to be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering)
10.2   Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant and Presbia Holdings (to be in effect upon the consummation of this offering)
10.3#   Form of Presbia Incentive Plan (to be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering)
10.4#   Form of Stock Option Agreement (to be issued under the Presbia Incentive Plan)
10.5#   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (to be issued under the Presbia Incentive Plan)
10.6#   Presbia Holdings Stock Plan
10.7#   Amendment No. 1 to Presbia Holdings Stock Plan
10.8#   Restricted Stock Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement between Presbia Holdings and Zohar Loshitzer
10.9   Lease, dated April 23, 2012, between PresbiBio LLC and Image Holdings, Inc.
10.10   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Presbia USA, Inc. and its officers and directors
10.11   Services Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2011, between PresbiBio, LLC and Orchard Capital Corporation
10.12   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Presbia PLC and its directors
10.13   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Presbia PLC and its executive officers
10.14*  

Sublease, dated May 6, 2014, by and between Trustwave Holdings, Inc. and PresbiBio, LLC

10.15*   First Amendment to Sublease, dated July 16, 2014, by and between Trustwave Holdings, Inc. and PresbiBio, LLC
21.1 (1)   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2   Consent of Arthur Cox (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.3   Consent of Lowenstein Sander LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)
24.1 (1)   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)
99.1 (1)   Consent of Ralph Thurman
99.2 (1)   Consent of Mark Blumenkranz
99.3 (1)   Consent of Vladimir Feingold
99.4 (1)   Consent of Richard Ressler

 

 

(1)     Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on March 20, 2014.
#   Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
*   To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit 1.1

[Number of Shares]

PRESBIA PLC

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[Date]

JEFFERIES LLC

As Representative of the several Underwriters

c/o JEFFERIES LLC

520 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Introductory. Presbia PLC, an Irish incorporated public limited company (registered no. 539137) (the “ Company ”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, to issue to the several underwriters named in Schedule A (the “ Underwriters ”) an aggregate of [ ] ordinary shares, par value $.001 per share (the “ Shares ”). The [ ] Shares to be issued by the Company are called the “ Firm Shares .” In addition, the Company has granted to the Underwriters an option to subscribe for up to an additional [ ] Shares as provided in Section 2. The additional [ ] Shares to be issued pursuant to such option are called the “ Optional Shares .” The Firm Shares and, if and to the extent such option is exercised, the Optional Shares are collectively called the “ Offered Shares .” Jefferies LLC (“ Jefferies ”) has agreed to act as representative of the several Underwriters (in such capacity, the “ Representative ”) in connection with the offering, issue and onward sale of the Offered Shares. To the extent there are no additional underwriters listed on Schedule A , the term “Representative” as used herein shall mean you, as Underwriter, and the term “Underwriters” shall mean either the singular or the plural, as the context requires.

The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement on Form S-1, File No. 333- 194713 which contains a form of prospectus to be used in connection with the public offering and the issue of the Offered Shares. Such registration statement, as amended, including the financial statements and exhibits thereto, in the form in which it became effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “ Securities Act ”), including any information deemed to be a part thereof at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act, is called the “ Registration Statement .” Any registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act in connection with the offer and issue of the Offered Shares is called the “ Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ,” and from and after the date and time of filing of any such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. The Company has prepared and filed, in accordance with Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “ Exchange Act ”), a registration statement (as amended, the “ Exchange Act Registration Statement ”) on Form 8-A (File No. [ ]) under the Exchange Act to register, under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, the class of securities consisting of the Shares. The prospectus, in the form first used by the Underwriters to confirm sales of the Offered Shares or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act, is called the “ Prospectus .” The preliminary prospectus dated [ ] describing the Offered Shares and the offering thereof is called the “ Preliminary Prospectus ,” and the Preliminary Prospectus and any other prospectus in preliminary form that describes the Offered Shares and the offering thereof and is used prior to the filing of the Prospectus is called a “ preliminary prospectus .” As used herein, “ Applicable Time ” is [ ][a.m.][p.m.] (New York City time) on [ ]. As used herein, “ free writing prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, and “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” means the Preliminary Prospectus together with


the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule B hereto. As used herein, “Road Show” means a “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) relating to the offering of the Offered Shares contemplated hereby that is a “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act). As used herein, “ Section 5(d) Written Communication ” means each written communication (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that is made in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act by the Company or any person authorized to act on behalf of the Company to one or more potential investors that are qualified institutional buyers (“ QIBs ”) and/or institutions that are accredited investors (“ IAIs ”), as such terms are respectively defined in Rule 144A and Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, to determine whether such investors might have an interest in the offering of the Offered Shares; “ Section 5(d) Oral Communication ” means each oral communication, if any, made in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act, by the Company or any person authorized to act on behalf of the Company, to one or more QIBs and/or one or more IAIs to determine whether such investors might have an interest in the offering of the Offered Shares; “ Marketing Materials ” means any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Offered Shares, including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically); and “ Permitted Section 5(d) Communication ” means the Section 5(d) Written Communication(s) and Marketing Materials listed on Schedule C attached hereto.

All references in this Agreement to (i) the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus (including the Preliminary Prospectus), or the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing, or any free writing prospectus, shall include any copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“ EDGAR ”) and (ii) the Prospectus shall be deemed to include any “electronic Prospectus” provided for use in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares as contemplated by Section 3(n) of this Agreement.

In the event that the Company has only one subsidiary, then all references herein to “subsidiaries” of the Company shall be deemed to refer to such single subsidiary, mutatis mutandis .

The Company hereby confirms its agreements with the Underwriters as follows:

Section 1. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents, warrants and covenants to each Underwriter, as of the date of this Agreement, as of the First Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) and as of each Option Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), if any, as follows:

(a) Compliance with Registration Requirements . The Registration Statement has become effective under the Securities Act. The Exchange Act Registration Statement has become effective under the Exchange Act. The Company has complied, to the Commission’s satisfaction, with all requests of the Commission for additional or supplemental information, if any. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect and no proceedings for such purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, are contemplated or threatened by the Commission.

(b) Disclosure . Each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus when filed complied in all material respects with the Securities Act and, if filed by electronic transmission pursuant to EDGAR, was identical (except as may be permitted by Regulation S-T under the Securities Act) to the copy thereof delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offer and issue of the Offered Shares. Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became or becomes effective, complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As of the Applicable Time, the Time of Sale Prospectus [(including any preliminary prospectus wrapper)] did not, and at the First Closing Date (as defined in Section 2) and at each applicable Option Closing Date (as defined in Section 2), will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not

 

2


misleading. The Prospectus [(including any Prospectus wrapper)], as of its date, did not, and at the First Closing Date and at each applicable Option Closing Date, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representations and warranties set forth in the three immediately preceding sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, or the Prospectus or the Time of Sale Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by the Representative expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information consists of the information described in Section 9(b) below. There are no contracts or other documents required to be described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which have not been described or filed as required.

(c) Free Writing Prospectuses; Road Show . As of the determination date referenced in Rule 164(h) under the Securities Act, the Company was not, is not or will not be (as applicable) an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Each free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Securities Act, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending, and each such free writing prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and issue of the Offered Shares did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus and not superseded or modified. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule B , and electronic road shows, if any, furnished to you before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without your prior written consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus. Each Road Show, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, did not, as of the Applicable Time, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(d) Distribution of Offering Material By the Company . Prior to the latest of (i) the expiration or termination of the option granted to the several Underwriters in Section 2, (ii) the completion of the Underwriters’ distribution of the Offered Shares and (iii) the expiration of 25 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company has not distributed and will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and issue of the Offered Shares other than the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus or any free writing prospectus reviewed and consented to by the Representative, the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified on Schedule B hereto and any Permitted Section 5(d) Communications.

(e) The Underwriting Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(f) Authorization of the Offered Shares . The Offered Shares have been duly authorized for issuance pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company against payment in full therefor pursuant to this Agreement, will be validly issued and fully paid and are not subject to calls for any additional payments (non-assessable), and the issuance of the Offered Shares is not subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for the Offered Shares, except for those rights which are disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and have been duly waived or satisfied.

(g) No Applicable Registration or Other Similar Rights . There are no persons with registration or other similar rights to have any Shares or any other equity or debt securities of the Company registered for sale under the Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement, except for such rights as have been duly waived.

 

3


(h) No Material Adverse Change . Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus: (i) there has been no material adverse change, or any development that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business, properties, operations, assets, liabilities or prospects, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity (any such change being referred to herein as a “ Material Adverse Change ”); (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity, have not (A) incurred any material liability or obligation, indirect, direct or contingent, including without limitation any losses or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood, earthquakes, accident or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any strike, labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, that are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity, or (B) entered into any transactions not in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) there has not been any material decrease in the share capital or any material increase in any short-term or long-term indebtedness of the Company or its subsidiaries and there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company or, except for dividends paid to the Company or other subsidiaries, by any of the Company’s subsidiaries on any class of shares or capital stock, as applicable, or any repurchase or redemption by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any class of shares or capital stock, as applicable.

(i) Independent Accountants . Deloitte LLP, which has expressed its opinion with respect to the financial statements (which term as used in this Agreement includes the related notes thereto filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, is (i) an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act and the rules of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“ PCAOB ”), (ii) in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and (iii) a registered public accounting firm as defined by the PCAOB whose registration has not been suspended or revoked and who has not requested such registration to be withdrawn.

(j) Financial Statements . The financial statements filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the periods specified. Such financial statements and notes have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as may be expressly stated in the related notes thereto. No other financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus. The financial data set forth in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the captions “Prospectus Summary—Summary Combined Financial Data,” “Combined Selected Financial Data” and “Capitalization” present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus . All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus and any free writing prospectus, that constitute non-GAAP financial measures (as defined by the rules and regulations under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act) comply, in all material respects, with Regulation G under the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable. To the Company’s knowledge, no person who has been suspended or barred from being associated with a registered public accounting firm, or who has failed to comply with any sanction pursuant to Rule 5300 promulgated by the PCAOB, has participated in or otherwise aided the preparation of, or audited, the financial statements, supporting schedules or other financial data filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(k) Company’s Accounting System . The Company and each of its subsidiaries make and keep accurate books and records and maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable

 

4


assurance that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

(l) Disclosure Controls and Procedures; Deficiencies in or Changes to Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act), which (i) are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer by others within those entities, particularly during the periods in which the periodic reports required under the Exchange Act are being prepared; (ii) have been evaluated by management of the Company for effectiveness as of the end of the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter; and (iii) are effective in all material respects to perform the functions for which they were established. Since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there have been no significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company is not aware of any change in its internal control over financial reporting that has occurred during its most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(m) Incorporation and Foreign Qualification of the Company . The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a public company limited by shares under the laws of Ireland and has the corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required (to the extent such concept exists under the laws of the relevant jurisdiction), whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business.

(n) Subsidiaries . Each of the Company’s subsidiaries (for purposes of this Agreement, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) has been duly incorporated or organized, as the case may be, and is validly existing as an Irish private limited company, corporation, limited liability company, coöperatie met uitgesloten aansprakelijkheid or commanditaire vennootschap, as applicable, in good standing (or such equivalent concept to the extent it exists under the laws of such jurisdiction) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization and has the power and authority (corporate or other) to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. Each of the Company’s subsidiaries is duly qualified as an Irish private limited company, corporation, limited liability company, coöperatie met uitgesloten aansprakelijkheid or commanditaire vennootschap, as applicable, to transact business and is in good standing (or such equivalent concept to the extent it exists under the laws of such jurisdiction) in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business. All of the issued shares or capital stock, as the case may be, or other equity or ownership interests of each of the Company’s subsidiaries have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and are not subject to calls for any additional payments (non-assessable) and are owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or adverse claim. The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement.

(o) Capitalization and Other Share Capital Matters . The authorized and issued share capital of the Company is as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the

 

5


caption “Capitalization” (other than for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, employee benefit plans, or upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in each case described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus). The Shares (including the Offered Shares), when issued, will conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Time of Sale Prospectus. All of the issued Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and are not subject to calls for any additional payments (non-assessable) and have been issued in compliance with the Company’s memorandum and articles of association, all Irish company laws and all federal and state securities laws. None of the issued Shares was issued in violation of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company. There are no authorized or issued options, warrants, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase, or equity or debt securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, any share capital or capital stock, as applicable, of the Company or any of its subsidiaries other than those described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. The descriptions of the Company’s share option and other share plans or arrangements, and the options or other rights granted thereunder, set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus accurately and fairly present, in all material respects, the information required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights.

(p) Stock Exchange Listing . The Offered Shares have been approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market (the “ NASDAQ ”), subject only to official notice of issuance.

(q) Non-Contravention of Existing Instruments; No Further Authorizations or Approvals Required . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its memorandum and articles of association, charter or by-laws, partnership agreement or operating agreement or similar organizational documents, as applicable, or is in default (or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, would be in default) (“ Default ”) under any indenture, loan, credit agreement, note, lease, license agreement, contract, franchise or other instrument (including, without limitation, any pledge agreement, security agreement, mortgage or other instrument or agreement evidencing, guaranteeing, securing or relating to indebtedness) to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of their respective properties or assets are subject (each, an “ Existing Instrument ”), except for such Defaults as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or other), earnings, business, properties, operations, assets, liabilities or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”). The Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and the issuance of the Offered Shares (including the use of proceeds from the issue of the Offered Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and will not result in any violation of the provisions of the memorandum and articles of association, charter or by-laws, partnership agreement or operating agreement or similar organizational documents, as applicable, of the Company or any subsidiary, (ii) will not conflict with or constitute a breach of, or Default or a Debt Repayment Triggering Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, or require the consent of any other party to, any Existing Instrument, except for such conflicts, breaches, Defaults or Debt Repayment Triggering Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) will not result in any violation of any law, administrative regulation or administrative or court decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except for such violations as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency, is required for the Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, except such as have been obtained or made by the Company and are in full force and effect under the Securities Act and such as may be required under applicable state securities or blue sky laws or Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”). As used

 

6


herein, a “ Debt Repayment Triggering Event ” means any event or condition which gives, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time would give, the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(r) Compliance with Laws. The Company and its subsidiaries have been and are in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, except where failure to be so in compliance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(s) No Material Actions or Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation brought by or before any governmental entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries, which could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any such subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective properties or assets is the subject, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, if determined adversely to the Company, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or with the employees of any principal supplier, manufacturer, customer or contractor of the Company, exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened or imminent.

(t) Intellectual Property Rights . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries own, or have obtained valid and enforceable licenses for, or can acquire on reasonable terms, the inventions, patent applications, patents, trademarks, trade names, service names, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus as being owned or licensed by them or which are necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted or as currently proposed to be conducted (collectively, “ Intellectual Property ”), except where such failure to own, failure to possess a license or inability to acquire on reasonable terms could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the Company’s knowledge: (i) there are no third parties who have rights to any Intellectual Property, except for customary reversionary rights of third-party licensors with respect to Intellectual Property that is disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus as licensed to the Company or one or more of its subsidiaries; and (ii) there is no infringement by third parties of any Intellectual Property that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others: (A) challenging the Company’s rights in or to any Intellectual Property, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim that, if asserted on the date hereof, could reasonably be expected to succeed ; (B) challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any Intellectual Property, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim that, if asserted on the date hereof, could reasonably be expected to succeed ; or (C) asserting that the Company or any of its subsidiaries infringes or otherwise violates, or would, upon the commercialization of any product or service described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus as under development, infringe or violate, any validly granted and issued government registered patent, trademark, trade name, service name, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary rights of others, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim that, if asserted on the date hereof or upon commercialization of any product or service described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus as under development, could reasonably be expected to succeed. The Company and its subsidiaries have complied with the terms of each agreement pursuant to which Intellectual Property has been licensed to the Company or any subsidiary, except where the failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and all such agreements are in full force and effect. The products and methods of use of such products described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the

 

7


Prospectus as under development by the Company or any subsidiary fall within the scope of the claims of one or more patents or patent applications owned by, or exclusively licensed to, the Company or any subsidiary.

(u) All Necessary Permits, etc . The Company and its subsidiaries possess such valid and current certificates, authorizations or permits required by state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies to conduct their respective businesses as currently conducted and as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus (“ Permits ”), except where the failure to so possess could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of, or in default under, any of the Permits, except where such violation or default could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of, or non-compliance with, any such certificate, authorization or permit which, individually or in the aggregate, if the result of an unfavorable decision, ruling or filing, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(v) Title to Properties . The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all of the real and personal property and other assets reflected as owned in the financial statements referred to in Section 1(j) above (or elsewhere in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus), in each case free and clear of any security interests, mortgages, liens, encumbrances, equities, adverse claims and other defects, except for such security interests, mortgages, liens, encumbrances, equities, adverse claims and other defects as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to materially affect the value of, or interfere with the Company’s use or proposed use of, such property. The real property, improvements, equipment and personal property held under lease by the Company or any of its subsidiaries are held under valid and enforceable leases, with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such real property, improvements, equipment or personal property by the Company or such subsidiary.

(w) Tax Law Compliance . The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all necessary federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns required to be filed through the date hereof in Ireland or elsewhere or have properly requested extensions thereof, except insofar as the failure to file such returns could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its subsidiaries have paid all taxes required to be paid by any of them through the date hereof and, if due and payable, any related or similar assessment, fine or penalty levied against any of them except as may be being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, except where the failure to pay such taxes could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company has made adequate charges, accruals and reserves in the applicable financial statements referred to in Section 1(j) above in respect of all federal, state and foreign income and franchise taxes for all periods as to which the tax liability of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has not been finally determined, except to the extent of any inadequacy that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, no transaction, stamp, capital or other issuance, registration, transfer or withholding tax or duty is payable in Ireland (meaning Ireland exclusive of Northern Ireland) by or on behalf of the Underwriters to any Irish taxing authority solely as a result of (i) the issuance and delivery of any Offered Shares by the Company; (ii) the subscription by the Underwriters from the Company, and the initial sale and delivery by the Underwriters of the Offered Shares to purchasers thereof; (iii) the holding or transfer of the Offered Shares; or (iv) the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any other document to be furnished hereunder.

(x) Insurance . Each of the Company and its subsidiaries are insured by recognized, financially sound and reputable institutions with policies in such amounts and with such deductibles and covering such risks as are generally deemed adequate and customary for their businesses including, but not limited to, policies covering real and personal property owned or leased by the Company and its subsidiaries against theft, damage, destruction, acts of vandalism and earthquakes and policies covering the Company and its subsidiaries for

 

8


product liability claims and clinical trial liability claims. The Company has no reason to believe that it or any of its subsidiaries will not be able (i) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (ii) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that could not be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Since January 1, 2011, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

(y) Compliance with Environmental Laws . Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products (collectively, “ Hazardous Materials ”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “ Environmental Laws ”); (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries have all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their requirements; (iii) there are no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and (iv) to the Company’s knowledge, there are no events or circumstances that might reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or governmental body or agency, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.

(z) ERISA Compliance . The Company and its subsidiaries and any “employee benefit plan” (as defined under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (collectively, “ ERISA ”)) established or maintained by the Company, its subsidiaries or their “ERISA Affiliates” (as defined below) are in compliance in all material respects with ERISA, except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. “ ERISA Affiliate ” means, with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, any member of any group of organizations described in Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “ Code ”) of which the Company or such subsidiary is a member. No “reportable event” (as defined under ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company, its subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates, except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company, its subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates, if such “employee benefit plan” were terminated, would have any “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (as defined under ERISA). Neither the Company, its subsidiaries nor any of their ERISA Affiliates has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any “employee benefit plan” or (ii) Sections 412, 4971, 4975 or 4980B of the Code. Each employee benefit plan established or maintained by the Company, its subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.

(aa) Company Not an “Investment Company”; Not a “Passive Foreign Investment Company.” The Company is not, and will not be, either after receipt of payment for the Offered Shares or after the application of the proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”) . As of December 31, 2013, the Company was not a “passive foreign investment company,” as such term is defined in the Code. Neither the Company nor any

 

9


subsidiary is, and, after giving effect to the offering and issue of the Offered Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof, neither of them will be, a “controlled foreign corporation” as defined by the Code.

(bb) No Price Stabilization or Manipulation; Compliance with Regulation M . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares or of any “reference security” (as defined in Rule 100 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act ( “Regulation M” )) with respect to the Shares, whether to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Shares or otherwise, and has taken no action which would directly or indirectly violate Regulation M.

(cc) Related-Party Transactions . There are no business relationships or related-party transactions involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus that have not been described as required.

(dd) FINRA Matters . All of the information provided to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters by the Company, its counsel, its officers and directors and the holders of any equity securities of the Company in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares is true, complete, correct and compliant in all material respects with FINRA’s rules and any letters, filings or other supplemental information provided by such persons to FINRA pursuant to FINRA Rules or NASD Conduct Rules are true, complete and correct in all material respects.

(ee) Parties to Lock-Up Agreements . The Company has furnished to the Underwriters letter agreements in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 (the “ Lock-up Agreements ”) from each of the persons listed on Exhibit B hereto. Such Exhibit B lists under an appropriate caption the directors and executive officers of the Company. If any additional persons shall become directors or executive officers of the Company prior to the end of the Company Lock-up Period (as defined below), the Company shall cause each such person, prior to or contemporaneously with their appointment or election as a director or executive officer of the Company, to execute and deliver to Jefferies a Lock-up Agreement.  

(ff) Statistical and Market-Related Data . All statistical, demographic and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate. To the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

(gg) No Unlawful Contributions or Other Payments . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee or agent of the Company or any subsidiary, has made any contribution or other payment to any official of, or candidate for, any federal, state or foreign office in violation of any law or of the character required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus.

(hh) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any domestic government official, “foreign official” (as defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “ FCPA ”) or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the FCPA or any applicable non-U.S. anti-bribery statute or regulation; or (iv) made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any domestic government official, such foreign official or employee; and the Company and its subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Company, the Company’s affiliates have conducted their respective businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

 

10


(ii) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are, and have been conducted at all times, in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar applicable rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(jj) OFAC . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, after due inquiry, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of this offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, or any joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that currently is the subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(kk) Brokers. Except pursuant to this Agreement, there is no broker, finder or other party that is entitled to receive from the Company any brokerage or finder’s fee or other fee or commission as a result of any transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(ll) Forward-Looking Statements. Each financial or operational projection or other “forward-looking statement” (as defined by Section 27A of the Securities Act or Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus (i) was so included by the Company in good faith and with reasonable basis after due consideration by the Company of the underlying assumptions, estimates and other applicable facts and circumstances and (ii) is accompanied by meaningful cautionary statements identifying those factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in such forward-looking statement. No such statement was made with the knowledge of an executive officer or director of the Company that is was false or misleading.

(mm) Submission to Jurisdiction. The Company has the power to submit, and pursuant to Section 18 of this Agreement, has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably submitted, to the personal jurisdiction of each United States federal court and New York state court located in the Borough of Manhattan, in the City of New York, New York, U.S.A. (each, a “New York Court”), and the Company has the power to designate, appoint and authorize, and pursuant to Section 18 of this Agreement, has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably designated, appointed and authorized an agent for service of process in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Offered Shares in any New York Court, and service of process effected on such authorized agent will be effective to confer valid personal jurisdiction over the Company as provided in Section 18 hereof.

(nn) No Rights of Immunity. Except as provided by laws or statutes generally applicable to transactions of the type described in this Agreement, neither the Company nor any of its respective properties, assets or revenues has any right of immunity under Irish, New York or United States law, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from the giving of any relief in any such legal action, suit or proceeding, from set-off or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any Irish, New York or United States federal court, from service of process, attachment upon or prior judgment, or attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or from execution of a judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of a judgment, in any such court, with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. To the extent that the Company or any of its respective properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to any such right of immunity in any such court in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, the Company waives or will waive such right to the extent permitted by law and has consented to such relief and enforcement as provided in Section 18 of this Agreement.

 

11


(oo) Emerging Growth Company Status . From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged in any Section 5(d) Written Communication or any Section 5(d) Oral Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”).

(pp) Communications . The Company (i) has not alone engaged in communications with potential investors in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act other than Permitted Section 5(d) Communications with the consent of the Representative with entities that are QIBs or IAIs and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representative to engage in such communications; the Company reconfirms that the Representative has been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Marketing Materials, Section 5(d) Oral Communications and Section 5(d) Written Communications; as of the Applicable Time, each Permitted Section 5(d) Communication, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, did not, as of the Applicable Time, include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Permitted Section 5(d) Communication, if any, does not, as of the date hereof, conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; and the Company has filed publicly on EDGAR at least 21 calendar days prior to any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Act), any confidentially submitted registration statement and registration statement amendments relating to the offer and sale of the Offered Shares.

(qq) Clinical Data and Regulatory Compliance. The preclinical tests and clinical trials, and other studies conducted by or on behalf of the Company (collectively, “ Company studies ”) that are described in, or the results of which are referred to in, the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus were and, if still pending, are being conducted in all material respects in accordance with the protocols, procedures and controls designed and approved for such Company studies and with standard medical and scientific research procedures; each description of the results of such studies is accurate and complete in all material respects and fairly presents, in all material respects, the data derived from such Company studies and, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries have no knowledge of any other Company studies or third-party studies the results of which are inconsistent in any material respect with, or otherwise call into question in any material respect, the results described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectuses and the Prospectus; the Company and its subsidiaries have made all such filings and obtained all such approvals as may be required by the Food and Drug Administration of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services or any committee thereof or from any other U.S. or foreign government or drug or medical device regulatory agency, or health care facility Institutional Review Board (collectively, the “ Regulatory Agencies ”) in order to conduct the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as presently conducted, as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of, or correspondence from, any Regulatory Agency requiring the termination, suspension or modification of any clinical trials that are described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus; and the Company and its subsidiaries have each operated and currently are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable rules, regulations and policies of the Regulatory Agencies.

(rr) No Rights to Purchase Preferred Shares. The issuance of the Offered Shares as contemplated hereby will not cause any holder of any shares in the capital of the Company, securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares in the capital or options, warrants or other rights to purchase any shares or any other securities of the Company to have any right to acquire any preferred shares of the Company.

(ss) No Contract Terminations. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sent or received any communication regarding termination of, or intent not to renew, any of the material contracts or agreements referred to or described in any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any free writing prospectus, or referred to or described in, or filed as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement, and no such termination or non-renewal has been threatened by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party to any such contract or agreement, which threat of termination or non-renewal has not been rescinded as of the date hereof.

 

12


(tt) Dividend Restrictions . Other than with respect to compliance with legal requirements applicable to the payment of dividends as promulgated under the respective laws of the jurisdiction of organization of each subsidiary, no subsidiary of the Company is prohibited or restricted, directly or indirectly, from paying dividends to the Company, or from making any other distribution with respect to such subsidiary’s equity securities or from repaying to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company any amounts that may from time to time become due under any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any property or assets to the Company or to any other subsidiary.

(uu) Passive Foreign Investment Company Disclosure. The description of passive foreign investment company matters contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus is true and correct in all material respects.

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and delivered to any Underwriter or to counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering and issue, of the Offered Shares shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

The Company has a reasonable basis for making each of the representations set forth in this Section 1. The Company acknowledges that the Underwriters and, for purposes of the opinions to be delivered pursuant to Section 6 hereof, counsel to the Company and counsel to the Underwriters, will rely upon the accuracy and truthfulness of the foregoing representations and hereby consents to such reliance.

Section 2. Subscription, Issue and Delivery of the Offered Shares .

(a) The Firm Shares . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue to the several Underwriters an aggregate of [ ] Firm Shares. On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, and upon the terms but subject to the conditions herein set forth, the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to subscribe from the Company the respective number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their names on Schedule A . The subscription price per Firm Share to be paid by the several Underwriters to the Company shall be $[ ] per share. On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to pay to the Company such subscription price per Firm Share multiplied by the respective number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their names on Schedule A .

(b) The First Closing Date . Delivery of certificates or electronic book entries, as applicable, for the Firm Shares to be subscribed for by the Underwriters and payment therefor shall be made at the offices of Covington & Burling LLP (or such other place as may be agreed to by the Company and the Representative) at 9:00 a.m. New York City time, on [ ], or such other time and date not later than 1:30 p.m. New York City time, on [ ] as the Representative shall designate by notice to the Company (the time and date of such closing are called the “ First Closing Date ”). The Company hereby acknowledges that circumstances under which the Representative may provide notice to postpone the First Closing Date as originally scheduled include, but are not limited to, any determination by the Company or the Representative to recirculate to the public copies of an amended or supplemented Prospectus or a delay as contemplated by the provisions of Section 11.

(c) The Optional Shares; Option Closing Date . In addition, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, and upon the terms but subject to the conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the several Underwriters to subscribe for, severally and not jointly, up to an aggregate of [ ] Optional Shares from the Company at the subscription price per share to be paid by the Underwriters for the Firm Shares. The option granted hereunder may be exercised at any time and from time to time in whole or in part upon notice by the Representative to the Company, which notice may be given at any time within 30 days from the date of this Agreement. Such notice shall set forth (i) the aggregate number of Optional Shares as to which the Underwriters are exercising the option and (ii) the time, date and place at which certificates or

 

13


electronic book entries, as applicable, for the Optional Shares will be delivered (which time and date may be simultaneous with, but not earlier than, the First Closing Date; and in the event that such time and date are simultaneous with the First Closing Date, the term “ First Closing Date ” shall refer to the time and date of delivery of certificates or electronic book entries, as applicable, for the Firm Shares and such Optional Shares). Any such time and date of delivery, if subsequent to the First Closing Date, is called an “ Option Closing Date ,” shall be determined by the Representative and shall not be earlier than three or later than five full business days after delivery of such notice of exercise. If any Optional Shares are to be subscribed for, each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to subscribe for the number of Optional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representative may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Optional Shares to be subscribed for as the number of Firm Shares set forth on Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares, and pay to the Company the above-mentioned subscription price per share. The Representative may cancel the option at any time prior to its expiration by giving written notice of such cancellation to the Company.

(d) Public Offering of the Offered Shares . The Representative hereby advises the Company that the Underwriters intend to offer for sale to the public, initially on the terms set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, their respective portions of the Offered Shares as soon after this Agreement has been executed and the Registration Statement has been declared effective as the Representative, in its sole judgment, has determined is advisable and practicable.

(e) Payment for the Offered Shares . (i) Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the First Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representative for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Offered Shares to be purchased on such date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of such Offered Shares duly paid by the Company. Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) unless the Representative shall otherwise instruct. If requested, the certificates for the Shares will be made available for inspection and packaging by the Representative at the office of DTC or its designated custodian not later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the business day prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be.

(ii) It is understood that the Representative has been authorized, for its own account and the accounts of the several Underwriters, to accept delivery of and receipt for, and make payment of the subscription price for, the Firm Shares and any Optional Shares the Underwriters have agreed to subscribe for. Jefferies, individually and not as the Representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment for any Offered Shares to be subscribed for by any Underwriter whose funds shall not have been received by the Representative by the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the account of such Underwriter, but any such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from any of its obligations under this Agreement. For the purpose of effecting delivery of the Firm Shares and the Optional Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2 in book entry form, the Company agrees to issue, in the name of Cede & Co, the Firm Shares and Optional Shares being sold by it, and to instruct Cede & Co to deliver the book entry interest in such Offered Shares to broker accounts as shall be directed by the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters.

(f) Delivery of the Offered Shares . The Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered to the Representative for the accounts of the several Underwriters certificates or electronic book entries, as applicable, for the Firm Shares to be issued to them at the First Closing Date, against release of a wire transfer of immediately available funds for the amount of the subscription price therefor. The Company shall also deliver, or cause to be delivered to the Representative for the accounts of the several Underwriters, certificates or electronic book entries, as applicable, for the Optional Shares the Underwriters have agreed to subscribe for at the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, against the release of a wire transfer of immediately available funds for the amount of the subscription price therefor. The certificates or electronic book entries, as applicable, for the Offered Shares shall be in definitive form and registered in such names and

 

14


denominations as the Representative shall have requested at least two full business days prior to the First Closing Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) and shall be made available for inspection on the business day preceding the First Closing Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) at a location in New York City as the Representative may designate. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified in this Agreement is a further condition to the obligations of the Underwriters.

Section 3. Additional Covenants of the Company. The Company further covenants and agrees with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) Delivery of Registration Statement, Time of Sale Prospectus and Prospectus. The Company shall furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) in connection with the issue of the Offered Shares, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

(b) Representative’s Review of Proposed Amendments and Supplements. During the period when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule), the Company (i) will furnish to the Representative for review, a reasonable period of time prior to the proposed time of filing of any proposed amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Exchange Act Registration Statement, a copy of each such amendment or supplement and (ii) will not amend or supplement the Registration Statement without the Representative’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Prior to amending or supplementing any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, the Company shall furnish to the Representative for review, a reasonable amount of time prior to the time of filing or use of the proposed amendment or supplement, a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement. The Company shall not file or use any such proposed amendment or supplement without the Representative’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

(c) Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company shall furnish to the Representative for review, a reasonable amount of time prior to the proposed time of filing or use thereof, a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company, and the Company shall not file, use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto without the Representative’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by or referred to by the Company as such Underwriter may reasonably request. If at any time when a prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) in connection with the issue of the Offered Shares (but in any event if at any time through and including the First Closing Date) there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at such time, not misleading, the Company shall promptly amend or supplement such free writing prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict so that the statements in such free writing prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at such time, not misleading, as the case may be; provided, however , that prior to amending or supplementing any such free writing prospectus, the Company shall furnish to the Representative for review, a

 

15


reasonable amount of time prior to the proposed time of filing or use thereof, a copy of such proposed amended or supplemented free writing prospectus, and the Company shall not file, use or refer to any such amended or supplemented free writing prospectus without the Representative’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(d) Filing of Underwriter Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company shall not take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that such Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

(e) Amendments and Supplements to Time of Sale Prospectus. If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Offered Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the Time of Sale Prospectus does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when delivered to a prospective purchaser, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, the Company shall (subject to Section 3(b) and Section 3(c) hereof) promptly prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when delivered to a prospective purchaser, not misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(f) Certain Notifications and Required Actions . After the date of this Agreement, the Company shall promptly advise the Representative in writing (which may be by e-mail) of: (i) the receipt by the Company of any comments of, or requests for additional or supplemental information from, the Commission received by the Company before the later of one year from the date of this Agreement or the expiration of the prospectus delivery period; (ii) the time and date of any filing of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or the Exchange Act Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus or the Prospectus; (iii) the time and date that any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or the Exchange Act Registration Statement becomes effective; and (iv) the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or the Exchange Act Registration or any post-effective amendment thereto or any amendment or supplement to any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus or the Prospectus, or of any proceedings to remove, suspend or terminate from listing or quotation the Shares from any securities exchange upon which they are listed for trading or included or designated for quotation, or of the threatening or initiation of any proceedings for any of such purposes. If the Commission shall enter any such stop order at any time, the Company will use its best efforts to obtain the lifting of such order at the earliest possible moment. Additionally, the Company agrees that it shall comply with all applicable provisions of Rule 424(b), Rule 433 and Rule 430A under the Securities Act and will use its reasonable efforts to confirm that any filings made by the Company under Rule 424(b) or Rule 433 were received in a timely manner by the Commission.

(g) Amendments and Supplements to the Prospectus and Other Securities Act Matters. If any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus so that the Prospectus does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order

 

16


to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) to a purchaser, not misleading, or if in the opinion of the Representative or counsel for the Underwriters it is otherwise necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply in all material respects with applicable law, the Company agrees (subject to Section 3(b) and Section 3(c)) hereof to promptly prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) to a purchaser, not misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law. Neither the Representative’s consent to, nor delivery of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver of any of the Company’s obligations under Section 3(b) or Section 3(c).

(h) Blue Sky Compliance . The Company shall cooperate with the Representative and counsel for the Underwriters to qualify or register the Offered Shares for issue under (or obtain exemptions from the application of) the state securities or blue sky laws or Canadian provincial securities laws (or other foreign laws) of those jurisdictions designated by the Representative, shall comply with such laws and shall continue such qualifications, registrations and exemptions in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Offered Shares. The Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not presently qualified or where it would be subject to taxation as a foreign corporation. The Company will advise the Representative promptly of the suspension of the qualification or registration of (or any such exemption relating to) the Offered Shares for offering, issue or trading in any jurisdiction or any initiation or threat of any proceeding for any such purpose, and in the event of the issuance of any order suspending such qualification, registration or exemption, the Company shall use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal thereof at the earliest possible moment.

(i) Use of Proceeds . The Company shall apply the net proceeds from the issue of the Offered Shares in the manner described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(j) Transfer Agent . The Company shall engage and maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent for the Shares.

(k) Earnings Statement . The Company will make generally available to its shareholders and to the Representative as soon as practicable an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company commencing after the date of this Agreement that will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(l) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . The Company will comply with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Offered Shares as contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule), file on a timely basis with the Commission and the NASDAQ all reports and documents required to be filed under the Exchange Act. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Offered Shares as may be required under Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

(m) Listing . The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Offered Shares on the NASDAQ.

 

17


(n) Company to Provide Copy of the Prospectus in Form That May be Downloaded from the Internet . If requested by the Representative, the Company shall cause to be prepared and delivered, at its expense, within one business day from the effective date of this Agreement, to the Representative an “ electronic Prospectus ” to be used by the Underwriters in connection with the offering and issue of the Offered Shares. As used herein, the term “ electronic Prospectus ” means a form of Time of Sale Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, that meets each of the following conditions: (i) it shall be encoded in an electronic format, satisfactory to the Representative, that may be transmitted electronically by the Representative and the other Underwriters to offerees and purchasers of the Offered Shares; (ii) it shall disclose the same information as the paper Time of Sale Prospectus, except to the extent that graphic and image material cannot be disseminated electronically, in which case such graphic and image material shall be replaced in the electronic Prospectus with a fair and accurate narrative description or tabular representation of such material, as appropriate; and (iii) it shall be in or convertible into a paper format or an electronic format, satisfactory to Jefferies, that will allow investors to store and have continuously ready access to the Time of Sale Prospectus at any future time, without charge to investors (other than any fee charged for subscription to the Internet as a whole and for on-line time). The Company hereby confirms that it has included or will include in the Prospectus filed pursuant to EDGAR or otherwise with the Commission and in the Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective an undertaking that, upon receipt of a request by an investor or his or her representative, the Company shall transmit or cause to be transmitted promptly, without charge, a paper copy of the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(o) Agreement Not to Issue, Offer or Sell Additional Shares . During the period commencing on and including the date hereof and continuing through and including the 180th day following the date of the Prospectus (such period, as extended as described below, being referred to herein as the “ Lock-up Period ”), the Company will not, without the prior written consent of Jefferies (which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion), directly or indirectly: (i) issue, offer to issue, contract to issue, sell, offer to sell, contract to sell or lend any Shares or Related Securities (as defined below); (ii) effect any short sale, or establish or increase any “put equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act) or liquidate or decrease any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act) of any Shares or Related Securities; (iii) pledge, hypothecate or grant any security interest in any Shares or Related Securities; (iv) in any other way transfer or dispose of any Shares or Related Securities; (v) enter into any swap, hedge or similar arrangement or agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of any Shares or Related Securities, regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled in securities, in cash or otherwise; (vi) announce the offering of any Shares or Related Securities; (vii) file any registration statement under the Securities Act in respect of any Shares or Related Securities (other than as contemplated by this Agreement with respect to the Offered Shares); or (viii) publicly announce the intention to do any of the foregoing; provided, however , that the Company may (A) effect the transactions contemplated hereby, (B) issue Shares, or issue Shares upon exercise of options, pursuant to any share option, share bonus or other share plan or arrangement described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, but only if the holders of such Shares agree in writing with the Underwriters not to sell, offer, dispose of or otherwise transfer any such Shares or options during such Lock-up Period without the prior written consent of Jefferies (which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion), (C) issue options to purchase Shares pursuant to any share option, share bonus or other share plan or arrangement described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, provided that such options are not exercisable during the Lock-up Period, (D) file a registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to any Shares or options referenced in the preceding clause (B or C) and (E) enter into an agreement providing for the sale or issuance by the Company of, and sell or issue, Shares in an aggregate amount of not more than [ ] Shares, or Related Securities exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, in the aggregate, of not more than [ ] Shares, pursuant to one or more strategic collaborations, licensing transactions or business, product or technology acquisitions (but excluding transactions principally of a financing nature); provided, however, that any such issuances or sales under clause (E) shall be conditioned upon the execution by each recipient of Shares or Related Securities of a lock-up agreement with the Underwriter, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, prohibiting transfer of such Shares or Related Securities. For purposes of the foregoing, “ Related Securities ” shall mean any options or warrants or other rights to acquire Shares or any securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares, or to acquire other securities or rights ultimately exchangeable or exercisable for, or convertible into, Shares.

 

18


(p) Future Reports to the Representative. During the period of three years hereafter, the Company will furnish to the Representative, c/o Jefferies, at 520 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Global Head of Syndicate: (i) as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, copies of the Annual Report of the Company containing the balance sheet of the Company as of the close of such fiscal year and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended and the opinion thereon of the Company’s independent public or certified public accountants; (ii) as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, copies of each proxy statement, Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, Current Report on Form 8-K or other report filed by the Company with the Commission or any securities exchange; and (iii) as soon as available, copies of any report or communication of the Company furnished or made available generally to holders of shares in the Company’s capital; provided, however, that the requirements of this Section 3(q) shall be satisfied to the extent that such reports, statement, communications, financial statements or other documents are available on EDGAR.

(q) Investment Limitation . The Company shall not invest or otherwise use the proceeds received by the Company from its issue of the Offered Shares in such a manner as would require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

(r) No Stabilization or Manipulation; Compliance with Regulation M . The Company will not take, will ensure that no controlled affiliate of the Company takes and will use its best efforts to ensure that no other affiliate of the Company will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares or any reference security with respect to the Shares, whether to facilitate the issue, sale or resale of the Offered Shares or otherwise, and the Company will, and shall cause each of its affiliates to, comply with all applicable provisions of Regulation M.

(s) Enforce Lock-Up Agreements . During the Lock-up Period, the Company will enforce all agreements between the Company, or Presbia Holdings, as the case may be, and any shareholder of the Company or Presbia Holdings that restrict or prohibit, expressly or in operation, the offer, issue, sale or transfer of Shares or Related Securities or any of the other actions restricted or prohibited under the terms of the forms of Lock-up Agreement. In addition, the Company will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon any such securities of the Company that are bound by such “lock-up” agreements for the duration of the periods contemplated in such agreements, including, without limitation, “lock-up” agreements entered into by the persons identified in Exhibit B annexed hereto.

(t) Company to Provide Interim Financial Statements . Prior to the First Closing Date and each applicable Option Closing Date, the Company will furnish the Underwriters, as soon as reasonably possible after they have been prepared by or are available to the Company, a copy of any unaudited interim financial statements of the Company for any period subsequent to the period covered by the most recent financial statements appearing in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

(u) Amendments and Supplements to Permitted Section 5(d)Communications . If at any time following the distribution of any Permitted Section 5(d) Communication, there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Permitted Section 5(d) Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representative and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Permitted Section 5(d) Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

(v) Emerging Growth Company Status . The Company will promptly notify the Representative if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) the time when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is not required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) and (ii) the expiration of the Lock-Up Period (as defined herein).

 

19


(w) Announcement Regarding Lock-ups. The Company agrees to announce the Underwriters’ intention to release any director or “officer” (within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act) of the Company from any of the restrictions imposed by any Lock-Up Agreement, by issuing, through a major news service, a press release in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative promptly following the Company’s receipt of any notification from the Representative in which such intention is indicated, but in any case not later than the later of (x) the close of the third business day prior to the date on which such release or waiver is to become effective and (y) the close of business on the second business day after the Representative provides the Company with notice of such intention; provided, however, that nothing shall prevent the Representative, on behalf of the Underwriters, from announcing the same through a major news service, irrespective of whether the Company has made the required announcement; and provided, further, that no such announcement shall be made of any release or waiver granted solely to permit a transfer of securities that is not for consideration and where the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of a Lock-Up Agreement in the applicable form or forms set forth as Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 hereto.

(x) Tax Indemnity. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters against any documentary, stamp or similar issue tax, including any interest and penalties, on the creation, issue and sale of the Offered Shares and on the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

(y) Transfer Agent. The Company agrees to maintain a transfer agent and a registrar for the Shares.

The Representative, on behalf of the several Underwriters, may, in its sole discretion, waive in writing the performance by the Company of any one or more of the foregoing covenants or extend the time for their performance.

Section 4. Payment of Expenses. The Company agrees to pay, or cause the payment of, all costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder and in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including without limitation (i) all expenses incident to the issuance and delivery of the Offered Shares (including all printing and engraving costs), (ii) all fees and expenses of the registrar and transfer agent of the Shares, (iii) all necessary issue, transfer and other stamp taxes in connection with the issuance of the Offered Shares to the Underwriters, (iv) all fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel, independent public or certified public accountants and other advisors, (v) all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, printing, filing, shipping and distribution of the Registration Statement (including financial statements, exhibits, schedules, if any, consents and certificates of experts), the Exchange Act Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, each free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company, and each preliminary prospectus, each Permitted Section 5(d) Communication, and all amendments and supplements thereto, and this Agreement, (vi) all filing fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by the Company or the Underwriters in connection with qualifying or registering (or obtaining exemptions from the qualification or registration of) all or any part of the Offered Shares for offer and issue under the state securities or blue sky laws or the provincial securities laws of Canada, and, if requested by the Representative, preparing and printing a “Blue Sky Survey” or memorandum and a “Canadian wrapper”, and any supplements thereto, advising the Underwriters of such qualifications, registrations and exemptions in an amount not to exceed $7,500, (vii) the costs, fees and expenses incurred by the Underwriters in connection with determining their compliance with the rules and regulations of FINRA related to the Underwriters’ participation in the offering and distribution of the Offered Shares in an amount not to exceed $45,000, including any related filing fees and the legal fees of, and disbursements by, counsel to the Underwriters, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show”, any Permitted Section 5(d) Communication or any Section 5(d) Oral Communication undertaken in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives, employees and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the

 

20


road show; provided, however, that the Underwriters shall be responsible for the payment of the Underwriters’ food and lodging expenses and fifty percent (50%) of the cost of aircraft and other transportation chartered in connection with the road show, (ix) the fees and expenses associated with listing the Shares on the NASDAQ, and (x) all other fees, costs and expenses of the nature referred to in Item 13 of Part II of the Registration Statement. Except as provided in this Section 4 or in Section 7, Section 9 or Section 10 hereof, the Underwriters shall pay their own expenses, including the fees and disbursements of their counsel.

Section 5. Covenant of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not, but for such actions, be required to be filed by the Company under Rule 433(d).

Section 6. Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters. The respective obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder to subscribe for and pay for the Offered Shares as provided herein on the First Closing Date and, with respect to the Optional Shares, each Option Closing Date, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company set forth in Section 1 hereof as of the date hereof and as of the First Closing Date as though then made and, with respect to the Optional Shares, as of each Option Closing Date as though then made, to the timely performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional conditions:

(a) Comfort Letter . On the date hereof, the Representative shall have received from Deloitte LLP, independent registered public accountants for the Company, a letter dated the date hereof addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountant’s “comfort letters” to underwriters, delivered according to Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72 (or any successor bulletin), with respect to the audited and unaudited financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, and each free writing prospectus, if any.

(b) Compliance with Registration Requirements; No Stop Order; No Objection from FINRA.

(i) The Company shall have filed the Prospectus with the Commission (including the information required by Rule 430A under the Securities Act) in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act; or the Company shall have filed a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement containing the information required by such Rule 430A, and such post-effective amendment shall have become effective.

(ii) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or the Exchange Act Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment to the Exchange Act Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose shall have been instituted or threatened by the Commission.

(iii) FINRA shall have raised no objection to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

(c) No Material Adverse Change or Ratings Agency Change . For the period from and after the date of this Agreement and through and including the First Closing Date and, with respect to any Optional Shares subscribed for after the First Closing Date, each Option Closing Date:

(i) in the judgment of the Representative there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Change; and

(ii) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any written notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of

 

21


the possible change, in the rating accorded any securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” as that term is used in Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act.

(d) Opinion of Counsel for the Company . On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representative shall have received the opinion of Lowenstein Sandler LLP, counsel for the Company, dated as of such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative’s counsel.

(e) Opinion of Irish Counsel. On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representative shall have received the opinion of Arthur Cox, counsel for the Company with respect to matters of Irish law, dated as of such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative’s counsel.

(f) Opinion of Baker & Hostetler LLP. On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, the Representative shall have received the opinion of Baker & Hostetler LLP, counsel for the Company with respect to intellectual property matters, dated as of such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative’s counsel.

(g) Opinion of Counsel for the Underwriters . On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representative shall have received the opinion of Covington & Burling LLP, counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offer and issue of the Offered Shares, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, dated as of such date.

(h) Officers’ Certificate . On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, the Representative shall have received a certificate executed on behalf of the Company by the chief executive officer or president of the Company and the chief financial officer of the Company, dated as of such date, to the effect set forth in Section 6(b)(ii) and further to the effect that:

(i) for the period from and including the date of this Agreement through and including such date, there has not occurred any Material Adverse Change;

(ii) the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made on and as of such date; and

(iii) the Company has complied with all the agreements hereunder and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such date.

(i) Bring-down Comfort Letter . On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representative shall have received from Deloitte LLP, independent registered public accountants for the Company, a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative, which letter shall: (i) reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished by them pursuant to Section 6(a), except that the specified date referred to therein for the carrying out of procedures shall be no more than three business days prior to the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be; and (ii) cover certain financial information contained in the Prospectus.

(j) Lock-Up Agreements. On or prior to the date hereof, the Company shall have furnished to the Representative agreements in the forms of Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 hereto from each of the persons listed on Exhibit B hereto, and each such agreement shall be in full force and effect on each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date.

(k) Rule 462(b) Registration Statement . In the event that a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement is filed in connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement, such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have been filed with the Commission on the date of this Agreement and shall have become effective automatically upon such filing.

 

22


(l) Approval of Listing . At the First Closing Date, the Offered Shares shall have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ, subject only to official notice of issuance.

(m) Additional Documents . On or before each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, the Representative and counsel for the Underwriters shall have received such information, documents and opinions as they may reasonably request for the purposes of enabling them to pass upon the issuance of the Offered Shares as contemplated herein, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties, or the satisfaction of any of the conditions or agreements, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance of the Offered Shares as contemplated herein and in connection with the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representative and counsel for the Underwriters.

If any condition specified in this Section 6 is not satisfied when and as required to be satisfied, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representative by notice from Jefferies to the Company at any time on or prior to the First Closing Date and, with respect to the Optional Shares, at any time on or prior to the applicable Option Closing Date, which termination shall be without liability on the part of any party to any other party, except that Section 4, Section 7, Section 9 and Section 10 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.

Section 7. Reimbursement of Underwriters’ Expenses . If this Agreement is terminated by the Representative pursuant to Section 6, Section 11 or Section 12, or if the issue to the Underwriters of the Offered Shares on the First Closing Date is not consummated because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement herein or to comply with any provision hereof, the Company agrees to reimburse, or cause the reimbursement of, the Representative and the other Underwriters (or such Underwriters as have terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves), severally, upon demand for all out-of-pocket expenses that shall have been reasonably incurred by the Representative and the Underwriters in connection with the proposed subscription and the offering and issue of the Offered Shares, including, but not limited to, fees and disbursements of counsel, printing expenses, travel expenses, postage, facsimile and telephone charges; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 7, the Company shall in no event be liable to any of the Underwriters for any other amounts, including, without limitation, damages on account of loss of anticipated profits from the sale of the Offered Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that the Company shall not pay or reimburse any costs, fees or expenses incurred by any Underwriter that defaults on its obligations to purchase the Offered Shares hereunder.

Section 8. Effectiveness of this Agreement . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

Section 9. Indemnification .

(a) Indemnification of the Underwriters . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, and cause to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter’s affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which such Underwriter or such affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or the laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions where Offered Shares have been offered or sold or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company), insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out of or is based upon (A) (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus that the Company has used,

 

23


referred to or filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, any Marketing Materials or any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to the foregoing), or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or (iii) any act or failure to act or any alleged act or failure to act by any Underwriter in connection with, or relating in any manner to, the Shares or the offering contemplated hereby, and which is included as part of or referred to in any loss, claim, damage, liability or action arising out of or based upon any matter covered by clause (i) or (ii) above, or (B) the violation of any laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions where Offered Shares have been offered or sold; and to reimburse or cause the reimbursement of each Underwriter and each such affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent and controlling person for any and all expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel) as such expenses are incurred by such Underwriter or such affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action; provided, however , that the foregoing indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense to the extent, but only to the extent, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company by the Representative in writing expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any such free writing prospectus, any Marketing Materials, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), it being understood and agreed that the only such information consists of the information described in Section 9(b) below. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 9(a) shall be in addition to any liabilities that the Company may otherwise have.

(b) Indemnification of the Company, its Directors and Officers . Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which the Company, or any such director, officer or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such Underwriter), insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment thereto, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus, that the Company has used, referred to or filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433 of the Securities Act, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any such amendment or supplement) or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, such preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, such free writing prospectus, such Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any such amendment or supplement), in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company by the Representative in writing expressly for use therein; and to reimburse the Company, or any such director, officer or controlling person for any and all expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel) as such expenses are incurred by the Company, or any such director, officer or controlling person in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action. The Company hereby acknowledges that the only information that the Representative has furnished to the Company expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to the foregoing) are the statements set forth in the first sentence of the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting,” the third

 

24


sentence of the fourth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting,” the sentences relating to the concession to certain dealers and, if applicable, the reallowance to certain brokers and dealers, each in the first paragraph under the caption “Underwriting—Commission and Expenses” and the first sentence of the first paragraph and the first sentence of the sixth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting—Stabilization” in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 9(b) shall be in addition to any liabilities that each Underwriter may otherwise have.

(c) Notifications and Other Indemnification Procedures . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this Section 9, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party to the extent the indemnifying party is not materially prejudiced as a proximate result of such failure and shall not in any event relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and such indemnified party seeks or intends to seek indemnity from an indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall elect, jointly with all other indemnifying parties similarly notified, by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided, however , that if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that a conflict may arise between the positions of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in conducting the defense of any such action or that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of such indemnifying party’s election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 9 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the proviso to the preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate counsel (together with local counsel), representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such action), which counsel (together with any local counsel) for the indemnified parties shall be selected by Jefferies (in the case of counsel for the indemnified parties referred to in Section 9(a) above) or by the Company (in the case of counsel for the indemnified parties referred to in Section 9(b) above)) or (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action or (iii) the indemnifying party has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party, in each of which cases the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party and shall be paid as they are incurred.

(d) Settlements . The indemnifying party under this Section 9 shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify, or cause the indemnification of, the indemnified party against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse, or cause the reimbursement of, the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by Section 9(c) hereof, the indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement, compromise or consent to

 

25


the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity was or could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding and does not include an admission of fault or culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such indemnified party.

Section 10. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 9 is for any reason held to be unavailable to or otherwise insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute, or, in the case of the Company, cause to be contributed, to the aggregate amount paid or payable by such indemnified party, as incurred, as a result of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total proceeds from the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company on the one hand, and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the front cover page of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Offered Shares as set forth on such cover. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, on the one hand, or the Underwriters, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9(c), any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim. The provisions set forth in Section 9(c) with respect to notice of commencement of any action shall apply if a claim for contribution is to be made under this Section 10; provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required with respect to any action for which notice has been given under Section 9(c) for purposes of indemnification.

The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 10 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 10.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Offered Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 10 are several, and not joint, in proportion to their respective underwriting commitments as set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule A . For purposes of this Section 10, each affiliate, director, officer, employee and agent of an Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the

 

26


Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

Section 11. Default of One or More of the Several Underwriters . If, on the First Closing Date or any Option Closing Date any one or more of the several Underwriters shall fail or refuse to subscribe for the Offered Shares that it or they have agreed to subscribe for hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Offered Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase does not exceed 10% of the aggregate number of the Offered Shares to be subscribed for on such date, the Representative may make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the subscription of such Offered Shares by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule A bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as may be specified by the Representative with the consent of the non-defaulting Underwriters, to subscribe for the Offered Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date. If, on the First Closing Date or any Option Closing Date any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Offered Shares and the aggregate number of Offered Shares with respect to which such default occurs exceeds 10% of the aggregate number of Offered Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to the Representative and the Company for the purchase of such Offered Shares are not made within 48 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability of any party to any other party except that the provisions of Section 4, Section 7, Section 9 and Section 10 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination. In any such case either the Representative or the Company shall have the right to postpone the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, but in no event for longer than seven days in order that the required changes, if any, to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or any other documents or arrangements may be effected.

As used in this Agreement, the term “ Underwriter ” shall be deemed to include any person substituted for a defaulting Underwriter under this Section 11. Any action taken under this Section 11 shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

Section 12. Termination of this Agreement . Prior to the purchase of the Firm Shares by the Underwriters on the First Closing Date, this Agreement may be terminated by Jefferies by notice given to the Company if at any time: (i) trading or quotation in any of the Company’s securities shall have been suspended or limited by the Commission or by the NASDAQ, or trading in securities generally on either the NASDAQ or the NYSE shall have been suspended or limited, or minimum or maximum prices shall have been generally established on any of such stock exchanges; (ii) a general banking moratorium shall have been declared by any of federal, New York or California authorities; (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of national or international hostilities or any crisis or calamity, or any change in the United States or international financial markets, or any substantial change or development involving a prospective substantial change in United States’ or international political, financial or economic conditions, as in the judgment of Jefferies is material and adverse and makes it impracticable to market the Offered Shares in the manner and on the terms described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or to enforce contracts for the sale of securities; (iv) in the judgment of Jefferies there shall have occurred any Material Adverse Change; or (v) the Company shall have sustained a loss by strike, fire, flood, earthquake, accident or other calamity of such character as in the judgment of Jefferies may interfere materially with the conduct of the business and operations of the Company regardless of whether or not such loss shall have been insured. Any termination pursuant to this Section 12 shall be without liability on the part of (a) the Company to any Underwriter, except that the Company shall be obligated to reimburse, or cause the reimbursement of, the expenses of the Representative and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 4 or Section 7 hereof or (b) any Underwriter to the Company; provided, however, that the provisions of Section 9 and Section 10 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.

Section 13. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the

 

27


public offering price of the Offered Shares and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering contemplated hereby and the process leading to such transaction, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company , or its shareholders, or its creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company, and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering contemplated hereby and the Company has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

Section 14. Representations and Indemnities to Survive Delivery . The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, of its officers and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or the Company or any of its or their partners, officers or directors or any controlling person, as the case may be, and, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, will survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Shares sold hereunder and any termination of this Agreement.

Section 15. Notices . All communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed, hand delivered or telecopied and confirmed to the parties hereto as follows:

 

If to the Representative:    Jefferies LLC
   520 Madison Avenue
   New York, New York 10022
   Facsimile: (646) 619-4437
   Attention: General Counsel
with a copy to:    Covington & Burling LLP
   620 Eighth Avenue
   New York, New York 10018
   Facsimile: (212) 841-1010
   Attention: Donald J. Murray
If to the Company:    Presbia PLC
   8845 Irvine Center Drive, Suite 100
   Irvine, CA 92618
   Facsimile: (323) 832-8447
   Attention: Zohar Loshitzer
with a copy to:    Lowenstein Sandler LLP
   1251 Avenue of the Americas, 17th Floor
   New York, New York 10022
   Facsimile: (973) 597-2351
   Attention: David Goret and Peter H. Ehrenberg

Any party hereto may change the address for receipt of communications by giving written notice to the others.

Section 16. Successors . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, including any substitute Underwriters pursuant to Section 11 hereof, and to the benefit of the affiliates,

 

28


directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons referred to in Section 9 and Section 10, and in each case their respective successors, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder. The term “ successors ” shall not include any purchaser of the Offered Shares as such from any of the Underwriters merely by reason of such purchase.

Section 17. Partial Unenforceability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

Section 18. Governing Law Provisions . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (“ Related Proceedings ”) may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York (collectively, the “ Specified Courts ”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court (a “ Related Judgment ”), as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company hereby irrevocably appoints Lowenstein Sandler LLP, which currently maintains a New York City office at 1251 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10020, United States of America, as its agent to receive service of process or other legal summons for purposes of any such suit, action or proceeding that may be instituted in any state or federal court in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, United States of America.

With respect to any Related Proceeding, each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, all immunity (whether on the basis of sovereignty or otherwise) from jurisdiction, service of process, attachment (both before and after judgment) and execution to which it might otherwise be entitled in the Specified Courts, and with respect to any Related Judgment, each party waives any such immunity in the Specified Courts or any other court of competent jurisdiction, and will not raise or claim or cause to be pleaded any such immunity at or in respect of any such Related Proceeding or Related Judgment, including, without limitation, any immunity pursuant to the United States Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976, as amended.

The obligations of the Company pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any sum due to any Underwriter shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than United States dollars, not be discharged until the first business day, following receipt by any Underwriter of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, on which such Underwriter may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase United States dollars with such other currency. If the United States dollars so purchased are less than the sum originally due to such Underwriter in United States dollars hereunder, the Company agrees as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Underwriter against such loss. If the United States dollars so purchased are greater than the sum originally due to such Underwriter hereunder, such Underwriter agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the excess of the dollars so purchased over the sum originally due to such Underwriter hereunder.

All payments made by the Company under this Agreement, if any, will be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature (other than taxes on net income) imposed or levied by or on behalf of Ireland or any political

 

29


subdivision or any taxing authority thereof or therein unless the Company is or becomes required by law to withhold or deduct such taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges. In such event, the Company will pay such additional amounts as will result, after such withholding or deduction, in the receipt by each Underwriter and each person controlling any Underwriter, as the case may be, of the amounts that would otherwise have been receivable in respect thereof.

Section 19. General Provisions. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior written or oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each one of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement may not be amended or modified unless in writing by all of the parties hereto, and no condition herein (express or implied) may be waived unless waived in writing by each party whom the condition is meant to benefit. The section headings herein are for the convenience of the parties only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that it is a sophisticated business person who was adequately represented by counsel during negotiations regarding the provisions hereof, including, without limitation, the indemnification provisions of Section 9 and the contribution provisions of Section 10, and is fully informed regarding said provisions. Each of the parties hereto further acknowledges that the provisions of Section 9 and Section 10 hereof fairly allocate the risks in light of the ability of the parties to investigate the Company, its affairs and its business in order to assure that adequate disclosure has been made in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, each free writing prospectus and the Prospectus (and any amendments and supplements to the foregoing), as contemplated by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company the enclosed copies hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts hereof, shall become a binding agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
PRESBIA PLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Representative in New York, New York as of the date first above written.

JEFFERIES LLC

Acting individually and as Representative

of the several Underwriters named in

the attached Schedule A .

 

JEFFERIES LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

30


Schedule A

 

Underwriters   

Number of

Firm Shares

to be
Subscribed for

Jefferies LLC

       [ ]    

[            ]

   [ ]

[            ]

   [ ]
  

 

Total

   [ ]
  

 


Schedule B

Free Writing Prospectuses Included in the Time of Sale Prospectus

[None.]


Schedule C

Permitted Section 5(d) Communications

[None.]


Exhibit A-1

Form of Lock-up Agreement (Presbia PLC)

[Date]

Jefferies LLC

    As Representative of the Several Underwriters

c/o Jefferies LLC

520 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10022

 

RE: Presbia PLC (the “ Company ”)

Ladies & Gentlemen:

The undersigned is an owner of ordinary shares, par value $.001 per share, of the Company (“ Shares ”) or of securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares or is expected to become, contemporaneously with the offering or thereafter, the owner of securities exercisable for Shares. The Company proposes to conduct a public offering of Shares (the “ Offering ”) for which Jefferies LLC (“ Jefferies ”) will act as the representative of the underwriters. The undersigned recognizes that the Offering will benefit each of the Company and the undersigned. The undersigned acknowledges that you are relying on the representations and agreements of the undersigned contained in this letter agreement in conducting the Offering and, at a subsequent date, in entering into an underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with the Company with respect to the Offering.

Annex A sets forth definitions for capitalized terms used in this letter agreement that are not defined in the body of this agreement. Those definitions are a part of this agreement.

In consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, during the Lock-up Period, subject to the exceptions set forth in this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Jefferies, which may withhold its consent in its sole discretion, the undersigned will not (and will cause any Immediate Family Member not to):

 

    Sell or Offer to Sell any Shares or Related Securities currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by the undersigned or such Immediate Family Member,

 

    enter into any Swap,

 

    make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale of any Shares or Related Securities, or cause to be filed a registration statement, prospectus or prospectus supplement (or an amendment or supplement thereto) with respect to any such registration, or

 

    publicly announce any intention to do any of the foregoing.

The foregoing will not apply to the registration of the offer and issue of the Shares, and the issue of the Shares to the underwriters, in each case as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement. In addition, the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (a) bona fide gifts to any Family Member or to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the undersigned and/or one or more Family Members; (b) transfers made by the undersigned by will or intestate succession upon the death of the undersigned; (c) bona fide gifts to a charity or educational institution; (d) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfers to any shareholder, partner or member of, or owner of a similar equity interest in, the undersigned, as the case may be, if, in any such case, such transfer is not for value; (e) if the undersigned is a trust, any transfer to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust and such transfer is not for


value; (f) the entry into a sales plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that a copy of such plan is provided to Jefferies promptly upon entering into the same and no transfers may be made under such plan during the Lock-Up Period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company and (g) the conversion, exchange or exercise of any Related Securities, provided that any Shares received upon such conversion, exchange or exercise continue to be subject to the terms of this agreement; provided, however , that in any such case, it shall be a condition to such transfer that:

 

    each transferee executes and delivers to Jefferies an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Jefferies stating that such transferee is receiving and holding such Shares and/or Related Securities subject to the provisions of this letter agreement and agrees not to Sell or Offer to Sell such Shares and/or Related Securities, engage in any Swap or engage in any other activities restricted under this letter agreement except in accordance with this letter agreement (as if such transferee had been an original signatory hereto), and

 

    prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period, no public disclosure or filing under the Exchange Act by any party to the transfer (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) shall be required, or made voluntarily, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Shares in connection with such transfer, except for a filing on Form 5 pursuant to Section 16 of the Exchange Act filed after the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any Company-directed Shares the undersigned may purchase or otherwise receive in the Offering.

In addition, if the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) Jefferies agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Shares, Jefferies will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company (in accordance with the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement) will announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by Jefferies hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if both (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter agreement that are applicable to the transferor to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of Shares or Related Securities held by the undersigned and the undersigned’s Immediate Family Members, if any, except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

With respect to the Offering only, the undersigned waives any registration rights relating to registration under the Securities Act of the offer and issue of any Shares and/or any Related Securities owned either of record or beneficially by the undersigned, including any rights to receive notice of the Offering.

The undersigned confirms that the undersigned has not, and has no knowledge that any Family Member has, directly or indirectly, taken any action designed to or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the issue of the Shares. The undersigned will not, and will cause any Family Member not to take, directly or indirectly, any such action.

Whether or not the Offering occurs as currently contemplated or at all depends on market conditions and other factors. The Offering will only be made pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and you.

It is understood that if (i) the Company notifies Jefferies in writing, or Jefferies notifies the Company in writing, that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, (ii) the Underwriting Agreement relating to the Offering is


not executed by September 30, 2014 or (iii) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof that survive termination) is executed by September 30, 2014 but shall terminate or be terminated for any reason prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares to be sold thereunder, this letter agreement shall immediately be terminated and the undersigned shall automatically be released from all of the undersigned’s obligations under this letter agreement.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power, capacity and authority to enter into this letter agreement. This letter agreement is irrevocable and will be binding on the undersigned and the successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the undersigned.

This letter agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

 

Signature

 

Printed Name of Person Signing

(Indicate capacity of person signing if

signing as custodian or trustee, or on behalf

of an entity)


Certain Defined Terms

Used in Lock-up Agreement

For purposes of the letter agreement to which this Annex A is attached and of which it is made a part:

 

    Affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

    Call Equivalent Position ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act

 

    Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

    Family Member ” shall mean any individual related by blood, marriage or adoption, but not more remotely than as a first cousin, to the undersigned.

 

    Immediate Family Member ” shall mean the spouse or domestic partner of the undersigned, an immediate family member of the undersigned or an immediate family member of the undersigned’s spouse or domestic partner, in each case living in the undersigned’s household or whose principal residence is the undersigned’s household (regardless of whether such spouse, domestic partner or family member may at the time be living elsewhere due to educational activities, health care treatment, military service, temporary internship or employment or otherwise). “ Immediate family member ” as used above shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(e) under the Exchange Act.

 

    Lock-up Period ” shall mean the period beginning on the date hereof and continuing through the close of trading on the date that is 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement).

 

    Put Equivalent Position ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act.

 

    Related Securities ” shall mean any options or warrants or other rights to acquire Shares or any securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares, or to acquire other securities or rights ultimately exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares.

 

    Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

    Sell or Offer to Sell ” shall mean to:

 

    sell, offer to sell, contract to sell or lend,

 

    effect any short sale or establish or increase a Put Equivalent Position or liquidate or decrease any Call Equivalent Position

 

    pledge, hypothecate or grant any security interest in, or

 

    in any other way transfer or dispose of,

in each case whether effected directly or indirectly.

 

    Swap ” shall mean any swap, hedge or similar arrangement or agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of Shares or Related Securities, regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled in securities, in cash or otherwise.

Capitalized terms not defined in this Annex A shall have the meanings given to them in the body of this lock-up agreement.


Exhibit A-2

Form of Lock-up Agreement (Presbia Holdings)

Date:                    

Jefferies LLC

As Representative of the Several Underwriters

c/o Jefferies LLC

520 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10022

 

RE: Presbia Holdings (the “ Company ”)

Ladies & Gentlemen:

The undersigned is an owner of ordinary shares, par value $[ ] per share, of the Company (“ Shares ”) or of securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares or is expected to become, contemporaneously with the offering or thereafter, the owner of securities exercisable for Shares. Presbia PLC proposes to conduct a public offering of its shares (the “ Offering ”) for which Jefferies LLC (“ Jefferies ”) will act as the representative of the underwriters. The undersigned recognizes that the Offering will benefit each of the Company and the undersigned. The undersigned acknowledges that the Underwriters are relying on the representations and agreements of the undersigned contained in this letter agreement in conducting the Offering and, at a subsequent date, in entering into an underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with Presbia PLC with respect to the Offering.

Annex A sets forth definitions for capitalized terms used in this letter agreement that are not defined in the body of this agreement. Those definitions are a part of this agreement.

In consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, during the Lock-up Period, subject to the exceptions set forth in this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Jefferies, which may withhold its consent in its sole discretion, the undersigned will not (and will cause any Immediate Family Member not to):

 

    Sell or Offer to Sell any Shares or Related Securities currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by the undersigned or such Immediate Family Member,

 

    enter into any Swap,

 

    make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale of any Shares or Related Securities, or cause to be filed a registration statement, prospectus or prospectus supplement (or an amendment or supplement thereto) with respect to any such registration, or

 

    publicly announce any intention to do any of the foregoing.

The foregoing will not apply to the registration of the offer and issue of the Shares, and the issue of the Shares to the underwriters, in each case as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement. In addition, the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (a) bona fide gifts to any Family Member or to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the undersigned and/or one or more Family Members; (b) transfers made by the undersigned by will or intestate succession upon the death of the undersigned; (c) bona fide gifts to a charity or educational institution; (d) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfers to any shareholder, partner or member of, or owner of a similar equity interest in, the undersigned, as the case may be, if, in any such case, such transfer is not for value; (e) if the undersigned is a trust, any transfer to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust and such transfer is not for


value; (f) the entry into a sales plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that a copy of such plan is provided to Jefferies promptly upon entering into the same and no transfers may be made under such plan during the Lock-Up Period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned, Presbia PLC or the Company and (g) the conversion, exchange or exercise of any Related Securities, provided that any Shares received upon such conversion, exchange or exercise continue to be subject to the terms of this agreement; provided, however , that in any such case, it shall be a condition to such transfer that:

 

    each transferee executes and delivers to Jefferies an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Jefferies stating that such transferee is receiving and holding such Shares and/or Related Securities subject to the provisions of this letter agreement and agrees not to Sell or Offer to Sell such Shares and/or Related Securities, engage in any Swap or engage in any other activities restricted under this letter agreement except in accordance with this letter agreement (as if such transferee had been an original signatory hereto), and

 

    prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period, no public disclosure or filing under the Exchange Act by any party to the transfer (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) shall be required, or made voluntarily, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Shares in connection with such transfer, except for a filing on Form 5 pursuant to Section 16 of the Exchange Act filed after the end of Presbia PLC’s fiscal year.

In addition, if the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) Jefferies agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Shares, Jefferies will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company (in accordance with the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement) will announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by Jefferies hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if both (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter agreement that are applicable to the transferor to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of Shares or Related Securities held by the undersigned and the undersigned’s Immediate Family Members, if any, except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

Whether or not the Offering occurs as currently contemplated or at all depends on market conditions and other factors. The Offering will only be made pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between Presbia PLC and you.

It is understood that if (i) Presbia PLC notifies Jefferies in writing, or Jefferies notifies Presbia PLC in writing, that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, (ii) the Underwriting Agreement relating to the Offering is not executed by September 30, 2014 or (iii) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof that survive termination) is executed by September 30, 2014 but shall terminate or be terminated for any reason prior to payment for and delivery of the shares to be sold thereunder, this letter agreement shall immediately be terminated and the undersigned shall automatically be released from all of the undersigned’s obligations under this letter agreement.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power, capacity and authority to enter into this letter agreement. This letter agreement is irrevocable and will be binding on the undersigned and the successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the undersigned.


This letter agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

 

Signature

 

Printed Name of Person Signing

(Indicate capacity of person signing if

signing as custodian or trustee, or on behalf

of an entity)


Certain Defined Terms

Used in Lock-up Agreement

For purposes of the letter agreement to which this Annex A is attached and of which it is made a part:

Affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

Call Equivalent Position ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Family Member ” shall mean any individual related by blood, marriage or adoption, but not more remotely than as a first cousin, to the undersigned.

Immediate Family Member ” shall mean the spouse or domestic partner of the undersigned, an immediate family member of the undersigned or an immediate family member of the undersigned’s spouse or domestic partner, in each case living in the undersigned’s household or whose principal residence is the undersigned’s household (regardless of whether such spouse, domestic partner or family member may at the time be living elsewhere due to educational activities, health care treatment, military service, temporary internship or employment or otherwise). “ Immediate family member ” as used above shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(e) under the Exchange Act.

Lock-up Period ” shall mean the period beginning on the date hereof and continuing through the close of trading on the date that is 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement).

Put Equivalent Position ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act.

Related Securities ” shall mean any options or warrants or other rights to acquire Shares or any securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares, or to acquire other securities or rights ultimately exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Sell or Offer to Sell ” shall mean to:

 

    sell, offer to sell, contract to sell or lend,

 

    effect any short sale or establish or increase a Put Equivalent Position or liquidate or decrease any Call Equivalent Position

 

    pledge, hypothecate or grant any security interest in, or

 

    in any other way transfer or dispose of,

in each case whether effected directly or indirectly.

Swap ” shall mean any swap, hedge or similar arrangement or agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of Shares or Related Securities, regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled in securities, in cash or otherwise.

Capitalized terms not defined in this Annex A shall have the meanings given to them in the body of this lock-up agreement.


Exhibit B

Directors, Executive Officers and Others

Signing Lock-up Agreements

Presbia PLC

Directors :

Ralph Thurman

Mark S. Blumenkranz

Richard Ressler

Executive Officers :

Zohar Loshitzer

Vladimir Feingold

John Jacob Vander Zanden

Richard Fogarty

Shareholders :

Presbia Holdings

Presbia Holdings

Richard Ressler

Orchard Presbia, LLC

Orchard Investments, LLC

Vladimir Feingold

Feingold Investments, LLC

Zohar Loshitzer

John Jacob Vander Zanden

Mark Blumenkranz

Ralph Thurman

Exhibit 3.1

Companies Acts 1963 to 2013

A PUBLIC COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

of

PRESBIA PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY

 

LOGO

D UBLIN


Cert. No: 539137

Companies Acts 1963 to 2013

A PUBLIC COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

of

PRESBIA PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY

 

1. The name of the Company is Presbia public limited company.

 

2. The Company is to be a public limited company.

 

3. The objects for which the Company is established are:

 

  (a) To engage in developing, manufacturing, selling, marketing, distributing or otherwise commercializing medical devices and other products and procedures related to vision and all associated and related activities and to carry on various activities associated with that object.

 

  (b) To carry on the business of a holding company and to co-ordinate the administration, finances and activities of any subsidiary companies or associated companies, to do all lawful acts and things whatever that are necessary or convenient in carrying on the business of such a holding company and in particular to carry on in all its branches the business of a management services company, to act as managers and to direct or coordinate the management of other companies or of the business, property and estates of any company or person and to undertake and carry out all such services in connection therewith as may be deemed expedient by the Company’s board of directors and to exercise its powers as a shareholder of other companies.

 

  (c) To acquire the entire issued share capital of Presbia Ireland, Limited, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland.

 

  3.2 To acquire shares, stocks, debentures, debenture stock, bonds, obligations and securities by original subscription, tender, purchase, exchange or otherwise and to subscribe for the same either conditionally or otherwise, and to guarantee the subscription thereof and to exercise and enforce all rights and powers conferred by or incidental to the ownership thereof.

 

  3.3 To facilitate and encourage the creation, issue or conversion of and to offer for public subscription debentures, debenture stocks, bonds, obligations, shares, stocks, and securities and to act as trustees in connection with any such securities and to take part in the conversion of business concerns and undertakings into companies.

 

  3.4 To purchase or by any other means acquire any freehold, leasehold or other property and in particular lands, tenements and hereditaments of any tenure, whether subject or not to any charges or encumbrances, for any estate or interest whatever, and any rights, privileges or easements over or in respect of any property, and any buildings, factories, mills, works, wharves, roads, machinery, engines, plant, live and dead stock, barges, vessels or things, and any real or personal property or rights whatsoever which may be necessary for, or may conveniently be used with, or may enhance the value or property of the Company, and to hold or to sell, let, alienate, mortgage, charge or otherwise deal with all or any such freehold, leasehold, or other property, lands, tenements or hereditaments, rights, privileges or easements.

 

  3.5 To sell or otherwise dispose of any of the property or investments of the Company.

 

2


  3.6 To establish and contribute to any scheme for the purchase of shares in the Company to be held for the benefit of the Company’s employees and, to the extent permitted by law, to lend or otherwise provide money to such schemes or the Company’s employees or the employees of any of its subsidiary or associated companies to enable them to purchase shares of the Company.

 

  3.7 To grant, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of any property or asset of the Company of whatever nature or tenure for such price, consideration, sum or other return whether equal to or less than the market value thereof and whether by way of gift or otherwise as the Directors shall deem fit and to grant any fee, farm grant or lease or to enter into any agreement for letting or hire of any such property or asset for a rent or return equal to or less than the market or rack rent therefor or at no rent and subject to or free from covenants and restrictions as the Directors shall deem appropriate.

 

  3.8 To acquire and undertake the whole or any part of the business, good-will and assets of any person, firm or company carrying on or proposing to carry on any of the businesses which this Company is authorised to carry on, and as part of the consideration for such acquisition to undertake all or any of the liabilities of such person, firm or company, or to acquire an interest in, amalgamate with, or enter into any arrangement for sharing profits, or for co-operation, or for limiting competition or for mutual assistance with any such person, firm or company and to give or accept by way of consideration for any of the acts or things aforesaid or property acquired, any shares, debentures, debenture stock or securities that may be agreed upon, and to hold and retain or sell, mortgage or deal with any shares, debentures, debenture stock or securities so received.

 

  3.9 To apply for, purchase or otherwise acquire any patents, brevets d’invention, licences, concessions and the like conferring any exclusive or non-exclusive or limited rights to use or any secret or other information as to any invention which may seem capable of being used for any of the purposes of the Company or the acquisition of which may seem calculated directly or indirectly to benefit the Company, and to use, exercise, develop or grant licences in respect of or otherwise turn to account the property, rights or information so acquired.

 

  3.10 To enter into partnership or into any arrangement for sharing profits, union of interests, co-operation, joint venture, reciprocal concession or otherwise with any person or company carrying on or engaged in or about to carry on or engage in any business or transaction which the Company is authorised to carry on or engage in or any business or transaction capable of being conducted so as directly to benefit the Company.

 

  3.11 To invest and deal with the monies of the Company not immediately required upon such securities and in such manner as may from time to time be determined.

 

  3.12 To lend money to and guarantee the performance of the contracts or obligations of any company, firm or person, and the repayment of the capital and principal of, and dividends, interest or premiums payable on, any stock, shares and securities of any company, whether having objects similar to those of this Company or not, and to give all kinds of indemnities.

 

  3.13 To engage in currency exchange and interest rate transactions including, but not limited to, dealings in foreign currency, spot and forward rate exchange contracts, futures, options, forward rate agreements, swaps, caps, floors, collars and any other foreign exchange or interest rate hedging arrangements and such other instruments as are similar to, or derived from, any of the foregoing whether for the purpose of making a profit or avoiding a loss or managing a currency or interest rate exposure or any other exposure or for any other purpose.

 

  3.14

To guarantee, support or secure, whether by personal covenant or by mortgaging or charging all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (both present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company, or by both such methods, the performance of the obligations of, and the repayment or payment of the principal amounts of and premiums, interest and dividends on any securities of, any person, firm or company including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) any

 

3


  company which is for the time being the Company’s holding company as defined by section 155 of the Companies Act 1963 (or any successor legislation) or a subsidiary as therein defined of any such holding company or otherwise associated with the Company in business.

 

  3.15 To borrow or secure the payment of money in such manner as the Company shall think fit, and in particular by the issue of debentures, debenture stocks, bonds, obligations and securities of all kinds, either perpetual or terminable and either redeemable or otherwise and to secure the repayment of any money borrowed, raised or owing by trust deed, mortgage, charge, or lien upon the whole or any part of the Company’s property or assets (whether present or future) including its uncalled capital, and also by a similar trust deed, mortgage, charge or lien to secure and guarantee the performance by the Company of any obligation or liability it may undertake.

 

  3.16 To draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute, negotiate and issue promissory notes, bills of exchange, bills of lading, warrants, debentures and other negotiable or transferable instruments.

 

  3.17 To subscribe for, take, purchase or otherwise acquire and hold shares or other interests in, or securities of any other company having objects altogether or in part similar to those of this Company, or carrying on any business capable of being conducted so as directly or indirectly to benefit this Company.

 

  3.18 To hold in trust as trustees or as nominees and to deal with, manage and turn to account, any real or personal property of any kind, and in particular shares, stocks, debentures, securities, policies, book debts, claims and chases in actions, lands, buildings, hereditaments, business concerns and undertakings, mortgages, charges, annuities, patents, licences, and any interest in real or personal property, and any claims against such property or against any person or company.

 

  3.19 To constitute any trusts with a view to the issue of preferred and deferred or other special stocks or securities based on or representing any shares, stocks and other assets specifically appropriated for the purpose of any such trust and to settle and regulate and if thought fit to undertake and execute any such trusts and to issue, dispose of or hold any such preferred, deferred or other special stocks or securities.

 

  3.20 To give any guarantee in relation to the payment of any debentures, debenture stock, bonds, obligations or securities and to guarantee the payment of interest thereon or of dividends on any stocks or shares of any company.

 

  3.21 To construct, erect and maintain buildings, houses, flats, shops and all other works, erections, and things of any description whatsoever either upon the lands acquired by the Company or upon other lands and to hold, retain as investments or to sell, let, alienate, mortgage, charge or deal with all or any of the same and generally to alter, develop and improve the lands and other property of the Company.

 

  3.22 To provide for the welfare of persons in the employment of or holding office under or formerly in the employment of or holding office under the Company including Directors and ex-Directors of the Company and the wives, widows and families, dependants or connections of such persons by grants of money, pensions or other payments and by forming and contributing to pension, provident or benefit funds or profit sharing or co-partnership schemes for the benefit of such persons and to form, subscribe to or otherwise aid charitable, benevolent, religious, scientific, national or other institutions, exhibitions or objects which shall have any moral or other claims to support or aid by the Company by reason of the locality of its operation or otherwise.

 

  3.23 To remunerate by cash payments or allotment of shares or securities of the Company credited as fully paid up or otherwise any person or company for services rendered or to be rendered to the Company whether in the conduct or management of its business, or in placing or assisting to place or guaranteeing the placing of any of the shares of the Company’s capital, or any debentures or other securities of the Company or in or about the formation or promotion of the Company.

 

4


  3.24 To enter into and carry into effect any arrangement for joint working in business or for sharing of profits or for amalgamation with any other company or association or any partnership or person carrying on any business within the objects of the Company.

 

  3.25 To distribute in specie or otherwise as may be resolved, any assets of the Company among its members and in particular the shares, debentures or other securities of any other company belonging to this Company or of which this Company may have the power of disposing.

 

  3.26 To vest any real or personal property, rights or interest acquired or belonging to the Company in any person or company on behalf of or for the benefit of the Company, and with or without any declared trust in favour of the Company.

 

  3.27 To transact or carry on any business which may seem to be capable of being conveniently carried on in connection with any of these objects or calculated directly or indirectly to enhance the value of or facilitate the realisation of or render profitable any of the Company’s property or rights.

 

  3.28 To accept stock or shares in or debentures, mortgages or securities of any other company in payment or part payment for any services rendered or for any sale made to or debt owing from any such company, whether such shares shall be wholly or partly paid up.

 

  3.29 To pay all costs, charges and expenses incurred or sustained in or about the promotion and establishment of the Company or which the Company shall consider to be preliminary thereto and to issue shares as fully or in part paid up, and to pay out of the funds of the Company all brokerage and charges incidental thereto.

 

  3.30 To procure the Company to be registered or recognised in any part of the world.

 

  3.31 To do all or any of the matters hereby authorised in any part of the world or in conjunction with or as trustee or agent for any other company or person or by or through any factors, trustees or agents.

 

  3.32 To make gifts, pay gratuities or grant bonuses to current and former Directors (including substitute and alternate directors), officers or employees of the Company or to make gifts or pay gratuities to any person on their behalf or to charitable organisations, trusts or other bodies corporate nominated by any such person.

 

  3.33 To do all such other things that the Company may consider incidental or conducive to the attainment of the above objects or as are usually carried on in connection therewith.

 

  3.34 To carry on any business which the Company may lawfully engage in and to do all such things incidental or conducive to the business of the Company.

 

  3.35 To make or receive gifts by way of capital contribution or otherwise.

The objects set forth in any sub-clause of this clause shall be regarded as independent objects and shall not, except where the context expressly so requires, be in any way limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other sub-clause, or by the name of the Company. None of such sub-clauses or the objects therein specified or the powers thereby conferred shall be deemed subsidiary or auxiliary merely to the objects mentioned in the first sub-clause of this clause, but the Company shall have full power to exercise all or any of the powers conferred by any part of this clause in any part of the world notwithstanding that the business, property or acts proposed to be transacted, acquired or performed do not fall within the objects of the first sub-clause of this clause.

 

  NOTE: It is hereby declared that the word “company” in this clause, except where used in reference to this Company shall be deemed to include any partnership or other body of persons whether incorporated or not incorporated and whether domiciled in Ireland or elsewhere and the intention is that the objects specified in each paragraph of this clause shall except where otherwise expressed in such paragraph be in no way limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other paragraph.

 

 

5


4. The share capital of the Company is US$400,000 and €40,000 divided into 350,000,000 ordinary shares of US$0.001 each, 50,000,000 preferred shares of US$0.001 each and 40,000 deferred ordinary shares of €1.00 each.

 

5. The liability of the members is limited.

 

6. The shares forming the capital, increased or reduced, may be increased or reduced and be divided into such classes and issued with any special rights, privileges and conditions or with such qualifications as regards preference, dividend, capital, voting or other special incidents, and be held upon such terms as may be attached thereto or as may from time to time be provided by the original or any substituted or amended articles of association and regulations of the Company for the time being, but so that where shares are issued with any preferential or special rights attached thereto such rights shall not be alterable otherwise than pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s articles of association for the time being.

 

6


We, the several persons whose names and addresses are subscribed, wish to be formed into a company in pursuance of this memorandum of association and we agree to take the number of shares in the capital of the company set opposite our respective names.

 

Names, addresses and descriptions of subscribers

 

Number of shares taken by each subscriber

For and on behalf of

Presbia Holdings

 

Thirty Nine Thousand, Nine Hundred

and Ninety Four Ordinary Shares

Stuarts Corporate Services Ltd  
P.O. Box 2510  
Grand Cayman KY1-1104  
Cayman Islands  
For and on behalf of   One Ordinary Share
Arthur Cox Trust Services Limited  
Arthur Cox Building  
Earlsfort Terrace  
Dublin 2  
For and on behalf of   One Ordinary Share
AC Administration Services Limited  
Arthur Cox Building  
Earlsfort Terrace  
Dublin 2  
For and on behalf of   One Ordinary Share
Arthur Cox Nominees Limited  
Arthur Cox Building  
Earlsfort Terrace  
Dublin 2  
For and on behalf of   One Ordinary Share
Arthur Cox Registrars Limited  
Arthur Cox Building  
Earlsfort Terrace  
Dublin 2  
For and on behalf of   One Ordinary Share
DIJR Nominees Limited  
Arthur Cox Building  
Earlsfort Terrace  
Dublin 2  
For and on behalf of   One Ordinary Share
Fand Limited  
Arthur Cox Building  
Earlsfort Terrace  
Dublin 2  

Dated: 23 January 2014

 

7


Witnesses to the above signatures:

Shanon Ball

Presbia Holdings

P.O. Box 2510

Grand Cayman KY1-1104

Cayman Islands

Louise Gaffney

Arthur Cox Building

Earlsfort Terrace

Dublin 2

Ireland

 

8


COMPANIES ACTS 1963 TO 2013

A PUBLIC COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

-of-

PRESBIA PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY

PRELIMINARY

 

1. The regulations contained in Table A in the First Schedule to the Companies Act 1963 shall not apply to the Company.

 

2.      (a) In these articles:

“1983 Act” means the Companies (Amendment) Act 1983.

“1990 Act” means the Companies Act 1990 (No. 33 of 1990).

“1996 Regulations” means the Companies Act, 1990 (Uncertificated Securities) Regulations, 1996, S.I. No. 68 of 1996, including any modification thereof or any regulations in substitution thereof made under Section 239 of the 1990 Act and for the time being in force.

“Act” means the Companies Act 1963 (No. 33 of 1963) as amended by the Companies Acts 1977 to 2013 and Parts 2 and 3 of the Investment Funds, Companies and Miscellaneous Provisions Act 2006, the Companies (Amendment) Act 2009, the Companies (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 2009, the Companies (Amendment) Act 2012 and the Companies (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 2013, all enactments which are to be read as one with, or construed or read together as one with, the Acts and every statutory modification and re-enactment thereof for the time being in force.

“Acts” means the Companies Acts 1963 to 2005 and Parts 2 and 3 of the Investment Funds, Companies and Miscellaneous Provisions Act 2006, the Companies (Amendment) Act 2009, the Companies (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 2009, the Companies (Amendment) Act 2012 and the Companies (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 2013, all enactments which are to be read as one with, or construed or read together as one with, the Companies Acts and every statutory modification and re-enactment thereof for the time being in force.

“address” includes any number or address used for the purposes of communication by way of electronic mail or other electronic communication.

“Affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.

“Approved Nominee” means a person appointed under contractual arrangements with the Company to hold Shares or rights or interests in Shares on a nominee basis including, without limitation, in connection with the provision of depository, system operator and/or book-entry transfer services;

“Assistant Secretary” means any person appointed by the Secretary from time to time to assist the Secretary.

“Associate”, when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (A) any company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, executive officer, partner or general partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting shares; (B) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (C) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.

 

1


“Auditors” means the auditors of the Company from time to time.

“Clear Days” in relation to the period of notice, means that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect.

“Chairman” means the Director who is elected by the Directors from time to time to preside as chairman at all meetings of the Board and at general meetings of the Company.

“CSD Regulation” means any regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on improving securities settlement in the European Union and on central securities depositories and amending Directive 98/26/EC.

“electronic communication” has the meaning given to those words in the Electronic Commerce Act 2000.

“electronic signature” has the meaning given to those words in the Electronic Commerce Act 2000.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, of the United States of America.

“Ordinary Resolution” means an ordinary resolution of the Company’s members of which the requisite notice has been given and which has been passed by a simple majority of those present in person or by proxy at the meeting and who were entitled to vote.

“Properly Authenticated Dematerialised Instruction” has the meaning given to it in the 1996 Regulations.

“public announcement” means disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Redeemable Shares” means redeemable shares in accordance with section 206 of the 1990 Act.

“Register” means the register of members to be kept as required in accordance with section 116 of the Act.

“Relevant System” has the meaning given to it in the 1996 Regulations.

“Special Resolution” means a special resolution of the Company’s members within the meaning of section 141 of the Act.

“the Company” means the company whose name appears in the heading to these articles.

“the Directors” or “the Board” means the directors from time to time and for the time being of the Company or the directors present at a meeting of the board of directors and includes any person occupying the position of director by whatever name called and “ Director ” shall be construed accordingly.

“the Holder” in relation to any share, means the member whose name is entered in the Register as the holder of the share or, where the context permits, the members whose names are entered in the Register as the joint holders of shares.

“the Office” means the registered office from time to time and for the time being of the Company.

“the seal” means the common seal of the Company.

“the Secretary” means any person appointed to perform the duties of the secretary of the Company and includes an Assistant Secretary and any person appointed by the board to perform the duties of the secretary of the Company.

“these articles” means the articles of association of which this article forms part, as the same may be amended and may be from time to time and for the time being in force.

 

 

2


         (b) Expressions in these articles referring to writing shall be construed, unless the contrary intention appears, as including references to printing, lithography, photography and any other modes of representing or reproducing words in a visible form except as provided in these articles and/or where it constitutes writing in electronic form sent to the Company, and the Company has agreed to its receipt in such form. Expressions in these articles referring to execution of any document shall include any mode of execution whether under seal or under hand or any mode of electronic signature as shall be approved by the Directors. Expressions in these articles referring to receipt of any electronic communications shall, unless the contrary intention appears, be limited to receipt in such manner as the Company has approved.

 

         (c) Unless the contrary intention appears, words or expressions contained in these articles shall bear the same meaning as in the Acts or in any statutory modification thereof in force at the date at which these articles become binding on the Company.

 

         (d) A reference to a statute or statutory provision shall be construed as a reference to the laws of Ireland unless otherwise specified and includes:

 

  (i) any subordinate legislation made under it including all regulations, by-laws, orders and codes made thereunder;

 

  (ii) any repealed statute or statutory provision which it re-enacts (with or without modification); and

 

  (iii) any statute or statutory provision which modifies, consolidates, re-enacts or supersedes it.

 

         (e) The masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, and the singular number shall include the plural, and vice versa, and words importing persons shall include firms or companies.

 

         (f) Reference to US$, USD, or dollars shall mean the currency of the United States of America and to €, euro, EUR or cent shall mean the currency of Ireland.

SHARE CAPITAL AND VARIATION OF RIGHTS

 

3.      (a) The share capital of the Company is US$400,000 and €40,000 divided into 350,000,000 ordinary shares of US$0.001 each (the “ Ordinary Shares ”), 50,000,000 preferred shares of US$0.001 (the “ Preferred Shares ”) each and 40,000 deferred ordinary shares of €1.00 each (the “ Deferred Ordinary Shares ”).

 

         (b) The rights and restrictions attaching to the Ordinary Shares shall be as follows:

 

  (i) subject to the right of the Company to set record dates for the purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to notice of and/or to vote at a general meeting, the right to attend and speak at any general meeting of the Company and to exercise one vote per Ordinary Share held at any general meeting of the Company;

 

  (ii) the right to participate pro rata in all dividends declared by the Company; and

 

  (iii) the right, in the event of the Company’s winding up, to participate pro rata in the total assets of the Company.

The rights attaching to the Ordinary Shares may be subject to the terms of issue of any series or class of preferred shares allotted by the Directors from time to time in accordance with article.

 

         (c) The Directors may issue and allot Deferred Ordinary Shares subject to the rights, privileges, limitations and restrictions set out in this article:

 

  (i) Income

The Holder of a Deferred Ordinary Share shall not be entitled to receive any dividend or distribution declared, made or paid or any return of capital (save as provided for in this article) and shall not entitle its holder to any further or other right of participation in the assets of the Company.

 

3


  (ii) Capital

On a winding up of, or other return of capital (other than on a redemption of any class of shares in the capital of the Company) by the Company, the Holders of Deferred Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to participate in such return of capital or winding up of the Company, such entitlement to be limited to the repayment of the amount paid up or credited as paid up on such Deferred Ordinary Shares and shall be paid only after the Holders of Ordinary Shares shall have received payment in respect of such amount as is paid up or credited as paid up on those Ordinary Shares held by them at that time, plus the payment in cash of US$5,000,000 on each such Ordinary Share.

 

  (iii) Acquisition of Deferred Ordinary Shares

The Company as agent for the Holders of Deferred Ordinary Shares shall have the irrevocable authority to authorise and instruct the Secretary (or any other person appointed for the purpose by the Directors) to acquire, or to accept the surrender of, the Deferred Ordinary Shares for no consideration and to execute on behalf of such Holders such documents as are necessary in connection with such acquisition or surrender, and pending such acquisition or surrender to retain the certificates, to the extent issued, for such Deferred Ordinary Shares. Any request by the Company to acquire, or for the surrender of, any Deferred Ordinary Shares may be made by the Directors depositing at the Office a notice addressed to such person as the Directors shall have nominated on behalf of the Holders of Deferred Ordinary Shares. A person whose shares have been acquired or surrendered in accordance with this article shall cease to be a Holder in respect of such Deferred Ordinary Shares but shall notwithstanding remain liable to pay the Company all monies which, at the date of acquisition or surrender, were payable by him or her to the Company in respect of such shares, but his or her liability shall cease if and when the Company has received payment in full of all such monies in respect of such shares. A notice issued pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed to be validly issued notwithstanding the provisions of articles 141 to 146 inclusive.

 

  (iv) Voting

The Holders of Deferred Ordinary Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, nor attend, speak or vote at, any general meeting.

The rights attaching to the Deferred Ordinary Shares may be subject to the terms of issue of any series or class of preferred shares allotted by the Directors from time to time in accordance with article 3(d).

 

         (d) The Directors are authorised to issue all or any of the authorised but unissued Preferred Shares from time to time in one or more classes or series, and to fix for each such class or series such voting power, full or limited, or no voting power, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issuance of such class or series, including, without limitation, the authority to provide that any such class or series may be:

 

  (i) redeemable at the option of the Company, or the Holders, or both, with the manner of the redemption to be set by the Board, and redeemable at such time or times, including upon a fixed date, and at such price or prices;

 

  (ii) entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rates, on such conditions and at such times, and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes of shares or any other series;

 

  (iii) entitled to such rights upon the dissolution of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Company; or

 

4


  (iv) convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of shares, or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of shares, of the Company at such price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with such adjustments as the Directors determine,

which rights and restrictions may be as stated in such resolution or resolutions of the Directors as determined by them in accordance with this article. The Board may at any time before the allotment of any Preferred Share by further resolution in any way amend the designations, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions, or vary or revoke the designations of such Preferred Shares.

The rights conferred upon the Holder of any pre-existing shares in the share capital of the Company shall be deemed not to be varied by the creation, issue and allotment of Preferred Shares in accordance with this article.

 

         (e) An Ordinary Share shall be deemed to be a Redeemable Share on, and from the time of, the existence or creation of an agreement, transaction or trade between the Company and any third party pursuant to which the Company acquires or will acquire Ordinary Shares, or an interest in Ordinary Shares, from such third party. In these circumstances, the acquisition of such shares or interest in shares by the Company shall constitute the redemption of a Redeemable Share in accordance with Part XI of the 1990 Act.

 

4. Subject to the provisions of Part XI of the 1990 Act and the other provisions of this article, the Company may:

 

         (a) pursuant to section 207 of the 1990 Act, issue any shares of the Company which are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the Holder on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by the Company in general meeting (by Special Resolution) on the recommendation of the Directors; or

 

         (b) subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Acts and without prejudice to any relevant special rights attached to any class of shares, pursuant to section 211 of the 1990 Act, purchase any of its own shares (including any Redeemable Shares and without any obligation to purchase on any pro rata basis as between Holders or Holders of the same class) and may cancel any shares so purchased or hold them as treasury shares (as defined in section 209 of the 1990 Act) and may reissue any such shares as shares of any class or classes; or

 

         (c) pursuant to Section 210 of the 1990 Act, convert any of its shares into redeemable shares; or

 

         (d) redeem Shares of the Company on such terms as may be contained in, or be determined pursuant to the provisions of, these Articles. Subject to the foregoing, the Company may cancel any Shares so redeemed or may hold them as treasury shares and re-issue such treasury shares as Shares of any class or classes or cancel them.

 

5. Without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the Holders of any existing shares or class of shares, any share in the Company may be issued with such preferred or deferred or other special rights or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise, as the Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution determine.

 

6.      (a) Without prejudice to the authority conferred on the Directors pursuant to article 3 to issue Preferred Shares and the Deferred Ordinary Shares in the capital of the Company, if at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied or abrogated with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the Holders of the shares of that class, provided that, if the relevant class of Holders has only one Holder, that person present in person or by proxy, shall constitute the necessary quorum for such a meeting. To every such meeting the provisions of article 36 shall apply.

 

         (b) The redemption or purchase of Preferred Shares or any class of preferred shares shall not constitute a variation of rights of the preferred Holders where the redemption or purchase of the Preferred Shares has been authorised solely by a resolution of the ordinary Holders.

 

5


         (c) The issue, redemption or purchase of any of the Preferred Shares shall not constitute a variation of the rights of the Holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

         (d) The issue of Preferred Shares or any class of preferred shares which rank pari passu with, or junior to, any existing Preferred Shares or class of preferred shares shall not constitute a variation of the existing Preferred Shares or class of preferred shares.

 

7. The rights conferred upon the Holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

8.      (a) Subject to the provisions of these articles relating to new shares, the shares shall be at the disposal of the Directors, and they may (subject to the provisions of the Acts) allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, on such terms and conditions and at such times as they may consider to be in the best interests of the Company and its Holders, but so that no share shall be issued at a discount save in accordance with sections 26(5) and 28 of the 1983 Act, and so that, in the case of shares offered to the public for subscription, the amount payable on application on each share shall not be less than one-quarter of the nominal amount of the share and the whole of any premium thereon.

 

         (b) Subject to any requirement to obtain the approval of Holders under any laws, regulations or the rules of any stock exchange to which the Company is subject, the Board is authorised, from time to time, in its discretion, to grant such persons, for such periods and upon such terms as the Board deems advisable, options to purchase or subscribe for such number of shares of any class or classes or of any series of any class as the Board may deem advisable, and to cause warrants or other appropriate instruments evidencing such options to be issued.

 

         (c) The Directors are, for the purposes of section 20 of the 1983 Act, generally and unconditionally authorised to exercise all powers of the Company to allot and issue relevant securities (as defined by the said section 20) up to the amount of Company’s authorised share capital and to allot and issue any shares purchased or redeemed by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Part XI of the 1990 Act and held as treasury shares and this authority shall expire five years from the date of adoption of these articles. The Company may before the expiry of such authority make an offer or agreement which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors may allot equity securities in pursuance of such an offer or agreement notwithstanding that the authority hereby conferred has expired.

 

         (d) The Directors are hereby empowered pursuant to sections 23 and 24(1) of the 1983 Act to allot equity securities within the meaning of the said section 23 for cash pursuant to the authority conferred by paragraph (c) of this article as if section 23(1) of the said 1983 Act did not apply to any such allotment. The Company may before the expiry of such authority make an offer or agreement which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors may allot equity securities in pursuance of such an offer or agreement as if the power conferred by this paragraph (d) had not expired.

 

         (e) Nothing in these articles shall preclude the Directors from recognising a renunciation of the allotment of any shares by any allottee in favour of some other person.

 

9. If by the conditions of allotment of any share the whole or part of the amount or issue price thereof shall be payable by instalments, every such instalment when due shall be paid to the Company by the person who for the time being shall be the Holder of the share.

 

10. The Company may pay commission to any person in consideration of a person subscribing or agreeing to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally, for any shares in the Company or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions, whether absolute or conditional, for any shares in the Company on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may determine, including, without limitation, by paying cash or allotting and issuing fully or partly paid shares or any combination of the two. The Company may also, on any issue of shares, pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

6


11. Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust, and the Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any interest in any fractional part of a share or (except only as by these articles or by law otherwise provided) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the Holder.

 

12. No person shall be entitled to a share certificate in respect of any Ordinary Share held by them in the share capital of the Company, whether such Ordinary Share was allotted or transferred to them, and the Company shall not be bound to issue a share certificate to any such person entered in the Register.

 

13. The Company shall not give, whether directly or indirectly and whether by means of a loan, guarantee, the provision of security or otherwise, any financial assistance for the purpose of or in connection with a purchase or subscription made or to be made by any person of or for any shares in the Company or in its holding company, except as permitted by section 60 of the Act.

 

14.    (a) The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all monies (whether presently payable or not) payable at a fixed time or called in respect of that share. The Directors, at any time, may declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this article. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all monies payable in respect of it.

 

         (b) The Company may sell in such manner as the Directors determine any share on which the Company has a lien

 

         (c) if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable and is not paid within fourteen Clear Days after notice demanding payment, and stating that if the notice is not complied with the share may be sold, has been given to the Holder of the share or to the person entitled to it by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the Holder.

 

         (d) To give effect to a sale, the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the share sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The transferee shall be entered in the Register as the Holder of the share comprised in any such transfer and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase monies nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale, and after the name of the transferee has been entered in the Register, the remedy of any person aggrieved by the sale shall be in damages only and against the Company exclusively.

 

         (e) The net proceeds of the sale, after payment of the costs, shall be applied in payment of so much of the sum for which the lien exists as is presently payable and any residue (upon surrender to the Company for cancellation of the certificate for the shares sold and subject to a like lien for any monies not presently payable as existed upon the shares before the sale) shall be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the date of the sale.

 

         (f) Whenever any law for the time being of any country, state or place imposes or purports to impose any immediate or future or possible liability upon the Company to make any payment or empowers any government or taxing authority or government official to require the Company to make any payment in respect of any Shares registered in the Register as held either jointly or solely by any Holders or in respect of any dividends, bonuses or other monies due or payable or accruing due or which may become due or payable to such Holder by the Company on or in respect of any Shares registered as mentioned above or for or on account or in respect of any Holder and whether in consequence of:

 

  (i) the death of such Holder;

 

  (ii) the non-payment of any income tax or other tax by such Holder;

 

  (iii) the non-payment of any estate, probate, succession, death, stamp or other duty by the executor or administrator of such Holder or by or out of her estate; or

 

  (iv) any other act or thing;

 

7


in every such case (except to the extent that the rights conferred upon holders of any class of Shares under the Company liable to make additional payments in respect of sums withheld on account of the foregoing):

 

  (v) the Company shall be fully indemnified by such Holder or her executor or administrator from all liability;

 

  (vi) the Company shall have a lien upon all dividends and other monies payable in respect of the Shares registered in the Register as held either jointly or solely by such Holder for all monies paid or payable by the Company as referred to above in respect of such Shares or in respect of any dividends or other monies thereon or for or on account or in respect of such Holder under or in consequence of any such law, together with interest at the rate of 15% per annum (or such other rate as the Board may determine) thereon from the date of payment to date of repayment, and the Company may deduct or set off against such dividends or other monies so payable any monies paid or payable by the Company as referred to above together with interest at the same rate;

 

  (vii) the Company may recover as a debt due from such Holder or his or her executor or administrator (wherever constituted) any monies paid by the Company under or in consequence of any such law and interest thereon at the rate and for the period referred to above in excess of any dividends or other monies then due or payable by the Company; and

 

  (viii) the Company may if any such money is paid or payable by it under any such law as referred to above refuse to register a transfer of any Shares by any such Holder or her executor or administrator until such money and interest is set off or deducted as referred to above or in the case that it exceeds the amount of any such dividends or other monies then due or payable by the Company, until such excess is paid to the Company.

Nothing in this Article 14 shall impose any liability or obligation on an Approved Nominee or on any Share held by an Approved Nominee acting in its capacity as such.

 

15.    (a) Subject to the terms of allotment, the Directors may make calls upon the Holders in respect of any monies unpaid on their shares and each Holder (subject to receiving at least fourteen Clear Days’ notice specifying when and where payment is to be made) shall pay to the Company as required by the notice the amount called on his shares. A call may be required to be paid by instalments. A call may be revoked before receipt by the Company of a sum due thereunder, in whole or in part and payment of a call may be postponed in whole or in part. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made.

 

         (b) A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising the call was passed.

 

         (c) The joint Holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

         (d) If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the person from whom it is due and payable shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due until it is paid at the rate fixed by the terms of allotment of the share or in the notice of the call or, if no rate is fixed, at the appropriate rate (as defined by the Acts) but the Directors may waive payment of the interest wholly or in part.

 

         (e) An amount payable in respect of a share on allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or as an instalment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call and if it is not paid the provisions of these articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

         (f) Subject to the terms of allotment, the Directors may make arrangements on the issue of shares for a difference between the Holders in the amounts and times of payment of calls on their shares.

 

8


         (g) The Directors, if they think fit, may receive from any Holder willing to advance the same all or any part of the monies uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him, and upon all or any of the monies so advanced may pay (until the same would, but for such advance, become payable) interest at such rate, not exceeding (unless the Company in general meeting otherwise directs) 15% per annum, as may be agreed upon between the Directors and the Holder paying such sum in advance.

 

         (h)    (i) If a Holder fails to pay any call or instalment of a call on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Directors, at any time thereafter and during such times as any part of the call or instalment remains unpaid, may serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued.

 

  (ii) The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of fourteen Clear Days from the date of service of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

  (iii) If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with then, at any time thereafter before the payment required by the notice has been made, any shares in respect of which the notice has been given may be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect. The forfeiture shall include all dividends or other monies payable in respect of the forfeited shares and not paid before forfeiture. The Directors may accept a surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder.

 

  (iv) On the trial or hearing of any action for the recovery of any money due for any call it shall be sufficient to prove that the name of the Holder sued is entered in the Register as the Holder, or one of the Holders, of the shares in respect of which such debt accrued, that the resolution making the call is duly recorded in the minute book and that notice of such call was duly given to the Holder sued, in pursuance of these articles, and it shall not be necessary to prove the appointment of the Directors who made such call nor any other matters whatsoever, but the proof of the matters aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence of the debt.

 

         (i) A forfeited share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit and at any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. Where for the purposes of its disposal such a share is to be transferred to any person, the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the share to that person. The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for the share on any sale or disposition thereof and may execute a transfer of the share in favour of the person to whom the share is sold or disposed of and thereupon he shall be registered as the Holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share.

 

         (j) A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Holder in respect of the forfeited shares, but nevertheless shall remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which, at the date of forfeiture, were payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, without any deduction or allowance for the value of the shares at the time of forfeiture but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all such monies in respect of the shares.

 

         (k) A statutory declaration that the declarant is a Director or the Secretary of the Company, and that a share in the Company has been duly forfeited on the date stated in the declaration, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share.

 

         (l) The provisions of these articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

9


         (m) The Directors may accept the surrender of any share which the Directors have resolved to have been forfeited upon such terms and conditions as may be agreed and, subject to any such terms and conditions, a surrendered share shall be treated as if it has been forfeited.

 

         (n) If the Board considers it necessary or appropriate, the Company may establish and maintain a duplicate Register at such location or locations within or outside Ireland as the Board thinks fit. The original Register shall be treated as the Register for the purposes of these Articles and the Acts.

 

         (o) The Company, or any agent(s) appointed by it to maintain the duplicate Register in accordance with these Articles, shall as soon as practicable and on a regular basis record or procure the recording in the original Register all transfers of Shares effected on any duplicate Register and shall at all times maintain the original Register in such manner as to show at all times the Holders for the time being and the Shares respectively held by them, in all respects in accordance with the Acts.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

16.    (a) The instrument of transfer of any share may be executed with a manual signature or a facsimile signature for and on behalf of the transferor by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or any such person that the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary nominates for that purpose (whether in respect of specific transfers or pursuant to a general standing authorisation), and the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or the relevant nominee shall be deemed to have been irrevocably appointed agent for the transferor of such share or shares with full power to execute, complete and deliver in the name of and on behalf of the transferor of such share or shares all such transfers of shares held by the Holders in the share capital of the Company. Any document which records the name of the transferor, the name of the transferee, the class and number of shares agreed to be transferred, the date of the agreement to transfer shares and the price per share, shall, once executed by the transferor or the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or the relevant nominee as agent for the transferor, be deemed to be a proper instrument of transfer for the purposes of section 81 of the Act. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the Holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered on the Register in respect thereof, and neither the title of the transferee nor the title of the transferor shall be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale should the Directors so determine.

 

         (b) The Company, at its absolute discretion, may, or may procure that a subsidiary of the Company shall, pay Irish stamp duty arising on a transfer of shares on behalf of the transferee of such shares of the Company. If stamp duty resulting from the transfer of shares in the Company which would otherwise be payable by the transferee is paid by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company on behalf of the transferee, then in those circumstances, the Company shall, on its behalf or on behalf of its subsidiary (as the case may be), be entitled to (i) seek reimbursement of the stamp duty from the transferee, (ii) set-off the stamp duty against any dividends payable to the transferee of those shares and (iii) claim a first and permanent lien on the shares on which stamp duty has been paid by the Company or its subsidiary for the amount of stamp duty paid. The Company’s lien shall extend to all dividends paid on those shares. Nothing in this Article 16(b) shall impose any liability or obligation on an Approved Nominee or on any Share held by an Approved Nominee acting in its capacity as such.

 

         (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of these articles and subject to any CSD Regulation or any regulations made under section 239 of the 1990 Act, title to any shares in the Company may also be evidenced and transferred without a written instrument in accordance with any CSD Regulation or section 239 of the 1990 Act or any regulations made thereunder. The Directors shall have power to permit any class of shares to be held in uncertificated form and to implement any arrangements they think fit for such evidencing and transfer which accord with such regulations and in particular shall, where appropriate, be entitled to disapply or modify all or part of the provisions in these articles with respect to the requirement for written instruments of transfer and share certificates (if any), in order to give effect to such regulations.

 

10


17. Subject to such of the restrictions of these articles and to such of the conditions of issue of any share warrants as may be applicable, the shares of any Holder and any share warrant may be transferred by instrument in writing in any usual or common form or any other form which the Directors may approve.

 

18.    (a) The Directors in their absolute discretion and without assigning any reason therefor may decline to register:

 

  (i) any transfer of a share which is not fully paid; or

 

  (ii) any transfer to or by a minor or person of unsound mind;

but this shall not apply to a transfer of such a share resulting from a sale of the share through a stock exchange on which the share is listed.

 

         (b) The Directors may decline to recognise any instrument of transfer unless:

 

  (i) the instrument of transfer is accompanied by any evidence the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

  (ii) the instrument of transfer is in respect of one class of share only;

 

  (iii) the instrument of transfer is in favour of not more than four transferees; and

 

  (iv) it is lodged at the Office or at such other place as the Directors may appoint.

 

19. If the Directors refuse to register a transfer, they shall, within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferee notice of the refusal.

 

20.    (a) The Directors may from time to time fix a record date for the purposes of determining the rights of Holders to notice of and/or to vote at any general meeting of the Company. The record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Directors, and the record date shall be not more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Directors, the record date for determining Holders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Holders shall be the day immediately preceding the date on which the notice of the meeting is mailed. Unless the Directors determine otherwise, a determination of Holders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Holders shall apply to any adjournment or postponement of the meeting.

 

         (b) In order that the Directors may determine the Holders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the Holders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining Holders for such purpose shall be the day immediately preceding the date on which the notice of the meeting is mailed.

 

         (c) If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of Holders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Holders or Holders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date immediately preceding the date on which notice of the meeting is deemed given under these Articles or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Holders. When a determination of Holders entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders has been made as provided in these Articles, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof; provided, however, that the Directors may fix a new record date of the adjourned meeting, if they think fit.

 

21. Registration of transfers may be suspended at such times and for such period, not exceeding in the whole 30 days in each year, as the Directors may from time to time determine subject to the requirements of section 121 of the Act.

 

11


22. All instruments of transfer shall upon their being lodged with the Company remain the property of the Company and the Company shall be entitled to retain them.

 

23. Subject to the provisions of these articles, whenever as a result of a consolidation of shares or otherwise any Holders would become entitled to fractions of a share, the Directors may sell or cause to be sold, on behalf of those Holders, the shares representing the fractions for the best price reasonably obtainable to any person and distribute the proceeds of sale (subject to any applicable tax and abandoned property laws) in due proportion among those Holders, and the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

24. In the case of the death of a Holder, the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint Holder, and the personal representatives of the deceased where he was a sole Holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest in the shares; but nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint Holder from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by him with other persons.

 

25. Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Holder (or in any other way than by transfer) may, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time properly be required by the Directors and subject as herein provided, elect either to be registered himself as Holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee thereof, but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the shares by that Holder before his death or bankruptcy, as the case may be.

 

26. If the person so becoming entitled elects to be registered himself, he shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects. If he elects to have another person registered, he shall testify his election by executing to that person a transfer of the share. All the limitations, restrictions and provisions of these articles relating to the right to transfer and the registration of transfers of shares shall be applicable to any such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the death or bankruptcy of the Holder had not occurred and the notice of transfer were a transfer signed by that Holder.

 

27. A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of the Holder (or in any other case than by transfer) shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered Holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as a Holder in respect of the share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to the meetings of the Company, so, however, that the Directors may at any time give notice requiring such person to elect either to be registered himself or to transfer the share, and if the notice is not complied with within 90 days, the Directors may thereupon withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

28.

The Company shall not be obligated to recognise any person as holding any Share upon any trust (except as is otherwise provided in these Articles or to the extent required by law) and the Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future, or partial interest in any Share, or any interest in any fractional part of a Share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by these Articles or the Companies Acts) any other rights in respect of any Share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered Holder. This shall not preclude the Company from requiring the Holders or a transferee of Shares to furnish to the Company with information as to the beneficial ownership of any Share when such information is reasonably required by the Company. The obligations of an Approved Nominee under this Article 28 shall be limited to disclosure

 

12


  of such information relating to the beneficial ownership of any Share as has been recorded by it pursuant to arrangements entered into by the Company or approved by the Directors pursuant to which it was appointed an Approved Nominee.

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

 

29. The Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution increase the authorised share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amount, as the resolution shall prescribe.

 

30. The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

         (a) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

 

         (b) subdivide its existing shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the memorandum of association subject, nevertheless, to section 68(1)(d) of the Act. However, that in the sub-division the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced Share shall be the same as it was in the case of the Share from which the reduced Share is derived; or

 

         (c) cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and reduce the amount of its authorised share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

 

31. The Company may by Special Resolution reduce its share capital, any capital redemption reserve fund or any share premium account in any manner and with and subject to any authorisation, and consent required, by law. Subject to the provisions of the Acts, the Company may:

 

         (a) by Special Resolution change its name, alter or add to the Memorandum with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein or alter or add to these Articles;

 

         (b) by resolution of the Directors change the location of its registered office.

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

32. The Company shall in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting in addition to any other meeting in that year, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. Not more than fifteen months shall elapse between the date of one annual general meeting of the Company and that of the next. This article shall not apply in the case of the first general meeting, in respect of which the Company shall convene the meeting within the time periods required by the Act.

 

33. Subject to section 140 of the Act, all general meetings of the Company may be held outside of Ireland.

 

34. All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

35. The Directors may, whenever they think fit, convene an extraordinary general meeting, and extraordinary general meetings shall also be convened on such requisition, or in default may be convened by such requisitionists, as provided in section 132 of the Act.

 

36. All provisions of these articles relating to general meetings of the Company shall, mutatis mutandis, apply to every separate general meeting of the Holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company, except that:

 

         (a) the necessary quorum shall be two or more persons holding or representing by proxy (whether or not such Holder actually exercises his voting rights in whole, in part or at all at the relevant general meeting) at least a majority in nominal value of the issued shares of the class or, at any adjourned meeting of such Holders, one Holder holding or representing by proxy (whether or not such Holder actually exercises his voting rights in whole, in part or at all at the relevant general meeting) at least a majority in nominal value of the issued shares of the class, shall be deemed to constitute a meeting;

 

13


         (b) any Holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll; and

 

         (c) each Holder of shares of the class shall have one vote in respect of every share of the class held by him.

 

37. A Director shall be entitled, notwithstanding that he is not a Holder, to attend and speak at any general meeting and at any separate meeting of the Holders of any class of shares in the Company.

 

38. The Board may, in its absolute discretion, authorise the Secretary to postpone any general meeting called in accordance with the provisions of these Articles (other than a meeting requisitioned under Article 35 of these Articles or the postponement of which would be contrary to the Companies Acts, law or a court order pursuant to the Companies Acts) if the Board considers that, for any reason, it is impractical or unreasonable to hold the general meeting, provided that notice of postponement is given to each Holder before the time for such meeting. Fresh notice of the date, time and place for the postponed meeting shall be given to each Holder in accordance with the provisions of these Articles

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

39.    (a) Subject to the provisions of the Acts allowing a general meeting to be called by shorter notice, an annual general meeting and an extraordinary general meeting shall be called by not less than 21 Clear Days’ notice.

 

         (b) Any notice convening a general meeting shall specify the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of special business, the general nature of that business and, in reasonable prominence, that a Holder entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint one or more proxies to attend, speak and vote in his place and that a proxy need not be a Holder of the Company. It shall also give particulars of any Directors who are to retire at the meeting and of any persons who are recommended by the Directors for appointment or re-appointment as Directors at the meeting or in respect of whom notice has been duly given to the Company of the intention to propose them for appointment or re-appointment as Directors at the meeting. Provided that the latter requirement shall only apply where the intention to propose the person has been received by the Company in accordance with the provisions of these articles. Subject to any restrictions imposed on any shares, the notice of the meeting shall be given to all the Holders of the Company as of the record date set by the Directors and to the Directors and the Auditors.

 

         (c) The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at the meeting.

 

40. In cases where instruments of proxy are sent out with notices, the accidental omission to send such instrument of proxy to, or the non-receipt of such instrument of proxy by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate any resolution passed or any proceeding at any such meeting. A Holder present, either in person or by proxy, at any general meeting of the Company or of the holders of any class of Shares in the Company, will be deemed to have received notice of that meeting and, where required, of the purpose for which it was called.

 

41. Where, by any provision contained in the Acts, extended notice is required of a resolution, the resolution shall not be effective (except where the Directors of the Company have resolved to submit it) unless notice of the intention to move it has been given to the Company not less than twenty-eight days (or such shorter period as the Acts permit) before the meeting at which it is moved, and the Company shall give to the Holders notice of any such resolution as required by and in accordance with the provisions of the Acts.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

42. All business shall be deemed special that is transacted at an extraordinary general meeting, and also all that is transacted at an annual general meeting, with the exception of declaring a dividend, the consideration of the accounts, balance sheets and the reports of the Directors and Auditors, the election of Directors, the re-appointment of the retiring Auditors and the fixing of the remuneration of the Auditors.

 

 

14


43. At any annual general meeting of the Holders, only such nominations of persons for election to the Board shall be made, and only such other business shall be conducted or considered, as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations to be properly made at an annual general meeting, and proposals of other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting, nominations and proposals of other business must be: (a) specified in the Company’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board, (b) otherwise properly made at the annual general meeting, by or at the direction of the Board or (c) otherwise properly requested to be brought before the annual general meeting by a Holder of the Company in accordance with these articles. For nominations of persons for election to the Board or proposals of other business to be properly requested by a Holder to be made at an annual general meeting, a Holder must (i) be a Holder at the time of giving of notice of such annual general meeting by or at the direction of the Board and at the time of the annual general meeting, (ii) be entitled to vote at such annual general meeting and (iii) comply with the procedures set forth in these articles as to such business or nomination. The immediately preceding sentence shall be the exclusive means for a Holder to make nominations or other business proposals (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and included in the Company’s notice of meeting) before an annual general meeting of Holders.

 

44. At any extraordinary general meeting of the Holders, only such business shall be conducted or considered, as shall have been properly brought before the meeting pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting. To be properly brought before an extraordinary general meeting, proposals of business must be (a) specified in the Company’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board, (b) otherwise properly brought before the extraordinary general meeting, by or at the direction of the Board, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by any Holders of the Company pursuant to the valid exercise of power granted to them under the Acts.

 

45. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at an extraordinary general meeting of Holders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board, (b) by any Holders of the Company pursuant to the valid exercise of power granted to them under the Acts, or (c) provided that the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any Holder of the Company who (i) is a Holder at the time of giving of notice of such extraordinary general meeting and at the time of the extraordinary general meeting, (ii) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (iii) complies with the procedures set forth in these articles as to such nomination. The immediately preceding sentence shall be the exclusive means for a Holder to make nominations (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and included in the Company’s notice of meeting) before an extraordinary general meeting of Holders.

 

46. Except as otherwise provided by law, the memorandum of association or these articles, the Chairman of any general meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the general meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with these articles and, if any proposed nomination or other business is not in compliance with these articles, to declare that no action shall be taken on such nomination or other proposal and such nomination or other proposal shall be disregarded.

 

47. No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present. One or more Holders present in person or by proxy holding at least 50% of the issued and outstanding Shares of the Company entitled to vote at the meeting in question shall be a quorum.

 

48. If within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Holders, shall be dissolved and in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such other time or such other place as the Board may determine and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting the Holders present shall be a quorum.

 

49.

If the Board wishes to make this facility available to Holders for a specific or all general meetings of the Company, a Holder may participate in any general meeting of the Company, by means of a telephone,

 

15


  video, electronic or similar communication equipment by way of which all persons participating in such meeting can communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

50. Each Director and the Auditors shall be entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting of the Company.

 

51. The Chairman, if any, of the Board, and, if the Chairman is not present, such officer or other person as the Board shall designate, shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company.

 

52. The Chairman may, with the consent of any general meeting duly constituted hereunder, and shall if so directed by the meeting, adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished, or which might have been transacted, at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a general meeting is adjourned for thirty (30) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting; save as aforesaid it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned general meeting.

 

53. Subject to the Acts, a resolution may only be put to a vote at a general meeting of the Company or of any class of Holders if:

 

         (a) it is proposed by or at the direction of the Board; or

 

         (b) it is proposed at the direction of the Court; or

 

         (c) it is proposed on the requisition in writing of such number of Holders as is prescribed by, and is made in accordance with, section 132 of the 1963 Act; or

 

         (d) it is proposed pursuant to, and in accordance with the procedures and requirements of, Articles 64 or 65; or

 

         (e) the Chairman of the meeting in her absolute discretion decides that the resolution may properly be regarded as within the scope of the meeting.

 

54. No amendment may be made to a resolution, at or before the time when it is put to a vote, unless the Chairman of the meeting in her absolute discretion decides that the amendment or the amended resolution may properly be put to a vote at that meeting.

 

55. If the Chairman of the meeting rules a resolution or an amendment to a resolution admissible or out of order (as the case may be), the proceedings of the meeting or on the resolution in question shall not be invalidated by any error in her ruling. Any ruling by the Chairman of the meeting in relation to a resolution or an amendment to a resolution shall be final and conclusive.

 

56. Except where a greater majority is required by the Acts or these articles or any applicable law or regulation to which the Company is subject, any question proposed for a decision of the Holders at any general meeting of the Company or a decision of any class of Holders at a separate meeting of any class of Shares shall be decided by an Ordinary Resolution.

 

57. At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll. The Board or the Chairman may determine the manner in which the poll is to be taken and the manner in which the votes are to be counted.

 

58. A poll demanded on the election of the Chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time, not being more than ten (10) days from the date of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote was taken, as the Chairman of the meeting directs, and any business other than that on which a poll has been demanded may be proceeded with pending the taking of the poll.

 

59. No notice need be given of a poll not taken immediately. The result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the general meeting at which the poll was demanded. On a poll a Holder entitled to more than one (1) vote need not use all her votes or cast all the votes she uses in the same way.

 

16


60. If authorised by the Board, any vote taken by written ballot may be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic or telephonic transmission, provided that any such electronic or telephonic submission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic submission has been authorised by the Holder or proxy.

 

61. The Board may, and at any general meeting, the chairman of such meeting may make such arrangement and impose any requirement or restriction it or she considers appropriate to ensure the security of a general meeting including, without limitation, requirements for evidence of identity to be produced by those attending the meeting, the searching of personal property and the restriction of items that may be taken into the meeting place. The Board and, at any general meeting, the chairman of such meeting are entitled to refuse entry to a person who refuses to comply with such arrangements, requirements or restrictions.

 

62. Subject to section 141 of the 1963 Act, a resolution in writing signed by all of the Holders for the time being entitled to attend and vote on such resolution at a general meeting (or being bodies corporate by their duly authorised representatives) shall be as valid and effective for all purposes as if the resolution had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held, and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more persons, and if described as a special resolution shall be deemed to be a special resolution within the meaning of the 1963 Act. Any such resolution shall be served on the Company.

 

63. Unless the Directors otherwise determine, no Holder shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting or any separate meeting of the Holders of any class of shares in the Company, either in person or by proxy, or to exercise any privilege as a Holder in respect of any share held by him unless all monies then payable by him in respect of that share have been paid.

ADVANCE NOTICE OF HOLDER BUSINESS AND NOMINATIONS

 

64. Without qualification or limitation, subject to article 76, for any nominations or any other business to be properly brought before an annual general meeting by a Holder pursuant to article 43, the Holder must have given timely notice thereof (including, in the case of nominations, the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by article 78), and timely updates and supplements thereof, in writing to the Secretary, and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for Holder action.

 

65. To be timely, a Holder’s notice for any nominations or any other business to be properly brought before an annual general meeting by a Holder pursuant to article 43 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the Office not earlier than the close of business on the 70 th calendar day nor later than the 45 th calendar day prior to the first anniversary of the day of release to shareholders of the Company’s proxy statement issued pursuant to section 14(a) of the Exchange Act in respect of the preceding year’s annual general meeting; however, in the event that no annual general meeting of the Shareholders was held in the previous year or the date of the annual general meeting is changed by more than 30 days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year’s proxy statement, notice by the Holder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 100 th calendar day prior to the date of such annual general meeting and not later than the close of business on (a) 75 calendar days prior to the day of the contemplated annual general meeting or (b) the 10 th calendar day after the day on which public announcement of the date of the contemplated annual general meeting is first made by the Company; provided, further, that with respect to the first annual general meeting of the Company, notice by the Holder must be so delivered by the close of business on the day that is not less than ten days after the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Company. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual general meeting, or the public announcement thereof, commence a new time period for the giving of a Holder’s notice as described above.

 

66.

Notwithstanding anything in article 65 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board is increased by the Board, and there is no public announcement by the Company naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board at least 130 days prior

 

17


  to the first anniversary of the day of release to shareholders of the Company’s proxy statement issued pursuant to section 14(a) of the Exchange Act in respect of the preceding year’s annual general meeting, a Holder’s notice required by articles 64-67 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the Office not later than the close of business on the day that is ten days after the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Company.

 

67. In addition, to be considered timely, a Holder’s notice shall further be updated and supplemented, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to the Secretary at the Office not later than five business days after the record date for the meeting in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date, and not later than eight business days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

 

68. Subject to article 76, in the event the Company calls an extraordinary general meeting of Holders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any Holder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Company’s notice of meeting, provided that the Holder gives timely notice thereof (including the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by article 78), and timely updates and supplements thereof, in writing, to the Secretary.

 

69. To be timely, a Holder’s notice for any nomination to be properly brought before such an extraordinary general meeting shall be delivered to the Secretary at the Office not earlier than the close of business on the 90 th calendar day prior to the date of such extraordinary general meeting and not later than the later of the close of business on (i) the 60 th calendar day before the date of the extraordinary general meeting or (ii) the date that is ten days after the day on which public announcement of the date of the extraordinary general meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting is first made by the Company. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an extraordinary general meeting, or the public announcement thereof, commence a new time period for the giving of a Holder’s notice as described above.

 

70. In addition, to be considered timely, a Holder’s notice for any nomination to be properly brought before such an extraordinary general meeting shall further be updated and supplemented, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to the Secretary at the Office not later than five business days after the record date for the meeting in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date, and not later than eight business days prior to the date for the meeting, any adjournment or postponement thereof in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

 

71. To be in proper form, a Holder’s notice (whether given pursuant to articles 64-67 or articles 68-70) to the Secretary must include the following, as applicable:

 

72.

As to the Holder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, a Holder’s notice must set forth: (i) the name and address of such Holder, as they appear on the Company’s books, of such beneficial owner, if any, and of their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert therewith, (ii) (A) the class or series and number of shares of the Company which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by such Holder, such beneficial owner and their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert therewith, (B) any option, warrant, convertible security, share appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Company or with a value

 

18


  derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Company, or any derivative or synthetic arrangement having the characteristics of a long position in any class or series of shares of the Company, or any contract, derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions designed to produce economic benefits and risks that correspond substantially to the ownership of any class or series of shares of the Company, including due to the fact that the value of such contract, derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions is determined by reference to the price, value or volatility of any class or series of shares of the Company, whether or not such instrument, contract or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of shares of the Company, through the delivery of cash or other property, or otherwise, and without regard to whether the Holder, the beneficial owner, if any, or any affiliates or associates or others acting in concert therewith, may have entered into transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such instrument, contract or right, or any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Company (any of the foregoing, a “Derivative Instrument”), directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such Holder, the beneficial owner, if any, or any affiliates or associates or others acting in concert therewith, (C) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which such Holder has a right to vote any class or series of shares of the Company, (D) any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, including any repurchase or similar so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, involving such Holder, directly or indirectly, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (of ownership or otherwise) of any class or series of shares of the Company by, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Holder with respect to any class or series of shares of the Company, or which provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the price or value of any class or series of shares of the Company (any of the foregoing, a “Short Interest”), (E) any rights to dividends on shares of the Company owned beneficially by such Holder that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Company, (F) any proportionate interest in shares of the Company or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such Holder is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner of such general or limited partnership, (G) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such Holder is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Company or Derivative Instruments, if any, including without limitation any such interests held by Holders of such Holder’s immediate family sharing the same household, (H) any significant equity interests or any Derivative Instruments or Short Interests in any principal competitor of the Company held by such Holder, and (I) any direct or indirect interest of such Holder in any contract with the Company, any affiliate of the Company or any principal competitor of the Company (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), and (iii) any other information relating to such Holder and beneficial owner, if any, that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement and form or proxy or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Where the Holder giving the notice is an Approved Nominee acting in its capacity as such, its obligations under this Article 72 shall be limited to disclosure of such information as has been recorded by it pursuant to arrangements entered into by the Company or approved by the Directors pursuant to which it was appointed as Approved Nominee.

 

73. If the notice relates to any business other than a nomination of a director or directors that the Holder proposes to bring before the meeting, a Holder’s notice must, in addition to the matters set forth in article 72 above, also set forth: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest of such Holder and beneficial owner, if any, in such business, (ii) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such proposal or business includes a proposal to amend these articles, the text of the proposed amendment), and (iii) a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such Holder and beneficial owner, if any, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such Holder.

 

19


74. As to each person, if any, whom the Holder proposes to nominate for election or re-election to the Board, a Holder’s notice must, in addition to the matters set forth in article 72 above, also set forth: (i) all information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected) and (ii) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such Holder and beneficial owner, if any, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act if the Holder making the nomination and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made, if any, or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant.

 

75. As to each person, if any, whom the Holder proposes to nominate for election or re-election to the Board, a Holder’s notice must, in addition to the matters set forth in articles 72 and 74 above, also include a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by article 78 of these articles. The Company may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Company to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Company or that could be material to a reasonable Holder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

 

76. Notwithstanding the provisions of these articles, a Holder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in articles 64-78; provided, however, that any references in these articles to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the separate and additional requirements set forth in these articles with respect to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to these articles.

 

77. Nothing in these articles shall be deemed to affect any rights (i) of Holders to request inclusion of proposals in the Company’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act if such Rule is applicable to the Company, (ii) of the Holders of any series of preferred shares if and to the extent provided for under law, the memorandum of association or these articles or (iii) of Holders of the Company to bring business before an extraordinary general meeting pursuant to the valid exercise of power granted to them under the Acts. Subject to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act if such Rule is applicable to the Company, nothing in these articles shall be construed to permit any Holder, or give any Holder the right, to include or have disseminated or described in the Company’s proxy statement any nomination of director or directors or any other business proposal.

 

78.

Subject to the rights of Holders of the Company to propose nominations at an extraordinary general meeting pursuant to the valid exercise of power granted to them under the Acts, to be eligible to be a nominee for election or re-election as a director of the Company, a person must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under articles 64-76) to the Secretary at the Office a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request), and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person (A) is not and will not become a party to (1) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Company, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Company or (2) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the

 

20


  Company, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (B) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Company with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director of the Company or its subsidiaries that has not been disclosed therein, and (C) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Company, and will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and share ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Company publicly disclosed from time to time.

VOTES OF HOLDERS

 

79. Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached by or in accordance with these articles to any class of shares, on a poll every Holder who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for each share of which he is the Holder.

 

80. When there are joint Holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint Holders; and for this purpose, seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register.

 

81. A Holder of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction (whether in Ireland or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder, may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, receiver, guardian or other person appointed by that court and any such committee, receiver, guardian or other person may vote by proxy on a show of hands or on a poll. Evidence to the satisfaction of the Directors of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote shall be received at the Office or at such other address as is specified in accordance with these articles for the receipt of appointments of proxy, not less than forty-eight hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the right to vote is to be exercised and in default the right to vote shall not be exercisable.

 

82. No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered, and every vote not disallowed at such meeting shall be valid for all purposes. Any such objection made in due time shall be referred to the Chairman of the meeting, whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

83. Votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

 

84.    (a) Every Holder entitled to attend and vote at a general meeting may appoint a proxy to attend, speak and vote on his behalf and may appoint more than one proxy to attend, speak and vote at the same meeting. The appointment of a proxy shall be in any form which the Directors may approve and, if required by the Company, shall be signed by or on behalf of the appointor. In relation to written proxies, a body corporate may sign a form of proxy under its common seal or under the hand of a duly authorised officer thereof or in such other manner as the Directors may approve. A proxy need not be a Holder of the Company. The appointment of a proxy in electronic or other form shall only be effective in such manner as the Directors may approve.

 

         (b) Without limiting the foregoing, the Directors may from time to time permit appointments of a proxy to be made by means of an electronic or internet communication or facility and may in a similar manner permit supplements to, or amendments or revocations of, any such electronic or internet communication or facility to be made. The Directors may in addition prescribe the method of determining the time at which any such electronic or internet communication or facility is to be treated as received by the Company. The Directors may treat any such electronic or internet communication or facility which purports to be or is expressed to be sent on behalf of a Holder of a share as sufficient evidence of the authority of the person sending that instruction to send it on behalf of that Holder.

 

21


         (c) Without limiting the foregoing, in relation to any shares which are held in uncertificated form, the Directors may from time to time permit appointments of a proxy to be made by means of electronic communication in the form of an Uncertificated Proxy Instruction, (that is, a properly authenticated dematerialised instruction, and or other instruction or notification, which is sent by means of the relevant system concerned and received by such participant in that system acting on behalf of the Company as the Directors may prescribe in such form and subject to such terms and conditions as may from time to time be prescribed by the Directors (subject always to the facilities and requirements of the relevant system concerned)); and may in a similar manner permit supplements to, or amendments or revocations of, any such Uncertificated Proxy Instruction to be made by like means. The Directors may in addition prescribe the method of determining the time at which any such properly authenticated dematerialised instruction (and or other instruction or notification) is to be treated as received by the Company or such participant. The Directors may treat any such Uncertificated Proxy Instruction which purports to be or is expressed to be sent on behalf of a Holder of a share as sufficient evidence of the authority of a person sending that instruction to send it on behalf of that Holder.

 

85. Any body corporate which is a Holder of the Company may authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Holders of the Company and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the body corporate which he represents as that body corporate could exercise if it were an individual Holder of the Company. The Company may require evidence from the body corporate of the due authorisation of such person to act as the representative of the relevant body corporate.

 

86. An appointment of proxy relating to more than one meeting (including any adjournment thereof) having once been received by the Company for the purposes of any meeting shall not require to be delivered, deposited or received again by the Company for the purposes of any subsequent meeting to which it relates.

 

87. Receipt by the Company of an appointment of proxy in respect of a meeting shall not preclude a Holder from attending and voting at the meeting or at any adjournment thereof. An appointment proxy shall be valid, unless the contrary is stated therein, as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates.

 

88.    (a) A vote given or poll demanded in accordance with the terms of an appointment of proxy or a resolution authorising a representative to act on behalf of a body corporate shall be valid notwithstanding the death or insanity of the principal, or the revocation of the appointment of proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was appointed or of the resolution authorising the representative to act or transfer of the share in respect of which the proxy was appointed or the authorisation of the representative to act was given, provided that no intimation in writing (whether in electronic form or otherwise) of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer shall have been received by the Company at the Office, at least one hour before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the appointment of proxy is used or at which the representative acts; provided, however, that where such intimation is given in electronic form it shall have been received by the Company at least 24 hours (or such lesser time as the Directors may specify) before the commencement of the meeting.

 

         (b) The Directors may send, at the expense of the Company, by post, electronic mail or otherwise, to the Holders forms for the appointment of a proxy (with or without stamped envelopes for their return) for use at any general meeting or at any class meeting, either in blank or nominating any one or more of the Directors or any other persons in the alternative.

 

         (c)

Subject to the foregoing, a Holder may appoint a proxy by means of an “omnibus” or “enduring” proxy with or without a power of substitution. Such “omnibus” or “enduring” proxy may provide that all persons who appear in a specified register maintained by an Approved Nominee (each a “specified holder”) may act as proxy for so long as the name of the specified holder appears in the specified Approved Nominee register in respect of the relevant number of Shares which appear opposite the name of the specified holder in the Approved Nominee register from time to time (the “Relevant Shares”) in relation to all meetings of the Company, and if any specified holder does not attend a

 

22


  meeting of the Company, the relevant Holder may appoint such other persons as may be nominated by the specified holder from time to time in accordance with the proxy registration system for specified holders as the Holder’s proxy in relation to all meetings of the Company in respect of the Relevant Shares.

 

89. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll.

 

90. Subject to section 141 of the 1963 Act, a resolution in writing signed by all of the Holders for the time being entitled to attend and vote on such resolution at a general meeting (or being bodies corporate by their duly authorised representatives) shall be as valid and effective for all purposes as if the resolution had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held, and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more persons, and if described as a special resolution shall be deemed to be a special resolution within the meaning of the 1963 Act. Any such resolution shall be served on the Company.

DIRECTORS

 

91. The number of Directors shall not be less than two nor more than eleven. The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, provided that if the number of the Directors is reduced below the prescribed minimum the remaining Director or Directors shall appoint forthwith an additional Director or additional Directors to make up such minimum or shall convene a general meeting of the Company for the purpose of making such appointment. If, at any annual general meeting of the Company, the number of Directors is reduced below the prescribed minimum due to the failure of any Directors to be re-elected, then in those circumstances, the two Directors who receive the highest number of votes in favour of re-election shall be re-elected and shall remain Directors until such time as additional Directors have been appointed to replace them as Directors. If, at any annual general meeting of the Company, the number of Directors is reduced below the prescribed minimum in any circumstances where one Director is re-elected, then that Director shall hold office until the next annual general meeting and the Director which (excluding the re-elected Director) receives the highest number of votes in favour of re-election shall be re-elected and shall remain a Director until such time as one or more additional Directors have been appointed to replace him or her. If there are no Director or Directors able or willing to act then any two Holders may summon a general meeting for the purpose of appointing Directors. Any additional Director so appointed shall hold office (subject to the provisions of the Acts and these articles) only until the conclusion of the annual general meeting of the Company next following such appointment unless he is re-elected during such meeting.

 

92. Each Director shall be paid a fee for their services at such rate as may from time to time be determined by the Board. The Directors may also be paid all travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending and returning from meetings of the Directors or any committee of the Directors or general meetings of the Company or in connection with the business of the Company.

 

93. If any Director shall be called upon to perform extra services as a Director which in the opinion of the Directors are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a Director, the Company may remunerate such Director either by a fixed sum or otherwise as may be determined by a resolution passed at a meeting of the Directors and such remuneration may be either in addition to or in substitution for any other remuneration to which he may be entitled as a Director.

 

94. No shareholding qualification for Directors shall be required. A Director (whether or not a Holder of the Company) shall be entitled to attend and speak at general meetings.

 

95. Unless the Company otherwise directs, a Director of the Company may be or become a director or other officer of, or otherwise interested in, any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as Holder or otherwise, and no such director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a Director or officer of, or from his interest in, such other company.

 

23


BORROWING POWERS

 

96. Subject to Part III of the 1983 Act, the Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow or raise money, and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property, assets and uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party, without any limitation as to amount.

POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE DIRECTORS

 

97. The business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may pay all expenses incurred in promoting and registering the Company and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the Acts or by these articles, required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting, subject, nevertheless, to any of these articles and to the provisions of the Acts. No resolution made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the directors that would have been valid if that resolution had not been made.

 

98. The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.

 

99. The Company may exercise the powers conferred by section 41 of the Act with regard to having an official seal for use abroad and such powers shall be vested in the Directors.

 

100. A Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the Directors in accordance with section 194 of the Act.

 

101. A Director may vote in respect of any contract, appointment or arrangement in which he is interested, and he shall be counted in the quorum present at the meeting.

 

102. A Director may hold and be remunerated in respect of any other office or place of profit under the Company or any other company in which the Company may be interested (other than the office of auditor of the Company or any subsidiary thereof) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine, and no Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting or being interested, directly or indirectly, in any contract or arrangement with the Company or any such other company either with regard to his tenure of any such other office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profits and advantages accruing to him from any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established.

 

103. The Directors may exercise the voting powers conferred by shares of any other company held or owned by the Company in such manner in all respects as they think fit and in particular they may exercise their voting powers in favour of any resolution appointing the Directors or any of them as Directors or officers of such other company or providing for the payment of remuneration or pensions to the Directors or officers of such other company.

 

104. Any Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company, and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director, but nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or his firm to act as auditor to the Company.

 

24


105. All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for money paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, by such person or persons and in such manner as the Directors shall from time to time by resolution determine.

 

106. The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books provided for the purpose:

 

         (a) of all appointments of officers made by the Directors;

 

         (b) of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; and

 

         (c) of all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

 

107. The Directors may procure the establishment and maintenance of or participate in, or contribute to any non-contributory or contributory pension or superannuation fund, scheme or arrangement or life assurance scheme or arrangement for the benefit of, and pay, provide for or procure the grant of donations, gratuities, pensions, allowances, benefits or emoluments to any persons (including Directors or other officers) who are or shall have been at any time in the employment or service of the Company or of any company which is or was a subsidiary of the Company or of the predecessor in business of the Company or any such subsidiary or holding company and the spouses, widows, widowers, domestic partners, families, relatives or dependants of any such persons. The Directors may also procure the establishment and subsidy of or subscription to and support of any institutions, associations, clubs, funds or trusts calculated to be for the benefit of any such persons as aforesaid or otherwise to advance the interests and well-being of the Company or of any such other company as aforesaid, or its Holders, and payments for or towards the insurance of any such persons as aforesaid and subscriptions or guarantees of money for charitable or benevolent objects or for any exhibition or for any public, general or useful object; provided that any Director shall be entitled to retain any benefit received by him under this article, subject only, where the Acts require, to disclosure to the Holders and the approval of the Company in general meeting.

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

 

108. The office of a Director shall be vacated ipso facto if the Director:

 

         (a) is restricted or disqualified to act as a Director under the provisions of Part VII of the 1990 Act; or

 

         (b) resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company or in writing offers to resign and the Directors resolve to accept such offer; or

 

         (c) is removed from office under article 112.

APPOINTMENT, ROTATION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

109. At every annual general meeting of the Company, all of the Directors shall retire from office unless re-elected by Ordinary Resolution at the annual general meeting. A Director retiring at a meeting shall retain office until the close or adjournment of the meeting.

 

110. Every Director shall be eligible to stand for re-election at an annual general meeting.

 

111. The Company may from time to time by Special Resolution increase or reduce the maximum number of Directors.

 

112. The Company may, by Ordinary Resolution, of which extended notice has been given in accordance with section 142 of the Act, remove any Director before the expiration of his period of office notwithstanding anything in these articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director. Such removal shall be without prejudice to any claim such Director may have for damages for breach of any contract of service between him and the Company.

 

25


113. The Company may, by Ordinary Resolution, appoint another person in place of a Director removed from office under article 91 and without prejudice to the powers of the Directors under article 86 the Company in general meeting by Ordinary Resolution may appoint any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an additional Director, subject to the maximum number of Directors set out in article 91.

 

114. The Directors may appoint a person who is willing to act to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director, provided that the appointment does not cause the number of Directors to exceed any number fixed by or in accordance with these articles as the maximum number of Directors. A Director so appointed shall hold office only until the next following annual general meeting. If not re-appointed at such annual general meeting, such Director shall vacate office at the conclusion thereof.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

115.  (a) The Directors may meet together for the dispatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they may think fit. The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Directors shall be a majority of the Directors in office at the time when the meeting is convened. Questions arising at any meeting of the Directors or any committee thereof shall be decided by a majority of votes. Each director present and voting shall have one vote.

 

         (b) Any Director may participate in a meeting of the Directors or committee thereof by means of telephonic or other such communication whereby all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other speak, and participation in a meeting in this manner shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at such meeting and any Director may be situated in any part of the world for any such meeting.

 

         (c) A Director may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board which authorises or approves the contract, transaction or arrangement in which he or she is interested and he or she shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract, transaction or arrangement in which she is interested, provided that the nature of the interest of any Director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him/her in accordance with Article 102, at or prior to its consideration and any vote thereon.

 

116. The Chairman or a majority of the Directors may, and the Secretary on the requisition of the Chairman or a majority of the Directors shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Directors.

 

117. The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their number but, if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to these articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of increasing the number of Directors to that number or of summoning a general meeting of the Company but for no other purpose.

 

118. The Directors may elect a Chairman of their meetings and determine the period for which he is to hold office. The Chairman shall be selected from among the Holders of the Board of Directors. However, if no such Chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the Chairman is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be Chairman of the meeting.

 

119. In the event of tie vote with respect to any resolution of the Board of Directors, the Chairman shall not have a casting or deciding vote.

 

120.

The Board may from time to time designate committees of the Board and may delegate any of its powers (with power to sub-delegate) to such committees, with such powers and duties as the Board may decide to confer on such committees and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a director or directors to serve as the Holder or Holders, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate Holders who may replace any absent or disqualified Holder at any meeting of the committee. Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Board may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of its own powers and may be revoked or altered. Adequate provision shall be made for notice

 

26


  to committee Holders of all meetings; a majority of the committee Holders shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the committee Holders present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all committee Holders thereof consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committees.

 

121. A committee may elect a chairman of its meeting. If no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Holders present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

122. All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors or by any person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

 

123. Notwithstanding anything in these articles or in the Acts which might be construed as providing to the contrary, notice of every meeting of the Directors shall be given to all Directors either by mail not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone, email, or any other electronic means on not less than 24 hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as person or persons calling such meeting may, upon advice of the Company’s counsel, deem necessary or appropriate and which is reasonable in the circumstances. Any director may waive any notice required to be given under these articles, and the attendance of a director at a meeting shall be deemed to be a waiver by such Director.

 

124. A resolution or other document in writing (in electronic form or otherwise) signed (whether by electronic signature, advanced electronic signature or otherwise as approved by the Directors) by all the Directors entitled to receive notice of a meeting of Directors or of a committee of Directors shall be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of Directors or (as the case may be) a committee of Directors duly convened and held and may consist of several documents in the like form each signed by one or more Directors, and such resolution or other document or documents when duly signed may be delivered or transmitted (unless the Directors shall otherwise determine either generally or in any specific case) by facsimile transmission, electronic mail or some other similar means of transmitting the contents of documents.

 

125. The Secretary shall be appointed by the Board at such remuneration (if any) and on such terms as it may think fit and any Secretary so appointed may be removed by the Board.

 

126. A provision of the Companies Acts or these Articles requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a Director and the Secretary shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same person acting both as Director and as, or in the place of, the Secretary.

THE SEAL

 

127.  (a) The Directors shall ensure that the Seal (including any official securities seal kept pursuant to the Acts) shall be used only by the authority of the Directors or of a committee authorised by the Directors and that every instrument to which the seal shall be affixed shall be signed by a Director or some other person appointed by the Directors for that purpose.

 

         (b) The Company may exercise the powers conferred by the Acts with regard to having an official seal for use abroad and such powers shall be vested in the Directors.

DIVIDENDS AND RESERVES

 

128. The Company in general meeting may declare dividends, but no dividends shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

129. The Directors may from time to time pay to the Holders such interim dividends as appear to the Directors to be justified by the profits of the Company.

 

 

27


130. No dividend or interim dividend shall be paid otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of Part IV of the 1983 Act.

 

131. The Directors may, before recommending any dividend, set aside out of the profits of the Company such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied and pending such application may at the like discretion either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Directors may lawfully determine. The Directors may also, without placing the same to reserve, carry forward any profits which they may think it prudent not to divide.

 

132. Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with special rights as to dividend, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid or credited as paid on the shares in respect whereof the dividend is paid. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid or credited as paid on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid; but if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, such share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

 

133. The Directors may deduct from any dividend payable to any Holder all sums of money (if any) immediately payable by him to the Company in relation to the shares of the Company.

 

134. Any general meeting declaring a dividend or bonus and any resolution of the Directors declaring an interim dividend may direct payment of such dividend or bonus or interim dividend wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of paid up shares, debentures or debenture stocks of any other company or in any one or more of such ways, and the Directors shall give effect to such resolution, and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient, and in particular may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Holders upon the footing of the value so fixed, in order to adjust the rights of all the parties, and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

135. Any dividend or other monies payable in respect of any share may be paid by cheque or warrant sent by post, at the risk of the person or persons entitled thereto, to the registered address of the Holder or, where there are joint Holders, to the registered address of that one of the joint Holders who is first named on the Holders Register or to such person and to such address as the Holder or joint Holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent and payment of the cheque or warrant shall be a good discharge to the Company. Any joint Holder or other person jointly entitled to a share as aforesaid may give receipts for any dividend or other monies payable in respect of the share. Any such dividend or other distribution may also be paid by any other method (including payment in a currency other than US$, electronic funds transfer, direct debit, bank transfer or by means of a relevant system) which the Directors consider appropriate and any Holder who elects for such method of payment shall be deemed to have accepted all of the risks inherent therein. The debiting of the Company’s account in respect of the relevant amount shall be evidence of good discharge of the Company’s obligations in respect of any payment made by any such methods. In respect of shares in uncertificated form, where the Company is authorized to do so by or on behalf of the Holder or joint Holders in such manner as the Company shall from time to time consider sufficient, the Company may also pay any such dividend, interest or other monies by means of the relevant system concerned (subject always to the facilities and requirements of that relevant system). Every such payment made by means of the relevant system shall be made in such manner as may be consistent with the facilities and requirements of the relevant system concerned. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, in respect of shares in uncertificated form, such payment may include the sending by the Company or by any person on its behalf of an instruction to the operator of the relevant system to credit the cash memorandum account of the Holder or joint Holders.

 

136. No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.

 

28


137. If the Directors so resolve, any dividend which has remained unclaimed for twelve years from the date of its declaration shall be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company. The payment by the Directors of any unclaimed dividend or other monies payable in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

ACCOUNTS

 

138.  (a) The Directors shall cause to be kept proper books of account, whether in the form of documents, electronic form or otherwise, that:

 

  (i) correctly record and explain the transactions of the Company;

 

  (ii) will at any time enable the financial position of the Company to be determined with reasonable accuracy;

 

  (iii) will enable the Directors to ensure that any balance sheet, profit and loss account or income and expenditure account of the Company complies with the requirements of the Acts; and

 

  (iv) will enable the accounts of the Company to be readily and properly audited.

Books of account shall be kept on a continuous and consistent basis and entries therein shall be made in a timely manner and be consistent from year to year. Proper books of account shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

The Company may send by post, electronic mail or any other means of electronic communication a summary financial statement to its Holders or persons nominated by any Holder. The Company may meet, but shall be under no obligation to meet, any request from any of its Holders to be sent additional copies of its full report and accounts or summary financial statement or other communications with its Holders.

 

         (b) The books of account shall be kept at the Office or, subject to the provisions of the Acts, at such other place as the Directors think fit and shall be open at all reasonable times to the inspection of the Directors.

 

         (c) In accordance with the provisions of the Acts, the Directors shall cause to be prepared and to be laid before the annual general meeting of the Company from time to time such profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts and reports as are required by the Acts to be prepared and laid before such meeting.

 

         (d) A copy of every balance sheet (including every document required by law to be annexed thereto) which is to be laid before the annual general meeting of the Company together with a copy of the Directors’ report and Auditors’ report shall be sent by post, electronic mail or any other means of communication (electronic or otherwise), not less than twenty-one Clear Days before the date of the annual general meeting, to every person entitled under the provisions of the Acts to receive them; provided that in the case of those documents sent by electronic mail or any other means of electronic communication, such documents shall be sent with the consent of the recipient, to the address of the recipient notified to the Company by the recipient for such purposes.

 

139. The Directors shall determine from time to time whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Holders, not being Directors, and no Holder (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by the Acts or authorised by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting. No Holder shall be entitled to require discovery of or any information respecting any detail of the Company’s trading, or any matter which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret, mystery of trade, or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Directors it would be inexpedient in the interests of the Holders of the Company to communicate to the public.

 

29


CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS

 

140. Without prejudice to any powers conferred on the Directors as aforesaid and subject to the Directors’ authority to issue and allot shares under articles 8(c) and 8(d), the Directors may resolve to capitalise any part of the amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts (including any capital redemption reserve fund, share premium account or other reserve account not available for distribution) or to the credit of the profit and loss account which is not available for distribution by applying such sum in paying up in full unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid bonus shares to those Holders of the Company who would have been entitled to that sum if it were distributable and had been distributed by way of dividend (and in the same proportions). Whenever such a resolution is passed in pursuance of this article, the Directors shall make all appropriations and applications of the amounts resolved to be capitalised thereby and all allotments and issues of fully paid shares or debentures, if any.

 

141. Without prejudice to any powers conferred on the Directors by these articles, and subject to the Directors’ authority to issue and allot shares under articles 8(c) and 8(d), the Directors may resolve that any sum for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts (including any reserve account available for distribution) or to the credit of the profit and loss account be capitalised and applied on behalf of the Holders who would have been entitled to receive that sum if it had been distributed by way of dividend (and in the same proportions) either in or towards paying up amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares held by them respectively, or in paying up in full unissued shares or debentures of the Company of a nominal amount equal to the sum capitalised (such shares or debentures to be allotted and distributed and credited as fully paid up to and amongst such Holders in the proportions aforesaid) or partly in one way and partly in another, so, however, that the only purposes for which sums standing to the credit of the capital redemption reserve fund or the share premium account shall be applied shall be those permitted by the Acts.

 

142. The Directors may from time to time at their discretion, subject to the provisions of the Acts and, in particular, to their being duly authorised pursuant to section 20 of the 1983 Act, to allot the relevant shares, offer to the Holders of Ordinary Shares the right to elect to receive in lieu of any dividend or proposed dividend or part thereof an allotment of additional Ordinary Shares credited as fully paid. In any such case the following provisions shall apply.

 

  (i) The basis of allotment shall be determined by the Directors so that, as nearly as may be considered convenient in the Directors’ absolute discretion, the value (calculated by reference to the average quotation) of the additional Ordinary Shares (excluding any fractional entitlement) to be allotted in lieu of any amount of dividend shall equal such amount. For such purpose the “average quotation” of an Ordinary Share shall be the average of the five amounts resulting from determining whichever of the following ((A), (B) or (C) specified below) in respect of Ordinary Shares shall be appropriate for each of the first five business days on which Ordinary Shares are quoted “ex” the relevant dividend and as determined from the information published by the NASDAQ reporting the dealings on NASDAQ on each of these five business days:

 

  (A) if there shall be more than one dealing reported for the day, the average of the prices at which such dealings took place; or

 

  (B) if there shall be only one dealing reported for the day, the price at which such dealing took place; or

 

  (C) if there shall not be any dealing reported for the day, the average of the closing bid and offer prices for the day;

and if there shall be only a bid (but not an offer) or an offer (but not a bid) price reported, or if there shall not be any bid or offer price reported, for any particular day then that day shall not count as one of the said five business days for the purposes of determining the average quotation. If the means of providing the foregoing information as to dealings and prices by reference to which the average quotation is to be determined is altered or is replaced by some other means, then the average quotation shall be determined on the basis of the equivalent information published by the relevant authority in relation to dealings on the NASDAQ or its equivalent.

 

30


  (ii) The Directors shall give notice in writing (whether in electronic form or otherwise) to the Holders of Ordinary Shares of the right of election offered to them and shall send with or following such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which, and the latest date and time by which, duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective. The Directors may also issue forms under which Holders may elect in advance to receive new Ordinary Shares instead of dividends in respect of future dividends not yet declared (and, therefore, in respect of which the basis of allotment shall not yet have been determined).

 

  (iii) The dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been offered) shall not be payable on Ordinary Shares in respect of which the right of election as aforesaid has been duly exercised (the “Subject Ordinary Shares”) and in lieu thereof additional Ordinary Shares (but not any fraction of a share) shall be allotted to the Holders of the Subject Ordinary Shares on the basis of allotment determined aforesaid and for such purpose the Directors shall capitalise, out of such of the sums standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserves (including any capital redemption reserve fund or share premium account) or to the credit of the profit and loss account as the Directors may determine, a sum equal to the aggregate nominal amount of additional Ordinary Shares to be allotted on such basis and apply the same in paying up in full the appropriate number of unissued Ordinary Shares for allotment and distribution to and amongst the Holders of the Subject Ordinary Shares on such basis.

 

143.  (a) The additional Ordinary Shares allotted pursuant to articles 140, 141 or 142 shall rank pari passu in all respects with the fully paid Ordinary Shares then in issue save only as regards participation in the relevant dividend or share election in lieu.

 

         (b) The Directors may do all acts and things considered necessary or expedient to give effect to any capitalisation pursuant to articles 140, 141 or 142 with full power to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit where shares would otherwise have been distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby, in whole or in part, fractional entitlements are disregarded and the benefit of fractional entitlements accrues to the Company rather than to the Holders concerned). The Directors may authorise any person to enter on behalf of all the Holders interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

 

         (c) The Directors may on any occasion determine that rights of election shall not be offered to any Holders of Ordinary Shares who are citizens or residents of any territory where the making or publication of an offer of rights of election or any exercise of rights of election or any purported acceptance of the same would or might be unlawful, and in such event the provisions aforesaid shall be read and construed subject to such determination.

AUDIT

 

144. Auditors shall be appointed and their duties regulated in accordance with sections 160 to 163 of the Act or any statutory amendment thereof.

NOTICES

 

145. Any notice to be given, served, sent or delivered pursuant to these articles shall be in writing (whether in electronic form or otherwise).

 

146.  (a) A notice or document to be given, served, sent or delivered in pursuance of these articles may be given to, served on or delivered to any Holder by the Company;

 

  (i) by handing same to him or his authorised agent;

 

  (ii) by leaving the same at his registered address;

 

31


  (iii) by sending the same by the post in a pre-paid cover addressed to him at his registered address; or

 

  (iv) by sending the notice or document by means of electronic mail or making it available by other means of electronic communication approved by the Directors (including placing a copy of the notice or document on the website of the Company) PROVIDED THAT any Holder may require the Company to send him a physical copy of the notice or document by requesting the Company to do so PROVIDED FURTHER HOWEVER that such request is made after the date of adoption of this article and it may not take effect until 5 days after written notice of the request is received by the Company.

 

         (b) For the purposes of these articles and the Act, a document shall be deemed to have been sent to a Holder if a notice is given, served, sent or delivered to the Holder and the notice specifies the website or hotlink or other electronic link at or through which the Holder may obtain a copy of the relevant document.

 

         (c) Where a notice or document is given, served or delivered pursuant to sub-paragraph (a)(i) or (ii) of this article, the giving, service or delivery thereof shall be deemed to have been effected at the time the same was handed to the Holder or his authorised agent, or left at his registered address (as the case may be).

 

         (d) Where a notice or document is given, served or delivered pursuant to sub-paragraph (a)(iii) of this article, the giving, service or delivery thereof shall be deemed to have been effected at the expiration of twenty-four hours after the cover containing it was posted. In proving service or delivery it shall be sufficient to prove that such cover was properly addressed, stamped and posted.

 

         (e) Where a notice or document is given, served or delivered pursuant to sub-paragraph (a)(iv) of this article, the giving, service or delivery thereof shall be deemed to have been effected at the expiration of 48 hours after despatch.

 

         (f) Every legal personal representative, committee, receiver, curator bonis or other legal curator, assignee in bankruptcy, examiner or liquidator of a Holder shall be bound by a notice given as aforesaid if sent to the last registered address of such Holder, or, in the event of notice given or delivered pursuant to sub-paragraph (a)(iv), if sent to the address notified by the Company by the Holder for such purpose notwithstanding that the Company may have notice of the death, lunacy, bankruptcy, liquidation or disability of such Holder.

 

         (g) Notwithstanding anything contained in this article the Company shall not be obliged to take account of or make any investigations as to the existence of any suspension or curtailment of postal services within or in relation to all or any part of any jurisdiction or other area other than Ireland.

 

         (h) Without prejudice to the provisions of sub-paragraphs (a)(i) and (ii) of this article, if at any time by reason of the suspension or curtailment of postal services in any territory, the Company is unable effectively to convene a general meeting by notices sent through the post, a general meeting may be convened by a public announcement and such notice shall be deemed to have been duly served on all Holders entitled thereto at noon on the day on which the said public announcement is made. In any such case the Company shall put a full copy of the notice of the general meeting on its website.

 

147. A notice may be given by the Company to the joint Holders of a share by giving the notice to the joint Holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the share and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint Holders.

 

148.  (a) Every person who becomes entitled to a share shall before his name is entered in the Register in respect of the share, be bound by any notice in respect of that share which has been duly given to a person from whom he derives his title.

 

         (b)

A notice may be given by the Company to the persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Holder by sending or delivering it, in any manner authorised by these articles for the

 

32


  giving of notice to a Holder, addressed to them at the address, if any, supplied by them for that purpose. Until such an address has been supplied, a notice may be given in any manner in which it might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

149. The signature (whether electronic signature, an advanced electronic signature or otherwise) to any notice to be given by the Company may be written (in electronic form or otherwise) or printed.

 

150. A Holder present, either in person or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company or the Holders of any class of shares in the Company shall be deemed to have received notice of the meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which it was called.

WINDING UP

 

151. If the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution among the Holders as such shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the paid up or credited as paid up share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Holders in proportion to the capital paid up or credited as paid up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively. And if in a winding up the assets available for distribution among the Holders shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the share capital paid up or credited as paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed among the Holders in proportion to the capital at the commencement of the winding up paid up or credited as paid up on the said shares held by them respectively provided, however, that this article shall not affect the rights of the Holders of shares issued upon special terms and conditions.

 

152.  (a) In case of a sale by the liquidator under section 260 of the Act, the liquidator may by the contract of sale agree so as to bind all the Holders for the allotment to the Holders directly of the proceeds of sale in proportion to their respective interests in the Company and may further by the contract limit a time at the expiration of which obligations or shares not accepted or required to be sold shall be deemed to have been irrevocably refused and be at the disposal of the Company, but so that nothing herein contained shall be taken to diminish, prejudice or affect the rights of dissenting Holders conferred by the said section.

 

         (b) The power of sale of the liquidator shall include a power to sell wholly or partially for debentures, debenture stock, or other obligations of another company, either then already constituted or about to be constituted for the purpose of carrying out the sale.

 

153. If the Company is wound up, the liquidator, with the sanction of a Special Resolution and any other sanction required by the Acts, may divide among the Holders in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not), and, for such purpose, may value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Holders or different classes of Holders. The liquidator, with the like sanction, may vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the contributories as, with the like sanction, he determines, but so that no Holder shall be compelled to accept any assets upon which there is a liability.

INDEMNITY

 

154.  (a) Subject to the provisions of and so far as may be admitted by the Acts, every Director and the Secretary of the Company shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Company against all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him in the execution and discharge of his duties or in relation thereto including any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, civil or criminal, which relate to anything done or omitted or alleged to have been done or omitted by him as an officer or employee of the Company and in which judgement is given in his favour (or the proceedings are otherwise disposed of without any finding or admission of any material breach of duty on his part) or in which he is acquitted or in connection with any application under any statute for relief from liability in respect of any such act or omission in which relief is granted to him by the Court.

 

33


         (b) The Directors shall have power to purchase and maintain for any Director, the Secretary or any employees of the Company or its subsidiaries insurance against any such liability as referred to in section 200 of the Act.

 

         (c) As far as is permissible under the Acts, the Company shall indemnify any current or former executive officer of the Company (excluding any present or former Directors of the Company or Secretary of the Company), or any person who is serving or has served at the request of the Company as a director or executive officer of another company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including any Company subsidiary (each individually, a “Covered Person”), against any expenses, including attorney’s fees, judgements, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, to which he or she was or is threatened to be made a party, or is otherwise involved (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Covered Person; provided, however, that this provision shall not indemnify any Covered Person against any liability arising out of (a) any fraud or dishonesty in the performance of such Covered Person’s duty to the Company, or (b) such Covered Party’s conscious, intentional or wilful breach of the obligation to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, this section shall not extend to any matter which would render it void pursuant to the Acts or to any person holding the office of auditor in relation to the Company.

 

         (d) In the case of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding by or in the name of the Company, the Company shall indemnify each Covered Person against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defence or the settlement thereof, except no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for fraud or dishonesty in the performance of his or her duty to the Company, or for conscious, intentional or wilful breach of his or her obligation to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company, unless and only to the extent that the High Court of Ireland or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Covered Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court shall deem proper. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, this section shall not extend to any matter which would render it void pursuant to the Acts or to any person holding the office of auditor in relation to the Company.

 

         (e) Any indemnification under this article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company only as authorised in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Covered Person is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this article. Such determination shall be made by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the Company. To the extent, however, that any Covered Person has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defence of any proceeding, or in defence of any claim, issue or matter therein, such Covered Person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without necessity of authorisation in the specific case.

 

         (f) As far as permissible under the Acts, expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in defending any proceeding for which indemnification is permitted pursuant to this article shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding upon receipt by the Board of an undertaking by the particular indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company pursuant to these articles.

 

         (g)

It being the policy of the Company that indemnification of the persons specified in this article shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law, the indemnification provided by this article shall not be deemed exclusive (a) of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under these articles, any agreement, any insurance purchased by the Company, vote of Holders or disinterested directors, or pursuant to the direction (however embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and

 

34


  as to action in another capacity while holding such office, or (b) of the power of the Company to indemnify any person who is or was an employee or agent of the Company or of another company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise which he or she is serving or has served at the request of the Company, to the same extent and in the same situations and subject to the same determinations as are hereinabove set forth. As used in this article, references to the “Company” include all constituent companies in a scheme of arrangement, consolidation or merger in which the Company or a predecessor to the Company by scheme of arrangement, consolidation or merger was involved. The indemnification provided by this article shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Covered Person and shall inure to the benefit of their heirs, executors, and administrators.

UNTRACED HOLDERS

 

155.  (a) The Company shall be entitled to sell at the best price reasonably obtainable any share or stock of a Holder or any share or stock to which a person is entitled by transmission if and provided that:

 

  (i) for a period of twelve years (not less than three dividends having been declared and paid) no cheque or warrant sent by the Company through the post in a prepaid letter addressed to the Holder or to the person entitled by transmission to the share or stock at his address on the Register or other last known address given by the Holder or the person entitled by transmission to which cheques and warrants are to be sent has been cashed and no communication has been received by the Company from the Holder or the person entitled by transmission; and

 

  (ii) at the expiration of the said period of twelve years the Company has given notice by advertisement in a leading Dublin newspaper and a newspaper circulating in the area in which the address referred to in paragraph (a) of this article is located of its intention to sell such share or stock; and

 

  (iii) the Company has not during the further period of three months after the date of the advertisement and prior to the exercise of the power of sale received any communication from the Holder or person entitled by transmission.

 

         (b) To give effect to any such sale the Company may appoint any person to execute as transferor an instrument of transfer of such share or stock and such instrument of transfer shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the registered Holder of or person entitled by transmission to such share or stock. The Company shall account to the Holder or other person entitled to such share or stock for the net proceeds of such sale by carrying all monies in respect thereof to a separate account which shall be a permanent debt of the Company and the Company shall be deemed to be a debtor and not a trustee in respect thereof for such Holder or other person. Monies carried to such separate account may either be employed in the business of the Company or invested in such investments (other than shares of the Company or its holding company if any) as the Directors may from time to time think fit.

 

         (c) To the extent necessary in order to comply with any laws or regulations to which the Company is subject in relation to escheatment, abandonment of property or other similar or analogous laws or regulations (“Applicable Escheatment Laws”), the Company may deal with any share of any Holder and any unclaimed cash payments relating to such share in any manner which it sees fit, including (but not limited to) transferring or selling such share and transferring to third parties any unclaimed cash payments relating to such share.

 

         (d) The Company may only exercise the powers granted to it in sub-paragraph (a) above in circumstances where it has complied with, or procured compliance with, the required procedures (as set out in the Applicable Escheatment Laws) with respect to attempting to identify and locate the relevant Holder of the Company.

 

         (e) Any stock transfer form to be executed by the Company in order to sell or transfer a share pursuant to sub-paragraph (a) may be executed in accordance with article.

 

35


DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

 

156. The Company may implement such document destruction policies as it so chooses in relation to any type of documents (whether in paper, electronic or other formats), and in particular (without limitation to the foregoing) may destroy:

 

         (a) any dividend mandate or any variation or cancellation thereof or any notification of change of name or address, at any time after the expiry of two years from the date such mandate variation, cancellation or notification was recorded by the Company;

 

         (b) any instrument of transfer of shares which has been registered, at any time after the expiry of six years from the date of registration; and

 

         (c) any other document on the basis of which any entry in the Register was made, at any time after the expiry of six years from the date an entry in the Register was first made in respect of it,

and it shall be presumed conclusively in favour of the Company that every share certificate (if any) so destroyed was a valid certificate duly and properly sealed and that every instrument of transfer so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered and that every other document destroyed hereunder was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company provided always that:

 

  (i) the foregoing provisions of this article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim;

 

  (ii) nothing contained in this article shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than as aforesaid or in any case where the conditions of proviso (a) above are not fulfilled; and

 

  (iii) references in this article to the destruction of any document include references to its disposal in any manner.

BUSINESS COMBINATION

 

157.  (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these articles, but subject to applicable law, the Company shall not engage in any business combination with any Interested Holder for a period of three years following the time that such Holder became an Interested Holder, unless:

 

  (i) prior to such time the Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the Holder becoming an Interested Holder;

 

  (ii) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the Holder becoming an Interested Holder, the Interested Holder owned at least 85% of the voting shares of the Company outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting shares outstanding (but not the outstanding voting shares owned by the Interested Holder) those shares owned (A) by persons who are directors and also officers and (B) employee shares plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  (iii) at or subsequent to such time the business combination is approved by the Directors and authorised by way of shareholders holding not less than two thirds of the issued share capital of the Company without the Interested Holder.

 

         (b)

The Directors shall have the power and duty to determine, on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, all facts necessary to determine compliance with this article, including, without limitation, (i) whether a Person is an Interested Holder, (ii) the number of shares or other securities beneficially owned by any Person, (iii) whether a Person is an Affiliate or Associate of

 

36


  another, and (iv) the fair market value of the Company’s securities or securities of any subsidiary of the Company, and the good faith determination of the Directors on such matters shall be conclusive and binding for all the purposes of this article.

 

         (c) As used in this article only, the term:

 

  (i) “Affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.

 

  (ii) “Associate”, when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (A) any company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, executive officer, partner or general partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting shares; (B) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (C) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.

 

  (iii) “Business combination”, when used in reference to any company and any Interested Holder of such company, means:

 

  (A) any scheme of arrangement, merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company with (1) the Interested Holder, or (2) any other company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the scheme of arrangement, merger or consolidation is caused by the Interested Holder;

 

  (B) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a Holder of such company, to or with the Interested Holder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Company or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding shares of the Company;

 

  (C) any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Company or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company of any shares of the Company or of such subsidiary to the Interested Holder, except: (1) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares of such company or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Holder became such; (2) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares of such company or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all Holders of a class or series of shares of such company subsequent to the time the Interested Holder became such; (3) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Company to purchase shares made on the same terms to all Holders of said shares; or (4) any issuance or transfer of shares by the Company; provided however, that in no case under items (3) and (4) of this subparagraph shall there be an increase in the Interested Holder’s proportionate share of the shares of any class or series of the Company or of the voting shares of the Company;

 

  (D) any transaction involving the Company or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the shares of any class or series, or securities convertible into the shares of any class or series, of the Company or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the Interested Holder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of shares not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Holder; or

 

37


  (E) any receipt by the Interested Holder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a Holder of such company), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subparagraphs (A)-(D) of this paragraph) provided by or through the Company or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

 

  (iv) “Control”, including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting shares, by contract or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting shares of any company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting shares, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this article, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

 

  (v) “Interested Holder” means any Person, including its Affiliates and Associates (other than the Company and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company), that is, or was at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date in question, the Owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting shares of the Company; provided, however, that the term “Interested Holder” shall not include any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 20% limitation set forth herein is the result of action taken solely by the Company; provided that such person shall be an Interested Holder if thereafter such person acquires additional voting shares of the Company, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an Interested Holder, the voting shares of the Company deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed to be owned by the person through application of (viii) of this subsection but shall not include any other unissued shares of such company which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

  (vi) “Person” means any individual, company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.

 

  (vii) “Shares” means, with respect to any company, capital shares and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.

 

  (viii) “Voting shares” means, with respect to any company, shares of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a company, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference to a percentage of voting shares shall refer to such percentage of the votes of such voting shares.

 

  (ix) “Owner”, including the terms “own” and “owned”, when used with respect to any Shares, means a person that individually or with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates:

 

  (A) beneficially owns such Shares, directly or indirectly; or

 

  (B)

has (1) the right to acquire such Shares (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the Owner of Shares tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered Shares are accepted for purchase or exchange; or (2) the right to vote such shares pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the Owner of any Shares because of such

 

38


  person’s right to vote such Shares if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such shares arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more persons; or

 

  (C) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (2) of subparagraph (B) of this paragraph), or disposing of such Shares with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such Shares.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN

 

158. The Board is hereby expressly authorised to adopt and amend any shareholder rights plan upon such terms and conditions as the Board deems expedient and in the interests of the Company, subject to applicable law.

 

39

Exhibit 5.1

7 October 2014

PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

To: Presbia PLC
  Arthur Cox Building
  Earlsfort Terrace
  Dublin 2

 

Re: Presbia PLC (the “Company”), a public limited company incorporated in Ireland under registered number 539137

Dear Sirs,

 

1. Basis of Opinion

 

  1.1 We have acted as Irish counsel for the Company in connection with the initial public offering (the “ Transaction ”) by the Company of certain new ordinary shares, with a nominal value of US$0.001 per share, in the capital of the Company (the “ Shares ”.)

 

  1.2 The Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-194713) originally filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) on 20 March 2014, as subsequently amended under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), is referred to in this Opinion Letter as the “ Registration Statement ”, and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement is referred to in this Opinion Letter as the “ Prospectus ”.

 

  1.3 This opinion is solely for the benefit of the addressee of this opinion and may not be relied upon, used, transmitted, referred to, quoted from, circulated, copied, filed with any governmental agency or authority, disseminated or disclosed by or to any other person or entity for any purpose(s) without our prior written consent, provided that it may be disclosed to regulatory authorities to whom disclosure may be required, and to the extent such disclosure may be required, by applicable laws or regulations.

 

  1.4 This opinion is given on the basis that any limitation on the liability of any other adviser to the person to whom this opinion is addressed, whether or not we are aware of that limitation, will not adversely affect our position in any circumstances.


  1.5 This opinion is confined to and given in all respects on the basis of the laws of Ireland (meaning Ireland exclusive of Northern Ireland) in force as at the date hereof as currently applied by the courts of Ireland and, in relation to the opinion as to taxation set out in paragraph 2.2, is given also on the basis of our understanding of the practices of the Irish Revenue Commissioners on the date hereof. We have made no investigations of, and we express no opinion as to, the laws of any other jurisdiction or the effect thereof. In particular, we express no opinion on the laws of the European Union as it affects any jurisdiction (other than Ireland insofar as opined on herein). We have assumed without investigation that insofar as the laws of any jurisdiction other than Ireland are relevant, such laws do not prohibit and are not inconsistent with any of the obligations or rights expressed in the documents listed in Schedule 2 (the “ Transaction Documents ”) or the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

  1.6 This opinion is also strictly confined to:

 

  (a) the matters expressly stated herein and is not to be read as extending by implication or otherwise to any other matter; and

 

  (b) the documents we have examined in connection with this opinion (as listed in Schedule 3) and the searches listed at 1.12 below (the “ Searches ”).

We have not reviewed any documents referred to in the Transaction Documents (other than the Transaction Documents) for the purposes of this opinion and we express no opinion on them. We express no opinion, and make no representation or warranty, as to any matter of fact in respect of any documents which may exist in relation to the Transaction.

 

  1.7 This opinion is provided on the basis that each party is entitled to rely on the Transaction Documents, is satisfied that the commercial terms agreed by it have been reflected accurately, completely and without ambiguity in the Transaction Documents and that no agreements or arrangements contain other terms which are inconsistent with the commercial terms agreed by that party.

 

  1.8 In giving this opinion, we have relied upon the Corporate Certificate (as defined in Schedule 3) and the Searches (see paragraph 1.12 below) and we give this opinion expressly on the terms that no further investigation or diligence in respect of any matter referred to in the Corporate Certificate or the Searches is required of us.

 

  1.9 For the purpose of giving this opinion, we have examined originals or copies, facsimile copies, copies certified to our satisfaction or copies sent to us by email in pdf or other electronic format, as listed at Schedule 3 to this opinion.

 

  1.10 All words and phrases defined in the Transaction Documents and not defined herein shall have the same meanings herein as are respectively assigned to them in the Transaction Documents. References in this opinion to:

the “ Companies Acts ” means the Companies Acts 1963 to 2005 and Parts 2 and 3 of the Investment Funds, Companies and Miscellaneous Provisions Act 2006, the Companies (Amendment) Act 2009, the Companies (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 2009, the Companies (Amendment) Act 2012 and the Companies (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 2013, including all enactments, which are to be read as one with, or construed or read together as one with, the Companies Acts and every statutory modification and re-enactment thereof for the time being in force.

 

2


  1.11 No verification or enquiry has been made into any reference to non-Irish laws or legislation in the Transaction Documents or the meaning or effect thereof and phrases used in the Transaction Documents have been construed by us as having the meaning and effect they would have if the Transaction Documents were governed by Irish law.

 

  1.12 For the purpose of giving this opinion, we have caused to be made the following legal searches against the Company on 7 October 2014 (the “ Searches ”):  

 

  (a) on the file of the Company maintained by the Registrar of Companies in Dublin for mortgages, debentures or similar charges or notices thereof and for the appointment of any receiver, examiner or liquidator;

 

  (b) in the Judgments Office of the High Court for unsatisfied judgments, orders, decrees and the like for the five years immediately preceding the date of the search; and

 

  (c) in the Central Office of the High Court in Dublin for any proceedings and petitions filed in the last two years.

 

  1.13 This opinion is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws of Ireland as interpreted by the courts of Ireland at the date hereof.

 

  1.14 This opinion speaks only as of its date. We assume no obligation to update this opinion at any time in the future or to advise you of any change in law, change in interpretation of law or change in the practices of the Irish Revenue Commissioners which may occur after the date of this opinion.

 

  1.15 As regards certain U.S. laws, legal opinions are being provided by Lowenstein Sandler LLP.

 

  1.16 No opinion is expressed as to the taxation consequences of the Transaction, the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby, save as set out in paragraph 2.2. The opinion given in that paragraph is confined to and given in all respects on the basis of the laws of Ireland relating to tax in force as at the date hereof as currently applied by the courts of Ireland and on the basis of our understanding of the current practice of the Irish Revenue Commissioners.

 

  1.17 No assumption or qualification in this opinion limits any other assumption or qualification herein. Headings to paragraphs or subparagraphs of this opinion are for convenience only and do not affect the construction or interpretation hereof.

 

2. Opinion

Subject to the assumptions and qualifications set out in this opinion, we are of the opinion that:

 

  2.1

the issue of the Shares, in accordance with the terms of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, will, on adoption of the resolutions to be adopted prior to the date of the issue of the Shares, have been duly authorised by all necessary corporate action of the Company and on: (i) the allotment and issuance of the Shares (by the entry of the name of the registered owner thereof in the register of members of the Company confirming that such Shares have been issued credited as fully paid), and (ii) the subscription and payment therefor by the relevant subscribers in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles of Association and in the manner provided for by the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Shares will be validly issued, fully

 

3


  paid and non-assessable (which term, when used herein, means that the holders of such Shares are not liable, solely by virtue of holding such Shares, for additional assessments or calls on such Shares by the Company or its creditors); and

 

  2.2 based upon the foregoing and subject to the limitations set forth in the Registration Statement, the statements in the Prospectus entitled “Taxation – Taxation in Ireland” and edged in black on the pages extracted from the Prospectus and annexed hereto are correct as to legal matters in all material respects, in so far as it summarises the laws of Ireland relating to Irish tax.

 

3. Disclosure

We hereby consent to the inclusion of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement to be filed with the SEC and any amendments thereto. We also hereby consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in a category of person whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act.

 

4. No Refresher

This opinion speaks only as of its date. We are not under any obligation to update this opinion from time to time or to notify you of any change of law, fact or circumstances referred to or relied upon in the giving of this opinion.

 

Yours faithfully  

/s/ Arthur Cox

 
ARTHUR COX  

 

4


SCHEDULE 1

Assumptions

For the purpose of giving this opinion we assume the following, without any responsibility on our part if any assumption proves to have been untrue as we have not verified independently any assumption:

Authenticity and bona fides

 

1. The truth, completeness, accuracy and authenticity of any letters, resolutions, certificates, permissions, minutes, authorisations and all other documents of any kind submitted to us as originals or copies of originals, the genuineness of all signatories, stamps and seals thereon, and (in the case of copies) that each copy conforms to the originals which themselves are authentic and genuine and that each original was appropriately authorised and executed in the manner appearing on any copy.

 

2. That, where incomplete Transaction Documents have been submitted to us or signature pages only have been supplied to us for the purposes of issuing this opinion, the originals of such Transaction Documents correspond in all respects with the last draft of the complete Transaction Documents submitted to us.

 

3. That the final version of each of the Transaction Documents have been, or will be, presented to each of the parties thereto for signature, that they, and where relevant the documents examined by us and listed in Schedule 3, have been, or will be, executed in a form and content having no material difference to the final version of each draft Transaction Document, or other document, provided to us; that they have been, or will be, delivered by the parties thereto; that they are not, and will not be, subject to any escrow or other similar arrangements and that the terms thereof are being, and continue to be, observed and performed by the parties thereto.

 

4. That the Transaction Documents will be executed in a form and content having no material difference to the drafts provided to us, will be delivered by the parties thereto, and that the terms thereof will be observed and performed by the parties thereto.

 

5. That the Corporate Certificate fully and accurately states the position as to the matters of fact referred to therein and that the position as stated therein in relation to any factual matter pertains as of the date hereof.

 

6. That the copies produced to us of minutes of meetings, extracts of minutes of meetings, resolutions and/or written resolutions correctly record the proceedings at such meetings and/or the subject matter which they purport to record and that any meetings referred to in such copies were duly convened, duly quorate and held and all formalities were duly observed, that those present at any such meetings were entitled to attend and vote at the meeting and acted bona fide throughout and acted in accordance with any of their duties, breach of which could give rise to the Transaction being avoided, that all resolutions set out in such copies were duly passed and that no further resolutions have been passed or corporate or other action taken which would or might alter the effectiveness thereof and that such resolutions have not been amended or rescinded and are in full force and effect.

 

7. The absence of fraud, coercion, duress or undue influence and lack of bad faith on the part of the parties to the documents and their respective officers, employees, agents and (with the exception of Arthur Cox) advisers.

 

8. That any signatures on the Transaction Documents and any other documents of any kind provided for the purposes of this opinion are the signatures of the persons who they purport to be.

 

5


Accuracy of searches and warranties

 

9. The accuracy and completeness of the information disclosed in the Searches and that such information is accurate as of the date of this opinion and has not since the time of such search or enquiry been altered. In this connection, it should be noted that the matters disclosed in the Searches may not present a complete summary of the actual position on the matters we have caused searches to be conducted for and it should be noted that searches at the Registrar of Companies in Dublin do not necessarily reveal whether or not a prior charge has been created or a resolution has been passed or a petition presented or any other action taken for the winding-up of, or the appointment of a receiver or an examiner to, the Company.

 

10. That there has been no alteration in the status or condition of the Company as disclosed by the Searches.

 

11. The truth, completeness and accuracy of all representations and statements as to factual matters contained in the Transaction Documents and any other documents provided for the purpose of this opinion at the time they were made and at all times thereafter.

 

12. That no proceedings have been instituted or injunction granted against the Company to restrain it from issuing the Shares and the issue and sale of any Shares would not be contrary to any state, governmental, court, state or quasi-governmental agency, licensing authority, local or municipal governmental body or regulatory authority’s order, direction, guideline, recommendation, decision, licence or requirement, other than where the foregoing is required by Irish law.

Commercial Benefit

 

13. That the Transaction Documents are entered into for bona fide commercial purposes, on arm’s length terms and for the benefit of each party thereto and are in those parties’ respective commercial interests and for their respective corporate benefit.

Registration Statement and the Shares

 

14. That when filed with the SEC, the Registration Statement will not differ in any material respect from the drafts that we have examined and that the Registration Statement and amendments to the Registration Statement (including post-effective amendments) will have become effective under the Securities Act.

 

15. That a complete final prospectus will have been prepared and filed with the SEC describing the Shares offered thereby.

 

16. That any Shares offered under the Registration Statement will be in consideration of the receipt by the Company prior to the issue of the Shares pursuant thereto of either cash or the release of a liability of the Company for a liquidated sum, at least equal to the nominal value of such Shares and any premium required to be paid up on the Shares pursuant to their terms of issue.

 

17. That all securities issued and sold under the Registration Statement will be issued and sold in compliance with all applicable laws (other than Irish law), including applicable federal and state securities laws, in the manner stated in the Registration Statement and the appropriate prospectus supplement.

 

6


18. That a definitive purchase, underwriting or similar agreement with respect to any Shares offered will have been duly authorised and validly executed and delivered by the Company and the other parties thereto.

 

19. That the filing of the Registration Statement with the SEC has been authorised by all necessary actions under all applicable laws other than Irish law.

 

20. That, at the time of issue of the Shares, the authority of the Company and the directors of the Company to issue the Shares, as provided for in the Companies Acts and articles of association of the Company, is in full force and effect.

 

21. That the Company will continue to renew its authority to issue the Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions set out in the articles of association of the Company and the Companies Acts and that, where such authority has not been renewed, the Company will not issue the Shares after such authority has expired.

 

22. That the issue of the Shares upon the conversion, exchange and exercise of any securities issued under the Registration Statement will be conducted in accordance with the terms and the procedures described in the articles of association of the Company, the Companies Acts and the terms of issue of such securities.

 

23. That, at the time of issue of the Shares, the Company will have sufficient authorised but unissued share capital to issue the required number of Shares.

 

24. That the issue of the Shares will be in compliance with the Companies Acts, the Irish Takeover Panel Act, 1997, Takeover Rules 2007 (as amended), and all other applicable Irish company, takeover, securities, market abuse, insider dealing laws and other rules and regulations.

 

25. That, as at the time of the issuance of the Shares, such issuance shall not be in contravention or breach of any agreement, undertaking, arrangement, deed or covenant affecting the Company or to which the Company is a party or otherwise bound or subject.

 

26. That from the date of the shareholders’ and board resolutions set out in the schedule to this opinion, no other corporate or other action has been taken by the Company to amend, alter or repeal those resolutions.

 

27. That the Registration Statement does not constitute (and is not intended/required to constitute) a prospectus within the meaning of Part 5 of the Investment Funds, Companies and Miscellaneous Provisions Act 2005 of Ireland and that no offer of Shares to the public is made, or will be made, that requires the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Irish prospectus law in general, or in particular pursuant to the Prospectus (Directive 2003/71/EC) Regulations 2005 of Ireland.

 

28. That any power of attorney granted by the Company in respect of the allotment and issue of the Shares shall have been duly granted, approved and executed in accordance with the Company’s articles of association, the Companies Acts, the Powers of Attorney Act of 1996 of Ireland and all other applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Taxes

 

29. That the shares in the Company will be dealt in / on The NASDAQ Global Market at all material times.

 

30. That any transferee or purchaser of the Shares acquires such shares through the facilities of The Depositary Trust Company.

 

7


SCHEDULE 2

Transaction Documents

 

1. The Underwriting Agreement

 

2. The Prospectus

 

3. The Registration Statement

 

8


SCHEDULE 3

Documents Examined

Searches

 

1. The results of the Searches comprising legal searches against the Company on 7 October 2014:

 

  (a) on the file of the Company maintained by the Registrar of Companies in Dublin for mortgages, debentures or similar charges or notices thereof and for the appointment of any receiver, examiner or liquidator;

 

  (b) in the Judgments Office of the High Court for unsatisfied judgments, orders, decrees and the like for the five years immediately preceding the date of the search; and

 

  (c) in the Central Office of the High Court in Dublin for any proceedings and petitions filed in the last two years.

The Transaction Documents

 

2. The Transaction Documents.

The Company

 

3. A copy of the certificate of incorporation of the Company dated 6 February 2014.

 

4. A copy of the certificate of a public company entitled to do business of the Company dated 28 February 2014.

 

5. A copy of the amended memorandum and articles of association of the Company in the form to be adopted by resolution of the shareholders of the Company.

 

6. A corporate certificate (the “ Corporate Certificate ”) of the Secretary of the Company dated the date of this opinion.

 

7. A copy of the minutes of board meetings of the Company held on 27 February 2014, 20 March 2014, 23 June 2014 and on the date of this opinion.

 

8. A copy of the draft resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company to be passed in substantially the same form prior to the Transaction becoming effective.

 

9. A copy of the draft written shareholder resolutions of the Company to be passed in substantially the same form prior to the Transaction becoming effective.

 

10. Letter of Status from the Irish Companies Registration Office dated 7 October 2014.

 

9


Annex

 

TAXATION

Taxation in Ireland

Scope of Discussion

The following is a summary of the material Irish tax considerations applicable to certain investors who are the owners of our shares and is the opinion of the law firm of Arthur Cox insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of Irish tax law. It is based on existing Irish law, our understanding of the practices of the Irish Revenue Commissioners on the date of this document and correspondence with the Irish Revenue Commissioners. Legislative, administrative or judicial changes may modify the tax consequences described below, possibly with retroactive effect. Furthermore, we can provide no assurances that the consequences contained in this summary will not be challenged by the Irish Revenue Commissioners or will be sustained by a court if challenged.

The statements do not constitute tax advice and are intended only as a general guide. Furthermore, this information applies only to our shares that are held as capital assets and does not apply to all categories of shareholders, such as dealers in securities, trustees, insurance companies, collective investment schemes or shareholders who have, or who are deemed to have, acquired their shares by virtue of an office or employment. This summary is not exhaustive and shareholders should consult their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in Ireland, or other relevant jurisdictions of this offering, including the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our shares.

Tax on Chargeable Gains

A disposal of our shares by a shareholder who is not resident or ordinarily resident for tax purposes in Ireland will not give rise to Irish tax on any chargeable gain realized on such disposal unless such shares are used, held or acquired for the purposes of a trade or business carried on by such shareholder through a branch or agency in Ireland.

A disposal of our shares by an Irish resident or ordinarily resident shareholder or by a shareholder that used, held or acquired such shares for the purposes of a trade or business carried on by such shareholder through a branch or agency in Ireland will, subject to the availability of exemptions and reliefs, be subject to Irish tax on chargeable gains. The rate of capital gains tax in Ireland is currently 33%.

A holder of our shares who is an individual and who is temporarily non-resident in Ireland may, under Irish anti-avoidance legislation, be liable to Irish tax on any chargeable gain realized on a disposal during the period in which such individual is non-resident.

Dividend Withholding Tax

Dividend withholding tax, or DWT (currently at a rate of 20%), will arise in respect of dividends or distributions from an Irish resident company unless an exemption applies. Where DWT does arise in respect of dividends, our company is responsible for deducting DWT at source and forwarding the relevant payment to the Irish Revenue Commissioners.

Certain shareholders are entitled to an exemption from DWT. In particular, dividends to a non-Irish resident shareholder will not be subject to DWT if the shareholder is beneficially entitled to the dividend and is:

 

    an individual shareholder resident for tax purposes in a “relevant territory” and the individual is neither resident nor ordinarily resident in Ireland;

 

    a corporate shareholder resident for tax purposes in a “relevant territory,” provided that the corporate shareholder is not under the control, whether directly or indirectly, of a person or persons who is or are resident in Ireland;

 

    a corporate shareholder that is not resident for tax purposes in Ireland and that is ultimately controlled, directly or indirectly, by persons resident in a “relevant territory;”

 

    a corporate shareholder that is not resident for tax purposes in Ireland and whose principal class of shares (or those of its 75% parent) is substantially and regularly traded on a stock exchange in Ireland, a recognized stock exchange in a “relevant territory” or such other stock exchange as may be approved by the Irish Minister for Finance; or

 

   

a corporate shareholder that is not resident for tax purposes in Ireland and is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by two or more companies where the principal class of shares of each of such companies is substantially and regularly traded on a recognized stock exchange in a “relevant territory” or on such other stock exchange as may be approved by the Irish Minister for Finance;

 

 

10


 

and provided that, in all cases noted above (but subject to the special rules described in the paragraph below regarding U.S. Resident Shareholders), the shareholder has provided a relevant Irish DWT declaration form to his or her broker before the record date for the dividend (in the case of shares held through the Depositary Trust Company, or DTC) or to our transfer agent at least seven business days before such record date (in the case of shares held outside of DTC).

A list of “relevant territories” for the purposes of DWT is set forth below:

 

Albania    Croatia    Hungary    Malaysia    Portugal    Switzerland
Armenia    Cyprus    Iceland    Malta    Qatar    Thailand
Australia    Czech Republic    India    Mexico    Romania    Turkey
Austria    Denmark    Israel    Moldova    Russia    Ukraine
Bahrain    Egypt    Italy    Montenegro    Saudi Arabia    United Arab Emirates
Belarus    Estonia    Japan    Morocco    Serbia    United
Kingdom
Belgium    Finland    Republic of Korea    Netherlands    Singapore    United States of America
Bosnia and Herzegovina    France    Kuwait    New Zealand    Slovak Republic    Uzbekistan
Bulgaria    Georgia    Latvia    Norway    Slovenia    Vietnam
Canada    Germany    Lithuania    Pakistan    South Africa    Zambia
Chile    Greece    Luxembourg    Panama    Spain   
China    Hong Kong    Macedonia    Poland    Sweden   

If we determine to pay a dividend, prior to paying any dividend, we will put in place an agreement with an entity that is recognized by the Irish Revenue Commissioners as a “qualifying intermediary,” which satisfies one of the Irish requirements for dividends to be paid free of DWT to certain shareholders who hold their shares through DTC.

U.S. Resident Shareholders

Dividends paid in respect of our shares that are owned by residents of the U.S. and held through DTC will not be subject to DWT provided that the address of the beneficial owner of the shares in the records of the broker is in the United States. We strongly recommend that such shareholders ensure that their information has been properly recorded by their brokers (so that such brokers can provide the relevant information to a qualifying intermediary appointed by us).

Dividends paid in respect of our shares that are owned by residents of the U.S. and held outside of DTC will not be subject to DWT provided that the shareholder has completed the relevant Irish DWT declaration form and this declaration form remains valid. Such shareholders must provide the relevant Irish DWT declaration form to our transfer agent at least seven business days before the record date for the first dividend payment to which they are entitled.

If a U.S resident shareholder is entitled to an exemption from DWT and receives a dividend subject to DWT, that shareholder will be entitled a refund of DWT from the Irish Revenue Commissioners, subject to certain time limits, provided the shareholder is beneficially entitled to the dividend.

Residents of “Relevant Territories” other than the United States

Shareholders who are residents of “relevant territories” other than the United States, and who are entitled to an exemption from DWT, must complete the appropriate Irish DWT declaration form in order to receive dividends without DWT.

Shareholders must provide the appropriate Irish DWT declaration form to their brokers (so that such brokers can provide the relevant information to a qualifying intermediary appointed by us) before the record date for the first dividend to which they are entitled (in the case of shares held through DTC), or to our transfer agent at least seven business days before such record date (in the case of shares held outside of DTC). We strongly recommend that such shareholders complete the appropriate Irish DWT declaration form and provide that form to their brokers or our transfer agent as soon as possible.

If a shareholder who is resident in a “relevant territory” and is entitled to an exemption from DWT receives a dividend subject to DWT, that shareholder will be entitled to a refund of DWT from the Irish Revenue Commissioners subject to certain time limits, provided the shareholder is beneficially entitled to the dividend.

 

 

11


Notwithstanding the foregoing, this exception from DWT does not apply to an individual shareholder that is resident or ordinarily resident in Ireland or to a corporate entity that is under the control, whether directly or indirectly, of a person or persons who is or are resident in Ireland.

Irish Resident Shareholders

Irish tax resident or ordinarily resident shareholders will, subject to certain exemptions, be subject to DWT in respect of dividends or distributions received from an Irish resident company.

Irish tax resident or ordinarily resident shareholders that are entitled to receive dividends without DWT must complete the relevant Irish DWT declaration form and provide the declaration form to their brokers (so that such brokers can provide the relevant information to a qualifying intermediary appointed by us) before the record date for the first dividend to which they are entitled (in the case of shares held through DTC), or to our transfer agent at least seven business days before such record date (in the case of shares held outside of DTC).

Irish tax resident or ordinarily resident shareholders who are not entitled to an exemption from DWT and who are subject to Irish tax should consult their own tax advisors.

Other Persons

A shareholder that does not fall within one of the categories mentioned above may fall within other exemptions from DWT provided that the shareholder has completed the relevant Irish DWT declaration form and this declaration form remains valid.

If such a shareholder is exempt from DWT but receives a dividend subject to DWT, that shareholder will be able to claim a refund of DWT from the Irish Revenue Commissioners subject to certain time limits.

Income Tax on Dividends

Non-Irish Resident Shareholders

A shareholder who is not resident or ordinarily resident for tax purposes in Ireland and who is entitled to an exemption from DWT has no liability for Irish income tax or similar charges on a dividend from us unless that shareholder holds the shares through a branch or agency that carries on a trade in Ireland.

A shareholder who is not resident or ordinarily resident for tax purposes in Ireland and who is not entitled to an exemption from DWT has no additional liability for Irish income tax or similar charges unless that shareholder holds the shares through a branch or agency that carries on a trade in Ireland. The shareholder’s liability to tax is effectively limited to the amount of DWT already deducted by the company.

Irish Resident Shareholders

Irish resident or ordinarily resident shareholders will be, subject to certain exemptions, subject to Irish income tax and similar charges on dividends received from us. Such shareholders should consult their own tax advisor.

Capital Acquisitions Tax

Irish capital acquisitions tax, or CAT, consists principally of gift tax and inheritance tax. A gift or inheritance of our shares (including where such shares are held in DTC) could attract a charge to CAT regardless of the place of residence, ordinary residence or domicile of the transferor or transferee of the shares. This is because a charge to CAT can arise on a gift or inheritance which comprises of property situated in Ireland. Our shares are regarded as property situated in Ireland because our share register must be held in Ireland. The person who receives the gift or inheritance is the person who is primarily liable to pay any CAT that arises.

The rate of CAT is currently 33% and is payable if the taxable value of the gift or inheritance exceeds certain thresholds, referred to as “group thresholds.” CAT is applied on the excess over the threshold amount. The appropriate threshold amount depends upon the relationship between the transferor and the transferee of the shares and also the aggregation of the values of previous gifts and inheritances received by the transferee from persons within the same group threshold. A gift or inheritance received from a spouse is exempt from CAT.

 

 

12


Stamp Duty

General. Irish stamp duty typically arises on the transfer of shares in an Irish incorporated company.

Shares Held Through DTC . However, a transfer of our shares effected by means of the transfer of book entry interests in DTC will not be subject to Irish stamp duty.

Shares Transferred Into or Out of DTC . A shareholder may transfer our shares into or out of DTC without giving rise to Irish stamp duty so long as (i) there is no change in the ultimate beneficial ownership of the shares as a result of the transfer and (ii) the transfer into or out of DTC is not in contemplation of a sale of the shares by the beneficial owner to a third party.

Shares Held Outside of DTC . A transfer of our shares where any of the parties to the transfer hold the shares outside of DTC will, subject to the availability of exemptions and reliefs, be subject to Irish stamp duty, currently at the rate of 1% of the higher of the price paid or the market value of the shares acquired. The transferee of the shares is typically the person that is liable to pay stamp duty.

Due to the potential Irish stamp duty on transfers of our shares, we strongly recommend that shareholders hold their shares through DTC or through a broker who holds such shares through DTC.

DTC Requirement

In order for DTC, Cede & Co. and National Securities Clearing Corporation, or NSCC, which provides clearing services for securities that are eligible for the depository and book-entry transfer services provided by DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., which entities are referred to collectively as the DTC Parties, to agree to provide services with respect to our ordinary shares, we expect to enter into a composition agreement with the Revenue Commissioners of Ireland under which we will agree to pay or procure the payment of any obligation for any Irish stamp duty or similar Irish transfer or documentary tax with respect to our ordinary shares, on (a) transfers to which any of the DTC Parties is a party, or (b) which may be processed through the services of any of the DTC Parties and the DTC Parties have received confirmation from the Revenue Commissioners of Ireland that during the period that such composition agreement remains in force, the DTC Parties shall not be liable for any Irish stamp duty with respect to our ordinary shares.

In addition, to assure the DTC Parties that they will not be liable for any Irish stamp duty or similar Irish transfer or documentary tax with respect to our ordinary shares under any circumstances (including as a result of a change in applicable law), and to make other provisions with respect to our ordinary shares required by the DTC Parties, we and Computershare Limited, acting as our transfer agent, expect to enter into a Special Eligibility Agreement for Securities, with DTC, Cede & Co. and NSCC, or the DTC Eligibility Agreement.

The DTC Eligibility Agreement provides for certain indemnities of the DTC Parties by us and Computershare Limited (as to which we have agreed to indemnify Computershare Limited) and also provides that DTC may impose a global lock on our ordinary shares or otherwise limit transactions in the shares, or cause the shares to be withdrawn, and NSCC may, in its sole discretion, exclude our ordinary shares from its Continuous Net Settlement service or any other service, and any of the DTC Parties may take other restrictive measures with respect to our ordinary shares as it may deem necessary and appropriate, without any liability on the part of any of the DTC Parties, (i) at any time that it may appear to any of the DTC Parties, in any such party’s sole discretion, that to continue to hold or process transactions in our ordinary shares will give rise to any Irish stamp duty or similar Irish transfer or documentary tax liability with respect to our ordinary shares on the part of any of the DTC Parties or (ii) otherwise as DTC’s rules or the NSCC’s rules provide.

 

Material United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of acquiring, owning and disposing of our ordinary shares and is the opinion of Lowenstein Sandler LLP insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of U.S. federal income tax law.

This summary addresses only the U.S. federal income tax considerations for U.S. Holders that hold our ordinary shares as capital assets. This summary does not address all U.S. federal income tax matters that may be relevant to a particular U.S. Holder. Each prospective investor should consult a professional tax advisor with respect to the tax

 

13

Exhibit 8.1

Lowenstein Sandler LLP

65 Livingston Avenue

Roseland, New Jersey 07068

October 8, 2014

Presbia PLC

120/121 Baggot Street Lower

Dublin 2 Ireland

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-194713)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have examined the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-194713) of Presbia PLC, an Irish incorporated public limited company (the “Company”), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 20, 2014 (as so filed and as amended, the “Registration Statement”), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the Company’s ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”). The Shares include shares which may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in the manner described in the Registration Statement.

We understand that the Shares are to be sold to the underwriters for resale to the public as described in the Registration Statement and pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement to be filed as an exhibit thereto.

In connection with rendering the opinion set forth herein, we have examined and relied on the factual statements and representations of the Company concerning its business, properties and governing documents as set forth in the Registration Statement. We also have made such legal and factual examinations and inquiries as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion.

In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures thereon, the legal capacity of natural persons executing such documents and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies. For the purpose of our opinion, we have not made an independent investigation or audit of the facts set forth in the above-referenced documents. In addition, in rendering this opinion, we have assumed the truth, completeness and accuracy of all representations and statements made to us which are qualified as to knowledge or belief, without regard to such qualification.

Based on the facts, assumptions and representations described above and subject to the limitations set forth herein and in the Registration Statement, we are of the opinion that the discussion of United States federal income tax matters contained in the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) forming part of the Registration Statement under the heading “Taxation – Material United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders,” to the extent it states matters of

 


law or legal conclusions and subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth therein, is an accurate summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of the Shares by U.S. Holders, as defined therein.

We express no opinion other than the opinion expressly set forth herein.

Our opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). There can be no assurance that our opinion will be accepted by the IRS or, if challenged, by a court. Our opinion is based upon the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative and judicial interpretations of the Code and the U.S. Treasury Regulations, all as currently in effect as of the date of this opinion letter, and all subject to differing interpretations or change, possibly on a retroactive basis. Changes in applicable law could cause the U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of the Company’s Ordinary Shares to differ materially and adversely from the consequences described in the Prospectus and could render the tax discussion in the Prospectus incorrect or incomplete. Also, any variation or difference in the facts from those set forth in the representations described above, including in the Registration Statement, could affect our opinion set forth herein.

This opinion is furnished solely in connection with the Registration Statement and may not be relied on or used for any other purpose without our prior written consent, provided, however, that it may be relied on by persons entitled to rely on it pursuant to applicable provisions of federal securities laws. This opinion letter presents our opinion only as of the date hereof, and we undertake no obligation to update this opinion letter or to notify any person of any changes in facts, circumstances or applicable law.

We hereby consent to the inclusion of this opinion as Exhibit 8.1 to the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm under the captions “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving our consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, nor do we thereby admit that we are experts with respect to any part of the Registration Statement within the meaning of the term “experts” as used in the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ LOWENSTEIN SANDLER LLP
LOWENSTEIN SANDLER LLP

 

Exhibit 10.1

D ATED                     2014

PRESBIA HOLDINGS

and

PRESBIA PLC

 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE DEED

for the acquisition of share capital of

PRESBIA IRELAND, LIMITED

 

 

ARTHUR COX

D UBLIN

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1   INTERPRETATION      2   
2   AGREEMENT OF THE BUYER TO ISSUE CONSIDERATION SHARES TO THE SELLER      3   
3   CONSIDERATION      3   
4   COMPLETION      3   
5   WARRANTIES      3   
6   POWER OF ATTORNEY      4   
7   ASSIGNMENT      4   
8   VARIATION      4   
9   WAIVER      4   
10   EFFECT OF COMPLETION      4   
11   COUNTERPARTS      5   
12   PROPER LAW AND SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION      5   
SCHEDULE 1      6   

 


THIS DEED is made on                      2014 between the following parties:

 

(1) PRESBIA HOLDINGS, a Cayman Islands company (Registration No.: 188040) having its registered office at Stuarts Corporate Services Ltd., P.O. Box 2510, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-1104, Cayman Islands (the “ Seller ”); and

 

(2) PRESBIA PLC , a public limited company incorporated in Ireland with registered number 539137 whose registered office is at Arthur Cox Building, Earlsfort Centre, Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2 (the “ Buyer ”).

BACKGROUND

 

(A) Presbia Ireland, Limited (the “ Company ”), details of which are set out in Schedule 1, was incorporated in Ireland with registered number 532722 and is a private limited company.

 

(B) The Seller is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Share (as defined below).

 

(C) The Seller has agreed to sell and the Buyer has agreed to buy the Share in consideration for the Consideration Shares and upon the terms set out in this Deed.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. INTERPRETATION

 

  1.1 In this Deed, the following expressions have the following meanings:

 

    Completion    means completion of the transfer of the Share in exchange for the
Consideration Shares in accordance with Clause 4 of this Deed;
  Completion Date    means the date of this Deed;
  Consideration Shares    means the 12,000,000 ordinary shares of US$0.001 each in the capital of the Buyer to be issued as fully paid up to the Seller;
  Encumbrance    means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, option, restriction, third party right or interest, other encumbrance or security interest of any kind or another type of preferential arrangement (including, without limitation, a title transfer or retention arrangement) or any right to a dividend payment arising on any shares;
  Share    means the one fully paid ordinary share of US$1.00 par value in the Company; and
  US$    means the U.S. dollar, the lawful currency unit of the United States of America.

 

  1.2 In this Deed:

 

  (a) references to a document in the “ agreed form ” are to that document in the form agreed to and initialled for the purposes of identification by or on behalf of the parties;

 

  (b) references to a clause or schedule are to a clause or schedule of this Deed, and references to this Deed include the schedules;

 

  (c) the headings in this Deed do not affect its construction or interpretation;

 

  (d) the singular includes the plural and vice versa and any gender includes any other gender; and

 

-2-


  (e) references to writing shall be deemed to include any modes of reproducing words in a legible or non-transitory form.

 

2. AGREEMENT OF THE BUYER TO ISSUE CONSIDERATION SHARES TO THE SELLER

Subject to the terms of this Deed, the Seller agrees to sell the Share and the Buyer agrees to buy the Share free from any Encumbrance and with all rights attaching to the Share as at the date of this Deed, and the Buyer agrees to issue the Consideration Shares directly to the Seller.

 

3. CONSIDERATION

The consideration for the sale of the Share by the Seller to the Buyer shall be the allotment and issue at Completion to the Seller of the Consideration Shares credited as fully paid in exchange for the Share.

 

4. COMPLETION

 

  4.1 Completion shall take place at the offices of the Seller on the Completion Date.

 

  4.2 On or prior to Completion, the Seller shall procure that the directors of the Company shall hold a board meeting at which the transfer of the Share to the Buyer is approved for registration in the Company’s books and thereupon a share certificate is issued in favour of the Buyer.

 

  4.3 At Completion the Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Buyer:

 

  (a) a duly executed transfer of the Share in favour of the Buyer together with the relevant share certificate (or an indemnity in a form approved by the Buyer in relation to a lost share certificate) in respect of the Share; and

 

  (b) a tax reference number of the Seller for the purposes of the Stamp Duty (E-stamping of Instruments) Regulations 2009.

 

  4.4 On or prior to Completion, the Buyer:

 

  (a) shall procure that a meeting of the board of directors of the Buyer is convened at which the Consideration Shares are allotted; and

 

  (b) shall deliver to the Seller a share certificate for the Consideration Shares.

 

5. WARRANTIES

 

  5.1 The Seller represents and warrants to the Buyer that:

 

  (a) the Seller is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Share;

 

  (b) the Share has been properly issued and allotted and is fully paid;

 

  (c) the Share is free from any Encumbrance;

 

  (d) the Seller has the legal right and full power and authority to execute and deliver, and to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under this Deed; and

 

  (e) this Deed and all other documents to be executed by the Seller will, when executed, constitute lawful, valid and binding obligations of the Seller in accordance with their respective terms.

 

3


  5.2 The Buyer represents and warrants to the Seller that:

 

  (a) the Consideration Shares will be validly issued and allotted fully paid and free from any Encumbrance and that there is no agreement or commitment outstanding to create an Encumbrance in relation to the Consideration Shares in favour of any person and no claim has been made by any person with respect to the Consideration Shares;

 

  (b) the Buyer has the legal right and full power and authority to execute and deliver, and to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under this Deed; and

 

  (c) this Deed and all other documents to be executed by the Buyer will, when executed, constitute lawful, valid and binding obligations of the Buyer in accordance with their respective terms.

 

6. POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

  6.1 Subject to Completion, the Seller hereby irrevocably and unconditionally appoints the Buyer as its lawful attorney (the “ Attorney ”) with full power to exercise its rights as a shareholder of the Company pending stamping and registration of the transfer of the Share and the Seller hereby undertakes to ratify and confirm any action lawfully taken by its Attorney pursuant to this power of attorney and to indemnify its Attorney against all actions, damages, expenses, costs and claims which may be suffered by or made against its Attorney pursuant to the bona fide exercise by it of this power of attorney.

 

  6.2 As from Completion, the Seller undertakes not to exercise any rights attaching to the Share or exercisable in its capacity as a registered holder thereof without the Buyer’s written consent.

 

  6.3 As from Completion, the Seller undertakes to hold on trust for the Buyer and to promptly notify the Buyer of anything received by it in its capacity as registered holder of the Share and to act promptly in accordance with the Buyer’s instructions.

 

7. ASSIGNMENT

No party shall be entitled to assign or transfer all or any of its rights, benefits and obligations under this Deed without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

8. VARIATION

Any variation of this Deed must be in writing and signed by each party or, in the case of a body corporate, a duly authorised officer or representative of such party.

 

9. WAIVER

A delay in exercising, or failure to exercise, any right or remedy under this Deed does not constitute a waiver of such right or remedy or other rights or remedies nor shall either operate so as to bar the exercise or enforcement thereof.

 

10. EFFECT OF COMPLETION

Except to the extent that they have been performed and except where the Deed provides otherwise, the warranties, representations, indemnities and obligations contained in this Deed remain in force after Completion.

 

4


11. COUNTERPARTS

This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered constitutes an original of this Deed, but all the counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement. No counterpart shall be effective until each party has executed at least one counterpart.

 

12. PROPER LAW AND SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

This Deed shall in all respects be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Ireland and the parties hereto agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Irish courts in respect of any claim arising hereunder.

 

5


SCHEDULE 1

The Company

 

1.      Name:    Presbia Ireland, Limited
2.      Type of company:    Private limited company
3.      Registered Number:    532722
4.      Date of incorporation:    13 September 2013
5.      Place of incorporation:    Ireland
6.      Address of registered office:    Arthur Cox Building, Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2
7.      Authorised share capital:   

US$1,000,000 divided into 1,000,000 ordinary shares of

US$1.00 each

8.      Issued share capital:    1 ordinary share of US$1.00
9.      Directors:    Gary Kidson and Zohar Loshitzer
10.      Secretary:    Linda VanDenburgh
11.      Assistant Secretary:    Bradwell Limited
12.      Tax residence:    Ireland
13.      Charges:    Nil
14.      Shareholding:   

 

Name of Registered Shareholder  

Nominal Value and Class of

Share

 

Number of

Shares

Presbia Holdings   Ordinary shares of US$1.00 each   1

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF THIS DEED WAS EXECUTED BY THE PARTIES HERETO ON THE DATE SET OUT AT THE BEGINNING OF THIS DEED

 

Executed as a DEED by

PRESBIA HOLDINGS

 
 
  Director
 
  Witness
 

GIVEN under the common seal of

PRESBIA PLC

and DELIVERED as a DEED:

 
 
  Director
 
  Director/Secretary

 

7

Exhibit 10.2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), made and entered into as of this                     day of                     , 2014 (and effective as set forth in Section 4.11 of this Agreement), by and between Presbia PLC, an Irish incorporated public limited company (the “ Company ”), and Presbia Holdings, LLC, a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability company (“ Holdings ”),

WITTNESSETH THAT

WHEREAS, the Company intends to complete an initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of its ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Ordinary Shares ”), described in a Registration Statement on Form S-1;

WHEREAS, Holdings will hold a substantial number of Ordinary Shares on the Effective Date pursuant to a share exchange agreement between the Company and Holdings entered into prior to the IPO (such exchange, the “ Share Exchange ”); and

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to provide Holdings with certain registration rights as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01  Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by agreement or otherwise.

“Agreement” has the meaning given such term in the Preamble.

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning given such term in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.

“Blackout Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a)(ii).

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York City are required or authorized to be closed.

“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, and any successor commission or agency having similar powers.

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Delay Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(e)(ii).

“Demand Exercise Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

“Demanding Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).


“Demand Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

“Demand Registration Maximum Offering Size” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(f).

“Demand Registration Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

“Disadvantageous Condition” means the existence of any acquisition, disposition or other material transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any material financing activity, or the unavailability of any required financial statements, or the possession by the Company of material information which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, would not be in the best interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to disclose in a Registration Statement.

“Effective Date” means the date on which the Commission declares effective the registration statement initially filed by the SEC with the Commission on March 20, 2014.

“Equity Interests” means any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Company or any securities or instruments (including debt securities) directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Company (or which are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for another security or instrument which is, in turn, directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Company), whether at the time of issuance or upon the passage of time or the occurrence of future events, whether now authorized or not.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulation Authority.

“Holders” means Holdings, for so long as (and to the extent that) it owns any Registrable Securities, and each of its successors, assigns, and direct and indirect transferees who become registered owners of Registrable Securities or securities exercisable, exchangeable or convertible into Registrable Securities in accordance with this Agreement.

“Information Blackout” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a).

“Initial Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(e).

“IPO” has the meaning given such term in the Recitals.

“Option Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(e).

“Ordinary Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Other Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a).

“Outstanding” means with respect to any securities as of any date, all such securities theretofore issued, except any such securities theretofore converted, exercised or canceled or held by the issuer or any successor thereto (whether in its treasury or not) or any Affiliate of the issuer or any successor thereto.

“Person” means any individual, corporation (including not-for-profit), general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock corporation, estate, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof or any other entity of any kind.

“Piggyback Registration Maximum Offering Size” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(b).

 

-2-


“Prospectus” means the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus or summary prospectus, and any such prospectus or preliminary or summary prospectus as amended or supplemented, and in each case including all material incorporated by reference therein.

“Public Offering” means an underwritten public offering of Equity Interests pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

“Registrable Securities” means any Ordinary Shares issued by the Company to Holdings pursuant to the Share Exchange or acquired by Holdings in the IPO as well as any Ordinary Shares issued with respect thereto as a result of a stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of under such Registration Statement; (ii) they shall have been distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144; (iii) they shall have been otherwise transferred or disposed of, and new certificates therefor not bearing a restrictive legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company, and subsequent transfer or disposition of them shall not require their registration or qualification under the Securities Act or any state securities laws; or (iv) they shall have ceased to be outstanding.

“Registration Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03.

“Registration Statement” means a registration statement filed by an issuer with the Commission and all amendments and supplements to any such registration statement, including any statutory prospectus, preliminary prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus or any amendment or supplement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“Holdings” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Transferee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

“Transferring Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

ARTICLE II

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Section 2.01  Demand Registration Rights.

(a) Commencing six months following the consummation of the IPO, but not within 180 days after the consummation of any Public Offering, Holdings (and certain Transferees, as set forth in Section 3.01(a)) shall have the right to require the Company to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act, covering all or any part of its Registrable Securities, by delivering a written notice thereof to the Company specifying the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and the intended method of distribution thereof. Such request pursuant to this Section 2.01 is referred to herein as the “ Demand Registration Request ,” the registration so requested is referred to herein as the “ Demand Registration ,” and the person or entity ( i.e. , Holdings and such Transferees) making such request is referred to as the “ Demanding Party .” There shall be no limit on the number of times that Holdings and its Transferees may exercise demand registration rights under this Section 2.01. As promptly as practicable, but no later than ten Business Days after receipt of a Demand Registration Request, the Company shall give written notice (the “ Demand Exercise Notice ”) of such Demand Registration Request to all other Holders. In all instances, the Demanding Party and the Company shall cooperate

 

-3-


in good faith regarding a Demand Registration Request should the Company have any planned offering(s), or if the Company has effected an offering of its Equity Interests (other than pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-8), within six months of the delivery of such Demand Registration Request.

(b) The Company shall include in the Demand Registration the Registrable Securities requested to be included therein by the Demanding Party and by any other Holders that shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such registration (which request shall specify the maximum number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such other Holder) within 30 days after the receipt of the Demand Exercise Notice.

(c) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to (i) effect the registration under the Securities Act (including by means of a shelf registration pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act if so requested by the Demanding Party and if the Company is then eligible to effect such a registration on Form S-3 or on any successor to Form S-3) of the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the Demanding Party and the other Holders (to the extent permitted to be registered in accordance with the terms hereof), for distribution in accordance with the intended method of distribution described in the Demand Registration Request, and (ii) if requested by the Demanding Party, obtain acceleration of the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to such registration.

(d) If a requested registration pursuant to this Section 2.01 involves an underwritten offering, the Demanding Party shall have the right to select an investment banker or bankers of nationally recognized standing to administer the offering; provided, however, that such investment banker or bankers shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company. The Company shall notify the Demanding Party if the Company objects to any investment banker or manager selected by the Demanding Party pursuant to this Section 2.01(d) within ten (10) Business Days after the Demanding Party has notified the Company of such selection.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.01:

(i) If the managing underwriter of any underwritten Public Offering shall advise the Demanding Party that the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement cannot be sold in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Demanding Party, then the Demanding Party shall have the right to notify the Company that it has determined that the Registration Statement be abandoned or withdrawn, in which event the Company shall abandon or withdraw such Registration Statement and notify all other Holders participating in such Demand Registration.

(ii) If the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that a Disadvantageous Condition exists, the Company shall, notwithstanding any other provision of this Article II, be entitled, upon the giving of a written notice (a “ Delay Notice ”) to such effect to each Holder of Registrable Securities included or to be included in such Registration Statement, to delay the filing of such Registration Statement until, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, such Disadvantageous Condition no longer exists (notice of which the Company shall promptly deliver to the Holders of the Registrable Securities with respect to which any such Registration Statement was to have been filed); provided, however, that such delay shall not exceed a period of ninety (90) days from the date the Demand Registration Request is received by the Company; provided, further, that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve-month period.

(f) In connection with any Demand Registration Request involving an underwritten offering, if the managing underwriter shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities (including the Registrable Securities) that the Holders, the Company and any other Person intend to include in such registration exceeds the largest number of securities which can be sold in such offering at a price reasonably acceptable to the Demanding Party (the “ Demand Registration Maximum Offering Size ”), the Company will include in such registration, in the following priority, up to the Demand Registration Maximum Offering Size:

(i) first, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration pursuant to this Section 2.01; if the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included exceeds the Demand Registration Maximum Offering Size, then the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration

 

-4-


shall be allocated first to the Demanding Party and thereafter pro rata among the other Holders requesting registration based on the number of securities duly requested to be included in such registration by each such Holder; and

(ii) second, the securities to be offered by the Company; and

(ii) third, all other securities requested by any other Person to be included in such registration (pursuant to contractual registration rights or otherwise).

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 2.01 with respect to the Registrable Securities during the period starting with the date 30 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 180 days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 2.02 hereof.

(h) The Company shall not have any obligation hereunder to register any Registrable Securities under this Section 2.01 unless it shall have received requests from a Demanding Party and other Holders to register (i) at least ten percent (10%) of the Outstanding Registrable Securities or (ii) Ordinary Shares having an aggregate market valuation, based on the most recent closing price of the Ordinary Shares at the time of the demand, of $10 million, whichever is less.

(i) No registration of Registrable Securities under this Section 2.01 shall relieve the Company of its obligations (if any) to effect registrations of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.02.

Section 2.02  Piggyback Registration Rights.

(a) At any time commencing six months following the IPO, if the Company proposes to register (whether proposed to be offered for sale by the Company or by any other Person) any shares of capital stock (collectively, the “ Other Securities ”) under the Securities Act on a form and in a manner that would permit registration of the Registrable Securities for sale to the public under the Securities Act, each Holder of Registrable Securities will have the right to include its Registrable Securities in such registration in accordance with this Section 2.02. The Company will give prompt written notice to all Holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to register the Other Securities, describing the number of shares to be registered for sale and specifying the form and manner and the other relevant facts involved in such proposed registration (including, without limitation, whether or not such registration will be in connection with an underwritten offering, and if so, the identity of the managing underwriter and whether such offering will be pursuant to a “best efforts” or “firm commitment” underwriting). Upon the written request of any Holder delivered to the Company within 15 days after such notice shall have been received by such Holder (which request shall specify the maximum number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder and shall confirm that such Holder will dispose of such Registrable Securities pursuant to the Company’s intended method of disposition), the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that the Company has been so requested to register by the Holders of such Registrable Securities; provided, however, that:

(i) if such registration involves an underwritten offering, all Holders requesting that their Registrable Securities be included in such registration must sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters selected by the Company (and/or such other Person offering the Other Securities) on the same terms and conditions as the terms and conditions that apply to the Company (and/or such other Person(s) offering the Other Securities);

(ii) if, at any time after giving such written notice of its intention to register any of such Registrable Securities for sale, and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason to withdraw such Registration Statement, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each Holder that has requested to register Registrable Securities and thereupon the Company shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration;

 

-5-


provided, however, that all Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof (or, if they are not permitted to be borne by the Company pursuant to applicable law, the Company may cause such expenses to be borne by one of its non-Irish subsidiaries); and

(iii) the Company shall have no obligation to provide registration rights pursuant to this Section 2.02 during the period starting with the date 30 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 180 days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 2.01 hereof; provided, however, that the Company uses its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective.

(b) In connection with any Public Offering with respect to which Holders shall have requested registration pursuant to this Section 2.02, if the managing underwriter shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities (including the Registrable Securities) that the Company, the Holders and any other Person intend to include in such registration exceeds the largest number of securities which can be sold without having an adverse effect on such offering, including the price at which such securities can be sold (the “ Piggyback Registration Maximum Offering Size ”), the Company will include in such registration, in the following priority, up to the Piggyback Registration Maximum Offering Size:

(i) first, all the Other Securities that the Company proposes to include in such registration;

(ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be registered pursuant to this Section 2.02; if the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included exceeds the Piggyback Registration Maximum Offering Size, then the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration shall be allocated first to Holdings, second to any Person identified by Holdings and then pro rata among the other Holders requesting registration based on the number of securities duly requested to be included in such registration by each such Holder; and

(ii) third, all Other Securities requested by any other Person to be included in such registration (pursuant to contractual registration rights or otherwise).

(c) If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any Registration Statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent Registration Statement or Registration Statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Article II to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to give notice of, or effect any registration of Registrable Securities under this Article II incidental to, the registration of any of its securities in connection with mergers, consolidations, acquisitions, exchange offers, subscription offers, dividend reinvestment plans or stock options or other employee benefit or compensation plans.

Section 2.03  Registration Expenses.

To the extent permitted by applicable law the Company shall pay, or if such payment is not permitted by applicable law, the Company shall cause one of its non-Irish subsidiaries to pay, all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Article II. “Registration Expenses” means all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with Article II, including, without limitation, all registration, filing and qualification fees (including filing fees with respect to FINRA), all fees and expenses of complying with state securities or “blue sky” laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters’ counsel in connection with any “blue sky” memorandum or survey), all printing expenses, all listing fees, all registrars’ and transfer agents’ fees, the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its independent certified public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits and/or “comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, applicable transfer taxes, if any, and the fees and disbursements of the attorneys-in-fact and the

 

-6-


custodian for the Holders. In addition, in connection with each registration, the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of one legal counsel to represent the interests of the Holders selling Registrable Securities in such registration.

Section 2.04  Registration Procedures.

(a) If and whenever the Company is required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Article II, the Company will:

(i) promptly prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter;

(ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments (including any statutory prospectus, preliminary prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus or any amendment or supplement) and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement until the earlier of (a) such time as all such Registrable Securities have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement, and (b) 210 days from the date such Registration Statement first becomes effective;

(iii) furnish to each seller of such Registrable Securities such number of conformed copies of such Registration Statement and of each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), such number of copies of the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, such documents incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement or Prospectus and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the sale of such Registrable Securities;

(iv) register or qualify all Registrable Securities and other securities covered by such Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as each seller shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary to enable each such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of its Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, except that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so qualified, to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any such jurisdiction or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(v) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities, on the date that the Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a Public Offering, or, if such registration does not involve an underwritten Public Offering, on the date that the Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities becomes effective, (a) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purpose of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in a Public Offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, or if there are no such underwriters, to the sellers of Registrable Securities in such registration, and (b) a “comfort” letter, dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in a Public Offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, or if there are no such underwriters, to the sellers of Registrable Securities;

(vi) promptly notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement at any time when a Prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact

 

-7-


required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing and if it is necessary to amend or supplement such Prospectus to comply with applicable law, and at the request of any such seller prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such Prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such Prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing and shall otherwise comply in all material respects with applicable law;

(vii) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering a period of at least twelve months, beginning with the first month of the first fiscal quarter after the effective date of such Registration Statement, which earning statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act;

(viii) use all reasonable efforts to facilitate the distribution and sale of any Ordinary Shares to be offered pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation, by causing appropriate officers of the Company to attend any “road shows” and analyst presentations and otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate as requested by the underwriters or any Holder of Registrable Securities in the offering, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities;

(ix) cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereto to be listed on the securities exchange or quoted on the interdealer quotation system on which the Ordinary Shares are listed or quoted, if such listing or quotation is then permitted under the rules of such exchange or quotation system, and provide a transfer agent, registrar and CUSIP or ISIN number for such Registrable Securities no later than the effective date of such Registration Statement; and

(x) issue to any underwriter to which any Holder of Registrable Securities may sell such Registrable Securities in connection with any such registration (and to any direct or indirect transferee of any such underwriter) certificates evidencing Ordinary Shares without restrictive legends.

The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish the Company with such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing and as shall be required by applicable law or by the Commission in connection therewith. The Company shall have no obligation to have a Registration Statement declared effective or incur costs in connection therewith until the seller of such Registrable Securities provides such information to the Company; provided, however, that if the applicable Registration Statement is a resale shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, the Company shall have the right to exclude such seller from the table of selling shareholders set forth in such Registration Statement pending receipt of such information but not to delay the preparation, filing or declaration of the effectiveness of such Registration Statement to the extent that such Registration Statement is for the benefit of other selling shareholders and such other selling shareholder(s) caused the Company to file such Registration Statement.

(b) If requested by the underwriters for any Public Offering of Registrable Securities on behalf of a Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration requested under Section 2.01 or 2.02 hereof, the Company and each such Holder of Registrable Securities will enter into and perform their respective obligations under an underwriting agreement with such underwriters for such offering, such agreement to contain such representations and warranties by the Company and such Holders and such other terms and conditions as are customarily contained in underwriting agreements with respect to secondary distributions, including, without limitation, indemnities to the effect and to the extent provided in Sections 2.06 and 2.07 hereof and delivery of opinions of counsel and accountant letters.

(c) If any registration pursuant to Section 2.01 or 2.02 hereof shall be in connection with an underwritten Public Offering, each Holder that includes Registrable Securities in such Public Offering agrees, if

 

-8-


so required by the managing underwriter(s), not to effect any public sale or distribution (including any sale pursuant to Rule 144) of Equity Securities (other than as part of such underwritten Public Offering) within ten days prior to or 90 days after (i) the effective date of the Registration Statement with respect to such underwritten Public Offering, or (ii) in the event of a shelf Registration Statement, the consummation of an underwritten takedown; provided, however, that the 90 day period referred to in this Section 2.04(c) may be extended to up to 180 days upon the managing underwriter’s or underwriters’ reasonable request.

(d) The Company agrees, if so required by the managing underwriter(s) in connection with an underwritten Public Offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.01 or 2.02, not to effect any public or private sale or distribution of any of its Equity Interests (other than as part of such underwritten Public Offering), including a sale pursuant to Regulation D under the Securities Act (or Section 4(2) thereof), within ten days prior to or 90 days after (i) the effective date of the Registration Statement with respect to such underwritten Public Offering, or (ii) in the event of a shelf Registration Statement, the consummation of an underwritten takedown, except in connection with any equity incentive plan, agreement, bonus, award, stock purchase plan, stock option plan or other stock arrangement registered on Form S-8 or an acquisition, merger or exchange offer; provided, however, that the 90-day period referred to in this Section 2.04(d) may be extended to up to 180 days upon the managing underwriter’s or underwriters’ reasonable request.

(e) It is understood that in any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, in addition to the shares (the “ Initial Shares ”) the underwriters have committed to purchase, the underwriting agreement may grant the underwriters an option to purchase a number of additional shares (the “ Option Shares ”) equal to up to 15% of the Initial Shares (or such other maximum amount as FINRA may then permit). Ordinary Shares proposed to be sold by the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities shall be allocated between Initial Shares and Option Shares as agreed or, in the absence of agreement, pursuant to Sections 2.01 or 2.02 hereof.

(f) No Holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any Public Offering hereunder unless it (i) agrees to sell its Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements, and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and this Article II.

Section 2.05  Preparation; Reasonable Investigation.

In connection with the preparation and filing of each Registration Statement registering Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, the Company will give the Holders on whose behalf such Registrable Securities are to be so registered and their underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel and accountants, the opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Registration Statement, each Prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission, and each amendment thereof or supplement thereto, and will give each of them such access to its books and records and such opportunities to discuss the business of the Company with its officers and the independent public accountants who have issued a report on its financial statements as shall be reasonably necessary, in the opinion of such Holders and such underwriters or their respective counsel, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Section 2.06  Indemnification.

(a) In the case of any Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2.01 or Section 2.02, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless or cause to be indemnified and held harmless the seller of any Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, its directors, officers and employees, each other Person who participates as an underwriter in the offering or sale of such Registrable Securities, each officer, director and employee of each such underwriter, and each other Person, if any, who controls such seller, or each officer, director and employee of such seller, or such underwriter, or each officer, director and employee of such underwriter, within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, joint or several, to which any such Person may

 

-9-


become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact in any Registration Statement (including any document incorporated by reference therein) under which the Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, or any Prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any filing made in connection with the qualification of the offering under the securities or other “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction in which Registrable Securities are offered, or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law; and the Company will reimburse or cause the reimbursement of each such Person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such Registration Statement, Prospectus, issuer free writing prospectus or blue sky filing or any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company for use in the preparation thereof by such seller, underwriter or non-selling controlling Person, as the case may be. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Person and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller.

(b) The Company may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Article II, that the Company shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from (i) the prospective seller of such Registrable Securities to indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in Section 2.06(a) hereof, except that any such prospective seller shall not in any event be liable to the Company pursuant thereto for an amount in excess of the net proceeds of the sale of such prospective seller’s Registrable Securities) the Company, each officer, director and employee of the Company, each underwriter of such securities, each officer, director and employee of each such underwriter and each other Person, if any, who controls the Company or any such underwriter or any officer, director or employee thereof within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and (ii) each such underwriter of such securities to indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in Section 2.06(a) hereof) the Company, each officer, director and employee of the Company, each prospective seller, each officer, director and employee of each prospective seller and each other Person, if any, who controls the Company or any prospective seller or any officer, director or employee thereof within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, but in each case only with respect to any statement in or omission from such Registration Statement, any Prospectus included therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such prospective seller or such underwriter, as the case may be, to the Company for use in the preparation of such Registration Statement, Prospectus, amendment or supplement; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 2.06(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of the indemnifying party; provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 2.06(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such indemnifying party. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by the indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including any investigation by any governmental authority) involving a claim referred to in Section 2.06(a) or (b) hereof, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the latter of the commencement of such action; provided, however, that the failure of any indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding provisions of this Section 2.06, except to the extent that the indemnifying

 

-10-


party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such action is brought against an indemnified party, unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such claim (in which case, the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one (1) counsel for all sellers of Registrable Securities, or more than one counsel for the underwriters in connection with any one (1) action or separate but similar or related actions), the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to the extent that it may wish with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in connection with the defense thereof.

(d) The indemnity provided for hereunder shall not inure to the benefit of any indemnified party to the extent that such indemnified party failed to comply with the applicable prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act as then applicable to the person asserting the loss, claim, damage or liability for which indemnity is sought.

(e) The right to indemnification under this Section 2.06 shall survive indefinitely.

Section 2.07  Contribution.

(a) If the indemnification provided for in Section 2.06 is unavailable to the indemnified parties in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute or cause to be contributed to the amounts paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (i) as among the Company and each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement, on the one hand, and the underwriters, on the other, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and each such selling Holder, on the one hand, and the underwriters, on the other, from the offering of the Registrable Securities, or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and each such selling Holder, on the one hand, and of the underwriters, on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations, and (ii) as between the Company, on the one hand, and each selling Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement, on the other, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company and of each such selling Holder in connection with such statements or omissions, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and each such selling Holder, on the one hand, and the underwriters, on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company and each such selling Holder bears to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the underwriters. The relative fault of the Company and any selling Holder, on the one hand, and of the underwriters, on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and any selling Holder or by the underwriters. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and each such selling Holder, on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or any such selling Holder, and the parties’ (including as between selling Holders) relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(b) The Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.07 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.

 

-11-


Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.07, no underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Registrable Securities underwritten by it and offered and distributed to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, and no Holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Registrable Securities of such Holder were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The obligation of each Holder of Registrable Securities to contribute pursuant to this Section 2.07 is several in the proportion that the proceeds of the offering received by such Holder bears to the total proceeds of the offering received by all the Holders and not joint.

Section 2.08  Nominees of Beneficial Owners.

In the event that any Registrable Securities are held by a nominee for the Beneficial Owner thereof, the Beneficial Owner thereof may, at its election, be treated as the Holder of such Registrable Securities for purposes of any request or other action by any holder of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement or any determination of any number or percentage of shares of Registrable Securities held by any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities contemplated by this Agreement. If the Beneficial Owner of any Registrable Securities so elects, the Company may require assurances reasonably satisfactory to it of such Beneficial Owner’s ownership of such Registrable Securities.

Section 2.09 Rule 144 .

The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions necessary to comply with the filing requirements described in Rule 144(c)(1) or any successor thereto so as to enable the Holders to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act. Upon the written request of any Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with the filing requirements under Rule 144(c)(1) or any successor thereto.

Section 2.10 Information Blackout .

(a) Upon written notice from the Company to the Holders that the Company has determined in good faith that the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement would require disclosure of non-public material information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law (A) which disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or (B) relating to a material business transaction involving the Company (an “ Information Blackout ”), the Company may postpone the effectiveness of any Registration Statement required hereunder and, if such Registration Statement has become effective, the Company shall not be required to maintain the effectiveness of such Registration Statement and all Holders shall suspend sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement, in each case, until the earlier of:

(i) forty-five (45) days after the Company makes such good faith determination, and

(ii) such time as the Company notifies the Holders that such material information has been disclosed to the public or has ceased to be material or that sales pursuant to such Registration Statement may otherwise be resumed (the number of days from such notice from the Company until the day when the Information Blackout terminates hereunder is hereinafter called a “ Blackout Period ”).

(b) Any delivery by the Company of notice of an Information Blackout during the forty-five (45) days immediately following effectiveness of any Registration Statement effected pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof shall give the Holders of a majority in aggregate amount of Registrable Securities being sold the right, by written notice to the Company within twenty (20) Business Days after the end of such Blackout Period, to cancel such registration.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be no more than two (2) Information Blackouts during any calendar year and no Blackout Period shall continue for more than forty-five (45) consecutive days.

 

-12-


Section 2.11 Restriction on Company Grants of Subsequent Registration Rights .

The Company agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Outstanding Registrable Securities, it shall not enter into any agreement with the holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder or prospective holder any registration rights.

ARTICLE III

TRANSFERS

Section 3.01 Transfer of Rights

(a) Holdings may transfer all or any portion of its rights with respect to the Registrable Securities under this Agreement to any Person (each, a “ Transferee ”), and any such Transferee may likewise transfer all or any portion of the rights it acquires with respect to the Registrable Securities to a subsequent Transferee; provided, that the demand registration rights of Holdings set forth in Section 2.01 hereof are not transferable unless, and then only to the extent that, Holdings expressly states that such rights have been transferred, and provided further, that any such transfer complies with applicable law. Holdings and any Transferee who transfers securities to another Person is referred to herein as a “ Transferring Holder .”

(b) Any such transfer of rights under this Agreement will be effective upon receipt by the Company of (i) written notice from such Transferring Holder stating the name and address of any Transferee and identifying the number of Registrable Securities with respect to which rights under this Agreement are being transferred and the nature of the rights so transferred, and (ii) a written agreement from the Transferee to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, upon which such Transferee will be deemed to be a party hereto and have the rights and obligations of the Transferring Holder hereunder with respect to the Registrable Securities transferred (subject to 3.01(a)).

(c) In the event the Company engages in a merger or consolidation in which the Ordinary Shares are converted into securities of another company, appropriate arrangements will be made so that the registration rights provided under this Agreement continue to be provided to Holders by the issuer of such securities. To the extent such new issuer, or any other company acquired by the Company in a merger or consolidation, was bound by registration rights obligations that would conflict with the provisions of this Agreement, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to modify any such “inherited” registration rights obligations so as not to interfere in any material respects with the rights provided under this Agreement, unless otherwise agreed by (i) Holdings or (ii) if Holdings owns less than 50% of the Registrable Securities, Holders then owning a majority of the Registrable Securities.

Section 3.02 In-Kind Distributions .

If Holdings seeks to effectuate an in-kind distribution of all or part of its Ordinary Shares to its direct or indirect equityholders, the Company will, subject to applicable lockups, cooperate with Holdings and the Company’s transfer agent to facilitate such in-kind distribution in the manner reasonably requested by Holdings. In such event, Holdings shall determine which of the distributees shall have the right to demand registration under Section 2.01.

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 4.01  Consent to Assignment.

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties hereto including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of applicable law.

 

-13-


Section 4.02  Entire Agreement and Amendments.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties, and merges and supersedes all previous agreements and understandings among the parties, whether oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. No amendment, modification or interpretation of this Agreement will have any effect unless it is reduced to writing, makes specific reference to this Agreement and is signed by all of the parties.

Section 4.03  Notices.

All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and if mailed by prepaid first-class mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, at any time other than during a general discontinuance of postal service due to strike, lockout or otherwise, shall be deemed to have been received on the earlier of the date shown on the receipt or three Business Days after the postmarked date thereof and, if telexed or telecopied, the original notice shall be mailed by prepaid first class mail within twenty-four (24) hours after sending such notice by telex or telecopy, and shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day following dispatch and acknowledgment of receipt by the recipient’s telex or telecopy machine. In addition, notices hereunder may be delivered by hand, in which event the notice shall be deemed effective when delivered, or by overnight courier, in which event the notice shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day following delivery to such courier. All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be given to the parties hereto at the following addresses:

If to the Company:

Presbia PLC

Arthur Cox Buildings

Earlsfort Center

Earlsfort Terrace

Dublin 2

Ireland

Fax: 353 1 616 3901

Attention: Christopher McLaughlin

Copy to:

Lowenstein Sandler LLP

1251 Avenue of the Americas, 18th floor

New York, NY 10020

Fax: (973) 597-2351

Attention: Peter H. Ehrenberg, Esq.

                      David L. Goret, Esq.

If to Holdings:

Presbia Holdings

8845 Irvine Center Drive

Suite 100

Irvine, CA 92618

Copy to:

Lowenstein Sandler LLP

1251 Avenue of the Americas, 18th floor

New York, NY 10020

Fax: (973) 597-2351

Attention: Peter H. Ehrenberg, Esq.

                      David L. Goret, Esq.

 

-14-


Any party hereto may change its address specified for notices herein by designating a new address by notice in accordance with this Section 4.03.

Section 4.04  Non-Waiver.

The waiver by any party of any breach of any term, covenant, condition or agreement contained herein or any default in the performance of any obligations hereunder shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any other breach or default of the same or of any other term, covenant, condition, agreement or obligation.

Section 4.05  Governing Law, Jurisdiction.

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of laws principles.

(b) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the jurisdiction of any New York State court or federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York, and any appellate court thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court.

Section 4.06  Captions.

All captions are inserted for convenience only, and will not affect any construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 4.07  Severability.

Any provision of this Agreement which is or may become prohibited or unenforceable, as a matter of law or regulation, will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability and shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof if the essential purposes of this Agreement may be given effect despite the prohibition or unenforceability of the affected provision.

Section 4.08  Equitable Remedies .

The parties hereto agree that irreparable harm would occur in the event that any of the agreements and provisions of this Agreement were not performed fully by the parties hereto in accordance with their specific terms or conditions or were otherwise breached, and that money damages are an inadequate remedy for breach of this Agreement because of the difficulty of ascertaining and quantifying the amount of damage that will be suffered by the parties hereto in the event that this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its terms or conditions or is otherwise breached. It is accordingly hereby agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to restrain, enjoin and prevent breaches of this Agreement by the other parties and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of the United States or any state having jurisdiction, such remedy being in addition to and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies to which the other parties are entitled to at law or in equity.

Section 4.09  Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

Section 4.10  Recapitalizations, Exchanges, Etc. Affecting Ordinary Shares.

 

-15-


Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall apply to any and all shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company or any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, transfer of Equity Interests or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of, any Ordinary Shares by reason of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, partial or complete liquidation, sale of assets, spin-off, stock dividend, split, distribution to stockholders or combination of the Ordinary Shares or any other change in the Company’s capital structure, in order to preserve fairly and equitably as far as practicable, the original rights and obligations of the parties hereto under this Agreement.

Section 4.11 Effective Date .

This Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

-16-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized signatories thereunto duly authorized as of the date first set forth above.

 

Presbia Holdings
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Presbia PLC
By:    
  Name: Zohar Loshitzer
  Title: President

Exhibit 10.3

PRESBIA PLC

INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE I

PURPOSES

The purposes of the Presbia PLC Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) are to advance the interests of Presbia PLC, an Irish incorporated public limited company (the “Company”), and its shareholders by providing significant incentives to selected directors, officers, employees, and consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries (defined below) who contribute and are expected to contribute to the success of the Company, and to enhance the interest of such officers and employees in the Company’s success and progress by providing them with an opportunity to become shareholders of the Company. Further, the Plan is designed to enhance the Company’s ability to attract and retain qualified employees necessary for the success and progress of the Company.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

2.1 Definitions . Certain terms used herein shall have the meaning below stated.

(a) “Award” means an award under the Plan as described in Article V. Awards may be made under the Plan in the form of stock options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share units, performance shares and share units and other share or cash-based Awards, as set forth in Article V.

(b) “Award Agreement” means a written agreement entered into between the Company and a Grantee in connection with an Award.

(c) “Board” or “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) “Committee” means either (i) the Board of Directors or (ii) the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors or such other committee of the Board as shall be appointed by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Article VII hereof. Except as otherwise determined by the Board, the members of the Committee, or the members of the Board who participate in decision making with respect to the Plan, shall be “non-employee directors” under Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and “outside directors” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee may delegate any of its powers under the Plan to a subcommittee of the Committee consisting of non-employee directors and outside directors. The Committee may also authorize certain officers of the Company to carry out the day-to-day administration of the Plan in accordance with the Committee’s instructions.

(f) “Company” means Presbia PLC, an Irish incorporated public limited company.


(g) “Effective Date” means the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company, whichever is earlier.

(h) “Employee” means (i) any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company or of a Subsidiary, (ii) a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or a Subsidiary, or (iii) any consultant or other persons to the extent permitted by the instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, who performs services for the Company or a Subsidiary. Such service as a member of the Board of Directors or as a consultant shall be considered employment for all purposes under the Plan.

(i) “Fair Market Value” means, as applied to a specific date, the opening, closing, actual, high, low or average selling price of an Ordinary Share reported on any established stock exchange or national market system on the applicable date, the preceding trading day, the next succeeding trading day, or an average of trading days, as determined by the Committee consistent with applicable law (including Section 409A of the Code). Unless the Committee determines otherwise or unless otherwise specified in an Award Agreement, Fair Market Value, as applied to a specific date, shall be deemed to be the closing price of an Ordinary Share on the most recent date on which the Ordinary Shares were publicly traded. If the date for which the Fair Market Value is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Ordinary Shares are reported on a national stock exchange or national market system, the Fair Market Value shall be the price to the public (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Initial Public Offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Ordinary Shares are not traded on any established stock exchange or national market system, Fair Market Value means the price of an Ordinary Share as determined by the Committee using any reasonable valuation method and consistent with applicable law (including Section 409A of the Code).

(j) “Grantee” means an Employee who receives a grant of Options or other Awards under the Plan.

(k) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and is intended by the Committee to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

(l) “Initial Public Offering” means a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale to the public of Ordinary Shares for the account of the Company or shareholders of the Company.

(m) “Non-Qualified Stock Option” means an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

(n) “Option” means an Option to purchase Ordinary Shares, granted by the Company to an Employee pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

(o) “Option Agreement” means an agreement between the Company and a Grantee evidencing the terms of an Option granted under the Plan.

 

-2-


(p) “Ordinary Shares” means, subject to Section 9.3, the Company’s Ordinary Shares, par value US$0.001 per share.

(q) “Plan” means the Presbia PLC Incentive Plan, as set forth herein and as from time to time amended.

(r) “Restricted Share Agreement” means an agreement between the Company and a Grantee evidencing the terms of Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan.

(s) “Subsidiary” means any entity in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the voting equity interests.

(t) “Ten Percent Holder” means an employee (together with persons whose share ownership is attributed to the employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) who, at the time an Option is granted, owns shares representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation as defined in Section 424 of the Code.

(u) “Termination of Employment” means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, that a Grantee shall be deemed to have a “Termination of Employment” upon ceasing employment with the Company or a Subsidiary (or, in the case of a Grantee who is not an employee, upon ceasing association with the Company or a Subsidiary as a director, consultant or otherwise). The Committee in its discretion may determine (a) whether any leave of absence constitutes a Termination of Employment for purposes of the Plan, (b) the impact, if any, of any such leave of absence on Awards theretofore made under the Plan, and (c) when a change in a Grantee’s association with the Company constitutes a Termination of Employment for purposes of the Plan. The Committee may also determine whether a Grantee’s Termination of Employment is for Cause (as hereinafter defined) and the date of termination in such case.

ARTICLE III

TERM OF THE PLAN: RESERVATION OF SHARES

3.1 Term . The Plan shall become effective as of the Effective Date and terminate as provided in Section 8.2. The Plan shall continue to govern any Awards outstanding following termination of the Plan.

3.2 Shares Reserved Under Plan . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9.3, the total number of Ordinary Shares which may be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan shall not exceed 1,800,000 shares (all of which may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options). Such shares may be authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, authorized and issued Ordinary Shares held in the Company’s treasury or acquired by the Company for the purposes of the Plan. The Committee may direct that any share certificate evidencing shares issued pursuant to the Plan shall bear a legend setting forth such restrictions on transferability as may apply to such shares pursuant to the Plan. If any Award is forfeited or otherwise terminates or is canceled without the delivery of Ordinary Shares

 

-3-


or Ordinary Shares are withheld from any Award (other than restricted shares) to satisfy a Grantee’s tax withholding obligations, then the shares covered by such forfeited, terminated or canceled Award or which are equal to the number of shares withheld shall again become available for transfer pursuant to Awards granted or to be granted under this Plan. Any Ordinary Shares delivered by the Company, any Ordinary Shares with respect to which Awards are made by the Company and any Ordinary Shares with respect to which the Company becomes obligated to make Awards, through the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an acquired entity, shall not be counted against the shares available for Awards under this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of the cancellation or forfeiture of Restricted Shares or other Awards with respect to which dividends have been paid or accrued, the number of shares with respect to such Restricted Shares or other Awards shall not be available for subsequent grants hereunder unless, in the case of shares with respect to which dividends were accrued by unpaid, such dividends are also canceled or forfeited.

3.3 Award Agreements . Each Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, which shall contain such provisions as the Committee in its discretion deems necessary or desirable. The Committee may grant Awards in tandem with or in substitution for any other Award or Awards granted under this Plan or any award granted under any other plan of the Company. Payments or transfers to be made by the Company upon the grant, exercise or payment of an Award may be made in such form as the Committee shall determine, including cash, Ordinary Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments or on a deferred basis. A Grantee shall have no rights with respect to an Award unless such Grantee accepts the Award within such period as the Committee shall specify by executing an Award Agreement in such form as the Committee shall determine and, if the Committee shall so require, makes payment to the Company in such amount as the Committee may determine. No Grantee of an Award (or other person having rights pursuant to such Award) shall have any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to shares subject to such Award until the issuance of a share certificate or other evidence of title to such person for such shares. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or the Plan, no adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights (whether ordinary or extraordinary, and whether in cash, securities or other property) for which the record date is prior to the date such share certificate or other evidence of title is issued.

ARTICLE IV

PARTICIPATION IN PLAN

4.1 Eligibility . Options or other Awards under the Plan may be granted to any Employee of the Company or a Subsidiary who performs services for the Company or a Subsidiary that the Committee deems to be of special importance to the growth and success of the Company. The Committee shall determine those Employees to whom Options or other Awards shall be granted, the type of Option or other Award to be granted to each such person, and, subject to Section 3.2 hereof, the number of Ordinary Shares subject to each such Option or other Award.

4.2 Participation Not Guarantee of Employment or Retention . Nothing in this Plan or in any Option Agreement or any other Award Agreement shall in any manner be construed to

 

-4-


limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate an Employee’s employment or other relationship that qualifies a Grantee as an Employee hereunder at any time, without regard to the effect of such termination on any rights such Employee would otherwise have under this Plan, or give any right to an Employee to remain an Employee in any particular position or at any particular rate of compensation.

ARTICLE V

AWARDS

5.1 Options . The Committee may from time to time in its discretion grant Options to Employees at any time on or after the Effective Date. All Options under the Plan shall be granted within ten (10) years from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company, whichever is earlier. An Award of Options may include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, or a combination thereof; provided, however, that an Incentive Stock Option may only be granted to an employee of the Company or any subsidiary as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code. The Option Agreement pertaining to an Option shall designate such Option as an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Notwithstanding any such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the grant date) of the Ordinary Shares with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Grantee during any calendar year (under the Plan or any other plan of the Company, or any parent or subsidiary corporation as defined in Section 424 of the Code) exceeds US$100,000, such Options shall constitute Non-Qualified Stock Options. For purposes of the preceding sentence, Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they are granted. Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following requirements:

(a) Exercise Price . The exercise price of each Option shall be the amount determined by the Committee as set forth in the applicable Option Agreement, provided that such amount shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Ordinary Shares (or, if greater, the nominal value of the Ordinary Shares) subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted, and provided further, that the exercise price with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Holder shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Ordinary Shares on the date the Option is granted. The exercise price of an Option may be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof.

(b) Term . The term during which an Option is exercisable shall be that period determined by the Committee as set forth in the applicable Option Agreement, provided that no Option shall have a term that exceeds a period of 10 years from the date of its grant and the expiration date with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Holder shall not be later than the fifth anniversary of the date of its grant.

(c) Nontransferability . No Option granted under the Plan shall be transferable by the Grantee otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and each such Option shall be exercisable during the Grantee’s lifetime only by him. No transfer of an Option by a Grantee by will or by the laws of descent and distribution shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Company shall have been furnished with written notice thereof and a copy

 

-5-


of the will and/or such other evidence as the Committee may determine necessary to establish the validity of the transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its discretion, permit a Grantee to transfer an Option (other than an Incentive Stock Option) to one or more of the Grantee’s immediate family members or to trusts established in whole or in part for the benefit of the Grantee and/or one or more of such immediate family members. For purposes of the Plan, the term “immediate family” shall mean the Grantee’s spouse and issue (including adopted and step children).

(d) Exercise . Unless the Option Agreement pursuant to which an Option is granted provides otherwise, each Option shall become exercisable, on a cumulative basis, with respect to 20% of the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares covered thereby on the first anniversary of the date of grant and with respect to an additional 20% of Ordinary Shares covered thereby on each of the next four (4) succeeding anniversaries of the date of grant; provided, however, the Committee may establish a different vesting schedule for any Grantee or group of Grantees. Any portion of an Option which has become exercisable shall remain exercisable until it is exercised in full or terminates pursuant to the terms of the Plan or the Option Agreement pursuant to which it is granted.

(e) Acceleration of Exercise on Change of Control . Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Section or any other restrictions limiting the number of Ordinary Shares as to which an Option may be exercised, each Option shall become immediately exercisable in full upon and simultaneously with any “Change of Control” of the Company unless the Board determines in its discretion that: (i) the Grantee has been offered substantially identical replacement options in any acquiring company (or parent thereof) or the Grantee’s Option will remain outstanding following the Change of Control, and (ii) the Grantee has been offered a comparable position at any acquiring company (or parent thereof) or the Grantee will continue in a comparable position with the Company following the Change of Control. For purposes of this Plan, a “Change of Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the company, or any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) during any period of two consecutive years individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (i), (iii) or (iv) of this Section) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority;

 

-6-


(iii) a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

(iv) a complete liquidation of the Company or the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. For the purposes of this subsection (iv), “substantially all” of the Company’s assets shall mean assets for which the price or consideration upon sale or disposition equals or exceeds seventy-five percent (75%) or more of the fair market value of the Company.

(f) Payment of Exercise Price and Delivery of Shares.

(i) Notice and Payment for Shares . Each Option shall be exercised by delivery of a written notice to the Company in such form as the Committee shall approve stating the number of the whole Ordinary Shares as to which the Option is being exercised and accompanied by payment therefor. No Option shall be deemed exercised in the event that payment therefor is not received and Ordinary Shares shall not be issued upon the exercise of an Option unless the exercise price is paid in full. Payment for Ordinary Shares purchased upon the exercise of an Option shall be made by (i) cash, (ii) certified check payable to the order of the Company, (iii) any combination of the foregoing, or (iv) such other method of payment as may be provided in the applicable Option Agreement.

(ii) Rights of Grantee in Ordinary Shares . Neither any Grantee nor the legal representatives, heirs, legatees or distributees of any Grantee, shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of an Option granted hereunder unless and until such shares are issued to him or them and such person or persons have received a certificate or certificates or other evidence of title therefor. Upon the issuance and receipt of such certificate or certificates or other evidence of title, such Grantee or the legal representatives, heirs, legatees or distributees of such Grantee shall have absolute ownership of the Ordinary Shares evidenced thereby, including the right to vote such shares, to the same extent as any other owner of Ordinary Shares, and to receive dividends thereon, subject, however, to the terms, conditions and restrictions of this Plan and the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company.

5.2 Restricted Shares . The Committee may from time to time in its discretion grant Awards of restricted shares (“Restricted Shares”) to Employees at any time after the Effective Date. Each Award of Restricted Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written Restricted Share Agreement between the Company and the Grantee, in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve, and shall comply with the following terms and conditions (and with such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan as the Committee, in its discretion, shall establish):

(a) Number of Shares . Each Restricted Share Agreement shall state the number of Restricted Shares to be subject to an award.

 

-7-


(b) Restrictions . Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, for such period as the Committee shall determine from the date on which the award is granted (the “Restricted Period”). The Committee may also impose such other restrictions and conditions on the shares as it deems appropriate including the satisfaction of performance criteria. Certificates or other evidence of title for shares issued pursuant to Restricted Share awards shall bear an appropriate legend referring to such restrictions, and any attempt to dispose of any such shares in contravention of such restrictions shall be null and void and without effect. During the Restricted Period, such certificates or other evidence of title shall be held in escrow by an escrow agent appointed by the Committee. In determining the Restricted Period of an award, the Committee may provide that the foregoing restrictions shall lapse with respect to specified percentages of the awarded shares on successive anniversaries of the date of such award.

(c) Forfeiture . Subject to such exceptions as may be determined by the Committee, if the Grantee’s continuous employment with the Company or any Subsidiary shall terminate for any reason prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period of an award, any shares remaining subject to restrictions (after taking into account the provisions of Section 5.2(e) hereof) shall thereupon be forfeited by the Grantee and transferred to, and reacquired by, the Company for nil consideration pursuant to the Companies (Amendment) Act 1983 of Ireland. For the purpose of giving effect to any such forfeiture, the instrument of transfer of such shares may be executed for and on behalf of the transferor by the Company secretary, or an assistant secretary, or their delegate, and such persons shall be deemed to have been irrevocably appointed agent for the transferor of such shares with full power to execute, complete and deliver in the name and on behalf of the transferor all transfers of such shares.

(d) Ownership . During the Restricted Period, the Grantee shall possess all incidents of ownership of the Ordinary Shares covered thereby, subject to Section 5.2(b) hereof, including the right to receive dividends with respect to such Ordinary Shares and to vote such Ordinary Shares; provided that, unless otherwise set forth in a Grantee’s Restricted Share Agreement, any cash or share dividends with respect to the Restricted Shares shall be withheld by the Company for the Grantee’s account, shall be subject to forfeiture to the same degree as the Restricted Shares to which such dividends relate and shall be paid or delivered to the Grantee as and when the foregoing restrictions on the Restricted Shares to which such dividends relate lapse (without the accrual or payment of interest on any cash dividends so withheld).

(e) Accelerated Lapse of Restrictions . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Restricted Share Agreement, the Committee shall have the authority to cancel all or any portion of any outstanding restrictions prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any or all of the Restricted Shares awarded on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

(f) Accelerated Lapse of Restrictions on Change of Control . Notwithstanding anything else provided in this Agreement, all outstanding restrictions on each Restricted Share shall immediately be canceled in full upon and simultaneously with any “Change of Control” of the Company unless the Board determines in its discretion that: (i) the Grantee has been offered substantially identical replacement restricted shares in any acquiring company (or parent thereof)

 

-8-


or the Grantee’s Restricted Shares will remain outstanding following the Change of Control, and (ii) the Grantee has been offered a comparable position at any acquiring company (or parent thereof) or the Grantee will continue in a comparable position with the Company following the Change of Control.

5.3 Share Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant and Exercise . The Committee may grant Awards of share appreciation rights to such Employees, in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine in its discretion. Share appreciation rights may be granted in connection with all or any part of, or independently of, any Option granted under the Plan. A share appreciation right may be granted at or after the time of grant of such Option, provided, however, that any tandem share appreciation right (i.e., a share appreciation right granted in tandem with an Option) related to an Incentive Stock Option shall be granted at the same time that such Incentive Stock Option is granted. A share appreciation right shall become exercisable at such time or times as determined by the Committee.

(b) Base Price and Settlement . The Grantee of a share appreciation right shall have the right, subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, to receive from the Company an amount equal to (a) the excess of the Fair Market Value of an Ordinary Share on the date of exercise of the share appreciation right over (b) the exercise price of such right as set forth in the Award Agreement (or over the option exercise price if the share appreciation right is granted in connection with an Option), multiplied by (c) the number of Ordinary Shares with respect to which the share appreciation right is exercised. Payment to the Grantee upon exercise of a share appreciation right shall be made in cash or in Ordinary Shares (valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the share appreciation right) or both, as the Committee shall determine in its discretion. Upon the exercise of a share appreciation right granted in connection with an Option, the number of Ordinary Shares subject to the Option shall be correspondingly reduced by the number of Ordinary Shares with respect to which the share appreciation right is exercised. Upon the exercise of an Option in connection with which a share appreciation right has been granted, the number of Ordinary Shares subject to the share appreciation right shall be correspondingly reduced by the number of Ordinary Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised.

5.4 Restricted Share Units .

(a) Grant . The Committee may grant Awards of restricted share units to such Employees, in such amounts, and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine in its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Plan. Restricted share units may be awarded independently of or in connection with any other Award under the Plan.

(b) Vesting . At the time of grant, the Committee shall specify the date or dates on which the restricted share units shall become vested, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of the Grantee’s Termination of Employment for any reason, restricted share units that have not vested shall be forfeited and canceled. The Committee at any time may accelerate vesting dates and otherwise waive or amend any conditions of an Award of restricted share units.

 

-9-


(c) Settlement . At the time of grant, the Committee shall specify the maturity date applicable to each grant of restricted share units, which may be determined at the election of the Grantee. Such date may be later than the vesting date or dates of the Award. On the maturity date, the Company shall issue or transfer to the Grantee one unrestricted, fully transferable Ordinary Share for each vested restricted share unit scheduled to be paid out on such date and as to which all other conditions to the transfer have been fully satisfied. The Committee shall specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the Grantee to the Company for such Ordinary Shares.

5.5 Grant of Performance Shares and Share Units . The Committee may grant performance shares in the form of actual Ordinary Shares or share units having a value equal to an identical number of Ordinary Shares to such Employees, in such amounts, and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine in its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Plan. In the event that a share certificate is issued in respect of performance shares, such certificates shall be registered in the name of the Grantee but shall be held by the Company until the time the performance shares are earned. The performance conditions and the length of the performance period shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee shall determine in its sole discretion whether performance shares granted in the form of share units shall be paid in cash, Ordinary Shares, or a combination of cash and Ordinary Shares.

5.6 Other Share or Cash-Based Awards . The Committee may grant other types of share or cash-based Awards to such Employees, in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions, as the Committee shall in its discretion determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan. Such Awards may entail the issue or transfer of actual Ordinary Shares, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of Ordinary Shares or the Award of annual or long term cash incentive awards (unrelated to the value of Ordinary Shares).

5.7 Grant of Dividend Equivalent Rights . The Committee may in its discretion include in the Award Agreement with respect to any Award a dividend equivalent right entitling the Grantee to receive amounts equal to the ordinary dividends that would be paid, during the time such Award is outstanding and unexercised, on the Ordinary Shares covered by such Award if such shares were then outstanding. In the event such a provision is included in an Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine whether such payments shall be made in cash, in Ordinary Shares or in another form, whether they shall be conditioned upon the exercise of the Award to which they relate, the time or times at which they shall be made, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION AND DEATH

6.1 Termination Other Than by Death or for Cause . If a Grantee’s position as an Employee of the Company or a Subsidiary terminates for any reason other than death or for Cause (as defined in Section 6.2) he may, unless the applicable Option Agreement provides otherwise, exercise an Option previously granted and vested within three months after the date of such termination, but in no event later than the date on which the Option would have expired in accordance with its terms. To the extent the Option is not so exercised, it shall expire at the end of such three-month period.

 

-10-


6.2 Termination for Cause . If a Grantee’s position as an Employee of the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated for Cause, any Option theretofore granted to him shall expire and cease to be exercisable on the date notice of such termination is delivered to the Grantee. Unless otherwise set forth in the Award Agreement or in any written employment or service agreement between the Employee and the Company or a Subsidiary which defines “cause” (in which case the definition of “cause” set forth therein shall control), “Cause” shall mean (a) the willful and continued failure by a Grantee to substantially perform his duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from his incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Grantee by the Company (which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes that the Grantee has not substantially performed his duties) or (b) the willful engaging by the Grantee in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise. For purposes of this Section 6.2, no act, or failure to act, shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

6.3 Death . If a Grantee dies (i) while he is an Employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or (ii) during the three-month period after the termination of his position as an Employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, and at the time of his death the Grantee was entitled to exercise an Option theretofore granted to him, such Option shall, unless the applicable Option Agreement provides otherwise, expire one year after the date of his death, but in no event later than the date on which the Option would have expired if the Grantee had lived. During such one-year period the Option may be exercised by the Grantee’s executor or administrator or by any person or persons who shall have acquired the Option directly from the Grantee by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that the Grantee was entitled to exercise the Option at the date of his death and, to the extent the Option is not so exercised, it shall expire at the end of such one-year period.

6.4 Applicability to Other Awards . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Committee determines in its discretion that a Grantee’s Termination of Employment is for Cause, then the Committee shall also have the power to determine in its discretion that any outstanding stock options and share appreciation rights or other Awards, whether or not exercisable at the time of such termination, shall be terminated as of the date of such termination and shall be of no further force and effect. The Committee shall also have the power to determine in its discretion the applicability of the principles in this Article VI to Awards other than stock options.

ARTICLE VII

ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN

7.1 Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors as a whole or by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors or such other committee as may be appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company, which Committee shall consist of not less than two members, all of whom are members of the Board of Directors. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum thereof and the actions of a majority of the Committee at a meeting at which a quorum is present, or actions unanimously approved in writing by all members of the Committee, shall be the actions of the Committee. Vacancies occurring on the

 

-11-


Committee shall be filled by the Board. The Committee shall have full and final authority (i) to interpret the Plan and each of the Option Agreements and other Award Agreements, (ii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations, if any, relating to the Plan, (iii) to make all determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan and (iv) to correct any defect, supply any omission and reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan and any Option Agreement or any other Award Agreement. The Committee’s determination in all matters referred to herein shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes and upon all persons including, but without limitation, the Company, the shareholders of the Company, the Committee, and each of the members thereof, Employees and their respective successors in interest.

7.2 Liability . No member of the Committee shall be liable for anything done or omitted to be done by him or by any other member of the Committee in connection with the Plan, except for his own willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Committee shall have power to engage outside consultants, auditors or other professional help to assist in the fulfillment of the Committee’s duties under the Plan at the Company’s expense.

7.3 Determinations . In making its determinations concerning the Employees who shall receive Options or other Awards as well as the number of shares to be covered by such Options or other Awards and the time or times at which they shall be granted, the Committee shall take into account the nature of the services rendered by such key Employees, their past, present and potential contribution to the Company’s success and such other factors as the Committee may deem relevant. The Committee shall determine the form of Option Agreements and Award Agreement under the Plan and the terms and conditions to be included therein, provided such terms and conditions are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan. The Committee may waive any provisions of any Option Agreement or any other Award Agreement, provided such waiver is not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan as then in effect. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Options or other Awards under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

8.1 Amendment of Plan . The Board of Directors may amend the Plan at any time and from time to time. Rights and obligations under any Option or other Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be materially and adversely altered or impaired, by such amendment, except with consent of the Grantee (or, after the Grantee’s death, the person having the right to exercise or receive payment of the Award). For purposes of the Plan, any action of the Board or the Committee that alters or affects the tax treatment of any Award shall not be considered to materially impair any rights of any Grantee. An amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s shareholders only to the extent required by applicable laws, regulations or exchange requirements.

8.2 Termination . The Board may at any time terminate the Plan as of any date specified in a resolution adopted by the Board. If not earlier terminated, the Plan shall terminate

 

-12-


on the day before the 10th anniversary of the Board’s adoption of the Plan. No Options or other Awards may be granted after the Plan has terminated, but the Committee shall continue to supervise the administration of Options or other Awards previously granted.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

9.1 Restrictions Upon Grant of Awards . If the listing upon any stock exchange or market system or the registration or qualification under any federal or state law of any Ordinary Shares to be issued on the exercise of Awards granted under this Plan (whether to permit the grant of Awards or the resale or other disposition of any such Ordinary Shares by or on behalf of Grantees receiving such shares) should be or become necessary or desirable, the Board in its sole discretion may determine that delivery of the certificates for such Ordinary Shares shall not be made until such listing, registration or qualification shall have been completed.

9.2 Restrictions Upon Resale of Unregistered Stock . Each Grantee shall, if the Company deems it advisable, represent and agree in writing (i) that any Ordinary Shares acquired by such Grantee pursuant to this Plan will not be sold except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 or pursuant to an exemption from registration under said Act, (ii) that such Grantee is acquiring such Ordinary Shares for his own account and not with a view to the distribution thereof, and (iii) to such other customary matters as the Company may request. In such case, no Ordinary Shares shall be issued to such Grantee unless such Grantee provides such representations and agreements and the Company is reasonably satisfied that such representations and agreements are correct.

9.3 Adjustments .

(a) General . In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, a declaration of a dividend payable in Ordinary Shares, a declaration of a dividend payable in a form other than shares in an amount that has a material effect on the value of Ordinary Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Ordinary Shares into a lesser number of Ordinary Shares, a recapitalization, a reclassification or a similar occurrence, the Committee shall make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the total number of Ordinary Shares available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan under Section 3.2, (ii) the number of Ordinary Shares covered by each outstanding Option or other Award, or (iii) the exercise price of each outstanding Option or other Award and for the purpose of giving effect to such adjustments in respect of any Award of Restricted Shares, the Committee shall have power, if appropriate, to declare any excess Restricted Shares subject to an Award to be forfeited by the Grantee and transferred to the Company for nil consideration pursuant to the Companies (Amendment) Act 1983 of Ireland and the instrument of transfer of such shares may be executed for and on behalf of the transferor by the Company secretary, or an assistant secretary, or their delegate, and such persons shall be deemed to have been irrevocably appointed agent for the transferor of such shares with full power to execute, complete and deliver in the name and on behalf of the transferor all transfers of such shares.

 

-13-


(b) Reorganizations . In the event that the Company is party to a merger or reorganization, Change of Control or other corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, any transaction determined by the Committee to be a corporate transaction covered by Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii)(E)(4)) (a “Corporate Event”), outstanding Options and other Awards shall be subject to the agreement of merger, reorganization or other agreement effecting such transaction. Without limiting the foregoing, if the Company enters into or is involved in any Corporate Event, the Committee may, prior to such Corporate Event and effective upon such Corporate Event, take such action as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, replacing Awards with substitute awards in respect of the Ordinary Shares, other securities or other property of the surviving corporation or any affiliate of the surviving corporation on such terms and conditions, as to the number of shares, pricing and otherwise, which shall substantially preserve the value, rights and benefits of any affected Awards granted hereunder as of the date of the consummation of the Corporate Event. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, if any Corporate Event occurs, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cancel each Grantee’s Awards immediately prior to such Corporate Event and to pay to each affected Grantee in connection with the cancellation of such Grantee’s Awards, an amount in cash or other consideration that the Committee, in its sole discretion, in good faith determines to be the equivalent value of such Award (e.g., in the case of an Option or share appreciation right, the amount of the spread), it being understood that the equivalent value of an Option or share appreciation right with an exercise price greater than or equal to the Fair Market Value of the underlying Ordinary Shares shall be $0.

(c) Reservation of Rights . Except as provided in this Section 9.3, a Grantee shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend, or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of any class. Any issue by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or exercise price of Ordinary Shares subject to an Option or other Award. The grant of any Option or other Award pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

9.4 Withholding of Taxes: Tax Elections .

(a) Each Grantee who exercises an Option and each Grantee who holds Restricted Shares or other Awards that have vested shall agree that no later than the date of exercise or receipt of Ordinary Shares pursuant to such Option and no later than the date such Restricted Shares or other Awards vest (in whole or in part) he will pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any Federal, state or local taxes (including any social security contributions) of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the issue or transfer to him or vesting in him of such Ordinary Shares.

(b) The applicable Option Agreement or other Award Agreement may provide that a Grantee may satisfy, in whole or in part, the requirements of paragraph (a), except in respect of restricted shares, by electing to have the Company withhold the requisite number of Ordinary Shares delivered or otherwise deliverable upon the issuance, exercise, vesting or settlement of an Award having a Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of such withholding or delivery) equal to all or part of the minimum amount that is statutorily required to be withheld.

 

-14-


(c) If the Grantee, in connection with the acquisition of Ordinary Shares under the Plan, is permitted under the terms of his Option Agreement or other Award Agreement to make the election permitted under Section 83(b) of the Code (i.e., an election to include in gross income in the year of transfer the amounts specified in Section 83(b) of the Code notwithstanding the continuing transfer restrictions) and if the Grantee makes such election, the Grantee shall submit to the Company a copy of the notice filed by the Grantee with the Internal Revenue Service within ten (10) days of filing such notice, and shall pay, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld as a result of such election, all in accordance with the provisions of clauses (a) and (b) of this section 9.4.

9.5 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds from the sale of Ordinary Shares pursuant to Options or other Awards granted under the Plan shall constitute general funds of the Company and may be used for such corporate purposes as the Company may determine.

9.6 Substitution of Options or Awards . Options or other Awards may be granted under this Plan in substitution for options or similar awards held by individuals who are employees of another corporation and who become Employees of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company eligible to receive Options or Awards pursuant to the Plan as a result of a merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar event. The terms and conditions of any Options or Awards so granted may vary from those set forth in the Plan to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee in order to conform the provisions of Options or Awards granted pursuant to the Plan to the provisions of the options or awards in substitution for which they are granted.

9.7 Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be sufficiently given only if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the Company at its principal place of business, and to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company at the time of grant hereunder, or to such other address as either party may hereafter designate in writing by notice similarly given by one party to the other.

9.8 Nature of Payments . Any and all grants of Awards and issuances of Ordinary Shares under the Plan shall constitute a special incentive payment to the Grantee and shall not be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Grantee for the purpose of determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing, bonus, life insurance or other benefit plan of the Company or under any agreement with the Grantee, unless such plan or agreement specifically provides otherwise.

9.9 Non-Uniform Determinations . The Committee’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards (whether or not such persons are similarly situated). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award Agreements, as to the persons to receive Awards under the Plan, and the terms and provisions of Awards under the Plan.

 

-15-


9.10 Waiver of Claims . Prior to being selected by the Committee to receive an Award, an Employee has no right to any benefits hereunder. In consideration of a Grantee’s receipt of any Award hereunder, the Committee may require, in its sole discretion, that each such Grantee expressly waive any right to contest the amount of any Award, the terms of any Award Agreement, any determination, action or omission hereunder or under any Award Agreement by the Committee, the Company or the Board, or any amendment to the Plan or any Award Agreement (other than an amendment to this Plan or an Award Agreement to which his or her consent is expressly required by the express terms of the Plan or an Award Agreement).

9.11 Forfeiture and Repayment . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any incentive-based compensation otherwise payable or paid to a Grantee (including a former Grantee) shall be forfeited and/or repaid to the Company as may be required pursuant to applicable regulatory requirements in effect from time to time and the Committee may determine in its discretion that an Award shall be forfeited and/or shall be repaid to the Company (i) if during the course of employment the Grantee engages in conduct that is (x) materially adverse to the interest of the Company or its affiliates, which include failures to comply with the Company’s or an affiliate’s rules or regulations and material violations of any agreement with the Company or an affiliate, (y) fraud, or (z) conduct contributing to any financial restatements or irregularities, or (ii) upon such other terms specified in an Award Agreement. For the purpose of giving effect to any such forfeiture in respect of any Award of Restricted Shares, the Restricted Shares shall be transferred to the Company for nil consideration pursuant to the Companies (Amendment) Act 1983 of Ireland and the instrument of transfer of such shares may be executed for and on behalf of the transferor by the Company secretary, or an assistant secretary, or their delegate, and such persons shall be deemed to have been irrevocably appointed agent for the transferor of such shares with full power to execute, complete and deliver in the name and on behalf of the transferor all transfers of such shares.

9.12 Incentive Stock Options . Should any Option granted under the Plan be designated an “Incentive Stock Option,” but fail, for any reason, to meet the requirements of the Code for such a designation, then such Option shall be deemed to be a Non-Qualified Stock Option and shall be valid as such according to its terms.

9.13 Data Protection . By participating in the Plan, each Grantee consents to:

(a) the collection, processing, transmission and storage by the Company, in any form whatsoever, of any data of a professional or personal nature which is necessary for the purposes of introducing and administering the Plan; and

(b) the sharing of such information, whether within or outside of the European Economic Area, with any Subsidiary or affiliate, any trustee, registrar, broker, other party administrator or any person who obtains control of the Company (pursuant to a Change in Control) or acquires the company, undertaking or part-undertaking which employs the Employee.

9.14 Section 409A Compliance . To the extent applicable, it is intended that the Plan and all Awards hereunder comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and the Plan and all Award Agreements shall be interpreted and applied by the Committee in a manner consistent with this intent in order to avoid the imposition of any additional tax under Section 409A of the Code. In the event that any provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement is determined by the Committee to not comply with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the Committee shall have the authority to take such actions and to make such interpretations or changes to the Plan or an Award Agreement as the Committee deems necessary to comply with such requirements, provided that the Committee shall act in a manner that is intended to preserve the economic value of the Award to the Participant. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on any Employee by Section 409A of the Code or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, all or part of an Award payment to an Employee who is determined to constitute a Code Section 409A “Specified Employee” at the time of separation from service, shall be delayed (if then required) under Code Section 409A, and paid in an aggregated lump on the first business day after six (6) months have lapsed following the Employee’s separation from service, or the date of the Employee’s death, if earlier. Any remaining payments shall be paid on their regularly scheduled payment dates. For purposes of the Plan and any Award Agreements issued under the Plan, the phrases “separation from service,” “termination of employment” and “employment termination” shall be deemed to mean “separation from service” as defined by Code Section 409A.

9.15 Stock Certificates; Book Entry Form . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, unless otherwise determined by the Committee or required by any applicable law, rule or regulation, any obligation set forth in the Plan pertaining to the delivery or issuance of stock certificates evidencing Ordinary Shares may be satisfied by having issuance and/or ownership of such Ordinary Shares recorded on the books and records of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).

9.16 Governing Law . The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and construed accordingly.

 

-16-

Exhibit 10.4

 

LOGO

Presbia PLC

Stock Option Grant Notice

Presbia PLC (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to the holder listed below (the “ Optionee ”), an option to purchase the number of Ordinary Shares of the Company, par value U.S.$0.001 (the “ Ordinary Shares ”), set forth below (the “ Shares ”) at the price per Ordinary Share set forth below (the “ Option ”). This Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”) and the Plan attached hereto as Exhibit B , each of which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”).

 

Optionee Name:   
Grant Date:   
Exercise Price per Share:    U.S.$
Total Number of Shares Subject to the Option:   
Expiration Date:   

Vesting Schedule: Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Stock Option Agreement, this Option shall vest and become exercisable as to:

 

  (i)     % of the Shares on                   ,

 

  (ii)     % of the Shares on                   ,

 

  (iii)     % of the Shares on                   ,

 

  (iv)     % of the Shares on                     and

 

  (v)     % of the Shares on                   .

In no event, however, shall this Option vest and become exercisable for any additional Ordinary Shares following the Optionee’s Termination of Employment.

By the Optionee’s signature below, the Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Grant Notice. The Optionee has reviewed the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under or relating to the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Stock Option Agreement.

 

Presbia PLC     Optionee

 

   

 

Name:     Name:
Title:    

Attachments: Stock Option Agreement (Exhibit A) and Plan (Exhibit B).


LOGO

 

Exhibit A

Presbia PLC

Stock Option Agreement

 

 

This is a Stock Option Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between Presbia PLC (the “ Company ”) and the individual who has executed this Agreement above the signature line “Signature of Optionee” (the “ Optionee ”). This Agreement is made pursuant to the Company’s Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement have the same definitions ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

Terms and Conditions

The Company and the Optionee agree as follows:

1. Grant and Term .

a. The Company hereby grants the Optionee an option to purchase the number of Ordinary Shares of the Company, par value U.S. $0.001 (the “ Ordinary Shares ”), set forth in the Stock Option Grant Notice to which this Agreement is attached (the “ Grant Notice ”) at the price per Ordinary Share (“ Exercise Price ”) specified in the Grant Notice, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan. The Optionee is not required to exercise the Option. The Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

b. The Option may not be exercised after the Expiration Date specified in the Grant Notice (the “ Expiration Date ”) and, unless terminated or forfeited earlier, will terminate on the Expiration Date.

2. Vesting and Exercisability .

a. Except as the Grant Notice may otherwise specify and (i) subject to the other Sections of this Agreement and the Plan, and (ii) unless the Option has terminated or have been forfeited in accordance with this Agreement or the Plan, the Optionee on or before the Expiration Date may purchase Ordinary Shares subject to the Option with respect to 20% of the Ordinary Shares covered thereby on the first anniversary of the date of grant and with respect to an additional 20% of the Ordinary Shares covered thereby on each of the next four (4) succeeding anniversaries of the date of grant. This vesting schedule applies only if the Grant Notice is silent as to vesting.

b. Notwithstanding anything in the Grant Notice, this Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the Optionee is an officer and/or a director of the Company, the Optionee shall not be permitted to exercise the Option so long as the Optionee remains an officer, employee or director of the Company, unless the Company’s Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, waives such restriction after determining that such exercise shall not trigger a Rule 9 mandatory takeover under the Irish Takeover Panel Act 1977 (as amended) and the related Irish takeover rules by the Optionee or any other officer, employee, director or shareholder of the Company.

3. Exercise .

a. The Optionee may exercise the Option to the extent then exercisable in accordance with Section 2 and that have not terminated or been forfeited in accordance with this Agreement or the Plan. To exercise the Option, the Optionee must on or prior to the Expiration Date for the Option, notify the Company in writing of the number of whole Ordinary Shares the Optionee intends to purchase. Unless otherwise directed by the Company and subject to Section 9 of this Agreement, the Optionee must include payment of the Exercise Price times the number of


Ordinary Shares to be purchased (the “ Purchase Price ”). The date on which the Optionee delivers the notice to the Company in accordance with this subsection a, and this Agreement is referred to as the “ Exercise Date ”.

b. The Optionee must pay the Purchase Price by (i) cash, (ii) certified check payable to the order of the Company, (iii) following an Initial Public Offering, through the delivery of a notice that the Optionee has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Ordinary Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale directly to the Company in satisfaction of the Purchase Price; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company at such time as may be required by the Company, but in any event not later than the settlement of such sale, or if earlier, issuance of the Ordinary Shares, or (iv) any combination of the foregoing.

4. Termination of Employment .

a. Except as provided in this Section 4 and in Section 5, the Optionee may not exercise the Option unless the Optionee is then an Employee, and the Optionee has continuously remained an Employee since the date of grant of the Option.

b. If the Optionee’s position as an Employee terminates for any reason other than death or for Cause, the Optionee may exercise the Option to the extent exercisable as of the date of such Termination of Employment within three months after the date of such termination, but only if the Option has not then otherwise terminated or been forfeited in accordance with this Agreement or the Plan.

c. If the Optionee’s position as an Employee is terminated for Cause, the Option shall expire and cease to be exercisable on the date notice of such termination is delivered to the Optionee.

5. Change of Control . The Optionee’s rights upon a Change of Control are set forth in Sections 5.1(e) and 9.3(b) of the Plan.

6. No Right to Continued Employment or Service . The Optionee acknowledges the provisions set forth in Section 4.2 of the Plan.

7. Death of the Optionee . If the Optionee dies (i) while the Optionee is an Employee or (ii) during the three-month period after the Optionee’s Termination of Employment, and at the time of death the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option, the Option shall expire one year after the date of the Optionee’s death, but in no event later than the date on which the Option would have expired if the Optionee had lived. During such one-year period the Option may be exercised by the Optionee’s executor or administrator or by any person or persons who shall have acquired the Option directly from the Optionee by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option at the date of the Optionee’s death.

8. Non-Transferability of Option . Except as provided in the Plan, the Option is not transferable.

 

-2-


9. Rights as a Shareholder . Neither the Optionee nor a permitted transferee of the Option will have any right as a shareholder with respect to the Ordinary Shares subject to the Option until the Company issues a share certificate or other evidence of title to the Optionee or the permitted transferee of the Option for the Ordinary Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option in accordance with this Agreement.

10. Lock-Up Agreement . The Optionee agrees that, during the period beginning on the date of the applicable underwriting agreement and continuing for 180 days following the consummation of an Initial Public Offering, upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing the offering, the Optionee shall not sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any equity securities of the same class registered in the Initial Public Offering without the prior written consent of the Company and such underwriters.

11. Tax Withholding . The Optionee acknowledges the tax withholding requirements described in Section 9.4 of the Plan.

12. The Plan Controls . This Agreement does not undertake to express all conditions, terms and provisions of the Plan. The grant of the Option is subject in all respects to all of the requirements (including, without limitation, tax withholding), restrictions, limitations and other terms and provisions of the Plan, which, by this reference, are incorporated herein to the same extent as if copied verbatim. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the Plan. If any actual or alleged conflict between the provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Agreement occurs, the provisions of the Plan will be controlling and determinative.

13. Severability . If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or the Grant Notice are invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions of this Agreement or the Grant Notice, as the case may be, will be construed and enforced as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been included.

14. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Optionee and their respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs, beneficiaries and representatives.

 

-3-


15. Notices . Notices and communications under this Agreement must be in writing and delivered personally, by overnight courier, or by registered or certified United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company must be addressed to:

Presbia PLC

8845 Irvine Center Drive, Suite 100

Irvine, CA 92618

or any other address designated by the Company in a written notice to the Optionee. Notices to the Optionee will be directed to the address of the Optionee then currently on file with the Company, or at any other address given by the Optionee in a written notice to the Company.

 

Presbia PLC
By:  

 

 

Signature of Optionee

 

-4-

Exhibit 10.5

 

LOGO

Presbia PLC

Restricted Share Grant Notice

Presbia PLC (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its Stock Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to the grantee listed below (the “ Grantee ”) an Award of Restricted Shares for the number of Ordinary Shares of the Company, par value U.S. $0.001 (the “ Ordinary Shares ”), set forth below. The Restricted Shares are subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Restricted Share Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Restricted Share Agreement ”) and the Plan attached hereto as Exhibit B, each of which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Shares Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”).

 

Grantee’s Name:   
Grant Date:   
Total Number of Restricted Shares:   

Vesting Schedule: The Restricted Shares shall vest, and the Restricted Period (as defined in the Restricted Share Agreement) with respect thereto shall lapse, as to:

 

  (i)     % of the Restricted Shares on                   ,

 

  (ii)     % of the Restricted Shares on                   ,

 

  (iii)     % of the Restricted Shares on                   ,

 

  (iv)     % of the Restricted Shares on                   , and

 

  (v)     % of the Restricted Shares on                   .

In no event, however, shall any Restricted Shares vest following the Grantee’s Termination of Employment.

By the Grantee’s signature below, the Grantee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Restricted Share Agreement and this Grant Notice. The Grantee has reviewed the Restricted Share Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Restricted Share Agreement and the Plan. The Grantee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under or relating to the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Restricted Share Agreement.

 

Presbia PLC     Grantee
By  

 

   

 

Title:    

Attachments: Restricted Share Agreement (Exhibit A) and Stock Plan (Exhibit B).


Exhibit A

 

LOGO

Presbia PLC

Restricted Share Agreement

 

 

This is a Restricted Share Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between Presbia PLC (the “ Company ”) and the individual who has executed this Agreement above the signature line “Signature of Grantee” (the “ Grantee ”). This Agreement is made pursuant to the Company’s Stock Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement have the same definitions ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

Terms and Conditions

The Company and the Grantee agree as follows:

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants the Grantee the number of Ordinary Shares of the Company, par value U.S. $0.001 (the “ Ordinary Shares ”), set forth in the Restricted Share Grant Notice to which this Agreement is attached (the “ Grant Notice ”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan (such Ordinary Shares, as and while subject to the restrictions set forth in Sections 4 and 5 below, the “ Restricted Shares ”).

2. Vesting . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Plan, each Restricted Share shall become vested, and the restrictions applicable to the Restricted Share under Sections 4 and 5 below shall lapse, over a period commencing on the Grant Date and ending on the applicable vesting date in respect of such Restricted Share specified in the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice (such period, the “ Restricted Period ”); provided, however, that, subject to the provisions of the Plan, no Restricted Shares shall vest following the Grantee’s Termination of Employment.

3. Change of Control . The Grantee’s rights upon a Change of Control are set forth in Sections 5.2(f) and 9.3(b) of the Plan.

4. Restrictions . Other than to effect a forfeiture in accordance with Section 5 below, Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of during the Restricted Period and any attempt to do so shall be null and void and without effect. One or more share certificates or other evidence of title representing the Restricted Shares shall be registered in the Grantee’s name promptly following the execution of this Agreement and shall bear a legend making appropriate reference to the transfer restrictions and forfeiture conditions imposed hereunder. Share certificates or other evidence of title for the Restricted Shares shall be held in escrow by the Company or its transfer agent until the restrictions with respect to such Restricted Shares lapse in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 above or until such Restricted

 

-2-


Shares are forfeited pursuant to Section 5. Share certificates or other evidence of title for Restricted Shares shall be delivered to the Grantee only when and to the extent that the restrictions with respect to such Restricted Shares lapse in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 above.

5. Forfeiture . Upon the Grantee’s Termination of Employment for any reason prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period for any Restricted Shares, the remaining Restricted Shares for which the Restricted Period has not lapsed (after taking into account the provisions of Section 3 above) shall thereupon be forfeited by the Grantee and transferred to, and reacquired by the Company or a Subsidiary for nil consideration pursuant to the Companies (Amendment) Act 1983 of Ireland. For the purpose of giving effect to any such forfeiture, the instrument of transfer of such Restricted Shares may be executed for and on behalf of the Grantee by the Company secretary, or an assistant secretary, or their delegate, and such persons shall be deemed to have been irrevocably appointed agent for the Grantee with full power to execute, complete and deliver in the name and on behalf of the Grantee all transfers of such Restricted Shares.

6. Ownership . During the Restricted Period, the Grantee shall possess all incidents of ownership of the Restricted Shares, subject to the restrictions set forth in Sections 4 and 5 above, including the right to receive dividends with respect to such shares and the right to vote such shares; provided that, any cash or share dividends with respect to Restricted Shares shall be withheld by the Company for the Grantee’s account, shall be subject to forfeiture to the same degree as the Restricted Shares to which such dividends relate and shall be paid or delivered to the Grantee as and when the foregoing restrictions on the Restricted Shares to which such dividends relate lapse (without the accrual or payment of interest on any cash dividends so withheld).

7. Securities Matters . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Restricted Shares pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Ordinary Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on share certificates or other evidence of title or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or the securities laws of any state or any other law.

8. Investment Purpose . The Grantee represents and warrants that unless the Restricted Shares are registered under the Securities Act, any and all Ordinary Shares acquired by the Grantee under this Agreement will be acquired for investment for the Grantee’s own account and not with a view to, for resale in connection with, or with an intent of participating directly or indirectly in, any distribution of such Ordinary Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act. The Grantee agrees not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of such shares unless they are either (i) registered under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws, or (ii) exempt from such registration in the opinion of Company counsel.

 

-3-


9. Lock-Up Agreement . The Grantee agrees that, during the period beginning on the date of the applicable underwriting agreement, and continuing for 180 days following the consummation of an Initial Public Offering, upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing the offering, the Grantee shall not sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any equity securities of the same class registered in the Initial Public Offering without the prior written consent of the Company and such underwriters.

10. Tax Withholding . The Grantee acknowledges the tax withholding requirements described in Section 9.4 of the Plan.

11. Section 83(b) Election . The Grantee may file an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days of the execution of this Agreement to be taxed currently on the fair market value of the Restricted Shares on the date of issuance. Absent such an election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by the Grantee at the time or times at which the forfeiture restrictions on the Restricted Shares lapse. GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS NOT THE COMPANY’S RESPONSIBILITY, BUT RATHER IS GRANTEE’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, TO FILE TIMELY AND PROPERLY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) AND UNDER ANY CORRESPONDING PROVISIONS OF STATE TAX LAWS IF GRANTEE ELECTS TO UTILIZE SUCH ELECTION. If the Grantee files an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Grantee shall submit to the Company a copy of the election within ten (10) days of filing such election.

12. No Right to Continued Employment or Service . The Grantee acknowledges the provisions set forth in Section 4.2 of the Plan.

13. The Plan Controls . This Agreement does not undertake to express all conditions, terms and provisions of the Plan. The grant of Restricted Shares is subject in all respects to all of the requirements (including, without limitation, tax withholding), restrictions, limitations and other terms and provisions of the Plan, which, by this reference, are incorporated herein to the same extent as if copied verbatim. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the Plan. If any actual or alleged conflict between the provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Agreement occurs, the provisions of the Plan will be controlling and determinative.

14. Severability . If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or the Grant Notice are invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions of this Agreement or the Grant Notice, as the case may be, will be construed and enforced as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been included.

15. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Grantee and their respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs, beneficiaries and representatives.

 

-4-


16. Notices . Notices and communications under this Agreement must be in writing and delivered personally, by overnight courier, or by registered or certified United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company must be addressed to:

Presbia PLC

8845 Irvine Center Drive, Suite 100

Irvine, CA 92618

or any other address designated by the Company in a written notice to the Grantee. Notices to the Grantee will be directed to the address of the Grantee then currently on file with the Company, or at any other address given by the Grantee in a written notice to the Company.

 

Presbia PLC
By  

 

 

Signature of Grantee

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.6

PRESBIA HOLDINGS

STOCK PLAN

ARTICLE I

PURPOSES

1.1. Purpose of Plan . The purposes of the Presbia Stock Plan (the “Plan”) are to advance the interests of Presbia Holdings, a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), and its shareholders by providing significant incentives to selected officers, employees, and consultants of the Company who contribute and are expected to contribute to the success of the Company, and to enhance the interest of such officers and employees in the Company’s success and progress by providing them with an opportunity to become shareholders of the Company. Further, the Plan is designed to enhance the Company’s ability to attract and retain qualified employees necessary for the success and progress of the Company.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

2.1. Definitions . Certain terms used herein shall have the meaning below stated, subject to the provisions of Section 7.1 hereof.

(a) “Award” means an award under the Plan as described in ARTICLE V. Awards may be made under the Plan in the form of stock options, including Stock Options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and share units and other stock-based Awards, as set forth in ARTICLE V.

(b) “Award Agreement” means a written agreement entered into between the Company and a Grantee in connection with an Award.

(c) “Board” or “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) “Committee” means either (i) the Board of Directors or (ii) the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors or such ether committee of the Board as shall be appointed by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to ARTICLE VII hereof. Except as otherwise determined by the Board, the members of the Committee, or the members of the Board who participate in decision making with respect to the Plan, shall be “non-employee directors” under Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and “outside directors” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee may delegate any of its powers under the Plan to a subcommittee of the Committee consisting of non-employee directors and outside directors. The Committee may also authorize certain officers of the Company to carry out the day-to-day administration of the Plan in accordance with the Committee’s instructions.


(f) “Common Stock” means, subject to the provisions of Section 9.3, the authorized common stock of the Company.

(g) “Company” means Presbia Holdings.

(h) “Effective Date” means the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company, whichever is earlier.

(i) “Employee” means (i) any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company or of a Subsidiary, (ii) a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or a Subsidiary, or (iii) any consultant or other persons to the extent permitted by the instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, who performs services for the Company or a Subsidiary. Such service as a member of the Board of Directors or as a consultant shall be considered employment for all purposes under the Plan.

(j) “Fair Market Value” means, in respect of a share of Common Stock on any date, the last reported sales price regular way on such date or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such date, the last reported sales price regular way on the day preceding such date on which a reported sale occurred, in either case on the New York Stock Exchange or, if at the time the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on such Exchange, on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading or, if at the time the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, in the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations (“Nasdaq”) National Market System or, if at the time the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or quoted on such National Market System, the average of the closing bid and asked prices in the over-the-counter market as furnished by any New York Stock Exchange member firm selected from time to time by the Company for that purpose or, if the Common Stock is not traded over-the-counter, as determined by the Committee using any reasonable valuation method.

(k) “Grantee’’ means an Employee who receives a grant of Options or other Award under the Plan.

(l) “Initial Public Offering” means a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale to the public of Common Stock for the account of the Company or shareholders of the Company.

(m) “Net Share Exercise” means the payment of the exercise price of an Option or other Award by authorizing the Company to withhold from the exercise that number of shares of Common Stock which, when multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise, is equal to the aggregate exercise price payable with respect to the Option or other Award being exercised.

 

-2-


(n) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means a stock option which does not meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or which provides, as of the time the Option is granted, that it will not be treated as an incentive stock option.

(o) “Option” means an Option to purchase Common Stock, granted by the Company to an Employee pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

(p) “Option Agreement” means an agreement between the Company and a Grantee evidencing the terms of an Option granted under the Plan.

(q) “Plan” means the Presbia Holdings Stock Plan, as set forth herein and as from time to time amended.

(r) “Restricted Stock Agreement” means an agreement between the Company and a Grantee evidencing the terms of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan.

(s) “Subsidiary” means any entity in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the voting equity interests.

(t) “Termination of Employment” means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, that a Grantee shall be deemed to have a “Termination of Employment” upon ceasing employment with the Company or a Subsidiary (or, in the case of a Grantee who is not an employee, upon ceasing association with the Company or a Subsidiary as a director, consultant or otherwise). The Committee in its discretion may determine (a) whether any leave of absence constitutes a Termination of Employment for purposes of the Plan, (b) the impact, if any, of any such leave of absence on Awards theretofore made under the Plan, and (c) when a change in a Grantee’s association with the Company constitutes a Termination of Employment for purposes of the Plan. The Committee may also determine whether a Grantee’s Termination of Employment is for Cause (as hereinafter defined) and the date of termination in such ease.

ARTICLE III

TERM OF THE PLAN; RESERVATION OF SHARES

3.1. Term . The Plan shall become effective as of the Effective Date and expire on the date which is four years following the Effective Date. The Plan shall continue to govern any Awards outstanding following expiration of the Plan.

3.2. Shares Reserved Under Plan . The total number of shares of Common Stock which may be transferred pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan shall not exceed 1,000 shares and, as an individual limitation, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Options may be granted to a Grantee in any one-year period may not exceed 250 shares. Such shares may be authorized but unissued Common Stock or authorized and issued Common Stock held in the Company’s treasury or acquired by the Company for the

 

-3-


purposes of the Plan. The Committee may direct that any stock certificate evidencing shares issued pursuant to the Plan shall bear a legend setting forth such restrictions on transferability as may apply to such shares pursuant to the Plan. If any Award is forfeited or otherwise terminates or is canceled without the delivery of shares of Common Stock, shares of Common Stock are surrendered or withheld from any Award to satisfy a Grantee’s income tax withholding obligations, a Net Share Exercise, or shares of Common Stock owned by a Grantee are tendered to pay the exercise price of options or other Awards granted under the Plan, then the shares covered by such forfeited, terminated or canceled Award or which are equal to the number of shares surrendered, withheld or tendered shall again become available for transfer pursuant to Awards granted or to be granted under this Plan. Any shares of Common Stock delivered by the Company, any shares of Common Stock with respect to which Awards are made by the Company and any shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Company becomes obligated to make Awards, through the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an acquired entity, shall not be counted against the shares available for Awards under this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of the cancellation or forfeiture of Restricted Stock or other Award with respect to which dividends have been paid or accrued, the number of shares with respect to such Restricted Stock or other Award shall not be available for subsequent grants hereunder unless, in the case of shares with respect to which dividends were accrued by unpaid, such dividends are also canceled or forfeited. The Company shall at all times while the Plan is in effect reserve such number of shares of Common Stock as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

3.3. Award Agreements . Each Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, which shall contain such provisions as the Committee in its discretion deems necessary or desirable. The Committee may grant Awards in tandem with or in substitution for any other Award or Awards granted under this Plan or any award granted under any other plan of the Company. Payments or transfers to be made by the Company upon the grant, exercise or payment of an Award may be made in such form as the Committee shall determine, including cash, shares of Common Stock, Net Share Exercise (defined above), other securities, other Awards or other property and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments or on a deferred basis. A Grantee shall have no rights with respect to an Award unless such Grantee accepts the Award within such period as the Committee shall specify by executing an Award Agreement in such form as the Committee shall determine and, if the Committee shall so require, makes payment to the Company in such amount as the Committee may determine. The Committee shall determine if loans (whether or not secured by shares of Common Stock) may be extended or guaranteed by the Company with respect to any Awards. No Grantee of an Award (or other person having rights pursuant to such Award) shall have any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to shares subject to such Award until the Issuance of a stock certificate to such person for such shares. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, no adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights (whether ordinary or extraordinary, and whether in cash, securities or other property) for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

 

-4-


ARTICLE IV

PARTICIPATION IN PLAN

4.1. Eligibility . Options or other Awards under the Plan may be granted to any key Employee of the Company or a Subsidiary who performs services for the Company or a Subsidiary that the Committee deems to be of special importance to the growth and success of the Company. The Committee shall determine those Employees to whom Options or other Awards shall be granted, the type of Option or other Award to be granted to each such person, and, subject to Section 3.2 hereof, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to each such Option or other Award.

4.2. Participation Not Guarantee of Employment or Retention . Nothing in this Plan or in any Option Agreement or any other Award Agreement shall in any manner be construed to limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate an Employee’s employment or other relationship that qualifies an Optionee as an Employee hereunder at any time, without regard to the effect of such termination on any rights such Employee would otherwise have under this Plan, or give any right to all Employee to remain an Employee in any particular position or at any particular rate of compensation.

4.3. Approval Required for Awards . Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary set forth herein, until such time as the Company has effected an Initial Public Offering, in no event shall any Options or other Awards under the plan be granted without the approval of both a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company and a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors.

ARTICLE V

GRANT AND EXERCISE OF OPTIONS; RESTRICTED STOCK; OTHER AWARDS

5.1. Grant of Options . The Committee may from time to time in its discretion grant Options to Employees at any time after the Effective Date. All Options under the Plan shall be granted within ten (10) years from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company, whichever is earlier. All Options shall be Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5.2. Option Terms . Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following requirements:

(a) Option Price . The exercise price of each Option shall be the amount determined by the Committee as set forth in the applicable Option Agreement, provided that such amount shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. The exercise price of an Option may be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof.

(b) Term of Option . The term during which an Option is exercisable shall be that period determined by the Committee as set forth in the applicable Option Agreement, provided that no Option shall have a term that exceeds a period of 10 years from the date of its grant.

 

-5-


(c) Nontransferability of Option . No Option granted under the Plan shall be transferable by the Grantee otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and each such Option shall be exercise during the Grantee’s lifetime only by him. No transfer of an Option by a Grantee by will or by the laws of descent and distribution shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Company shall have been furnished with written notice thereof and a copy of the will and/or such other evidence as the Committee may determine necessary to establish the validity of the transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its discretion, permit a Grantee to transfer any Option to one or more of the Grantee’s immediate family members or to trusts established in whole or in part for the benefit of the Grantee and/or one or more of such immediate family members. For purposes of the Plan, the term “ immediate family ” shall mean the Grantee’s spouse and issue (including adopted and step children).

(d) Exercise of Option . Unless the Option Agreement pursuant to which an Option is granted provides otherwise, each Option shall become exercisable, on a cumulative basis, with respect to 20% of the aggregate number of the shares of Common Stork covered thereby on the first anniversary of the date of grant and with respect to an additional 20% of the shares of Common Stock covered thereby on each of the next four (4) succeeding anniversaries of the date of grant; provided , however, the Committee may establish a different vesting schedule for any optionee or group of optionees. Any portion of an Option which has become exercisable shall remain exercisable until it is exercised in full or terminates pursuant to the terms of the Plan or the Option Agreement pursuant to which it is granted.

(e) Acceleration of Exercise on Change of Control . Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Section or any other restrictions limiting the number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised, each Option shall become immediately exercisable in full upon and simultaneously with any “Change of Control” of the Company unless the Board determines that the optionee has been offered substantially identical replacement options and a comparable position at any acquiring company. For purposes of this Plan, a “Change of Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(i) any “person” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, or any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company), is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

 

-6-


(ii) during any period of two consecutive years individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (i), (iii) or (iv) of this Section) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof;

(iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

(iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. For the purposes of this subsection (iv), “substantially all” of the Company’s assets shall mean assets for which the price or consideration upon sale or disposition equals or exceeds seventy-five percent (75%) or more of the fair market value of the Company.

5.3. Payment of Exercise Price and Delivery of Shares .

(a) Notice and Payment for Shares . Each Option shall be exercised by delivery of a written notice to the Company in such form as the Committee shall approve stating the number of the whole shares of Common Stock as to which the Option is being exercised and accompanied by payment therefor. No Option shall be deemed exercised in the event that payment therefor is not received and shares of Common Stock shall not be issued upon the exercise of an Option unless the exercise price is paid in full. Payment for shares of Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option shall be made by (i) cash, (ii) certified check payable to the order of the Company, (iii) outstanding shares of Common Stock duly endorsed to the Company (which shares of Common Stock shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the day preceding the date of such exercise), (iv) any combination of the foregoing, or (v) such other method of payment as may be provided in the applicable Option Agreement.

(b) Rights of Grantee in Stock . Neither any Grantee nor the legal representatives, heirs, legatees or distributees of any Grantee, shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of an Option granted hereunder unless and until such shares are issued to him or them and such person or persons have received a certificate or certificates therefor. Upon the issuance and receipt of such certificate or certificates,

 

-7-


such Grantee or the legal representatives, heirs, legatees or distributees of such Grantee shall have absolute ownership of the shares of Common Stock evidenced thereby, including the right to vote such shares, to the same extent as any other owner of shares of Common Stock, and to receive dividends thereon, subject, however, to the terms, conditions and restrictions of this Plan.

5.4. Restricted Stock . The Committee may from time to time in its discretion grant award shares of restricted stock (“Restricted Stock”) to Employees at any time after the Effective Date. Each award of Restricted Stock under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written Restricted Stock Agreement between the Company and the Grantee, in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve, and shall comply with the following terms and conditions (and with such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan as the Committee, in its discretion, shall establish):

(a) Number of Shares . Each Restricted Stock Agreement shall state the number of shares of Restricted Stock to be subject loan award.

(b) Restrictions . Shares of Restricted Stuck may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, for such period as the Committee shall determine from the date on which the award is granted (the “Restricted Period”). The Committee may also impose such other restrictions and conditions on the shares as it deems appropriate including the satisfaction of performance criteria. Certificates for shares of stock issued pursuant to Restricted Stock awards shall bear an appropriate legend referring to such restrictions, and any attempt to dispose of any such shares of stock in contravention of such restrictions shall be null and void and without effect. During the Restricted Period, such certificates shall be held in escrow by an escrow agent appointed by the Committee. In determining the Restricted Period of an award, the Committee may provide that the foregoing restrictions shall lapse with respect to specified percentages of the awarded shares on successive anniversaries of the date or such award.

(c) Forfeiture . Subject to such exceptions as may be determined by the Committee, if the Grantee’s continuous employment with the Company or any Subsidiary shall terminate for any reason prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period of an award, any shares remaining subject to restrictions (after taking into account the provisions of Section 5.4(b) hereof, shall thereupon be forfeited by the Grantee and transferred to, and reacquired by the Company or a Subsidiary at no cost to the Company or Subsidiary.

(d) Ownership . During the Restricted Period the Grantee shall possess all incidents of ownership of such shares, subject to Section 5.4(b) hereof, including the right to receive dividends with respect to such shares and to vote such shares.

(e) Accelerated Lapse of Restrictions . The Committee shall have the authority (and the Restricted Stock Agreement may, but need not, so provide) to cancel all or any portion of any outstanding restrictions prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any or all of the shares of Restricted Stock awarded on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

 

-8-


(f) Accelerated Lance of Restrictions on Change of Control . Notwithstanding anything else provided in this Agreement, all outstanding restrictions on each share of Restricted Stock shall immediately be canceled in full upon and simultaneously with any “Change of Control” of the Company unless the Board determines that the Grantee has been offered substantially identical replacement restricted stock and a comparable position at any acquiring company.

5.5. Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) The Committee may grant stock appreciation rights to such Employees, in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine in its discretion. Stock appreciation rights may be granted in connection with all or any part of, or independently of, any stock option granted under the Plan. A stock appreciation right may be granted at or after the time of grant of such option. A stock appreciation right shall become exercisable at such time or times as determined by the Committee.

(b) The Grantee of a stock appreciation right shall have the rights subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, to receive from the Company an amount equal to (a) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of the stock appreciation right over (b) the exercise price of such right as set forth in the Award Agreement (or over the option exercise price if the stock appreciation right is granted In connection with a stock option), multiplied by (c) the number of shares with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. Payment to the Grantee upon exercise of a stock appreciation right shall be made in cash or in shares of Common Stock (valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the stock appreciation right) or both, as the Committee shall determine in its discretion. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right granted in connection with a stock option, the number of shares subject to the option shall be correspondingly reduced by the number of shares with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. Upon the exercise of a stock option in connection with which a stock appreciation right has been granted, the number of shares subject to the stock appreciation right shall be correspondingly reduced by the number of shares with respect to which the option is exercised.

5.6. Grant of Restricted Stock Units .

(a) The Committee may grant Awards of restricted stock units to such Employees, in such amounts, and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine in its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Plan. Restricted stock units may be awarded independently of or in connection with any other Award under the Plan.

(b) At the time of grant, the Committee shall specify the date or dates on which the restricted stock units shall become vested, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of the Grantee’s Termination of Employment for any reason, restricted stock units

 

-9-


that have not vested shall be forfeited and canceled. The Committee at any time may accelerate vesting dates and otherwise waive or amend any conditions of an Award of restricted stock units.

(c) At the time of grant, the Committee shall specify the maturity date applicable to each grant of restricted stock units, which may be determined at the election of the Grantee. Such date may be later than the vesting date or dates of the Award. On the maturity date, the Company shall transfer to the Grantee one unrestricted, fully Transferable share of Common Stock for each vested restricted stock unit scheduled to be paid out on such date and as to which all other conditions to the transfer have been fully satisfied. The Committee shall specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the Grantee to the Company fur such shares of Common Stock.

5.7. Grant of Performance Shares and Share Units . The Committee may grant performance shares in the form of actual shares of Common Stock or share units having a value equal to an identical number of shares of Common Stock to such Employees, in such amounts, and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine in its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Plan. In the event that a stock certificate is issued in respect of performance shares, such certificates shall be registered in the name of the Grantee but shall be held by the Company until the time the performance shares are earned. The performance conditions and the length of the performance period shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee shall determine in its solo discretion whether performance shares granted in the form of share units shall be paid in cash, Common Stock, or a combination of cash and Common Stock.

5.8. Other Stock-Based Awards . The Committee may grant other types of stock-based Awards to such Employees, in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions, as the Committee shall in its discretion determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan. Such Awards may entail the transfer of actual shares of Common Stock, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of shares of Common Stock.

5.9. Grant of Dividend Equivalent Rights . The Committee may in its discretion include in the Award Agreement with respect to any Award a dividend equivalent right entitling the Grantee to receive amounts equal to the ordinary dividends that would be paid, during the time such Award is outstanding and unexercised on the shares of Common Stock covered by such Award if such shares were then outstanding. In the event such a provision is included in an Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine whether such payments shall be made in cash, in shares of Common Stock or in another form, whether they shall be conditioned upon the exercise of the Award to which they relate, the time or times at which they shall be made, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION AND DEATH

6.1. Termination Other Than by Death or for Cause . If a Grantee’s position as an Employee of the Company or a Subsidiary terminates for any reason other than death or for

 

-10-


Cause (as defined in Section 6.2) he may, unless the applicable Option Agreement provides otherwise, exercise an Option previously granted and vested within three months after the date of such termination, but in no event later than the date on which the Option would have expired in accordance with its terms. To the extent the Option is not so exercised, it shall expire at the end of such three-month period.

6.2. Termination for Cause . If a Grantee’s position as an Employee of the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated for Cause, any Option theretofore granted to him shall expire and cease to be exercisable on the date notice of such termination is delivered to the Grantee. “Cause” shall mean (a) the willful and continued failure by a Grantee to substantially perform his duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from his incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Grantee by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that the Grantee has not substantially performed his duties, or (b) the willful engaging by the Grantee in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise. For purposes of this Section 6.2, no act, or failure to act, shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

6.3. Death . If a Grantee dies (i) while he is an Employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or (ii) during the three-month period after the termination of his position as an Employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, and at the time of his death the Grantee was entitled to exercise an Option theretofore granted to him, such Option shall, unless the applicable Option Agreement provides otherwise, expire one year after the date of his death, but in no event later than the date on which the Option would have expired if the Grantee had lived. During such one-year period the Option may be exercised by the Grantee’s executor or administrator or by any person or persons who shall have acquired the Option directly from the Grantee by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that the Grantee was entitled to exercise the Option at the date of his death and, to the extent the Option is not so exercised, it shall expire at the end of such one-year period.

6.4. Applicability to Other Awards . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Committee determines in its discretion that a Grantee’s Termination of Employment is for Cause, then the Committee shall also have the power to determine in its discretion that any outstanding stock options and stock appreciation rights or other Awards, whether or not exercisable at the lime of such termination, shall be terminated as of the date of such termination, and shall be of no further force and effect. The Committee shall also have the power to determine in its discretion the applicability of the principles in this ARTICLE VI to Awards other than stock options.

ARTICLE VII

ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN

7.1. Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors as a whole or by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors or such other committee as may be appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company, which Committee shall consist of

 

-11-


not less than two members, all of whom are members of the Board of Directors. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum thereof and the actions of a majority of the Committee at a meeting at which a quorum is present, or actions unanimously approved in writing by all members of the Committee, shall be the actions of the Committee. Vacancies occurring on the Committee shall be filled by the Board. The Committee shall have full and final authority (i) to interpret the Plan and each of the Option Agreements and other Award Agreements, (ii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations, if any, relating to the Plan, (iii) to make all determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan and (iv) to correct any defect, supply any omission and reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan and any Option Agreement or any other Award Agreement. The Committee’s determination in all matters referred to herein shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes and upon all person including, but without limitation, the Company, the shareholders of the Company, the Committee, and each of the members thereof, Employees and their respective successors in interest.

7.2. Liability . No member of the Committee shall be liable for anything done or omitted to be done by him or by any other member of the Committee in connection with the Plan, except for his own willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Committee shall have power to engage outside consultants, auditors or other professional help to assist in the fulfillment of the Committee’s duties under the Plan at the Company’s expense.

7.3. Determinations . In making its determinations concerning the key Employees who shall receive Options or other Awards as well as the number of shares to be covered by such options or other Awards and the time or times at which they shall be granted, the Committee shall take into account the nature of the services rendered by such key Employees, their past, present and potential contribution to the Company’s success and such other factors as the Committee may deem relevant. The Committee shall determine the form of Option Agreements and Award Agreement under the Plan and the terms and conditions to be included therein, provided such terms and conditions are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan. The Committee may waive any provisions of any Option Agreement or any other Award Agreement, provided such waiver is not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan as then in effect. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Options or other Awards under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

8.1. Amendment of Plan . The Board of Directors may amend the Plan at any time and from time to time. Rights and obligations under any Option or other Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be materially altered, or impaired adversely, by such amendment, except with consent of the Grantee (or, after the Grantee’s death, the person having the right to exercise or receive payment of the Award). For purposes of the Plan, any action of the Board or the Committee that alters or affects the tax treatment of any Award shall not be considered to materially impair any rights of any Grantee. An amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders only to the extent required by applicable laws (including Section 409(A) and 457(A) of the Code), regulations or rules (including applicable titles of any stock exchange or of Nasdaq).

 

-12-


8.2. Termination . The Board may at any time terminate the Plan as of any date specified in a resolution adopted by the Board. If not earlier terminated, the Plan shall terminate on August 1, 2019 (but in any event not later than the day before the 10 th anniversary of Board approval of the Plan). No Options or other Awards may be granted after the Plan has terminated, but the Committee shall continue to supervise the administration of Options or other Awards previously granted.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

9.1. Restrictions Upon Grant of Awards . If the listing upon any stock exchange or Nasdaq or the registration or qualification under any federal or state law of any shares of Common Stock to be issued on the exercise of Awards granted under this Plan (whether to permit the grant of Awards or the resale or other disposition of any such shares of Common Stock by or on behalf of Grantees receiving such shares) should be or become necessary or desirable, the Board in its sole discretion may determine that delivery of the certificates for such shares of Common Stock shall not be made until such listing registration or qualification shall have been completed. The Company agrees that it will use its best efforts to effect any such listing, registration or qualification, provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to use its best efforts to effect such registration under the Securities Act of 1933 other than on Form S-8 or such other forms as may be in effect from time to time calling for information comparable to that presently required to be furnished under Form S-8.

9.2. Shareholder Agreement; Restrictions Upon Resale of Unregistered Stock . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, no shares of Common Stock shall be issued to any Grantee unless and until such Grantee has executed and delivered to the Company a copy of the then current shareholders agreement among the then current shareholders of the Company. In addition, each Grantee shall, if the Company deems it advisable, represent and agree in writing (i) that any shares of Common Stock acquired by such Grantee pursuant to this Plan will not be sold except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 or pursuant to an exemption from registration under said Act, (ii) that such Grantee is acquiring such shares of Common Stock for his own account and not with a view to the distribution thereof, and (iii) to such other customary matters as the Company may request. In such case, no shares of Common Stock shall be issued to such Grantee unless such Grantee provides such representations and agreements and the Company is reasonably satisfied that such representations and agreements are correct.

9.3. Adjustments .

(a) General . In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in a form other than shares in an amount that has a material effect on the value of shares of Common Stock, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding

 

-13-


Common Stock into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, a recapitalization, a reclassification or a similar occurrence, the Committee shall make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock available for future grams of Options or other Awards under Section 3.2, (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option or other Award, or (iii) the exercise price of each outstanding Option or other Award.

(b) Reorganizations . In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or reorganization, outstanding Options and other Awards shall be subject to the agreement of merger or reorganization.

(c) Reservation of Rights . Except as provided in this Section 9.3, a Grantee shalt have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend, or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. Any issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or exercise price of shares of Common Stack subject to an Option or other Award. The grant of any Option or other Award pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

9.4. Withholding of Taxes; Tax Elections .

(a) Each Grantee who exercises an Option and each (Grantee who holds Restricted Stock or other Award that has vested shall agree that no later than the date of exercise or receipt of shares of Common Stock pursuant to such Option and no later than the date such Restricted Stock or other Award vests (in whole or in part) he will pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any Federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the transfer to him or vesting in him of such shares of Common Stock.

(b) The applicable Option Agreement or other Award Agreement may provide that a Grantee may satisfy, in whole or in part, the requirements of paragraph (a);

(i) by delivery of shares of Common Stock owned by the Grantee for at least six months (or such shorter or longer period as the Committee may approve) having a Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of such delivery) equal to all or part of the amount to be so withheld, or

(ii) by electing to have the Company withhold the requisite number of shares from shares otherwise deliverable pursuant to the exercise of the Option or vesting of Restricted Stock or other Award giving rise to the tax withholding obligation provided however, that

(A) the Grantee’s election and the withholding pursuant thereto take effect during the period beginning on the third business day following

 

-14-


the date of release for publication of the quarterly and annual summary statements of the Company’s sales and earnings and ending on the twelfth business day following such date, and six months have elapsed since the date the Option or Restricted Stock or other Award was granted, or

(B) such election was irrevocably made by the Grantee and filed with the Committee in writing at least six months in advance of the date on which such withholding occurs. The Committee may require, as a condition of accepting any such delivery of Common Stock or any such election by the Grantee, that the Grantee furnish to the Company an opinion of counsel to the effect that such delivery or election will not result in the Grantee incurring any liability under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(c) If the Grantee, in connection with the acquisition of shares of Common Stock under the Plan, is permitted under the terms of his Option Agreement or other Award Agreement to make the election permitted under Section 83(b) of the Code (i.e., an election to include in gross income in the year of transfer the amounts specified in Section 83(b) of the Code notwithstanding the continuing transfer restrictions) and if the Grantee makes such election, the Grantee shall submit to the Company a copy of the notice filed by the Grantee with the Internal Revenue Service within ten (10) days of filing such notice, and shall pay, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld as a result of such election, all in accordance with the provisions of clauses (a) and (b) of this section 9.4.

9.5. Use of Proceeds . The proceeds from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Options or other Awards granted under the Plan shall constitute general funds of the Company and may be used for such corporate purposes as the Company may determine.

9.6. Substitution of Options . Options may be granted under this Plan in substitution for options held by individuals who are employees of another corporation and who become Employees of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company eligible to receive Options pursuant to the Plan as a result of a merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar event. The terms and conditions of any Options so granted may vary from those set forth in the Plan to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee in order to conform the provisions of Options granted pursuant to the Plan to the provisions of the options in substitution for which they are granted.

9.7. Notices . Any notice requited or permitted hereunder shall be sufficiently given only if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the Company at its principal place of business, and to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company at the time of grant hereunder, or to such other address as either party may hereafter designate in writing by notice similarly given by one party to the other.

9.8. Nature of Payments . Any and all grants of Awards and issuances of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall Constitute a special inventive payment to the Grantee and

 

-15-


shall not be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Grantee for the purpose of determining any benefits under any pension, retirement profit-sharing, bonus, life insurance or other benefit plan of the Company or under any agreement with the Grantee, unless such plan or agreement specifically provides otherwise.

9.9. Non-Uniform Determinations . The Committee’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards (whether or not such persons are similarly situated). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall be entitled, among other things to make non-uniform and selective determinations, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award Agreements, as to the persons to receive Awards under the Plan, and the terms and provisions of Awards under the Plan.

9.10. Waiver of Claims . Prior to being selected by the Committee to receive an Award, an Employee has no right to any benefits hereunder. In consideration of a Grantee’s receipt of any Award hereunder, the Committee may require, in its sole discretion, that each such Grantee expressly waive any right to contest the amount of any Award, the terms of any Award Agreement, any determination action or omission hereunder or under any Award Agreement by the Committee, the Company or the Board, or any amendment to the Plan or any Award Agreement (other than an amendment to this Plan or an Award Agreement to which his or her consent is expressly required by the express terms of the Plan or an Award Agreement).

9.11. Governing Law . The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken hereunder, to the extent not otherwise governed by the Code or the laws of the United States of America, shall be governed by the laws of the Stale of California and construed accordingly.

 

-16-

Exhibit 10.7

PRESBIA HOLDINGS

AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO STOCK PLAN

This Amendment Number One (the “Amendment”) to the Presbia Holdings Stock Plan (the “Plan”) is entered into by Presbia Holdings, a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”) effective as of October 21, 2013.

WHEREAS, the Company sponsors and maintains the Plan;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to adopt certain clarifying amendments to the Plan; and

WHEREAS, Section 8.1 of the Plan reserves to the Board of Directors of the Company the right to amend the Plan from time to time.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

1. Section 2.1(f) of the Plan is hereby amended to read as follows:

“Common Stock” means, subject to Section 9.3, the Company’s Ordinary Shares, par value US$0.0001 per share.”

2. Section 3.1 of the Plan is hereby amended to read as follows:

“3.1 Term . The Plan shall become effective as of the Effective Date and terminate as provided in Section 8.2. The Plan shall continue to govern any Awards outstanding following termination of the Plan.”

3. The last sentence of Section 3.3 of the Plan is hereby amended to read as follows:

“Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or the Plan, no adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights (whether ordinary or extraordinary, and whether in cash, securities or other property) for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.”


4. Section 4.3 of the Plan is hereby deleted in its entirety.

5. Section 5.2(e)(i) of the Plan is hereby amended to read as follows:

“(i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the company, or any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;”

6. Section 5.4 of the Plan is hereby amended to read as follows:

“(d) Ownership . During the Restricted Period, the Grantee shall possess all incidents of ownership of such shares, subject to Section 5.4(b) hereof, including the right to receive dividends with respect to such shares and to vote such shares; provided that, unless otherwise set forth in a Grantee’s Restricted Stock Agreement, any cash or share dividends with respect to the Restricted Stock shall be withheld by the Company for the Grantee’s account, shall be subject to forfeiture to the same degree as the shares of Restricted Stock to which such dividends relate and shall be paid or delivered to the Grantee as and when the foregoing restrictions on the shares of Restricted Stock to which such dividends relate lapse (without the accrual or payment of interest on any cash dividends so withheld).”

7. Section 9.3(b) of the Plan is hereby amended to read as follows:

“(b) Reorganizations . In the event that the Company is party to a merger or reorganization (including, without limitation, any transaction determined by the Committee to be a corporate transaction covered by Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii)(E)(4)), outstanding Options and other Awards shall be subject to the agreement of merger, reorganization or other agreement effecting such transaction.

 

-2-


8. Section 9.4(b) of the Plan is hereby amended to read as follows:

“(b) The applicable Option Agreement or other Award Agreement may provide that a Grantee may satisfy, in whole or in part, the requirements of paragraph (a):

(i) by delivery of shares of Common Stock owned by the Grantee for at least six months (or such shorter or longer period as the Committee may approve) having a Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of such delivery) equal to all or part of the minimum amount that is statutorily required to be withheld; or

(ii) by electing to have the Company withhold or repurchase, as applicable, the requisite number of shares delivered or otherwise deliverable upon the issuance, exercise, vesting or settlement of an Award having a Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of such withholding or delivery) equal to all or part of the minimum amount that is statutorily required to be withheld.”

Except as amended herein, the Plan shall continue in full force and effect.

[Signature Page Follows.]

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned being a duly authorized officer of the Company has executed this Amendment as evidence of its adoption by the Company effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

PRESBIA HOLDINGS

By:

 

/s/ Zohar Loshitzer

 

Name:

 

Zohar Loshitzer

 

Title:

 

Director

 

-4-

Exhibit 10.8

 

LOGO

Presbia Holdings

Restricted Stock Grant Notice

Presbia Holdings (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its Stock Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to the grantee listed below (“ Grantee ”) an Award of Restricted Stock for the number of Ordinary Shares of the Company, par value U.S. $0.0001 (the “ Ordinary Shares ”), set forth below. The Restricted Stock is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Restricted Stock Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Restricted Stock Agreement ”) and the Plan attached hereto as Exhibit B, each of which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same meanings in this Restricted Stock Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”).

Grantee’s Name: Zohar Loshitzer

Grant Date: October 21, 2013

Total Number of shares of Restricted Stock: 1,000,000

Vesting Schedule: 100% of the shares of Restricted Stock shall vest, and the Restricted Period (as defined in the Restricted Stock Agreement) with respect thereto shall lapse, on the earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the Grant Date, or (ii) in the event of an IPO (as defined in the Restricted Stock Agreement), upon the expiration of the IPO Lock-Up Restriction (as defined in the Restricted Stock Agreement).

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Restricted Stock Agreement or the Plan to the contrary (including, without limitation, the forfeiture and reacquisition provisions of Section 5 of the Restricted Stock Agreement, which shall not apply), the shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall continue to vest, and the Restricted Period with respect thereto shall continue to lapse, following the Grantee’s Termination of Employment; provided however, that no shares of Restricted Stock for which the Restricted Period has not lapsed may vest following the Grantee’s Termination of Employment for Cause and all such shares shall be forfeited and transferred to and reacquired by the Company or a Subsidiary in accordance with Section 5 of the Restricted Stock Agreement.

By Grantee’s signature below, Grantee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Restricted Stock Agreement and this Grant Notice. Grantee has reviewed the Restricted Stock Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Restricted Stock Agreement and the Plan.


Grantee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under or relating to the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Restricted Stock Agreement.

 

Presbia Holdings        Zohar Loshitzer
By  

/s/ Richard Ressler

    

/s/ Zohar Loshitzer

Title:       

Attachments: Restricted Stock Agreement (Exhibit A) and Stock Plan (Exhibit B).

 

-2-


Exhibit A

 

LOGO

Presbia Holdings

Restricted Stock Agreement

October 21, 2013

This is a Restricted Stock Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between Presbia Holdings (the “ Company ”) and the individual who has executed this Agreement above the signature line “Signature of Grantee” (the “ Grantee ”). This Agreement is made pursuant to the Company’s Stock Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement have the same definitions ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

Terms and Conditions

The Company and the Grantee agree as follows:

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants Grantee the number of Ordinary Shares of the Company, par value U.S. $0.0001 (the “ Ordinary Shares ”) set forth in the Restricted Stock Grant Notice to which this Agreement is attached (the “ Grant Notice ”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan (such Ordinary Shares, as and while subject to the restrictions set forth in Sections 4 and 5 below, the “ Restricted Stock ”).

2. Vesting . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Plan, each share of Restricted Stock shall become vested, and the restrictions applicable to the share of Restricted Stock under Sections 4 and 5 below shall lapse, over a period commencing on the Grant Date and ending on the applicable vesting date in respect of such share of Restricted Stock specified in the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice (such period, the “ Restricted Period ”); provided, however, that, subject to the provisions of the Plan, no shares of Restricted Stock shall vest following Grantee’s Termination of Employment.

3. Change of Control . Grantee’s rights upon a Change of Control are set forth in Section 5.4(f) of the Plan.

4. Restrictions . Shares of Restricted Stock shall be subject to acquisition by the Company and may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of during the Restricted Period and any attempt to do so shall be null and void and without effect. One or more share certificates representing the shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in Grantee’s name promptly following the execution of this Agreement and shall bear a legend making appropriate reference to the transfer restrictions and forfeiture conditions imposed hereunder. Share certificates for the shares of Restricted Stock shall be held in escrow by the Company or its transfer agent until the restrictions with respect to such shares of Restricted Stock lapse in accordance with the

 

-3-


provisions of Section 2 above or until such shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited pursuant to Section 5. Share certificates for Restricted Stock shall be delivered to Grantee only when and to the extent that the restrictions with respect to such Restricted Stock lapse in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 above.

5. Forfeiture . Upon Grantee’s Termination of Employment for any reason prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period for any shares of Restricted Stock, the remaining shares of Restricted Stock for which the Restricted Period has not lapsed (after taking into account the provisions of Section 3 above) shall thereupon be forfeited by Grantee and transferred to, and reacquired by the Company or a Subsidiary at no cost to the Company or Subsidiary.

6. Ownership . During the Restricted Period, Grantee shall possess all incidents of ownership of the shares of Restricted Stock, subject to the restrictions set forth in Sections 4 and 5 above, including the right to receive dividends with respect to such shares and the right to vote such shares; provided that, any cash or share dividends with respect to shares of Restricted Stock shall be withheld by the Company for Grantee’s account, shall be subject to forfeiture to the same degree as the shares of Restricted Stock to which such dividends relate and shall be paid or delivered to Grantee as and when the foregoing restrictions on the shares of Restricted Stock to which such dividends relate lapse (without the accrual or payment of interest on any cash dividends so withheld).

7. Shareholders Agreement . Simultaneous with Grantee’s execution and delivery of this Agreement, Grantee shall execute and deliver to the Company a deed of adherence to the Shareholders Agreement among the Company’s shareholders in the form annexed as Exhibit A hereto.

8. Securities Matters . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Ordinary Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on share certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or the securities laws of any state or any other law.

9. Investment Purpose . Grantee represents and warrants that unless the shares of Restricted Stock are registered under the Securities Act, any and all Ordinary Shares acquired by Grantee under this Agreement will be acquired for investment for Grantee’s own account and not with a view to, for resale in connection with, or with an intent of participating directly or indirectly in, any distribution of such Ordinary Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act. Grantee agrees not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of such shares unless they are either (i) registered under the Securties Act and all applicable state securities laws, or (ii) exempt from such registration in the opinion of Company counsel.

 

-4-


10. Lock-Up Agreement . Grantee agrees during the period beginning on the date of the applicable underwriting agreement and continuing for 180 days following the consummation of the first underwritten public offering of the equity securities of the Company (or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates or successors) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ IPO ”), upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing the offering, not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any equity securities of the same class registered in the IPO without the prior written consent of the Company and such underwriters (such 180 day period, the “ IPO Lock-Up Restriction ”).

11. Tax Withholding . Grantee acknowledges the tax withholding requirements described in Section 9.4 of the Plan.

12. Section 83(b) Election . Grantee may file an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days of the execution of this Agreement to be taxed currently on the fair market value of the shares of Restricted Stock on the date of issuance. Absent such an election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by Grantee at the time or times at which the forfeiture restrictions on the Restricted Stock lapse. GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS NOT THE COMPANY’S RESPONSIBILTY, BUT RATHER IS GRANTEE’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, TO FILE TIMELY AND PROPERLY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) AND UNDER ANY CORRESPSONDING PROVISIONS OF STATE TAX LAWS IF GRANTEE ELECTS TO UTILIZE SUCH ELECTION. If Grantee files an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, Grantee shall submit to the Company a copy of the election within ten (10) days of filing such election.

13. No Right to Continued Employment or Service . Grantee acknowledges the provisions set forth in Section 4.2 of the Plan.

14. The Plan Controls . This Agreement does not undertake to express all conditions, terms and provisions of the Plan. The grant of Restricted Stock is subject in all respects to all of the requirements (including, without limitation, tax withholding), restrictions, limitations and other terms and provisions of the Plan, which, by this reference, are incorporated herein to the same extent as if copied verbatim. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the Plan. If any actual or alleged conflict between the provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Agreement occurs, the provisions of the Plan will be controlling and determinative.

15. Severability . If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or the Grant Notice are invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions of this Agreement or the Grant Notice, as the case may be, will be construed and enforced as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been included.

16. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and Grantee and their respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs, beneficiaries and representatives.

 

-5-


17. Notices . Notices and communications under this Agreement must be in writing and delivered personally, by overnight courier, or by registered or certified United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company must be addressed to:

Presbia Holdings

8845 Irvine Center Drive

Suite 100

Irvine, CA 92618

or any other address designated by the Company in a written notice to Grantee. Notices to Grantee will be directed to the address of Grantee then currently on file with the Company, or at any other address given by Grantee in a written notice to the Company.

 

Presbia Holdings

By  

/s/ Richard Ressler

Title:  
Zohar Loshitzer

/s/ Zohar Loshitzer

Signature of Grantee

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.9

AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD MULTI-TENANT OFFICE LEASE — NET

1. Basic Provisions (“Basic Provisions”).

1.1 Parties : This Lease (“ Lease ”), dated for reference purposes only April 23, 2012 is made by and between Image Holdings, Inc., 16742 Gothard Ave., Suite 218, Huntington Beach, California 92647 (“ Lessor ”) and PresbiBio, LLC (“ Lessee ”), (collectively the “ Parties ”, or individually a “ Party ”).

1.2 (a) Premises : That certain portion of the Project (as defined below), known as Suite Number(s) 100,                  floor(s), consisting of approximately 9,033 rentable square feet and approximately                  useable square feet (“ Premises ”). The Premises are located at: 8845 Irvine Center Drive in the City of Irvine, County of Orange, State of California, with zip code 92618. In addition to Lessee’s rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below) as hereinafter specified, but shall not have any rights to the roof, the exterior walls, the area above the dropped ceilings, or the utility raceways of the building containing the Premises (“Building”) or to any other buildings in the Project without Lessor’s prior reasonable consent. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “ Project .” The Project consists of approximately 36,000 rentable square feet. (See also Paragraph 2)

1.2 (b) Parking : Thirty-six (36) unreserved. (See Paragraph 2.6)

1.3 Term : Five (5) years and zero (0) months (“ Original Term ”) commencing upon substantial completion of tenant improvements by Lessor, to be no later than June 1, 2012 (“ Commencement Date ”) and ending May 31, 2017 (“ Expiration Date ”). (See also Paragraph 3)

1.4 Early Possession : If the Premises are available Lessee may have non-exclusive possession of the Premises commencing thirty (30) days prior to Commencement Date (“ Early Possession Date ”). (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

1.5 Base Rent : $8,942.67 per month (“ Base Rent ”), payable on the first (1st) day of each month commencing November 1, 2012. (See also Paragraph 4)

þ If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted. See Paragraph 50

1.6 Lessee’s Share of Operating Expenses : Twenty–five percent (25%) (“ Lessee’s Share ”). In the event that that size of the Premises and/or the Project are modified during the term of this Lease, Lessor shall recalculate Lessee’s Share to reflect such modification.

 

   PAGE 1 OF 44   


1.7 Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution :

(a) Base Rent : $8,942.67 for the period October 1-31, 2012

(b) Operating Expenses : $4,064.85 for the period October 1-31, 2012

(c) Security Deposit : $124,475.00 (“ Security Deposit ”). (See also Paragraph 5)

(d) Parking : N/A for the period N/A

(e) Other : N/A for N/A

(f) Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease : $137,482.52

1.8 Agreed Use : Wholesale sales, manufacturer, storage and design of medical devices, associated office use, and all related uses. (See also Paragraph 6)

1.9 Insuring Party . Lessor is the “Insuring Party”. (See also Paragraph 8)

1.10 Real Estate Brokers : (See also Paragraph 15 and 25)

(a) Representation : The following real estate brokers (the “ Brokers ”) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

 

¨ represents Lessor exclusively (“ Lessor’s Broker ”);

 

¨ represents Lessee exclusively (“ Lessee’s Broker ”); or

 

þ Lee & Associates - Irvine, Inc. represents both Lessor and Lessee (“ Dual Agency ”).

(b) Payment to Brokers : Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Brokers for the brokerage services rendered by the Broker as compensated a commission of $46,364.58.

1.11 Guarantor . The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease shall be guaranteed by: N/A (“ Guarantor ”). (See also Paragraph 37)

1.12 Business Hours for the Building : 7:00 am. to 6:00 p.m., Mondays through Fridays (except Building Holidays) and 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays (except Building Holidays). “ Building Holidays ” shall mean the dates of observation of New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

 

   PAGE 2 OF 44   


1.13 Lessor Supplied Services . Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 11.1, Lessor is NOT obligated to provide the following within the Premises:

 

¨ Janitorial services

 

¨ Electricity

 

¨ Other (specify):                                         

1.14 Attachments . Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

 

þ an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs 50 through 56;

 

¨ a plot plan depicting the Premises;

 

¨ a current set of the Rules and Regulations;

 

¨ a Work Letter;

 

¨ a janitorial schedule;

 

þ other (specify): Option (s) to Extend - Paragraph 57; Addendum to Standard Multi-Tenant Office Lease Net; Disclosure for Lease

2. Premises.

2.1 Letting . Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different. Note: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

2.2 Condition . Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee upon substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements and in a clean condition on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs (“ Start Date ”), and warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (“ HVAC ”), and all other items which the Lessor is obligated to construct pursuant to the Work Letter attached hereto, if any, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of the Unit shall be free of material defects, and that the Premises do not contain hazardous levels of any mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law.

2.3 Compliance . Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements comprising the Premises and the Common Areas comply with the building codes that were in effect at the time that each such improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed, and also with all applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances (“ Applicable Requirements ”) in effect on the Start Date. Said warranty does not apply to the use to which

 

   PAGE 3 OF 44   


Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee’s use (see Paragraph 49), or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the zoning and other Applicable Requirements are appropriate for Lessees intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed . If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Premises, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Premises (“ Capital Expenditure ”), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to 6 months’ Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor shall pay for such Capital Expenditure and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof, on the date that on which the Base Rent is due, an amount equal to 1/144th of the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises. Lessee shall pay Interest on the balance but may prepay its obligation at any time. If, however, such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable

 

   PAGE 4 OF 44   


Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.

2.4 Acknowledgements . Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (c) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Lessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Lessee’s decision to lease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

2.5 Intentionally Omitted

2.6 Vehicle Parking . So long as Lessee is not in default, and subject to the Rules and Regulations attached hereto, and as established by Lessor from time to time, Lessee shall be entitled to rent and use the number of parking spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) at no cost to Lessee.

(a) If Lessee commits, permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in the Lease or the rules then in effect, then Lessor shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

(b) Intentionally omitted

2.7 Common Areas - Definition . The term “Common Areas” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project and interior utility raceways and installations within the Premises that are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor, Lessee and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including, but not limited to, common entrances, lobbies, corridors, stairwells, public restrooms, elevators, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, walkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

 

   PAGE 5 OF 44   


2.8 Common Areas - Lessee’s Rights . Lessor grants to Lessee, for the benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Project. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.9 Common Areas - Rules and Regulations . Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to adopt, modify, amend and enforce reasonable rules and regulations (“ Rules and Regulations ”) for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Project and their invitees. The Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and shall use its best efforts to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Project.

2.10 Common Areas - Changes . Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor’s sole discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of the lobbies, windows, stairways, air shafts, elevators, escalators, restrooms, driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways;

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Project to be a part of the Common Areas;

(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project, or any portion thereof; and

 

   PAGE 6 OF 44   


(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Project as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

3. Term .

3.1 Term . The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2 Early Possession . Any provision herein granting Lessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Date. Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non-exclusive right to occupy the Premises. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such Early Possession. All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Lessee’s Share of the Operating Expenses) shall be in effect during such period. Any such Early Possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

3.3 Delay In Possession . Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or change the Expiration Date. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of any Work Letter executed be Parties, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

3.4 Lessee Compliance . Lessor shall not be required to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

 

   PAGE 7 OF 44   


4. Rent.

4.1 Rent Defined . All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent (“ Rent ”).

4.2 Operating Expenses . Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee’s Share of all Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) “ Operating Expenses ” include all costs incurred by Lessor relating to the ownership and operation of the Project, calculated as if the Project was at least 95% occupied, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) The operation, repair, and maintenance in neat, clean, safe, good order and condition, of the following:

(aa) The Common Areas, including their surfaces, coverings, decorative items, carpets, drapes and window coverings, and including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, stairways, parkways, driveways, landscaped areas, striping, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, building exteriors and roofs, fences and gates;

(bb) All heating, air conditioning, plumbing, electrical systems, life safety equipment, communication systems and other equipment used in common by, or for the benefit of, lessees or occupants of the Project, including elevators and escalators, tenant directories, fire detection systems including sprinkler system maintenance and repair.

(cc) All other areas and improvements that are within the exterior boundaries of the Project but outside of the Premises and/or any other space occupied by a tenant.

(ii) The cost of trash disposal, janitorial and security services, pest control services, and the costs of any environmental inspections;

(iii) The cost of any other service to be provided by Lessor that is elsewhere in this Lease stated to be an “Operating Expense”;

(iv) The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 8 and any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas;

(v) The amount of the Real Property Taxes payable by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 10;

(vi) The cost of water, sewer, gas, electricity, and other publicly mandated services not separately metered;

 

   PAGE 8 OF 44   


(vii) Labor, salaries, and applicable fringe benefits and costs, materials, supplies and tools, used in maintaining and/or cleaning the Project and accounting and management fees attributable to the operation of the Project;

(viii) The cost to replace equipment or capital components such as the roof, foundations, or exterior walls, the cost to replace a Common Area capital improvement, such as the parking lot paving, elevators or fences, and/or the cost of any capital improvement to the Building or the Project not covered under the provisions of Paragraph 2.3. Provided however, that if such equipment or capital component has a useful life for accounting purposes of 5 years or more that Lessor shall allocate the cost of any such capital improvement over a 12 year period and Lessee shall not be required to pay more than Lessee’s Share of 1/144th of the cost of such capital improvement in any given month;

(ix) The cost to replace equipment or improvements that have a useful life for accounting purposes of 5 years or less.

(x) Reserves set aside for maintenance, repair, and/or replacement of Common Area improvements and equipment.

(b) Any item of Operating Expense that is specifically attributable to the Premises, the Building or to any other building in the Project or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to such Premises, Building, or other building. However, any such item that is not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings in the Project.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Project already has the same, Lessor already provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.

(d) Lessee’s Share of Operating Expenses is payable monthly on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. The amount of such payments shall be based on Lessor’s estimate of the Operating Expenses. Within 60 days after written request (but not more than once each year) Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee’s Share of the actual Operating Expenses for the preceding year. If Lessee’s payments during such year exceed Lessee’s Share, Lessor shall credit the amount of such over-payment against Lessee’s future payments. If Lessee’s payments during such year were less than Lessee’s Share, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within 10 days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of the statement.

(e) Operating Expenses shall not include any expenses paid by any tenant directly to third parties, or as to which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or by insurance proceeds.

 

   PAGE 9 OF 44   


4.3 Payment . Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. All monetary amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar. In the event that any invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier’s check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney’s fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent and Operating Expenses, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

5. Security Deposit . Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount already due Lessor, for Rents which will be due in the future, and/ or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 60 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

6. Use .

6.1 Use . Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles in violation of applicable laws. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements of the Building, will not adversely affect the mechanical, electrical, HVAC, and other systems of the Building, and/or will not affect the exterior appearance of the Building. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in the Agreed Use.

 

   PAGE 10 OF 44   


6.2 Hazardous Substances .

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent . The term “ Hazardous Substance ” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements. “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use such as ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor . If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

(c) Lessee Remediation . Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.

 

   PAGE 11 OF 44   


(d) Lessee Indemnification . Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from areas outside of the Project not caused or contributed to by Lessee). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

(e) Lessor Indemnification . Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which result from Hazardous Substances which existed on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(f) Investigations and Remediations . Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

(g) Lessor Termination Option . If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1 (e)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then

 

   PAGE 12 OF 44   


monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

6.3 Lessees Compliance with Applicable Requirements . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the Premises, without regard to whether said requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall immediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises.

6.4 Inspection; Compliance . Lessor and Lessor’s “ Lender ” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable notice, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see paragraph 9.1) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets (MSDS) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of written request therefor.

7. Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations .

7.1 Lessee’s Obligations . Notwithstanding Lessor’s obligation to keep the Premises in good condition and repair, Lessee shall be responsible for payment of the cost thereof to

 

   PAGE 13 OF 44   


Lessor as additional rent for that portion of the cost of any maintenance and repair of the Premises, or any equipment (wherever located) that serves only Lessee or the Premises, to the extent such cost is attributable to causes beyond normal wear and tear. Lessee shall be responsible for the cost of painting, repairing or replacing wall coverings, and to repair or replace any improvements within the Premises. Lessor may, at its option, upon reasonable notice, elect to have Lessee perform any particular such maintenance or repairs the cost of which is otherwise Lessee’s responsibility hereunder.

7.2 Lessor’s Obligations . Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 4.2 (Operating Expenses), 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, exterior roof, fire sprinkler system, fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems, fire hydrants, and the Common Areas. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations .

(a) Definitions . The term “ Utility Installations ” refers to all floor and window coverings, air lines, vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, and plumbing in or on the Premises. The term “ Trade Fixtures ” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “ Alterations ” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “ Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations ” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

(b) Consent . Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Alterations or Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof, ceilings, floors or any existing walls, will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed $2000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall

 

   PAGE 14 OF 44   


promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month’s Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

(c) Liens; Bonds . Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs.

7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration .

(a) Ownership . Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations with the exception of the clean room. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises with the exception of the clean room.

(b) Removal . By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

(c) Surrender; Restoration . Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and

 

   PAGE 15 OF 44   


equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall also completely remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Project) even if such removal would require Lessee to perform or pay for work that exceeds statutory requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

8. Insurance; Indemnity .

8.1 Insurance Premiums . The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 8 are included as Operating Expenses (see paragraph 4.2 (a)(iv)). Said costs shall include increases in the premiums resulting from additional coverage related to requirements of the holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises, Building and/or Project, increased valuation of the Premises, Building and/or Project, and/or a general premium rate increase. Said costs shall not, however, include any premium increases resulting from the nature of the occupancy of any other tenant of the Building. In no event, however, shall Lessee be responsible for any portion of the premium cost attributable to liability insurance coverage in excess of $2,000,000 procured under Paragraph 8.2(b).

8.2 Liability Insurance .

(a) Carried by Lessee . Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by means of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization’s “Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises” Endorsement. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(b) Carried by Lessor . Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

 

   PAGE 16 OF 44   


8.3 Property Insurance - Building, Improvements and Rental Value .

(a) Building and Improvements . Lessor shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of insurance in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Building and/or Project. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Building and/or Project, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee not by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $5,000 per occurrence.

(b) Rental Value . Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“Rental Value insurance”). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.

(c) Adjacent Premises . Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Project if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

(d) Lessee’s Improvements . Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

8.4 Lessee’s Property; Business Interruption Insurance; Worker’s Compensation Insurance .

(a) Property Damage . Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Lessee shall provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in force.

 

   PAGE 17 OF 44   


(b) Business Interruption . Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

(c) Worker’s Compensation Insurance . Lessee shall obtain and maintain Worker’s Compensation Insurance in such amount as may be required by Applicable Requirements.

(d) No Representation of Adequate Coverage . Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

8.5 Insurance Policies . Insurance required herein shall be by companies maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-, VII, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates with copies of the required endorsements evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least 10 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the-remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation . Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 Indemnity . Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

 

   PAGE 18 OF 44   


8.8 Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability . Notwithstanding the negligence or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building, or from other sources or places, (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project, or (iii) injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee’s sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.

8.9 Failure to Provide Insurance . Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.

9. Damage or Destruction .

9.1 Definitions .

(a) “ Premises Partial Damage ” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 6 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction, and the cost thereof does not exceed a sum equal to 12 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

 

   PAGE 19 OF 44   


(b) “ Premises Total Destruction ” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 6 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction and/or the cost thereof exceeds a sum equal to 12 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(c) “ Insured Loss ” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(d) “ Replacement Cost ” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

(e) “ Hazardous Substance Condition ” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance, in, on, or under the Premises which requires restoration.

9.2 Partial Damage Insured Loss . If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $5,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

 

   PAGE 20 OF 44   


9.3 Partial Damage Uninsured Loss . If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

9.4 Total Destruction . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

9.5 Damage Near End of Term . If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies .

(a) Abatement . In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this

 

   PAGE 21 OF 44   


Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

(b) Remedies . If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

9.7 Termination; Advance Payments . Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

10. Real Property Taxes .

10.1 Definitions . As used herein, the term “ Real Property Taxes ” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Project address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Project is located. Real Property Taxes shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Project, (ii) a change in the improvements thereon, and/or (iii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease.

10.2 Payment of Taxes . Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Project, and said payments shall be included in the calculation of Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

 

   PAGE 22 OF 44   


10.3 Additional Improvements . Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor’s records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.2 hereof, Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee’s request or by reason of any alterations or improvements to the Premises made by Lessor subsequent to the execution of this Lease by the Parties.

10.4 Joint Assessment . If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

10.5 Personal Property Taxes . Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

11. Utilities and Services .

11.1 Services Provided by Lessor . Lessor shall provide heating, ventilation, air conditioning, reasonable amounts of electricity for normal lighting and office machines, water for reasonable and normal drinking and lavatory use in connection with an office, and replacement light bulbs and/or fluorescent tubes and ballasts for standard overhead fixtures. Lessor shall also provide janitorial services to the Premises and Common Areas 5 times per week, excluding Building Holidays, or pursuant to the attached janitorial schedule, if any. Lessor shall not, however, be required to provide janitorial services to kitchens or storage areas included within the Premises.

11.2 Services Exclusive to Lessee . Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone and other utilities and services specially or exclusively supplied and/or metered exclusively to the Premises or to Lessee, together with any taxes thereon. If a service is deleted by Paragraph 1.13 and such service is not separately metered to the Premises, Lessee shall pay at Lessor’s option, either Lessee’s Share or a reasonable proportion to be determined by Lessor of all charges for such jointly metered service.

 

   PAGE 23 OF 44   


11.3 Hours of Service . Said services and utilities shall be provided during times set forth in Paragraph 1.12. Utilities and services required at other times shall be subject to advance request and reimbursement by Lessee to Lessor of the cost thereof.

11.4 Excess Usage by Lessee . Lessee shall not make connection to the utilities except by or through existing outlets and shall not install or use machinery or equipment in or about the Premises that uses excess water, lighting or power, or suffer or permit any act that causes extra burden upon the utilities or services, including but not limited to security and trash services, over standard office usage for the Project. Lessor shall require Lessee to reimburse Lessor for any excess expenses or costs that may arise out of a breach of this subparagraph by Lessee. Lessor may, in its sole discretion, install at Lessee’s expense supplemental equipment and/or separate metering applicable to Lessee’s excess usage or loading.

11.5 Interruptions . There shall be no abatement of rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions.

12. Assignment and Subletting .

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required .

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “ assign or assignment ”) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange, a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 50% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buyout or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 50% of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. “ Net Worth of Lessee ” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting

 

   PAGE 24 OF 44   


as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (I) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and nonfixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

(f) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is requested.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a de minimis portion of the Premises, i.e. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting .

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.

(c) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else. responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)

 

   PAGE 25 OF 44   


(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

(g) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting . The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

 

   PAGE 26 OF 44   


(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice.

13. Default; Breach; Remedies .

13.1 Default; Breach . A “ Default ” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A “ Breach ” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. THE ACCEPTANCE BY LESSOR OF A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF RENT OR SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY OF LESSOR’S RIGHTS, INCLUDING LESSORS RIGHT TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.

(c) The failure of Lessee to allow Lessor and/or its agents access to the Premises or the commission of waste, act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee.

(d) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate or financial statements, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guarantee and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 41, (viii) material data safety sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.

(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 2.9 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30

 

   PAGE 27 OF 44   


days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(f) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph (e) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

(h) If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

13.2 Remedies . If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been

 

   PAGE 28 OF 44   


reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover damages under Paragraph 12. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

13.3 Inducement Recapture . Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “ Inducement Provisions ”, shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure

 

   PAGE 29 OF 44   


of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

13.4 Late Charges . Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 Interest . Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due as to scheduled payments (such as Base Rent) or within 30 days following the date on which it was due for non-scheduled payment, shall bear interest from the date when due, as to scheduled payments, or the 31st day after it was due as to non-scheduled payments. The interest (“Interest”) charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

13.6 Breach by Lessor .

(a) Notice of Breach . Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor . In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided, however, that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee’s right to seek reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

 

   PAGE 30 OF 44   


14. Condemnation . If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “Condemnation”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the rentable floor area of the Premises, or more than 25% of Lessee’s Reserved Parking Spaces, if any, are taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation paid by the condemnor for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

15. Brokerage Fees .

15.1 Additional Commission . If a separate brokerage fee agreement is attached then in addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.10 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing, Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the Project, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the schedule attached to such brokerage fee agreement.

15.2 Assumption of Obligations . Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.10, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue Interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.

 

   PAGE 31 OF 44   


15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships . Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

16. Estoppel Certificates .

(a) Each Party (as “ Responding Party ”) shall within 10 business days after written notice from the other Party (the “ Requesting Party ”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “ Estoppel Certificate ” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate.

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall within 10 days after written notice from Lessor deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past 2 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Definition of Lessor . The term “ Lessor ” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

 

   PAGE 32 OF 44   


18. Severability . The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. Days . Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

20. Limitation on Liability . The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Project (including any rents, profits or proceeds therefrom), and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor’s partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

21. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer . This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.

23. Notices .

23.1 Notice Requirements . All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

23.2 Date of Notice . Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day

 

   PAGE 33 OF 44   


delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24. Waivers .

(a) No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.

(b) The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

(c) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL GOVERN WITH REGARD TO ALL MATTERS RELATED THERETO AND HEREBY WAIVE THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH STATUTE IS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE.

25. Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship .

(a) When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:

(i) Lessor’s Agent . A Lessor’s agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor’s agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: To the Lessor : A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor : a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

 

   PAGE 34 OF 44   


(ii) Lessee’s Agent . An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Lessor’s agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee : A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor : a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(iii) Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee . A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: a. A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee. b. Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an amount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests. Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional.

(b) Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

(c) Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as “Confidential” any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

26. No Right To Holdover . Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

 

   PAGE 35 OF 44   


27. Cumulative Remedies . No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement . All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law . This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; NonDisturbance .

30.1 Subordination . This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device”), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “Lender”) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2 Attornment . In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Device to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions. of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership: (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor.

30.3 NonDisturbance . With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “ NonDisturbance Agreement ”) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the

 

   PAGE 36 OF 44   


Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall, if requested by Lessee, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

30.4 Self-Executing . The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

31. Attorneys’ Fees . If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

32. Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs . Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or, in the final 6 months of the term, to tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect to Lessee’s use of the Premises. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee, except as expressly provided herein. In addition, Lessor shall have the right to retain keys to the Premises and to unlock all doors in or upon the Premises other than to files, vaults and safes, and in the case of emergency to enter the Premises by any reasonably appropriate means, and any such entry shall not be deemed a forcible or unlawful entry or detainer of the Premises or an eviction. Lessee waives any charges for damages or injuries or interference with Lessee’s property or business in connection therewith.

 

   PAGE 37 OF 44   


33. Auctions . Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

34. Signs . Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “For Sale” signs at any time and ordinary “For Lease” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Lessor may not place any sign on the exterior of the Building that covers any of the windows of the Premises. Except for ordinary “For Sublease” signs which may be placed only on the Premises, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Project without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

35. Termination; Merger . Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents . Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.

37. Guarantor.

37.1 Execution . The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

37.2 Default . It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a

 

   PAGE 38 OF 44   


corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. Quiet Possession . Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

39. Options . If Lessee is granted an Option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply.

39.1 Definition . “Option” shall mean: (a) the right to extend or reduce the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or reduce the term of or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (C) the right to purchase, the right of first offer to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee . Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee and to Lessee’s affiliates, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and to Lessee’s affiliates, and only while the original Lessee or its affiliates is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

39.3 Multiple Options . In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid beyond the notice and cure period, (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

 

   PAGE 39 OF 44   


40. Security Measures . Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties. In the event, however, that Lessor should elect to provide security services, then the cost thereof shall be an Operating Expense.

41. Reservations .

So long as Lessee’s rights are not adversely affected, and provided Lessee’s use and access to the Premises is protected.

(a) Lessor reserves the right: (i) to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, (ii) to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, (iii) to create and/or install new utility raceways, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps, restrictions, and utility raceways do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessor may also: change the name, address or title of the Building or Project upon at least 90 days prior written notice; provide and install, at Lessee’s expense, Building standard graphics on the door of the Premises and such portions of the Common Areas as Lessor shall reasonably deem appropriate; grant to any lessee the exclusive right to conduct any business as long as such exclusive right does not conflict with any rights expressly given herein; and to place such signs, notices or displays as Lessor reasonably deems necessary or advisable upon the roof, exterior of the Building or the Project or on pole signs in the Common Areas. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate such rights. The obstruction of Lessee’s view, air, or light by any structure erected in the vicinity of the Building, whether by Lessor or third parties, shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability upon Lessor.

(b) Intentionally omitted

(c) Lessee shall not: (i) use a representation (photographic or otherwise) of the Building or Project or their name(s) in connection with Lessee’s business; or (ii) suffer or permit anyone, except in emergency, to go upon the roof of the Building, except as otherwise provided herein.

42. Performance Under Protest . If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid “under protest” with 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.

 

   PAGE 40 OF 44   


43. Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution.

(a) If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

(b) If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “Lessee”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

(c) This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

44. Conflict . Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45. Offer . Preparation of this Lease by either party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

46. Amendments . This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

47. Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

48. Arbitration of Disputes . An Addendum requiring the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease ¨ is þ is not attached to this Lease.

49. Americans with Disabilities Act . Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

 

   PAGE 41 OF 44   


50. Lease Rate . Base rent shall be as follows:

 

Months

   Base Rent  

1-4

   $ 0.00   

5-12

   $ 0.99 NNN per square foot   

13-24

   $ 1.02 NNN per square foot   

25-36

   $ 1.05 NNN per square foot   

37-45

   $ 1.08 NNN per square foot   

49-60

   $ 1.11 NNN per square foot   

51. Tenant Improvements . Lessor, at Lessor’s sole costs and expense, shall deliver the Premises with the following improvements:

 

  1. Paint

 

  2. Tile lobby (mutually agreed upon)

 

  3. Duct cleaning

 

  4. Ceiling leaks repaired

 

  5. New carpet/base/VCT (building standard; colors to be selected by Lessee)

 

  6. Add sidelights to offices

Subject to Section 7.3 of the Lease, Lessee shall be allowed to make additional improvements, including but not limited to the following:

 

  1. Clean room

 

  2. Additional walls as needed for Lessee’s use

52. Second Right of Refusal to Purchase . Lessee shall have the Second Right of Refusal to purchase the building as long as Lessee still occupies the building and is not in material default of the Lease. M86, which is the current Lessee in the building, has the first right of refusal to purchase the building.

53. First Right of Refusal for Expansion . Lessee shall have the First Right of Refusal on any space that comes available in the building.

54. Proposition 13 Protection . In the event the property is sold or a transfer of ownership transpires during the initial Lease Term, Lessee shall be granted Prop 13 Protection.

55. Security Deposit . Lessor will reduce the Base Rent as it becomes due for months 13 through 28, inclusive, by the amount of $6,339.00 per month; all such deducted amounts shall reduce the Security Deposit accordingly. No such reduction in Base Rent or reduction of the Security Deposit shall be available if Lessee is or has been in Default of the Lease.

56. Signage . Subject to (i) Lessor’s reasonable prior written approval of any and all signs proposed by Lessee, and (ii) signage rights granted to other tenants at the Project; Lessee may, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, install signs on or about the Premises. Lessee’s signage shall at all times comply with all covenants, conditions, restrictions, reservations and easements, laws, ordinances, permits and regulations affecting the Project and prior to installation of the signage

 

   PAGE 42 OF 44   


Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, obtain the approval of all government authorities and private parties entitled to approve signage. Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, remove Lessee’s signage from the Project immediately upon termination of the Lease or if such signage is required to be removed by applicable law, rule or order. Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, repair and restore the Building and Property (and any portion of the Project) to their condition existing immediately prior to the installation of any and all signage by Lessee or Lessee’s agents, including elimination of all visible mounting points, power conduits and shadows to the Building and Premises finish, reasonable wear and tear and casualty damage outside of Lessee’s reasonable control excepted. Nothing in this Section 56 or the Lease shall restrict or prevent Lessor from permitting any other tenant at the Project to place signage on the Building, in their Premises or at the Project, including but not limited to the entry door of the Building and In the Building lobby.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

ATTENTION : NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING AND SIZE OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

WARNING : IF THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED.

 

   PAGE 43 OF 44   


EXHIBIT 10.8

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at:  

 

    Executed at:  

 

On:  

 

    On:  

 

By  LESSOR:  

 

    By  LESSEE:  

 

Image Holdings, Inc.

   

PresbiBio, LLC

By:  

/s/ Reza Amirani

    By:  

/s/ Zohar Loshitzer

Name Printed:  

Reza Amirani

    Name Printed:  

Zohar Loshitzer

Title:  

 

    Title:  

CEO

By:  

/s/ Amir Asvad

    By:  

 

Name Printed:  

Amir Asvad

    Name Printed:  

 

Title:  

 

    Title:  

 

Address:  

16742 Gothard Ave, Suite 281

Huntington Beach, CA 92467

    Address:  

 

 

 

   

 

Telephone: (            )  

 

    Telephone: (            )  

 

Facsimile: (            )  

 

    Facsimile: (            )  

 

Email:  

 

    Email:  

 

Email:  

 

    Email:  

 

Federal ID No.  

 

    Federal ID No.  

 

 

LESSOR’S BROKER:    LESSEE’S BROKER:
Lee & Associates - Irvine, Inc.    Lee & Associates - Irvine, Inc.
Attn: Ted Rommel    Attn: Rob Rader
Title: Senior Vice President    Title: Vice President
Address: 111 Pacifica, Suite 310    Address: 111 Pacifica, Suite 310
Irvine, CA 92618    Irvine, CA 92618
Telephone: (949) 727.1200    Telephone: (949) 727.1200
Facsimile: (949) 727.1299    Facsimile: (949) 727.1299
Email: trammel@lee-associates.com    Email: rrader@lee-associates.com
Federal ID No.    Federal ID No.
Broker/Agent DRE License #: 00830845    Broker/Agent DR License #: 01373045

R0MMEL/2012/AIR/8845 IRVINE CENTER, 100 - PRESBIBIO - MTOLN 4-23-12

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 800 W 6th Street, Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90017. Telephone No. (213) 687.8777. Fax No.: (213) 687.8616.

© Copyright 2002 - By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

All rights reserved. No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

   PAGE 44 OF 44   


OPTION(S) TO EXTEND

STANDARD LEASE ADDENDUM

Dated : April 23, 2012

By and Between (Lessor) Image Holdings, Inc., 16742 Gothard Ave, #218, Huntington Beach, CA 92647

By and Between (Lessee) PresbiBio, LLC

Address of Premises: 8845 Irvine Center Drive, Suite 100 Irvine, CA 92618

Paragraph 57

A. OPTION(S) TO EXTEND:

Lessor hereby grants to Lessee the option to extend the term of this Lease for one (1) additional sixty (60) month period(s) commencing when the prior term expires upon each and all of the following terms and conditions:

(i) In order to exercise an option to extend, Lessee must give written notice of such election to Lessor and Lessor must receive the same at least 3 but not more than 6 months prior to the date that the option period would commence, time being of the essence. If proper notification of the exercise of an option is not given and/or received, such option shall automatically expire. Options (if there are more than one) may only be exercised consecutively.

(ii) The provisions of paragraph 39, including those relating to Lessee’s Default set forth in paragraph 39.4 of this Lease, are conditions of this Option.

(iii) Except for the provisions of this Lease granting an option or options to extend the term, all of the terms and conditions of this Lease except where specifically modified by this option shall apply.

(iv) This Option is personal to the original Lessee or its affiliates, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee or its affiliates and only while the original Lessee or its affiliates is in full possession of the Premises and without the intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

(v) The monthly rent for each month of the option period shall be calculated as follows, using the method(s) indicated below: (Check Method(s) to be Used and Fill in Appropriately)

 

¨ I. Cost of Living Adjustment(s) (COLA)

 

  a. On (Fill in COLA Dates):  

 

 

 

   PAGE 1 OF 4   


the Base Rent shall be adjusted by the change, if any, from the Base Month specified below, in the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for (select one): ¨ CPI W (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers) or ¨ CPI U (All Urban Consumers), for (Fill in Urban Area):

 

 

All Items (1982-1984 = 100), herein referred to as “CPI”.

b. The monthly rent payable in accordance with paragraph A.I.a of this Addendum shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.5 of the attached Lease, shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month 2 months prior to the month(s) specified in paragraph A.I.a above during which the adjustment is to take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month which is 2 months prior to (select one): ¨ the first month of the term of this Lease as set forth in paragraph 1.3 (“Base Month”) or ¨ (Fill in Other “Base Month”):

 

 

The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent hereunder, but in no event, shall any such new monthly rent be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

c. In the event the compilation and/or publication of the CPI shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the CPI shall be used to make such calculation. In the event that the Parties cannot agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rules of said Association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties. The cost of said Arbitration shall be paid equally by the Parties.

 

þ II. Market Rental Value Adjustment(s) (MRV)

a. On (Fill in MRV Adjustment Date(s)) May 31, 2017 the Base Rent shall be adjusted to the “Market Rental Value” of the property as follows:

1) Four months prior to each Market Rental Value Adjustment Date described above, the Parties shall attempt to agree upon what the new MRV will be on the adjustment date. If agreement cannot be reached, within thirty days, then:

(a) Lessor and Lessee shall immediately appoint a mutually acceptable appraiser or broker to establish the new MRV within the next 30 days. Any associated costs will be split equally between the Parties, or

(b) Both Lessor and Lessee shall each immediately make a reasonable determination of the MRV and submit such determination, in writing, to arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) Within 15 days thereafter, Lessor and Lessee shall each select an þ appraiser or ¨ broker (“ Consultant ” - check one) of their choice to act as an arbitrator. The two arbitrators so appointed shall immediately select a third mutually acceptable Consultant to act as a third arbitrator.

 

   PAGE 2 OF 4   


(ii) The 3 arbitrators shall within 30 days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to what the actual MRV for the Premises is, and whether Lessor’s or Lessee’s submitted MRV is the closest thereto. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Parties. The submitted MRV which is determined to be the closest to the actual MRV shall thereafter be used by the Parties.

(iii) If either of the Parties fails to appoint an arbitrator within the specified 15 days, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision on his or her own, and said decision shall be binding on the Parties.

(iv) The entire cost of such arbitration shall be paid by the party whose submitted MRV is not selected, i.e. the one that is NOT the closest to the actual MRV.

2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the new MRV shall not be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

b. Upon the establishment of each New Market Rental Value:

1) the new MRV will become the new “Base Rent” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments, and

2) the first month of each Market Rental Value term shall become the new “Base Month” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments.

 

¨ III. Fixed Rental Adjustment(s) (FRA)

The Base Rent shall be increased to the following amounts on the dates set forth below:

 

  On (Fill in ERA Adjustment Date(s)):    

The New Base Rent shall be:

  
 

 

   

 

  
 

 

   

 

  
 

 

   

 

  
 

 

   

 

  
 

 

   

 

  
 

 

   

 

  
 

 

   

 

  
 

 

   

 

  
 

 

   

 

  

 

   PAGE 3 OF 4   


B. NOTICE:

Unless specified otherwise herein, notice of any rental adjustments, other than Fixed Rental Adjustments, shall be made as specified in paragraph 23 of the Lease.

 

C. BROKER’S FEE:

The Brokers shall be paid a Brokerage Fee for each adjustment specified above in accordance with paragraph 15 of the Lease or if applicable, paragraph 9 of the Sublease.

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 800 W 6th Street, Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90017. Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

   PAGE 4 OF 4   


Addendum to Standard Multi-Tenant Office Lease-Net

dated as of April 23, 2012

by and between

Image Holdings, Inc., as Lessor

and

PresbiBio, LLC, as Lessee

The terms of this Addendum shall supplement, amend and, to the extent in conflict with the provisions of the Lease, supersede the above-referenced Lease, to which this Addendum is attached. The paragraph numbers set forth below generally correspond to the related paragraph in the Lease, but shall not affect or limit the meaning of the particular Addendum provision.

1.2 (a). Premises . Lessee may install a satellite dish on the roof at no additional cost. As the satellite dish, Lessee may install it provided (i) Lessee obtains the requisite governmental approvals; (ii) the installation is in compliance with Applicable Requirements as defined in Section 2.3; (iii) Lessee obtains Lessor’s approval as provided for in Section 7.3(b); and (iv) Lessee complies with all other provisions of the Lease related to installation, maintenance and removal of the satellite dish. Furthermore, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Lessee shall be solely responsible for any and all claims, liabilities, losses, actions or damages arising out of or related to Lessee’s installation, maintenance and/or removal of the rooftop satellite (including, but in no way limited to water intrusion (leaks)).

1.2 (b). Parking . In addition, Lessee has the right to designate four (4) reserved parking spaces as close to the main entrance of the Building as possible, subject to Lessor’s prior approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

2.10. Common Areas . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section or the Lease, with the exception of changes or actions resulting from Applicable Requirements or Court Order, no such change or action shall materially (a), adversely affect Lessee’s use of or access to the Premises with the exception of changes or actions resulting from Applicable Requirements or Court Order; or (b) obstruct or diminish the amount of parking spaces available to Lessee, or access to the Premises.

4.2. Operating Expenses and Audit Rights . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in no event shall any of the following costs or expenses be included in Common Area Operating Expenses:

a. any fines, penalties or interest, or costs resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor or its agents, employees and/or independent contractors;

b. any capital repairs or replacements, except those which effect economies in the operation or maintenance of the Project, to the extent of the reduction in other Common Area Expenses, or those that are required under any governmental law or regulation imposed after the Commencement Date, provided any such expenditures are amortized over their useful life as determined in accordance with GAAP;

 

Addendum to Air Lease – PresbiBio (v1)    1    ZL


c. any costs incurred in connection with upgrading the Project to comply with disability or life insurance requirements, or life safety codes, ordinances, statutes, other laws, regulations or governmental requirements in effect prior to the commencement date of the Term, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act, as enacted and with regulations existing on the Commencement Date of the Term;

d. any ground lease rental and interest, principal, points and fees on debt or amortization on any mortgage, deed of trust or other debt encumbering the Building;

e. expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not offered to Lessee or for which Lessee is charged for directly, but which are provided to another Lessee or occupant of the Project;

f. overhead and profit increment paid to Lessor or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Lessor for goods and/or services in or to the Building to the extent the same exceeds, by more than ten percent (10%), the costs of such goods and/or services of equal quality rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

g. Lessor’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses; and

h. costs relating to the initial development of the Project or any future development of the Project, and any increase in costs arising as a result of such future development.

If Lessee disputes the amounts in a statement provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to Section 4.2(d), Lessee shall give Lessor written notice of the specific basis of such dispute within sixty (60) days after Lessor delivers such statement to Lessee. Lessee’s failure to give such notice as and when required shall waive Lessee’s right to dispute the amounts so determined. If Lessee timely objects as required above, Lessee shall have the right to engage its own accountants (“Lessee’s Accountants”) for the purpose of verifying the accuracy of the statement in dispute, or the reasonableness of the adjustment or estimated increase or decrease. If Lessee’s Accountants determine that an error has been made, Lessor’s and Lessee’s Accountants shall endeavor to agree upon the matter, failing which Lessor’s and Lessee’s Accountants shall jointly select an independent certified public accounting firm (the “Independent Accountant”) which firm shall conclusively determine whether the adjustment or estimated increase or decrease is reasonable, and if not, what amount is reasonable. Both parties shall be bound by such determination. If Lessee’s Accountants do not participate in choosing an Independent Accountant within twenty (20) days after receipt of written notice by Lessor, then Lessor’s determination of the adjustment or estimated increase or decrease shall be conclusively determined to be reasonable and Lessee shall be bound thereby. All costs incurred by Lessee in obtaining Lessee’s Accountants and the cost of the Independent Accountant shall be paid by Lessee unless Lessee’s Accountants disclose an error, acknowledged by Lessor (or found to have conclusively occurred by the Independent Accountant), of more than five percent (5%) in the computation of the aggregate amount Operating Expenses as set forth in the statement submitted by Lessor with respect to the matter in dispute; in which event Lessor shall pay the reasonable costs incurred by Lessee in obtaining such audits. Lessee shall continue to timely pay Lessor the amount in dispute until the parties have agreed as to the appropriate adjustment or have deemed to be bound by the determination of the Independent Accountant in accordance with the preceding terms. Lessor’s delay in submitting any statement contemplated herein shall not affect the provisions of this Section, nor constitute a waiver of Lessor’s rights as set forth herein.

 

Addendum to Air Lease – PresbiBio (v1)    2    ZL


6.2 Hazardous Substances . Lessee shall be responsible for up to twelve and one-half (12.5%) of the cost of any remediation attributed to by an unidentifiable third party to the extent such costs are not covered by Lessor’s insurance carried under this Lease.

6.3. Compliance with Applicable Requirements . Lessor shall deliver the Premises in compliance with existing code and ADA compliant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, in no event shall Lessee have any obligation to make any change or improvement to the structure of the Project or to any systems or equipment therein unless and only to the extent caused by the use of the Premises by Lessee, its employees, agents and representatives or any improvements made by Lessee, its employees, agents and representatives therein,

8.8 Exemption from Liability . Neither party shall be liable to the other for any consequential, punitive or special damages arising from a breach of this Lease, except as otherwise expressly permitted under paragraph 26 of the Lease.

10.1 Taxes . Taxes shall not include any inheritance, estate, succession, transfer, gift, franchise or corporation tax, or any net income tax, profit tax or capital tax imposed on Lessor, or any increases which result from a “change in ownership” arising from any transfer of the Premises by Lessor to any third party, or to any person or entity in which has beneficial interest.

11.5 Interruption . Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, in the event that Lessee is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof due to any act or omission of Lessor for ten (10) consecutive business days (the “Eligibility Period”) then Lessee’s rent shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Lessee continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Lessee is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable area of the Leased Premises.

12.1 Permitted Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Lessee shall have the right, without the prior written consent of Lessor, to sell, assign or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest therein, to any affiliate of Lessee, including without limitation, any corporation or other person or entity in control of, controlled by, or in common control with, Lessee, or any person, corporation or other entity which is the survivor of a merger, purchaser of the business or other consolidation involving Lessee (“ Affiliate ”), provided that nothing herein shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease.

 

LESSOR     LESSEE
Image Holdings, Inc.     PresbiBio, LLC
By:  

/s/ Amir Asvad

    By:  

/s/ Zohar Loshitzer

Its:  

Partner

    Its:  

CEO

/s/ Reza Amirani

     

 

Addendum to Air Lease – PresbiBio (v1)    3   


DISCLOSURE FOR LEASE

For AIR Lease Forms

( When Prepared by Lee & Associates® )

PREMISES : 8845 IRVINE CENTER DRIVE, SUITE 100, IRVINE, CA 92618 (the Premises ”)

1. LEGAL EFFECT . Upon acceptance of binding Lease (“Lease”), Lessor and Lessee both intend to have a binding legal agreement for the leasing of the Premises on the terms and conditions set forth therein. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge that Broker (as defined in the Lease) is not qualified to practice law or authorized to give legal advice or counsel as to any legal matters affecting the Lease. Broker hereby advises Lessor and Lessee to consult with their respective attorneys in connection with any questions each may have as to legal ramifications or effects of this Lease, prior to its execution.

2. FORM OF LEASE . The Lease is a standard form document. Broker has, at the direction of Lessor and/or Lessee, merely “filled in the blanks” based on prior discussions and/or correspondence of the parties. Lessor and Lessee each acknowledge that the Lease is delivered subject to the express condition that Broker has merely followed the instructions of the parties in preparing this document and does not assume any responsibility for its accuracy, completeness or form. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and understand that in providing the Lease, Broker has acted to expedite this transaction on behalf of Lessor and/or Lessee and has functioned within the scope of professional ethics by doing so.

3. CONCURRENT OFFERS. Lessee and Lessor acknowledge and consent that Broker may represent concurrent and/or competing offers with regard to the purchase or lease of the Premises from one or more prospective buyers or lessees without further notice.

4. NO INDEPENDENT INVESTIGATION. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and understand that any financial statements, information, reports or written materials of any nature whatsoever, as provided by the parties to Broker, and thereafter submitted by Broker to either Lessor and/or Lessee, are so provided without any Independent Investigation by Broker, and as such Broker assumes no responsibility or liability for the accuracy or validity of the same. Any verification of such submitted documents is solely and completely the responsibility of the party to whom such documents have been submitted.

5. NO WARRANTY . Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and understand that no warranties, recommendations or representations are or will be made by the Broker as to the accuracy, the legal sufficiency, the legal effect or the tax consequences of any of the documents submitted by Broker to Lessor and/or Lessee, or of the legal sufficiency, legal effect or tax consequences of the transactions contemplated thereby. Furthermore, Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and understand that Broker has made no representations or warranties concerning the ability of the Lessee to use the Premises as intended, the sufficiency or adequacy of the Premises for the intended use or any other matter regarding the Premises, and the parties are relying solely on their own investigations in executing the Lease.


6. NOTICE REGARDING HAZARDOUS WASTES OR SUBSTANCES AND UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS . Although Broker will disclose any actual knowledge it possesses with respect to the existence of any hazardous wastes, substances or underground storage tanks at the Premises, Broker has not made any independent investigations or obtained reports with respect thereto, except as may be described in a separate written document signed by Broker. All parties hereto acknowledge and understand that Broker makes no representations or warranties regarding the existence or nonexistence of hazardous wastes, substances or underground storage tanks at the Premises. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge that Broker has recommended that they should each contact one or more professionals, such as a civil engineer, geologist, industrial hygienist or other environmental consultants, for advice concerning the existence of hazardous wastes, substances or underground storage tanks.

7. DISCLOSURE RESPECTING AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT . The Americans with Disabilities Act, as well as certain state and local laws, are intended to make many business establishments equally accessible to persons with a variety of disabilities; modifications to real property may be required by such laws. Broker is not qualified to advise you as to what, if any, changes may be required now or in the future. The undersigned acknowledge that Broker has recommended that they consult attorneys and qualified design professionals for information regarding whether the Premises are in compliance with applicable law and/or whether modifications and changes are required.

8. CORPORATE SIGNATURES . Although there is a presumption under California law that the signature of corporate president is adequate to bind the corporation, a California Court of Appeals in a 1998 case allowed a party to rebut the normal presumption. Therefore, if either of the parties to the Lease is a corporation, it is advisable: (i) that the Lease be signed by two officers of the corporation, i.e. the president or vice president and the secretary or chief financial officer (note: one individual signing in both the capacity of president and as secretary may not be sufficient), or (ii) that the corporation provide a duly executed corporate resolution authorizing the transaction.

9. USE AND OCCUPANCY DISCLOSURE . Broker recommends that Lessee hire qualified contractor(s), consultant(s) or other professional(s) to confirm and verify that the physical characteristics of the Property (including, but not limited to, building, office and land sizes, fire sprinkler capacity, electrical power and all utilities, ceiling clear height, loading door sizes and quantity, railroad service, parking spaces, heating/cooling systems, type of construction, restroom(s) number and size, year built of improvements) are to Lessee’s satisfaction, and that they are adequate to accommodate Lessee’s intended use. Broker also recommends that Lessee hire qualified professionals to confirm with applicable governmental agencies that the use and the zoning of the Property are acceptable for Lessee’s intended use, and that Lessee will be able to obtain all permits, licenses and other approvals necessary for the intended use.

10. SEISMIC REINFORCEMENT DISCLOSURE . Some cities and counties have established or may be establishing minimum standards for structural seismic resistance for certain buildings constructed prior to 1933, 1976 and possibly other dates. Some structures will be required to comply with various standards set forth by the appropriate governmental agencies. Broker is not qualified to advise you as to what, if any, changes may be required now or in the future. The undersigned acknowledge that Broker has recommended that they consult a qualified architect, attorney or other consultant for information regarding this matter.


11. MOLD DISCLOSURE . Toxic or other molds may be present within a property in concentrations that may pose a threat to the health of humans. Toxic or other dangerous molds may or may not be visible or apparent to a potential user of the Property. In order to ascertain the nature and extent of toxic or other molds present in a property, it is necessary to conduct testing using qualified environmental expert specializing in mold inspection and analysis. Broker advises Lessee to retain the services of an environmental testing expert for this purpose.

12. DISCLOSURE REGARDING CITY ORDINANCES . Some cities have enacted ordinances which provide, among other matters, for car and truck parking restrictions and regulations, truck loading area requirements and maximum building sizes that can be utilized for a particular use. Additionally, some cities have imposed special taxes, such as the City of Vernon, for warehouse or partial warehouse uses. All of these restrictions and/or regulations are varied from city to city, and they are constantly changing. Broker is not qualified to advise you whether the Premises (and/or any related property) or the proposed use thereof complies with these, or any other ordinances, or whether the Premises (and/or any related property) might in the future violate these, or any other ordinances, nor is Broker qualified to advise you as to the impact thereof. Broker recommends that each party carefully review all applicable codes, regulations and ordinances affecting the Premises, and consult with their attorneys, consultants, engineers and contractors to determine whether the Premises (and/or any related property) and the proposed use is and in the future will be in compliance with same.

The undersigned acknowledge that they have received and read the above Disclosure.

 

Dated:  

5/11/12

    Dated:  

4-26-2012

LESSOR: IMAGE HOLDINGS, INC.     LESSEE: PRESBIBIO, LLC
BY:  

/s/ Amir Asvad

      BY:  

/s/ Zohar Loshitzer

 

/s/ Reza Amirani

       

Exhibit 10.10

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

This Indemnity Agreement, dated as of                     , 2014, is made by and between Presbia USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                     , a director, officer or key employee of the Company and/or one or more of the Company’s Subsidiaries (defined below) or Affiliates (defined below) or other service provider who satisfies the definition of Indemnifiable Person set forth below (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. The Company is aware that competent and experienced persons are increasingly reluctant to serve as representatives of corporations unless they are protected by comprehensive liability insurance and indemnification, due to increased exposure to litigation costs and risks resulting from their service to such corporations, and due to the fact that the exposure frequently bears no relationship to the compensation of such representatives;

B. The members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) have concluded that to retain and attract talented and experienced individuals to serve as representatives of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and to encourage such individuals to take the prudent business risks necessary for the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, it is necessary for the Company to contractually indemnify certain of its representatives and the representatives of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and to assume for itself maximum liability for Expenses and Other Liabilities in connection with claims against such representatives in connection with their service to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates;

C. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ Section 145 ”) empowers the Company to indemnify by agreement its officers, directors, employees and agents, and persons who serve, at the request of the Company, as directors, officers, employees or agents of other corporations, partnerships, joint ventures, trusts or other enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided thereby is not exclusive; and

D. The Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a representative of the Company and/or the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company free from undue concern about inappropriate claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Company and/or the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

(a) Affiliate . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Affiliate ” of the Company means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in respect of which Indemnitee is or was or will be serving as a director, officer, trustee, manager,


member, partner, employee, agent, attorney, consultant, member of the entity’s governing body (whether constituted as a board of directors, board of managers, general partner or otherwise), fiduciary, or in any other similar capacity at the request, election or direction of the Company, and including, but not limited to, any employee benefit plan of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.

(b) Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” means (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than a Subsidiary or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or Subsidiary, is or becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding capital stock, or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the outstanding capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into capital stock of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the capital stock of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(c) Expenses . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Expenses ” means all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, and other out-of-pocket costs), paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of, or being a witness in, a Proceeding (as defined below), or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, Section 145 or otherwise; provided, however, that Expenses shall not include any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties or amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding.

(d) Exchange Act . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(e) Indemnifiable Event . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Indemnifiable Event ” means any event or occurrence related to the scope of Indemnitee’s service for or employment with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person (as defined below), or by reason of anything done or not done, or any act or omission, by Indemnitee in any such capacity.

(f) Indemnifiable Person . For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Indemnifiable Person ” means the Indemnitee.

 

-2-


(g) Independent Counsel . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Independent Counsel ” means legal counsel that has not performed services for the Company or Indemnitee in the five years preceding the time in question and that would not, under applicable standards of professional conduct, have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee.

(h) Other Liabilities . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Other Liabilities ” means any and all liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, penalties, ERISA (or other benefit plan related) excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement and all interest, taxes, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such judgments, fines, ERISA (or other benefit plan related) excise taxes or penalties, or amounts paid in settlement).

(i) Proceeding . For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, legislative or any other type whatsoever, preliminary, informal or formal, including any arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution and including any appeal of any of the foregoing.

(j) Subsidiary . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Subsidiary ” means any entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.

2. Agreement to Serve . The Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as an Indemnifiable Person in the capacity or capacities in which Indemnitee currently serves the Company and/or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates as an Indemnifiable Person, and any additional capacity in which Indemnitee may agree to serve, until such time as Indemnitee’s service in a particular capacity shall end according to the terms of an agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, governing law, or otherwise. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create any right to continued employment or other form of service for the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company by Indemnitee.

3. Mandatory Indemnification .

(a) Agreement to Indemnify . In the event Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party to or witness in or is threatened to be made a party to or witness in any Proceeding by reason of an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses and Other Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in connection with (including in preparation for) such Proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of the Company’s Bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”), as the same may be amended from time to time (but only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than the Bylaws or the DGCL permitted prior to the adoption of such amendment).

(b) Exception for Amounts Covered by Insurance and Other Sources . Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Section 3(c), the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses or Other Liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to judgments, fines, penalties, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) to the extent such have been paid directly to Indemnitee (or paid directly to a third party on Indemnitee’s behalf) by any directors and officers, or other type, of insurance maintained by the Company or pursuant to other indemnity arrangements with third parties.

 

-3-


4. Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Expenses or Other Liabilities but not entitled, however, to indemnification for the total amount of such Expenses or Other Liabilities, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for such total amount except as to the portion thereof for which indemnification is prohibited by the provisions of the Company’s Bylaws or the DGCL. In any review or Proceeding to determine the extent of indemnification, the Company shall bear the burden to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, the lack of a successful resolution of a particular claim, issue or matter and which amounts sought in indemnity are allocable to claims, issues or matters which were not successfully resolved.

5. Liability Insurance . So long as Indemnitee shall continue to serve the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed Proceeding as a result of an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect for the benefit of Indemnitee as an insured (a) liability insurance issued by one or more reputable insurers and having the policy amount and deductible deemed appropriate by the Board and providing in all respects coverage at least comparable to and in the same amount as that coverage (whichever is greater) provided to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and (b) any replacement or substitute policies issued by one or more reputable insurers providing in all respects coverage at least comparable to and in the same amount as that coverage (whichever is greater) being provided to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such insurance or other arrangements shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or of Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or the other party or parties thereto under any such insurance or other arrangement.

6. Mandatory Advancement of Expenses .

(a) Advancement . If requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with (including in preparation for) a Proceeding related to an Indemnifiable Event. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced if, and only if and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Bylaws or the DGCL. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee or directly to a third party designated by Indemnitee within thirty (30) days following delivery of a written request therefor by Indemnitee to the Company. Indemnitee’s undertaking to repay any Expenses advanced to Indemnitee hereunder shall be unsecured and shall not be subject to the accrual or payment of any interest thereon.

 

-4-


(b) Exception . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6(a), the Company shall not be obligated to make any further advance of Expenses to Indemnitee if any one of the following determines in good faith that the facts known to them at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that Indemnitee acted in bad faith: (i) those members of the Board consisting of directors who were not parties to the Proceeding for which a claim is made under this Agreement (“ Independent Directors ”), even though less than a quorum, (ii) a committee of Independent Directors designated by a majority vote of Independent Directors, even though less than a quorum, (iii) Independent Counsel, by written legal opinion, or (iv) a panel of arbitrators (one of whom is selected by the Company, another of whom is selected by Indemnitee and the last of whom is selected by the first two arbitrators so selected). The Company shall have the option to submit the question of whether Indemnitee has acted in bad faith to one of the four alternative decision makers set forth in the preceding sentence and to select the decision maker, but following a favorable determination to Indemnitee rendered by the first decision maker selected, the Company may not submit the matter to another of the named decision makers. If the Company elects to submit the matter to Independent Counsel, such counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Independent Directors or a committee of Independent Directors (which approval may not be unreasonably withheld). Any decision maker so selected shall render a decision within thirty (30) days of such decision maker’s selection (which shall include in the case of Independent Counsel or a panel of arbitrators, when the person or persons acting as such counsel or such panel has or have been selected as provided above).

If a decision is made by the decision maker that Indemnitee acted in bad faith, Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for the purpose of determining whether Indemnitee has acted in bad faith. This Section 6(b) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon a Change in Control of the Company.

7. Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures .

(a) Notification . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of or the threat of commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if Indemnitee believes that indemnification or advancement of Expenses with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof. However, a failure so to notify the Company promptly following Indemnitee’s receipt of such notice shall not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee except to the extent that the Company is materially prejudiced in its defense of such Proceeding as a result of such failure.

(b) Insurance and Other Matters . If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of the commencement of a Proceeding pursuant to Section 7(a) above, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the issuers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such insurance policies.

(c) Assumption of Defense . In the event the Company shall be obligated to advance the Expenses for any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company, if deemed appropriate by the Company, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding as provided herein. Such defense by the Company may include the representation of two or more parties by one attorney

 

-5-


or law firm as permitted under the ethical rules and legal requirements related to joint representations. Following delivery of written notice to Indemnitee of the Company’s election to assume the defense of such Proceeding, the approval by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) of counsel designated by the Company and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees and expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. If (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have notified the Board in writing that Indemnitee has reasonably concluded that there is likely to be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (iii) the Company fails to employ counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be subject to indemnification and/or advancement pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Nothing herein shall prevent Indemnitee from employing counsel for any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense.

(d) Settlement . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent; provided that if a Change in Control has occurred and the Company has not provided such consent, the Company shall submit the terms of such settlement to Independent Counsel and the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in such settlement if Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall enter into a settlement of any Proceeding that might result in the imposition of any Expense, Other Liability, penalty, limitation or detriment on Indemnitee, whether indemnifiable under this Agreement or otherwise, without Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold consent from any settlement of any Proceeding.

8. Determination of Right to Indemnification .

(a) Success on the Merits or Otherwise . To the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding referred to in Section 3(a) above or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter described therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

(b) Indemnification in Other Situations . In the event that Section 8(a) is inapplicable, the Company shall also indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee has not failed to meet the applicable standard of conduct for indemnification.

(c) Forum . Indemnitee shall be entitled to select the forum in which determination of whether or not Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct shall be decided, and such election will be made from among the following:

(1) those members of the Board who are Independent Directors even though less than a quorum;

(2) a committee of Independent Directors designated by a majority vote of Independent Directors, even though less than a quorum; or

 

-6-


(3) Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, which approval may not be unreasonably withheld, which counsel shall make such determination in a written opinion.

If Indemnitee is an officer or a director of the Company at the time that Indemnitee is selecting the forum, then Indemnitee shall not select Independent Counsel as such forum unless there are no Independent Directors or unless the Independent Directors agree to the selection of Independent Counsel as the forum. The selected forum shall be referred to herein as the “Reviewing Party.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, following any Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be Independent Counsel selected in the manner provided in (3) above.

(d) Decision Timing and Expenses . As soon as practicable, and in no event later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of written notice of Indemnitee’s choice of forum pursuant to Section 8(c) above, the Company and Indemnitee shall each submit to the Reviewing Party such information as they believe is appropriate for the Reviewing Party to consider. The Reviewing Party shall arrive at its decision within a reasonable period of time following the receipt of all such information from the Company and Indemnitee, but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the receipt of all such information, provided that the time by which the Reviewing Party must reach a decision may be extended by mutual agreement of the Company and Indemnitee. All Expenses associated with the process set forth in this Section 8(d), including but not limited to the Expenses of the Reviewing Party, shall be paid by the Company.

(e) Delaware Court of Chancery . Notwithstanding a final determination by any Reviewing Party that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification with respect to a specific Proceeding, Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to the Court of Chancery, for the purpose of enforcing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement.

(f) Expenses . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or Proceeding under this Section 8 or under Section 6(b) involving Indemnitee and against all Expenses and Other Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any other Proceeding between the Company and Indemnitee involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement unless a court of competent jurisdiction finds that each of the material claims of Indemnitee in any such Proceeding was frivolous or made in bad faith.

(g) Determination of “Good Faith” . For purposes of any determination of whether Indemnitee acted in “good faith” or acted in “bad faith,” Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith or not acted in bad faith if in taking or failing to take the action in question Indemnitee relied on the records or books of account of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, including financial statements, or on information, opinions, reports or statements provided to Indemnitee by the officers or other employees of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or by any other person (including legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors) as to matters Indemnitee reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate. In connection with

 

-7-


any determination as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, or to advancement of expenses, the Reviewing Party, decision maker pursuant to Section 6(b) or court shall presume that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct and is entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, that Indemnitee is not so entitled. The provisions of this Section 8(g) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failures to act, of any other person serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification hereunder.

9. Exceptions . Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding,

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except (i) with respect to Proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement, any other statute or law, as permitted under Section 145, or otherwise, (ii) where the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding, or (iii) with respect to Proceedings brought to discharge Indemnitee’s fiduciary responsibilities, whether under ERISA or otherwise, but such indemnification or advancement of Expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board finds it to be appropriate; or

(b) Actions Based on Federal Statutes Regarding Profit Recovery and Return of Bonus Payments . The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee on account of (i) any suit in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act and amendments thereto or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) or under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010; or

(c) Unlawful Indemnification . The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee for Other Liabilities if such indemnification is prohibited by law.

10. Non-exclusivity . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the vote of the Company’s stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements, or otherwise, both as to acts or omissions in his or her official capacity and to acts or omissions in another capacity

 

-8-


while serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee.

11. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

12. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) and except as expressly provided herein, no such waiver shall constitute a continuing waiver.

13. Successors and Assigns . The terms of this Agreement shall bind, and shall inure to the benefit of, the successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

14. Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (a) if delivered by hand and a receipt is provided by the party to whom such communication is delivered, (b) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the signing by the recipient of an acknowledgement of receipt form accompanying delivery through the U.S. mail, (c) personal service by a process server, or (d) delivery to the recipient’s address by overnight delivery (e.g., FedEx, UPS or DHL) or other commercial delivery service. Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or as subsequently modified by written notice complying with the provisions of this Section 14. Delivery of communications to the Company with respect to this Agreement shall be sent to the attention of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

15. No Presumptions . For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law or otherwise. In addition, neither the failure of the Company or a Reviewing Party or one of the decision makers described in Section 6(b) to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Company including a determination pursuant to Section 6(b), or a Reviewing Party that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of Proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination by exercising Indemnitee’s rights

 

-9-


under Section 6(b) or 8(e) of this Agreement shall be a defense to Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that Indemnitee has failed to meet any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief or is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law or otherwise.

16. Survival of Rights . The rights conferred on Indemnitee by this Agreement shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased to serve the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

17. Subrogation and Contribution . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement:

(a) In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(b) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

18. Specific Performance, Etc. The parties recognize that if any provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee may be without an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, Indemnitee shall be entitled, if Indemnitee so elects, to institute Proceedings, either in law or at equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.

19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (including counterparts with electronic signatures), each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

20. Headings . The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction or interpretation thereof.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely with Delaware.

 

-10-


22. Consent to Jurisdiction . The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any Proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement.

23. Effective Date . This Agreement shall be effective as of March 20, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”).

24. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and, upon the Effective Date, this Agreement and the documents referred to herein supersede any and all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

 

-11-


The parties hereto have entered into this Indemnity Agreement on the date first set forth above but effective as of the Effective Date.

 

PRESBIA USA, INC.:
 

 

Name:
Title:

 

INDEMNITEE:
 

 

Name:

Exhibit 10.11

SERVICES AGREEMENT

dated as of January 1, 2011

by and between

PRESBIBIO, LLC

as Company

and

ORCHARD CAPITAL CORPORATION

as Service Provider


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  
Section 1. Definitions and Interpretation      3   
Section 2. Appointment and Authority of Service Provider; Provision of Services      4   
Section 3. Fees      4   
Section 4. Limitation of Liability      5   
Section 5. Indemnification      5   
Section 6. Termination      7   
Section 7. Assignment and Sub-Contracting      7   
Section 8. Notices      7   
Section 9. Binding Nature of Agreement; Successors and Assigns; Amendment      8   
Section 10. Entire Agreement      8   
Section 11. Controlling Law      8   
Section 12. Choice of Forum      8   
Section 13. Waiver of Jury Trial      9   
Section 14. Independent Contractor      9   
Section 15. Third Party Beneficiary Rights      9   
Section 16. Indulgences Not Waivers      9   
Section 17. Titles Not to Affect Interpretation      9   
Section 18. Execution in Counterparts      9   
Section 19. Provisions Separable      10   

 

-2-


SERVICES AGREEMENT

This SERVICES AGREEMENT (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 1, 2011, is entered into by and between PRESBIBIO, LLC, a California limited liability company with offices located at 6922 Hollywood Blvd., 3rd Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90028 as the company (together with its successors and assigns permitted hereunder, the “ Company ”), and ORCHARD CAPITAL CORPORATION, a California corporation, with offices located at 6922 Hollywood Boulevard, Suite 900, Los Angeles, California 90028, as service provider (together with its successors and assigns permitted hereunder, “ Service Provider ”).

WITNESSETH :

WHEREAS, the Company and its Affiliates are in the business of researching and developing advanced ophthalmologic products technology;

WHEREAS, the Service Provider is in the business of providing financial services, legal services, personnel services and other similar human resources support to, among others, the Company and its Affiliates; and

WHEREAS, the Company and its Affiliates on the one hand, and the Service Provider on the other hand, wish to amend and restate all existing agreements and understandings between them for the provision of services, whether written or oral, as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements herein set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Service Provider agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions and Interpretation .

Affiliate ” means any other Person that, directly or indirectly, Controls, is Controlled by or under common Control with such Person, or is a director or officer of such Person.

Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or a Sunday, on which banks are generally open for business in Los Angeles, California.

Control ,” and the correlative term “ Controlled ,” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Fees ” means the charges for the provision of the Services as set out in the applicable Services Schedules.

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, sole proprietorship, joint venture, government (or any agency or political subdivision thereof) or other entity.

 

-3-


Service Schedule ” means each of the Schedules attached to this Agreement that set forth the Services to be provided by Service Provider to the Company and/or its Affiliates and any future schedules setting forth the additional services as agreed upon between the parties hereto.

The use of the terms “include” or “including” shall be construed without limitation to the words following; words denoting the singular number only include the plural and vice versa; words denoting any gender include all genders and words denoting persons include firms and corporations and vice versa.

Section 2. Appointment and Authority of Service Provider; Provision of Services .

(a) The Company hereby appoints Orchard Capital Corporation (“ OCC ”) as Service Provider and directs Service Provider to perform such duties as are described in the Service Schedules (collectively, the “ Services ”). OCC hereby accepts such appointment, and, subject to and in accordance with the applicable terms and provisions of this Agreement, agrees to perform the Services during the applicable term set forth herein or in the applicable Service Schedule to and for the benefit of the Company and any of its Affiliates identified in the applicable Service Schedule.

(b) If the Company desires Service Provider to provide the Company and/or an Affiliate with additional services not set forth on a Service Schedule, the Company and Service Provider shall discuss in good faith the addition of such additional services to a new or existing Service Schedule and, upon the parties’ written agreement on such new or amended Service Schedule, such additional services shall be deemed “Services” for all purposes in this Agreement.

(c) Service Provider shall, and is hereby authorized by the Company to, perform the Services in a manner consistent with applicable law and in accordance with the applicable terms and provisions hereof. Service Provider shall use all reasonable skill, care and diligence in the performance of the Services. Service Provider shall follow the customary standards, policies and procedures currently used by it in the performance of such Services for itself and for other Persons.

(d) Service Provider may perform any Services directly or by or through agents, accountants, experts, attorneys or Affiliates. Service Provider shall exercise reasonable care in the selection of any such third parties. Service Provider shall remain fully responsible and liable for the performance of the Services notwithstanding any delegation to any such third party. Performance by any such third party of any Services shall be deemed to be performance thereof by Service Provider.

Section 3. Fees .

(a) In consideration of and subject to the supply of the Services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to Service Provider the Fees.

 

-4-


(b) Service Provider will invoice the Company quarterly in arrears for all Services provided during the preceding quarter. The Company shall pay such invoice within fifteen (15) Business Days of receipt thereof.

(c) For any Services for which the Fees are based on a cost or cost-plus methodology, Service Provider shall provide the Company with reasonable detail of the cost of its provision of the Services in conjunction with its invoices.

(d) Except to the extent set forth in the applicable Service Schedule, each of the Company and Service Provider shall bear its own costs and expenses with respect to the provision of Services. In the event so indicated in the applicable Service Schedule, the Company shall, at the direction of Service Provider, either reimburse Service Provider from time to time for, or pay directly, the out-of-pocket expenses incurred in providing the Services, including travel, communication and similar expenses.

Section 4. Limitation of Liability .

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 4 , Service Provider shall in no event have any liability to the Company under or as a result of this Agreement or the performance of the Services, except to the extent such liability results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Service Provider (or that of any agent, accountant, expert, attorney or Affiliate performing the Services as contemplated by Section 2(d)).

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Service Provider will not be liable to the Company for: (i) any loss of profits, loss of revenue, loss of reputation or goodwill; (ii) any indirect, special or consequential loss; or (iii) any exemplary or punitive damages, whether arising in contract, tort, negligence, misrepresentation, for breach of duty (including without limitation statutory duty) or otherwise.

(c) Other than pursuant to Section 4(a) above, the maximum aggregate liability of Service Provider to the Company, whether in contract, tort (including without limitation negligence) or breach of duty (including without limitation statutory duty) or otherwise shall not exceed the Fees paid to Service Provider by the Company in the twelve months immediately preceding the relevant event, occurrence or omission and any amount recoverable under any insurance policies; provided that , with respect to liability of Service Provider to the Company related to the performance of a particular Service, the maximum liability of Service Provider shall be the aggregate fees paid to Service Provider by the Company with respect to such Service.

Section 5. Indemnification .

(a) The Company shall indemnify Service Provider and its Affiliates and each of their respective officers, directors, employees, stockholders, members, partners, agents and representatives (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) and hold them harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, liabilities, obligations and out-of-pocket costs or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and costs and expenses of investigations (collectively, “ Losses ”), arising out of or resulting from this Agreement or Service Provider’s performance of the Services (including through any agent, accountant, expert, attorney or

 

-5-


Affiliate as contemplated by Section 2(d) ), except to the extent such Losses result from Service Provider’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in performing the Services (or that of any agent, accountant, expert, attorney or Affiliate performing the Services as contemplated by Section 2(d) ).

(b) The Company shall promptly reimburse each Indemnified Person for all fees and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) as such fees and expenses are incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding (each, a “ Proceeding ”) arising out of or resulting from this Agreement or the provision of the Services; provided that such Indemnified Person shall promptly repay to the Company any such amount to the extent judicially determined by judgment or order not subject to further appeal or discretionary review that such fees and expenses were not Losses subject to the indemnity provided by this Section 5 (such Losses, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”). If for any reason (other than that the Losses sustained are not Indemnifiable Losses) the indemnification provided by this Section 5 is unavailable to any Indemnified Person or insufficient to hold it harmless, then the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such Losses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Person, on the other hand, or, if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to above but also any other relevant equitable considerations.

(c) To the extent a claim in respect of any Proceeding as contemplated by this Section 5 is to be made by an Indemnified Person against the Company, the Company shall be entitled to participate in such Proceeding and, to the extent that it may wish, assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, and, after notice from the Company to such Indemnified Person of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Company shall not be liable to such Indemnified Person for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with the defense thereof, other than reasonable costs of investigation (unless (i) counsel for such Indemnified Person advises that there are issues which raise conflicts of interest between such Indemnified Person and the Company, in which case such Indemnified Person may retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to it and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel for such Indemnified Person or (ii) the Company has failed to diligently pursue the defense of a Proceeding it has assumed). No Indemnified Person shall effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened Proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution from the Company may be sought hereunder (whether or not the Company is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding) without the written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall not effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened Proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution from the Company may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Person is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding), on a basis that would result in (A) the imposition of a consent order, injunction or decree that would restrict the future activity or conduct of Service Provider or any of its Affiliates, (B) a finding or admission of any wrong-doing, (C) any monetary liability of the Indemnified Person that will not be promptly paid or reimbursed by the Company or (D) anything less than a complete release being provided to the Indemnified Person and its Affiliates.

 

-6-


(d) An Indemnified Person shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 5 or otherwise by reason of the fact that such Indemnified Person had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted or not expressly prohibited by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Section 6. Term and Termination .

(a) The term of this Agreement begins on the date hereof and will continue until the earlier of (i) the expiration of each of the Service-specific terms set forth in the Service Schedules, if any, and (ii) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with clause (b) of this Section 6 .

(b) This Agreement may be terminated by either the Company or Service Provider upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice, unless a longer period with regard to any particular Service is provided for in the applicable Service Schedule.

(c) Termination of this Agreement shall not prejudice or affect the parties’ accrued rights and liabilities as at termination.

(d) Sections 3 (with respect to amounts incurred prior to termination), 4 , 5 and 11 through 18 shall survive any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 6 .

Section 7. Assignment and Sub-Contracting .

(a) Except for the delegation of its obligations hereunder in accordance with and subject to the terms of Section 2(d) , Service Provider shall not assign, delegate or otherwise transfer this Agreement or its obligations hereunder without the express prior written consent of the Company.

(b) The Company shall not assign or otherwise transfer its rights under this Agreement without the express prior written consent of Service Provider.

Section 8. Notices . Unless expressly provided otherwise herein, all notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given, made and received when delivered against receipt or upon actual receipt of registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received in legible form, addressed as set forth below:

 

  (a) If to the Company:

PresbiBio, LLC

6922 Hollywood Boulevard

3rd Floor

Los Angeles, California 90028

Telephone No.: [                            ]

Fax No.: [                            ]

Attention: Zohar Loshitzer

 

-7-


  (b) If to Service Provider:

Orchard Capital Corporation

6922 Hollywood Boulevard

Suite 900

Los Angeles, California 90028

Telephone: (323) 860-4900

Telecopy: (323) 860-4904

Attention: General Counsel

Any party may change the address or telecopy number to which communications or copies directed to such party are to be sent by giving notice to the other parties of such change of address or telecopy number in conformity with the provisions of this Section 8 for the giving of notice.

Section 9. Binding Nature of Agreement; Successors and Assigns; Amendment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns as provided herein. This Agreement may not be amended, modified or terminated (except as otherwise expressly provided herein) except by each of the parties hereto in writing.

Section 10. Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements and conditions, express or implied, oral or written, of any nature whatsoever with respect to the subject matter hereof. The express terms hereof and thereof control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof.

Section 11. CONTROLLING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARD, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TO ANY CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES WHICH MIGHT APPLY THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION).

Section 12. Choice of Forum . Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (a) submits to the jurisdiction of any federal or California state court located within the County of Los Angeles (the “ Chosen Courts ”) for any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement (including any non-contractual disputes related hereto) and hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, as a defense in any action, suit or proceeding for the interpretation or enforcement hereof or of any such document, that it is not subject thereto or that such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in the Chosen Courts, (b) waives and agrees not to assert any objection to the laying of venue of any such action, suit or proceeding in any such court and (c) waives and agrees not to plead or claim that any such

 

-8-


action, suit or proceeding brought in any Chosen Court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The parties hereto hereby consent to and grant such Chosen Courts jurisdiction over the person of such parties and, to the extent permitted by law, over the subject matter of such dispute and agree that mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 8 or in such other manner as may be permitted by law shall be valid and sufficient service thereof.

Section 13. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND AGREE THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.

Section 14. Independent Contractor . The relationship of the parties under this Agreement shall be that of independent contractors only. Nothing contained in his Agreement shall be deemed or construed to create a partnership or joint venture, to create the relationships of employee/employer or principal/agent, or otherwise create any liability whatsoever of either party with respect to the indebtedness, liabilities, obligations or actions of the other or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, stockholders, agents or representatives, or any other Person or entity.

Section 15. Third Party Beneficiary Rights . Except as provided in Section 5 , no provisions of this agreement are intended, nor shall be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any client, customer, employee, affiliate, stockholder, partner of any party hereto or any other Person unless specifically provided otherwise herein and, except as so provided, all provisions hereof shall be personal solely between the parties hereto.

Section 16. Indulgences Not Waivers . Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of any party hereto to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

Section 17. Titles Not to Affect Interpretation . The titles of paragraphs and subparagraphs contained in this Agreement are for convenience only, and they neither form a part of this Agreement nor are they to be used in the construction or interpretation hereof.

Section 18. Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts by facsimile, electronic or other written form of communication, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories.

 

-9-


Section 19. Provisions Separable . The provisions of this Agreement are independent of and separable from each other, and no provision shall be affected or rendered invalid or unenforceable by virtue of the fact that for any reason any other or others of them may be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part.

 

-10-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
PRESBIBIO, LLC
By:   Presbia Holdings , a company organized
  Under the laws of the Cayman Islands
Title:   Manager
By:  

/s/ Zohar Loshitzer

Name:   Zohar Loshitzer
Title:   CEO
SERVICE PROVIDER:
ORCHARD CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Richard S. Ressler

Name:   Richard S. Ressler
Title:   President

 

-11-


Service Schedule 1

 

Description of Service:    Financial analysis (the “ Service ”).
Term:    January 1, 2011 until terminated upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice by either of the parties.
Fees:    An amount equal to the actual cost incurred by the Service Provider in providing the Service, including, among other things, the pro rata amount of the annual compensation, including all applicable taxes and benefits, paid by Service Provider to employees providing the Services, based on the actual hours spent providing the Service as a proportion of total hours worked for the applicable period.
Other:    The Company shall reimburse Service Provider for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Service Provider in providing the Service.

 

S-1


Service Schedule 2

 

Description of Service:    Bookkeeping and Accounting (the “ Service ”).
Term:    January 1, 2011 until terminated upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice by either of the parties.
Fees:    An amount equal to the actual cost incurred by the Service Provider in providing the Service, including, among other things, the pro rata amount of the annual compensation, including all applicable taxes and benefits, paid by Service Provider to employees providing the Services, based on the actual hours spent providing the Service as a proportion of total hours worked for the applicable period.
Other:    The Company shall reimburse Service Provider for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Service Provider in providing the Service.

 

S-2


Service Schedule 3

 

Description of Service:    As may be agreed upon by the parties from time to time (the “ Service ”).
Term:    January 1, 2011 until terminated upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice by either of the parties.
Fees:    An amount equal to the actual cost incurred by the Service Provider in providing the Service, including, among other things, the pro rata amount of the annual compensation, including all applicable taxes and benefits, paid by Service Provider to employees providing the Services, based on the actual hours spent providing the Service as a proportion of total hours worked for the applicable period.
Other:    The Company shall reimburse Service Provider for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Service Provider in providing the Service.

 

S-3

Exhibit 10.12

PRESBIA PLC

This Deed of Indemnification (“ Deed ”), dated as of            2014, is made by and between Presbia PLC, a public limited company incorporated in Ireland (registered number 539137) and having its registered office at Arthur Cox Building, Earlsfort Centre, Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2 (the “ Company ”), and                    (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. The Company is aware that competent and experienced persons are increasingly reluctant to serve as representatives of corporations unless they are protected by comprehensive liability insurance and indemnification, due to increased exposure to litigation costs and risks resulting from their service to such corporations, and due to the fact that the exposure frequently bears no relationship to the compensation of such representatives;

B. The members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) have concluded that to retain and attract talented and experienced individuals to serve as representatives of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and to encourage such individuals to take the prudent business risks necessary for the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, it is necessary for the Company to contractually indemnify certain of its representatives and the representatives of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and to assume for itself maximum liability for Expenses and Other Liabilities in connection with claims against such representatives in connection with their service to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, To The Maximum Extent Permitted By Law;

C. The articles of association of the Company (the “ Articles ”) provide that the indemnification provided therein shall not be exclusive and thereby contemplate that agreements may be made with members of the board of directors, secretaries, officers, executives and other persons with respect to indemnification;

D. The Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a representative of the Company and/or the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company free from undue concern about inappropriate claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Company and/or the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company;

E. It is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons To The Maximum Extent Permitted By Law, regardless of any amendment or revocation of the Company’s memorandum of association (the “ Memorandum ”) or the Articles, so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company and its Subsidiaries free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and

F. This Deed is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Articles or other governing documents of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.


AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

(a) Affiliate . For purposes of this Deed, “ Affiliate ” of the Company means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in respect of which Indemnitee is or was or will be serving as a director, officer, trustee, manager, member, partner, employee, agent, attorney, consultant, member of the entity’s governing body (whether constituted as a board of directors, board of managers, general partner or otherwise), fiduciary, or in any other similar capacity at the request, election or direction of the Company, and including, but not limited to, any employee benefit plan of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.

(b) Change in Control . For purposes of this Deed, “ Change in Control ” means (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than a Subsidiary or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or Subsidiary, is or becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding capital stock, or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the outstanding capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into capital stock of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the capital stock of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(c) Expenses . For purposes of this Deed, “ Expenses ” means all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, and other out-of-pocket costs), paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of, or being a witness in, a Proceeding (as defined below), or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Deed, Section 145 or otherwise; provided, however, that Expenses shall not include any judgments, fines, taxes or penalties or amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding.

(d) Exchange Act . For purposes of this Deed, “ Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

-2-


(e) Indemnifiable Event . For purposes of this Deed, “ Indemnifiable Event ” means any event or occurrence related to the scope of Indemnitee’s service for or employment with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person (as defined below), or by reason of anything done or not done, or any act or omission, by Indemnitee in any such capacity.

(f) Indemnifiable Person . For the purposes of this Deed, “ Indemnifiable Person ” means the Indemnitee.

(g) Independent Counsel . For purposes of this Deed, “ Independent Counsel ” means legal counsel that has not performed services for the Company or Indemnitee in the five years preceding the time in question and that would not, under applicable standards of professional conduct, have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee.

(h) Other Liabilities . For purposes of this Deed, “ Other Liabilities ” means any and all liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, penalties, ERISA (or other benefit plan related) excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement and all interest, taxes, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such judgments, fines, ERISA (or other benefit plan related) excise taxes or penalties, or amounts paid in settlement).

(i) Proceeding . For the purposes of this Deed, “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, legislative or any other type whatsoever, preliminary, informal or formal, including any arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution and including any appeal of any of the foregoing.

(j) Subsidiary . For purposes of this Deed, “ Subsidiary ” means any entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.

(k) To The Maximum Extent Permitted By Law . For the purposes of this Deed, “To The Maximum Extent Permitted By Law” shall include, but not be limited to: (i) to the maximum extent permitted by the provisions of Irish law and/or the Articles or other governing documents of the Company and, as appropriate, its Subsidiaries that authorize, permit or contemplate indemnification by agreement, court action or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of such provisions; and (ii) to the maximum extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of Irish law and/or the Articles or other governing documents of the Company and, as appropriate, its Subsidiaries adopted after the date of this Deed that either increase or decrease the extent to which a company may indemnify its directors, secretaries, officers and executives. The Company agrees to make all reasonable actions to facilitate any application by Indemnitee under section 391 of the Irish Companies Act 1963 (as amended), including any successor provision, (“Section 391”), including without limitation the payment of any costs or expenses incurred by Indemnitee in making such application.

2. Agreement to Serve . The Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as an Indemnifiable Person in the capacity or capacities in which Indemnitee currently serves the Company and/or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates as an Indemnifiable Person, and any additional capacity in which Indemnitee may agree to serve, until such time as Indemnitee’s service in a particular capacity shall end according to the terms of an agreement, the Company’s Certificate

 

-3-


of Incorporation or the Articles, governing law, or otherwise. Nothing contained in this Deed is intended to create any right to continued employment or other form of service for the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company by Indemnitee.

3. Mandatory Indemnification .

(a) Agreement to Indemnify . In the event Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party to or witness in or is threatened to be made a party to or witness in any Proceeding by reason of an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses and Other Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in connection with (including in preparation for) such Proceeding To The Maximum Extent Permitted By Law.

(b) Exception for Amounts Covered by Insurance and Other Sources . Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Section 3(c), the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses or Other Liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to judgments, fines, penalties, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) to the extent such have been paid directly to Indemnitee (or paid directly to a third party on Indemnitee’s behalf) by any directors and officers, or other type, of insurance maintained by the Company or pursuant to other indemnity arrangements with third parties.

4. Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Deed to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Expenses or Other Liabilities but not entitled, however, to indemnification for the total amount of such Expenses or Other Liabilities, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for such total amount To The Maximum Extent Permitted By Law. In any review or Proceeding to determine the extent of indemnification, the Company shall bear the burden to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, the lack of a successful resolution of a particular claim, issue or matter and which amounts sought in indemnity are allocable to claims, issues or matters which were not successfully resolved.

5. Liability Insurance . So long as Indemnitee shall continue to serve the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed Proceeding as a result of an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall To The Maximum Extent Permitted By Law use reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect for the benefit of Indemnitee as an insured (a) liability insurance issued by one or more reputable insurers and having the policy amount and deductible deemed appropriate by the Board and providing in all respects coverage at least comparable to and in the same amount as that coverage (whichever is greater) provided to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and (b) any replacement or substitute policies issued by one or more reputable insurers providing in all respects coverage at least comparable to and in the same amount as that coverage (whichever is greater) being provided to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such insurance or other arrangements shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or of Indemnitee under this Deed except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Deed by the Company and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or the other party or parties thereto under any such insurance or other arrangement.

 

-4-


6. Mandatory Advancement of Expenses .

(a) Advancement . If requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall To The Maximum Extent Permitted By Law advance prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with (including in preparation for) a Proceeding related to an Indemnifiable Event. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced if, and only if and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee or directly to a third party designated by Indemnitee within thirty (30) days following delivery of a written request therefor by Indemnitee to the Company. Indemnitee’s undertaking to repay any Expenses advanced to Indemnitee hereunder shall be unsecured and shall not be subject to the accrual or payment of any interest thereon.

(b) Exception . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6(a), the Company shall not be obligated to make any further advance of Expenses to Indemnitee if any one of the following determines in good faith that the facts known to them at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that Indemnitee acted in bad faith: (i) those members of the Board consisting of directors who were not parties to the Proceeding for which a claim is made under this Deed (“ Independent Directors ”), even though less than a quorum, (ii) a committee of Independent Directors designated by a majority vote of Independent Directors, even though less than a quorum, (iii) Independent Counsel, by written legal opinion, or (iv) a panel of arbitrators (one of whom is selected by the Company, another of whom is selected by Indemnitee and the last of whom is selected by the first two arbitrators so selected). The Company shall have the option to submit the question of whether Indemnitee has acted in bad faith to one of the four alternative decision makers set forth in the preceding sentence and to select the decision maker, but following a favorable determination to Indemnitee rendered by the first decision maker selected, the Company may not submit the matter to another of the named decision makers. If the Company elects to submit the matter to Independent Counsel, such counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Independent Directors or a committee of Independent Directors (which approval may not be unreasonably withheld). Any decision maker so selected shall render a decision within thirty (30) days of such decision maker’s selection (which shall include in the case of Independent Counsel or a panel of arbitrators, when the person or persons acting as such counsel or such panel has or have been selected as provided above).

If a decision is made by the decision maker that Indemnitee acted in bad faith, Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for the purpose of determining whether Indemnitee has acted in bad faith. This Section 6(b) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon a Change in Control of the Company.

7. Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures .

(a) Notification . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of or the threat of commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if Indemnitee believes that indemnification or advancement of Expenses with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Deed, notify the Company of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof. However, a failure so to notify the Company promptly following Indemnitee’s receipt of such notice shall not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee except to the extent that the Company is materially prejudiced in its defense of such Proceeding as a result of such failure.

 

-5-


(b) Insurance and Other Matters . If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of the commencement of a Proceeding pursuant to Section 7(a) above, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the issuers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such insurance policies.

(c) Assumption of Defense . In the event the Company shall be obligated to advance the Expenses for any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company, if deemed appropriate by the Company, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding as provided herein. Such defense by the Company may include the representation of two or more parties by one attorney or law firm as permitted under the ethical rules and legal requirements related to joint representations. Following delivery of written notice to Indemnitee of the Company’s election to assume the defense of such Proceeding, the approval by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) of counsel designated by the Company and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Deed for any fees and expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. If (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have notified the Board in writing that Indemnitee has reasonably concluded that there is likely to be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (iii) the Company fails to employ counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be subject to indemnification and/or advancement pursuant to the terms of this Deed. Nothing herein shall prevent Indemnitee from employing counsel for any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense.

(d) Settlement . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Deed or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent; provided that if a Change in Control has occurred and the Company has not provided such consent, the Company shall submit the terms of such settlement to Independent Counsel and the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in such settlement if Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall enter into a settlement of any Proceeding that might result in the imposition of any Expense, Other Liability, penalty, limitation or detriment on Indemnitee, whether indemnifiable under this Deed or otherwise, without Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold consent from any settlement of any Proceeding.

8. Determination of Right to Indemnification .

(a) Success on the Merits or Otherwise . To the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding referred to in Section 3(a) above or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter described therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

 

-6-


(b) Indemnification in Other Situations . In the event that Section 8(a) is inapplicable, the Company shall also indemnify Indemnitee To The Maximum Extent Permitted By Law if Indemnitee has not failed to meet the applicable standard of conduct for indemnification.

(c) Forum . Indemnitee shall be entitled to select the forum in which determination of whether or not Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct shall be decided, and such election will be made from among the following:

(1) those members of the Board who are Independent Directors even though less than a quorum;

(2) a committee of Independent Directors designated by a majority vote of Independent Directors, even though less than a quorum; or

(3) Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, which approval may not be unreasonably withheld, which counsel shall make such determination in a written opinion.

If Indemnitee is an officer or a director of the Company at the time that Indemnitee is selecting the forum, then Indemnitee shall not select Independent Counsel as such forum unless there are no Independent Directors or unless the Independent Directors agree to the selection of Independent Counsel as the forum. The selected forum shall be referred to herein as the “Reviewing Party.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, following any Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be Independent Counsel selected in the manner provided in (3) above.

(d) Decision Timing and Expenses . As soon as practicable, and in no event later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of written notice of Indemnitee’s choice of forum pursuant to Section 8(c) above, the Company and Indemnitee shall each submit to the Reviewing Party such information as they believe is appropriate for the Reviewing Party to consider. The Reviewing Party shall arrive at its decision within a reasonable period of time following the receipt of all such information from the Company and Indemnitee, but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the receipt of all such information, provided that the time by which the Reviewing Party must reach a decision may be extended by mutual agreement of the Company and Indemnitee. All Expenses associated with the process set forth in this Section 8(d), including but not limited to the Expenses of the Reviewing Party, shall be paid by the Company.

(e) Expenses . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee To The Maximum Extent Permitted By Law against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or Proceeding under this Section 8 or under Section 6(b) involving Indemnitee and against all Expenses and Other Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any other Proceeding between the Company and Indemnitee involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of Indemnitee under this Deed unless a court of competent jurisdiction finds that each of the material claims of Indemnitee in any such Proceeding was frivolous or made in bad faith.

 

-7-


(f) Determination of “Good Faith” . For purposes of any determination of whether Indemnitee acted in “good faith” or acted in “bad faith,” Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith or not acted in bad faith if in taking or failing to take the action in question Indemnitee relied on the records or books of account of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, including financial statements, or on information, opinions, reports or statements provided to Indemnitee by the officers or other employees of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or by any other person (including legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors) as to matters Indemnitee reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate. In connection with any determination as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, or to advancement of expenses, the Reviewing Party, decision maker pursuant to Section 6(b) or court shall presume that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct and is entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, that Indemnitee is not so entitled. The provisions of this Section 8(g) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Deed. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failures to act, of any other person serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification hereunder.

9. Exceptions . Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding,

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Deed to indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except (i) with respect to Proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Deed, any other statute or law, as permitted under Section 145, or otherwise, (ii) where the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding, or (iii) with respect to Proceedings brought to discharge Indemnitee’s fiduciary responsibilities, whether under ERISA or otherwise, but such indemnification or advancement of Expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board finds it to be appropriate; or

(b) Actions Based on U.S. Federal Statutes Regarding Profit Recovery and Return of Bonus Payments . The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Deed to indemnify Indemnitee on account of (i) any suit in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act and amendments thereto or similar provisions of any U.S. federal, state or local statutory law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) or under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010; or

 

-8-


(c) Unlawful Indemnification . The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Deed to indemnify Indemnitee for Other Liabilities if such indemnification is prohibited by law or public policy.

10. Non-exclusivity . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Deed shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have To The Maximum Extent Permitted By Law under any provision of law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or the Memorandum or the Articles, any bylaws, the vote of the Company’s stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements, or otherwise, both as to acts or omissions in his or her official capacity and to acts or omissions in another capacity while serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee.

11. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Deed shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Deed (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Deed containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

12. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Deed shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Deed shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) and except as expressly provided herein, no such waiver shall constitute a continuing waiver.

13. Successors and Assigns . The terms of this Deed shall bind, and shall inure to the benefit of, the successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

14. Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Deed shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (a) if delivered by hand and a receipt is provided by the party to whom such communication is delivered, (b) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the signing by the recipient of an acknowledgement of receipt form accompanying delivery through the U.S. mail, (c) personal service by a process server, or (d) delivery to the recipient’s address by overnight delivery (e.g., FedEx, UPS or DHL) or other commercial delivery service. Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature page of this Deed, or as subsequently modified by written notice complying with the provisions of this Section 14. Delivery of communications to the Company with respect to this Deed shall be sent to the attention of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

-9-


15. No Presumptions . For purposes of this Deed, the termination of any Proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law or otherwise. In addition, neither the failure of the Company or a Reviewing Party or one of the decision makers described in Section 6(b) to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Company including a determination pursuant to Section 6(b), or a Reviewing Party that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of Proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination by exercising Indemnitee’s rights under Section 6(b) or 8(e) of this Deed shall be a defense to Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that Indemnitee has failed to meet any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief or is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law or otherwise.

16. Survival of Rights . The rights conferred on Indemnitee by this Deed shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased to serve the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

17. Subrogation and Contribution . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Deed:

(a) In the event of payment under this Deed, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(b) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Deed is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Deed, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

18. Specific Performance, Etc . The parties recognize that if any provision of this Deed is violated by the Company, Indemnitee may be without an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, Indemnitee shall be entitled, if Indemnitee so elects, to institute Proceedings, either in law or at equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.

19. Exclusions . In addition to and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obliged to under this Agreement to make any payment pursuant to this Agreement for which payment is expressly prohibited by law (including, with respect to any director or secretary of the Company, in respect of any liability expressly prohibited from being indemnified pursuant to section 200 of the Irish Companies Act 1963 (as amended)), but (i) in no way limiting any rights under section 391 of the Irish Companies Act 1963 (as amended), and (ii) to the extent any such limitations or prescriptions are amended or determined by a court of a competent jurisdictions to be void or inapplicable, or relief to the contrary is granted, then the Indemnitee shall receive the greatest rights then available under law.

20. Counterparts . This Deed may be executed in counterparts (including counterparts with electronic signatures), each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Deed.

 

-10-


21. Headings . The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Deed are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Deed or to affect the construction or interpretation thereof.

22. Governing Law . This Deed shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of Ireland applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of laws.

23. Consent to Jurisdiction . The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any Proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Deed.

24. Effective Date . This Deed shall be effective as of            2014 (the “ Effective Date ”).

25. Entire Agreement . This Deed and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Deed, and, upon the Effective Date, this Deed and the documents referred to herein supersede any and all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

 

-11-


The parties hereto have entered into this Deed of Indemnification on the date first set forth above but effective as of the Effective Date.

GIVEN under the COMMON SEAL of

PRESBIA PLC

and DELIVERED as a DEED :

 

 

Director

 

Director/Secretary

 

Signature of witness:  

     

Name:  

     

Address:  

     

 

     

Occupation:  

     


SIGNED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED

by [INDEMNITEE]

in the presence of:

 

     

Signature

 

Signature of witness:  

     

Name:  

     

Address:  

     

Occupation:  

     

Exhibit 10.13

PRESBIA PLC

This Deed of Indemnification (“ Deed ”), dated as of              2014, is made by and between Presbia PLC, a public limited company incorporated in Ireland (registered number 539137) and having its registered office at Arthur Cox Building, Earlsfort Centre, Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2 (the “ Company ”), and                      (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. The Company is aware that competent and experienced persons are increasingly reluctant to serve as representatives of corporations unless they are protected by comprehensive liability insurance and indemnification, due to increased exposure to litigation costs and risks resulting from their service to such corporations, and due to the fact that the exposure frequently bears no relationship to the compensation of such representatives;

B. The members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) have concluded that to retain and attract talented and experienced individuals to serve as representatives of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and to encourage such individuals to take the prudent business risks necessary for the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, it is necessary for the Company to contractually indemnify certain of its representatives and the representatives of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and to assume for itself maximum liability for Expenses and Other Liabilities in connection with claims against such representatives in connection with their service to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates;

C. The articles of association of the Company (the “ Articles ”) provide that the indemnification provided therein shall not be exclusive and thereby contemplate that agreements may be made with members of the board of directors, secretaries, officers, executives and other persons with respect to indemnification;

D. The Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a representative of the Company and/or the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company free from undue concern about inappropriate claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Company and/or the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company;

E. It is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such person, regardless of any amendment or revocation of the Company’s memorandum of association (the “ Memorandum ”) or the Articles, so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company and its Subsidiaries free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and

F. This Deed is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Articles or other governing documents of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.


AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

(a) Affiliate . For purposes of this Deed, “ Affiliate ” of the Company means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in respect of which Indemnitee is or was or will be serving as a director, officer, trustee, manager, member, partner, employee, agent, attorney, consultant, member of the entity’s governing body (whether constituted as a board of directors, board of managers, general partner or otherwise), fiduciary, or in any other similar capacity at the request, election or direction of the Company, and including, but not limited to, any employee benefit plan of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.

(b) Change in Control . For purposes of this Deed, “ Change in Control ” means (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than a Subsidiary or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or Subsidiary, is or becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding capital stock, or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the outstanding capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into capital stock of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the capital stock of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(c) Expenses . For purposes of this Deed, “ Expenses ” means all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, and other out-of-pocket costs), paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of, or being a witness in, a Proceeding (as defined below), or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Deed, Section 145 or otherwise; provided, however, that Expenses shall not include any judgments, fines, taxes or penalties or amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding.

(d) Exchange Act . For purposes of this Deed, “ Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

-2-


(e) Indemnifiable Event . For purposes of this Deed, “ Indemnifiable Event ” means any event or occurrence related to the scope of Indemnitee’s service for or employment with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person (as defined below), or by reason of anything done or not done, or any act or omission, by Indemnitee in any such capacity.

(f) Indemnifiable Person . For the purposes of this Deed, “ Indemnifiable Person ” means the Indemnitee.

(g) Independent Counsel . For purposes of this Deed, “ Independent Counsel ” means legal counsel that has not performed services for the Company or Indemnitee in the five years preceding the time in question and that would not, under applicable standards of professional conduct, have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee.

(h) Other Liabilities . For purposes of this Deed, “ Other Liabilities ” means any and all liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, penalties, ERISA (or other benefit plan related) excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement and all interest, taxes, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such judgments, fines, ERISA (or other benefit plan related) excise taxes or penalties, or amounts paid in settlement).

(i) Proceeding . For the purposes of this Deed, “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, legislative or any other type whatsoever, preliminary, informal or formal, including any arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution and including any appeal of any of the foregoing.

(j) Subsidiary . For purposes of this Deed, “ Subsidiary ” means any entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.

2. Agreement to Serve . The Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as an Indemnifiable Person in the capacity or capacities in which Indemnitee currently serves the Company and/or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates as an Indemnifiable Person, and any additional capacity in which Indemnitee may agree to serve, until such time as Indemnitee’s service in a particular capacity shall end according to the terms of an agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or the Articles, governing law, or otherwise. Nothing contained in this Deed is intended to create any right to continued employment or other form of service for the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company by Indemnitee.

3. Mandatory Indemnification .

(a) Agreement to Indemnify . In the event Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party to or witness in or is threatened to be made a party to or witness in any Proceeding by reason of an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses and Other Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in connection with (including in preparation for) such Proceeding.

(b) Exception for Amounts Covered by Insurance and Other Sources . Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Section 3(c), the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses or Other Liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but

 

-3-


not limited to judgments, fines, penalties, taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) to the extent such have been paid directly to Indemnitee (or paid directly to a third party on Indemnitee’s behalf) by any directors and officers, or other type, of insurance maintained by the Company or pursuant to other indemnity arrangements with third parties.

4. Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Deed to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Expenses or Other Liabilities but not entitled, however, to indemnification for the total amount of such Expenses or Other Liabilities, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for such total amount. In any review or Proceeding to determine the extent of indemnification, the Company shall bear the burden to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, the lack of a successful resolution of a particular claim, issue or matter and which amounts sought in indemnity are allocable to claims, issues or matters which were not successfully resolved.

5. Liability Insurance . So long as Indemnitee shall continue to serve the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed Proceeding as a result of an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect for the benefit of Indemnitee as an insured (a) liability insurance issued by one or more reputable insurers and having the policy amount and deductible deemed appropriate by the Board and providing in all respects coverage at least comparable to and in the same amount as that coverage (whichever is greater) provided to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and (b) any replacement or substitute policies issued by one or more reputable insurers providing in all respects coverage at least comparable to and in the same amount as that coverage (whichever is greater) being provided to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such insurance or other arrangements shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or of Indemnitee under this Deed except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Deed by the Company and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or the other party or parties thereto under any such insurance or other arrangement.

6. Mandatory Advancement of Expenses .

(a) Advancement . If requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with (including in preparation for) a Proceeding related to an Indemnifiable Event. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced if, and only if and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee or directly to a third party designated by Indemnitee within thirty (30) days following delivery of a written request therefor by Indemnitee to the Company. Indemnitee’s undertaking to repay any Expenses advanced to Indemnitee hereunder shall be unsecured and shall not be subject to the accrual or payment of any interest thereon.

(b) Exception . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6(a), the Company shall not be obligated to make any further advance of Expenses to Indemnitee if any one of the following determines in good faith that the facts known to them at the time such determination is made

 

-4-


demonstrate clearly and convincingly that Indemnitee acted in bad faith: (i) those members of the Board consisting of directors who were not parties to the Proceeding for which a claim is made under this Deed (“ Independent Directors ”), even though less than a quorum, (ii) a committee of Independent Directors designated by a majority vote of Independent Directors, even though less than a quorum, (iii) Independent Counsel, by written legal opinion, or (iv) a panel of arbitrators (one of whom is selected by the Company, another of whom is selected by Indemnitee and the last of whom is selected by the first two arbitrators so selected). The Company shall have the option to submit the question of whether Indemnitee has acted in bad faith to one of the four alternative decision makers set forth in the preceding sentence and to select the decision maker, but following a favorable determination to Indemnitee rendered by the first decision maker selected, the Company may not submit the matter to another of the named decision makers. If the Company elects to submit the matter to Independent Counsel, such counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Independent Directors or a committee of Independent Directors (which approval may not be unreasonably withheld). Any decision maker so selected shall render a decision within thirty (30) days of such decision maker’s selection (which shall include in the case of Independent Counsel or a panel of arbitrators, when the person or persons acting as such counsel or such panel has or have been selected as provided above).

If a decision is made by the decision maker that Indemnitee acted in bad faith, Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for the purpose of determining whether Indemnitee has acted in bad faith. This Section 6(b) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon a Change in Control of the Company.

7. Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures .

(a) Notification . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of or the threat of commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if Indemnitee believes that indemnification or advancement of Expenses with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Deed, notify the Company of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof. However, a failure so to notify the Company promptly following Indemnitee’s receipt of such notice shall not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee except to the extent that the Company is materially prejudiced in its defense of such Proceeding as a result of such failure.

(b) Insurance and Other Matters . If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of the commencement of a Proceeding pursuant to Section 7(a) above, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the issuers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such insurance policies.

(c) Assumption of Defense . In the event the Company shall be obligated to advance the Expenses for any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company, if deemed appropriate by the Company, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding as provided herein. Such defense by the Company may include the representation of two or more parties by one attorney or law firm as permitted under the ethical rules and legal requirements related to joint representations. Following delivery of written notice to Indemnitee of the Company’s election to

 

-5-


assume the defense of such Proceeding, the approval by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) of counsel designated by the Company and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Deed for any fees and expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. If (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have notified the Board in writing that Indemnitee has reasonably concluded that there is likely to be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (iii) the Company fails to employ counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be subject to indemnification and/or advancement pursuant to the terms of this Deed. Nothing herein shall prevent Indemnitee from employing counsel for any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense.

(d) Settlement . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Deed or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent; provided that if a Change in Control has occurred and the Company has not provided such consent, the Company shall submit the terms of such settlement to Independent Counsel and the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in such settlement if Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall enter into a settlement of any Proceeding that might result in the imposition of any Expense, Other Liability, penalty, limitation or detriment on Indemnitee, whether indemnifiable under this Deed or otherwise, without Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold consent from any settlement of any Proceeding.

8. Determination of Right to Indemnification .

(a) Success on the Merits or Otherwise . To the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding referred to in Section 3(a) above or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter described therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

(b) Indemnification in Other Situations . In the event that Section 8(a) is inapplicable, the Company shall also indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee has not failed to meet the applicable standard of conduct for indemnification.

(c) Forum . Indemnitee shall be entitled to select the forum in which determination of whether or not Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct shall be decided, and such election will be made from among the following:

(1) those members of the Board who are Independent Directors even though less than a quorum;

(2) a committee of Independent Directors designated by a majority vote of Independent Directors, even though less than a quorum; or

(3) Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, which approval may not be unreasonably withheld, which counsel shall make such determination in a written opinion.

 

-6-


If Indemnitee is an officer or a director of the Company at the time that Indemnitee is selecting the forum, then Indemnitee shall not select Independent Counsel as such forum unless there are no Independent Directors or unless the Independent Directors agree to the selection of Independent Counsel as the forum. The selected forum shall be referred to herein as the “Reviewing Party.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, following any Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be Independent Counsel selected in the manner provided in (3) above.

(d) Decision Timing and Expenses . As soon as practicable, and in no event later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of written notice of Indemnitee’s choice of forum pursuant to Section 8(c) above, the Company and Indemnitee shall each submit to the Reviewing Party such information as they believe is appropriate for the Reviewing Party to consider. The Reviewing Party shall arrive at its decision within a reasonable period of time following the receipt of all such information from the Company and Indemnitee, but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the receipt of all such information, provided that the time by which the Reviewing Party must reach a decision may be extended by mutual agreement of the Company and Indemnitee. All Expenses associated with the process set forth in this Section 8(d), including but not limited to the Expenses of the Reviewing Party, shall be paid by the Company.

(e) Expenses . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or Proceeding under this Section 8 or under Section 6(b) involving Indemnitee and against all Expenses and Other Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any other Proceeding between the Company and Indemnitee involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of Indemnitee under this Deed unless a court of competent jurisdiction finds that each of the material claims of Indemnitee in any such Proceeding was frivolous or made in bad faith.

(f) Determination of “Good Faith” . For purposes of any determination of whether Indemnitee acted in “good faith” or acted in “bad faith,” Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith or not acted in bad faith if in taking or failing to take the action in question Indemnitee relied on the records or books of account of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, including financial statements, or on information, opinions, reports or statements provided to Indemnitee by the officers or other employees of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or by any other person (including legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors) as to matters Indemnitee reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate. In connection with any determination as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, or to advancement of expenses, the Reviewing Party, decision maker pursuant to Section 6(b) or court shall presume that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct and is entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, that Indemnitee is not so entitled. The provisions of this Section 8(g) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Deed. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failures to act, of any other person serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification hereunder.

 

-7-


9. Exceptions . Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding,

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Deed to indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except (i) with respect to Proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Deed, any other statute or law, as permitted under Section 145, or otherwise, (ii) where the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding, or (iii) with respect to Proceedings brought to discharge Indemnitee’s fiduciary responsibilities, whether under ERISA or otherwise, but such indemnification or advancement of Expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board finds it to be appropriate; or

(b) Actions Based on U.S. Federal Statutes Regarding Profit Recovery and Return of Bonus Payments . The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Deed to indemnify Indemnitee on account of (i) any suit in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act and amendments thereto or similar provisions of any U.S. federal, state or local statutory law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) or under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010; or

(c) Unlawful Indemnification . The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Deed to indemnify Indemnitee for Other Liabilities if such indemnification is prohibited by law or public policy.

10. Non-exclusivity . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Deed shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or the Memorandum or the Articles, any bylaws, the vote of the Company’s stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements, or otherwise, both as to acts or omissions in his or her official capacity and to acts or omissions in another capacity while serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee.

11. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Deed shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Deed (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Deed containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

-8-


12. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Deed shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Deed shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) and except as expressly provided herein, no such waiver shall constitute a continuing waiver.

13. Successors and Assigns . The terms of this Deed shall bind, and shall inure to the benefit of, the successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

14. Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Deed shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (a) if delivered by hand and a receipt is provided by the party to whom such communication is delivered, (b) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the signing by the recipient of an acknowledgement of receipt form accompanying delivery through the U.S. mail, (c) personal service by a process server, or (d) delivery to the recipient’s address by overnight delivery (e.g., FedEx, UPS or DHL) or other commercial delivery service. Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature page of this Deed, or as subsequently modified by written notice complying with the provisions of this Section 14. Delivery of communications to the Company with respect to this Deed shall be sent to the attention of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

15. No Presumptions . For purposes of this Deed, the termination of any Proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law or otherwise. In addition, neither the failure of the Company or a Reviewing Party or one of the decision makers described in Section 6(b) to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Company including a determination pursuant to Section 6(b), or a Reviewing Party that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of Proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination by exercising Indemnitee’s rights under Section 6(b) or 8(e) of this Deed shall be a defense to Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that Indemnitee has failed to meet any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief or is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law or otherwise.

16. Survival of Rights . The rights conferred on Indemnitee by this Deed shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased to serve the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

17. Subrogation and Contribution . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Deed:

(a) In the event of payment under this Deed, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

-9-


(b) if the indemnification provided for in this Deed is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Deed, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

18. Specific Performance, Etc. The parties recognize that if any provision of this Deed is violated by the Company, Indemnitee may be without an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, Indemnitee shall be entitled, if Indemnitee so elects, to institute Proceedings, either in law or at equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.

19. Exclusions. In addition to and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obliged to under this Agreement to make any payment pursuant to this Agreement for which payment is expressly prohibited by law (including, with respect to any director or secretary of the Company, in respect of any liability expressly prohibited from being indemnified pursuant to section 200 of the Irish Companies Act 1963 (as amended)), but (i) in no way limiting any rights under section 391 of the Irish Companies Act 1963 (as amended), and (ii) to the extent any such limitations or prescriptions are amended or determined by a court of a competent jurisdictions to be void or inapplicable, or relief to the contrary is granted, then the Indemnitee shall receive the greatest rights then available under law.

20. Counterparts . This Deed may be executed in counterparts (including counterparts with electronic signatures), each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Deed.

21. Headings . The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Deed are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Deed or to affect the construction or interpretation thereof.

22. Governing Law . This Deed shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of Ireland applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effects to its principles of conflicts of laws.

23. Consent to Jurisdiction . The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any Proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Deed.

24. Effective Date . This Deed shall be effective as of              2014 (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

-10-


25. Entire Agreement . This Deed and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Deed, and, upon the Effective Date, this Deed and the documents referred to herein supersede any and all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

 

-11-


The parties hereto have entered into this Deed of Indemnification on the date first set forth above but effective as of the Effective Date.

GIVEN under the COMMON SEAL of

PRESBIA PLC

and DELIVERED as a DEED :

 

 

Director

 

Director/Secretary

 

Signature of witness:  

 

Name:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Occupation:  

 


SIGNED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED

by [INDEMNITEE]

in the presence of:

 

 

Signature

 

Signature of witness:  

 

Name:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Occupation:  

 

Exhibit 23.1

The accompanying combined financial statements reflect the contribution of all the share capital in issue in Presbia Ireland, Limited to the Company, which will be effected on                     , 2014 (the “2014 Capital Contribution”). The consent below is in the form which will be signed by Deloitte & Touche LLP upon consummation of the 2014 Capital Contribution, which is described in the first paragraph of Note 1 of the Notes to the Combined Financial Statements, and assuming that from March 20, 2014 to the date of the 2014 Capital Contribution, no other events shall have occurred, other than those described in Note 1 of the Notes to the Combined Financial Statements, that would affect the accompanying combined financial statements and notes thereto.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles , California

October 8, 2014

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated                      , 2014 relating to the combined financial statements of the Presbia PLC, an Irish public limited company, (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, and an explanatory paragraph relating to allocations of expenses from Presbia Holdings, the Company’s ultimate controlling shareholder and arrangements with related parties), appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

Los Angeles, California